Hello, my dearest friends.

This is Alex, the founder of Project X. It has been almost three
years since I used our newsletter to contact you all.

As you probably understand by now, the re-launching of the bi-weekly
newsletter is not in my immediate plans. Things are changing, myself
included. Since the last time I have contacted you, I have started
my path toward becoming a full-time psychotherapist. My spiritual
experiences and understandings helped shaping who I am today - and I
am still undergoing massive changes as we speak, emerging as a
person who is more at ease with himself and the real world.

So even if you decide to unsubscribe after this message, remember
this - nothing is final. Everyone is able to change, to develop, to
make your life and your relationship with others better.

As for Project X. Our forum and our community are still active, of
course, feel free to join our discussions or start new ones here:

http://freespirits.chosenones.net

I have recently opened a new sub-forum titled "The Paths", where you
can share your journey diaries and pictures:

http://freespirits.chosenones.net/forumdisplay.php?f=9

From time to time (in other words, once in several months) I will
use this newsletter to post new updates about Project X - the Search
for the Chosen Ones.

Until then, I wish you a glorious day.

Alex Aldarow
http://www.chosenones.net

Hello,

The moderator of the pxn group has changed the group's name.
This means that both the group's email address and the group home page
location have changed.

The group email address:
pxne@yahoogroups.com

The group home page location:
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/pxne

If you have links which point to this group or an address book entry
for the group, you should update them, as the old addresses will no
longer work.

Regards,

Yahoo! Groups Customer Care

Hello, everybody.

Just a short note, even shorter than the one posted 5 months ago - I
plan to return our newsletter in August. It will be called from now
and on "Project X Newsletter Expanded" or PXNE/pxne. If you have
articles or personal experiences that you'd like to post in the
newsletter and on our website, simply e-mail them to me.

Here's to the renovation.

Hello, my dear friends.

First of all, I'd like to thank everyone who hasn't
unsubscribed from our mailing list, despite the long
hiatus that the newsletter took. I would also like to
inform you that as of now, Friday the 13th, February
2004, I'm starting to take small steps toward giving
the Project X site a new form, a new look and a new
direction. The changes will be reflected on the
newsletter as well, and, hopefully, within several
months, it will be renewed, with a lot of food for
thought delivered directly to your e-mail box.

With this in mind, I'm posting a request to all
graphic wizes (a plural of "wiz", I guess) out there.
A part of the upcoming changes will include,
naturally, a new design for ChosenOnes.net, instead of
the plain and old HTML look. If you're up to a
challenge, I'd love to see some of you submitting your
suggestions for the site's graphic design (background,
header, menu, etc., even CSS schemes), something
visual that will give the site a unique feeling, a
special aura.

You can always contact me at aldarow@...

I will keep everyone posted regarding PX's new
evolution.

Love and Light on your Journey, Fellow Souls.

Alexander Aldarow
http://www.ChosenOnes.net

Please visit our Free Spirits forum at:
http://azure.bbboy.net/freespirits

__________________________________
Do you Yahoo!?
Yahoo! Finance: Get your refund fast by filing online.
http://taxes.yahoo.com/filing.html

Dear Project X Newsletter reader,

I have just sent you a postcard. You can pick it up by
from:
http://www.chosenones.net/postcards/index.html
Your ticket number is:  103105344211817

Alternatively you can pick it up by clicking on the
link below:
http://bas.mypostcards.com/?aldarow+103105344211817


Love and Light on your Journey, Fellow Soul.
Alexander Aldarow
http://www.ChosenOnes.net

__________________________________
Do you Yahoo!?
Exclusive Video Premiere - Britney Spears
http://launch.yahoo.com/promos/britneyspears/

Project X Newsletter, issue # 88 - August 29, 2003
__________________________________________
--Opening Words - Hiatus--
--More Healthy And Youthful Thoughts--
--Mayan Landing 2012--
--Battle's Cry--
--Secret Passages--
___________________________________________
--Opening Words - Hiatus--

Hello, everyone.

I have to inform you that our newsletter takes a hiatus of several
months. It could return in December, or as late as the next July,
and it's due to my increasing academic demands. I am publishing now
all the articles that I have accumulated thus far, and asking you
not to send any new submissions until the newsletter renews (there
will be an announcement on the site and via e-mail), maybe even in a
new format and concept. There may be a few separate issues posted
during the hiatus, but I cannot guarantee that. Nonetheless, you are
invited to post your new articles and experiences on our Free
Spirits board: http://azure.bbboy.net/freespirits . I hope you enjoy
what today's authors have to share, and will stick around till PXN
comes back from the hiatus.


--More Healthy And Youthful Thoughts--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...
{See previous newsletter for Part I of this series}

We, as a society, have become the unwitting victims of what we
regard as "common sense".
      Common sense tells us that "what goes up must come down" (and
stays down), a somewhat simplified observation of the workings of
gravity. And although the quoted statement is certainly true of
objects within a gravitational field, consider this:
      You are seated in a NASA space shuttle just prior to lift off.
You toss your pen into the air which - as common sense dictates -
comes down, landing on the closed, horizontal doorway that divides
your sitting section from the room behind it. The shuttle lifts off
and out of earth's gravitational field. Within minutes, your pen
(which until now had been under the restrictions of earthly common
sense) goes gently floating by you. Herein, the law of gravity has
not changed. It was simply superseded by a HIGHER Cosmic order. The
pen is now existing under a new "common sense" truism that might be
stated as, "what goes up, stays up." (unless you make the effort to
force it down).
      In much the same way, our youthful energies become subjugated
by our own mind's insistence that "what gets old, stays old" (and
continues to get older) until its inevitable decay and death. But,
like the pen, each of your 50,000,000,000,000 body cells can be
uplifted into a HIGHER Cosmic order in which they can again "float"
on the currents of "the winds of life", which the Hindu sages call
"Prana-vata". (PRAHnah-VAHtah)
      A bright red apple just picked from the tree is teeming with
prana (life force). But once it is disconnected from its source, the
tree, it begins to decay because its connections to the bio-plasmic
energies which sustained it life filled cells have been severed.
      Each of your body cells is conscious, and conjoined in
consciousness with your fuller self. They are mirrors of your
thoughts, emotions, and beliefs. Despite the suppositions of hard
science, they are not independent of each other; nor of YOU. What
you think-feel-believe, THEY think-feel-believe, and obediently form
and reform in a never ending process to fit the blue prints of you
awareness. It's an automatic process that functions perfectly,
regardless of your permission or suppositions.
      So then, how might the cells of the body be brought into a
higher cosmic order as was the pen in the NASA shuttle? How might we
supersede the "process of aging" (which is actually a non-process).
What can be done to restore youthfulness to our body's cellular
network?
      In order for the body cells to be re-infused with youthfulness
- the presence of prana (life force) - they must be sufficiently
"lifted" by the prana-vata to a point where the presence of life
force is greater than the degenerative pull of the earth's gravity,
and (prana-vata) can then continuously supply a balanced level of
sustenance which the cell then passes on to its next-generation
duplicate through meioses. This is achieved through the
"anti-gravitational" strengthening of your full body's magnetic
field, your aura.
      In order to sufficiently counter-magnetize your energy field,
you must allow the HIGHER Cosmic order of Universal Consciousness to
first lift YOU through your releasing of old hurts and sluggish
emotional patterns which act as weights which hold down your
energies, and consequently, your buoyant auric energies as well.
      As this is accomplished by means of your sustained, daily,
conscious will to forgive and release the negative emotions of the
past, each of your body cells will empathize with YOUR will and
"lighter" emotional state and, likewise, release any toxic matter
which they have stored, which would otherwise have been  passed
along to their individual descendants.
      In short, as YOU rise in your relationship with Universal
Consciousness, so THEY rise; allowing for a less obstructed / more
flowing pattern of healthy, youthful body cells - your physical
body.
      With this improved emotional awareness, you can then use the
power of creative visualization to reform yourself into the pranic
patterns of vitality (from the cellular level) that you wish to
regain and to maintain.

-------

HEALTHY AND YOUTHFUL THOUGHTS III

One in all and all in One.
Making IT work within and for you.

      Consider that all that IS is a composition of the same, mutable
essence, and that YOU are indistinguishable from that One essence
except for the ways in which you distinguish yourself from IT as
prescribed by your ego and chosen individualization.
       Consider further that ALL is ONE: ALL of Consciousness; ALL of
energy; ALL of space / time exist at once with yourself at both the
center and farthest reaches of that ONE.
      With this expanded view of yourSELF, you enter within an
unlimited range of self-help possibilities.

      Your astral / etheric body exists simultaneously in all of
space/time. It provides you with a time travel vehicle with which
you can rejuvenate your physical body in the "here and now" through
the literal transmutation of youthful energies from the THEN into
the NOW.
      Once you have achieved a sufficient level of auric and cellular
buoyant fluidity (as previously discussed) you can use your etheric
body to lift your consciousness - like a helium balloon rising above
the ground - to float back to any particular moment in time, and to
thus reform the more youthful, energetic pattern of your former
etheric form (which directs the patterns for the physical body) back
into and surrounding your physical body in the present. Sound
complicated? It isn't! In fact it's as simple and enjoyable as a
pleasant memory.
     Your rational thinking mind would never argue with you over the
fact that it has stored within its memory banks "snap shots" of your
previous experiences. What you seek to do here is to retrieve a
particular freeze-frame from a moment wherein you had the youthful
form and vitality that you wish to restructure in your present three
dimensional reality - float back into that frame by way of your
etheric essence - and to then allow that moment to be brought back
to life within all of your body cells and your full auric vibration
in the now.

      In simpler terms; relax - remember - and BECOME that moment,
again.

       The concept  of "past-present-future" is nothing more than a
learned perception that attempts to corral a range of quantified
eternity that is, in truth, only a drop existing in the ocean of the
ETERNAL NOW.
      As you continue to re-live your chosen moment of youth, your
subconscious mind will automatically re-energize and restructure
your physical form to correspond with the "you" in the living
picture.
      And all you have to do along the way is to accept, remember,
allow, and ENJOY!

-------

HEALTHY AND YOUTHFUL THOUGHTS IV

Wind ad water; fire and ice.

      It is the balanced combination of prana-vata that makes it the
"wind of life". The cosmic wind without the presence of the life
energies of prana is, by itself, destructive to the bioplasmic
structures of the physical body. In just the same way, the presence
of prana is stagnant without the mobility provided for it by vata.
      What propels the vata wind is the natural process of the
universe. It might be thought of as responding to the breathing of
the Cosmos. You can direct the movement of vata within your body
through willful, purposed, controlled, balanced breathing.
      Becoming aware of your breathing is the first step in
constructive control. Just the act of paying attention to your
respiratory process puts you in a position of mastery over the
movement of elements inside your body and the results that are
there-by produced.
      There is no right-or-wrong way of controlled breathing. You can
find the patterns that are most helpful for your individual anatomy.
However, the most commonly advanced process among yogis involves
calm and relaxed; rhythmic breaths that are drawn in through the
nostrils and pulled as deeply as possible into the bottom of the
lungs. Following a few seconds to allow for the transference of
oxygen in / CO2 out, the air is then allowed to gently pass back out
through the mouth, with special attention paid to its movement
across the lips which has a calming effect on the central nervous
system.

      Water is acknowledged as the most basic, primordial element in
the creation of life in the three-dimensional vibration. It is also
an excellent conductor of electrical energies. Some scientists claim
that your physical body is, in fact, made of more than 90% water.

      We are all familiar with the highly mutable nature of water as
it changes in structure form liquid to gaseous and solid forms.
      (steam / water / ice)
      The liquid form is, naturally, the most basic state for the
element, and that which - it would appear - is the "preferred"
structure toward which it seeks to always return.
      Perhaps this is reflective of YOUR most natural
(healthy-youthful) condition. We may be able to learn a lesson from
water itself as we seek to keep our physical bodies in their
healthiest, best working order. Perhaps the qualities possessed by
water (adaptability, fluidity, reflective / solvent, and nurturing)
can be applied to ourselves through the direction of our will,
thoughts, and emotions, and then reflected through the likewise
responsiveness of our body cells which will, in turn, mimic and
manifest those same traits in the physical body. This will create a
more adaptable, fluid, balanced, energetic, and healthy / youthful
physical form.

      We might think of the liquid form of our selves as being our
emotional nature. This is often equated with the projection of life
energies throughout the body, as well as in the sending of healing
energies to others. By keeping our emotions as clear and flowing as
possible, we can help to advance the cleansing of our bodies by way
of clearer emotional states.

      Prana (life force) also has its form of mutation, following the
same pattern as water, gaseous / liquid / solid.
      In its most natural (preferred, liquid) state, prana is
electrically charged and flowing.
      It can also become lighter to the level of thought wave
vibrations, at which level it is carried by "the wind of life",
vata, and dispersed through-out the body's system as well as being
able to be projected through the cosmos to provide healing energies
to another.
      This happens most frequently when we pray for the health and
well-being of another person. And, remarkably, we find our own
healthful conditions advanced due to the simple fact that the life
force energies that we sent had to first be generated from within
our own fuller anatomy (spirit - mind - soul - body).
      Physical, bioplasmic, substance is the solid expression of
prana, as is ice to water.
      The physical expression of life must be continuously nurtured
and maintained through the balanced flow of mental - emotional -
pranic life force energies.

      As we will the movement of unconditional love to circulate both
throughout and out through us, we automatically put in to motion the
movement of the prana-vata life sustaining winds that, in that
natural process, lift both us as the ones for whom we pray and
project positive thoughts and emotions.
      The presence of joyous and happy emotions act as electrically
charged waterways that feed the cosmic winds with positively charged
bioplasmic ion particles.

      Pray with joy - feel the literal "warmth" of the love that you
send in your prayers coming out through your heart - and both you
and those for whom you pray will be balanced, re-energized, and
healed.

MSA03
<<<<<>>>>>


--Mayan Landing 2012--

"Mayan Landing 2012" by ThunderBeat

New Release!

This World Beat CD takes you to the Ancient Maya lands. Tribal
rhythms with ambient overtones activate higher dimensional waves. It
is the Ancient Future. ThunderBeat received ancient music while in
the Maya lands, bringing forth the ancient knowledge for the present
and the future.

Didgeridoos, Flutes, Tribal Drums, Marimba, Rattles, Chimes, Bells,
Vocals, Spoken Word, Chants, Keyboards, Guitar, Sounds of the
Rainforest.

How does this new recording differ from other?

This Mayan CD is very different from my other solo CDs.
With Chakra Journey (Healing / Meditation CD) I used a lot of
ethereal sounds and not much drumming. Chakra Journey is total
activation of your Chakras. It's very healing and powerful. And with
Fly High-TranceDance CD I used a lot more full drum set. This is a
very fun and energizing CD.
I use a lot more hand drums and ancient sounds that I heard while
performing ceremony in the pyramids. I have a heartfelt personal
remembrance from the past with the Mayan lands. I also received many
visions of their healing techniques with sound, ancient knowledge
and color, which I captured on this CD.

CD Cover Art: Mayan Temple of the Sun - Edzna Mexico

Sample Music & Buy at:
http://www.ThunderVisionRecords.com


--Battle's Cry--

As a child at night, my eyes would see a contrast of colors,
Though warm under the covers, my soul was cold as a buzzard.


In still blackness I lay,
When the straight passage gave way,
Walking through came the nameless faces from another day.

Tell me things unseen, what will the future come,
They spoke to me of fear, with tragic lonesome,

Your baby sister will pass, prisoner of us she'll be,
Join us on the other side, see what you see,
Deaths toll calls her tonight,
Give in to us surrender the fight,

In their eyes I signed my light,
Ran to mother's room, tell her of the fright,
Swiftly she ran to the baby's side,
Not a breath in lungs inside,
Lifting her high into the sky,
Prayed my mother did, for all his will, be right,
Rejoicing of the new life she found,
Baby sister, in mortal life abounds,

Last I seen of troll in many night.

As time moves on, forgetting of the blight,
Age comes; Child hands take on might.

The passage came to me, though as another,
Sang to me of things still undiscovered,
Gave I unto it, soul cold as a buzzard.

Battle there I, in the unseen realm,
In the spirit I walked, head high in the clouds still
Untouchable, my thoughts grew ill.

One hair as thick as snakes,
Other too massive to see his face,
Come with us have all, please take,
All your desires of spiritual power will wake,
Give yourself to us don't be late,

Fought did I against the stakes,
While my youthful heart gave way,

Unseen hands raised me from my bed,
As a whirlwind I spun, thoughts crashing in head,
Gave to them myself, battle cries unsaid,
Promise of Life everlasting instead.

Spring through fall passes by,
Forgetting the winters wind cry,
Bones fell of ice, I ask why?

Caught in the twist of everyday strife,
I call to death, come take this life,
Take me from this winding road,
These pills will deliver my very soul.

Heard in the distance, grace calling me that night,
Looking at the light in my soul mate's eyes,

Four beautiful children, said she,
Forsake not our blessed seed,
The tears of pain that I cried,
How could have I been so blind.

But clay in this mold of time, not to dread,
Lessons learned, others unsaid,
I will hold to the past, of demons feed,
Remembering prides unjust bed,
Holding fast to truth, instead.

In the cold of night, my soul is now warm,
Lying next to my love, in arms,
Travels still do I, with justice once denied,
Spirit with wind, body as clay, still here I abide.

Copyright ©2003 Raymond Navarro, Jr.
astral_bound@...


--Secret Passages--

Weak and weary I was traveling in this prison of my body
Only anticipating a glimpse of heavens light glory
I was treading the roads heavily traveled,

Listen to my words and you will see, the secret passages awaiting
thee.

In the wake of night you feel the wind of time,
Brushing through your body, like a mellow stream
You begin to quake; your ears start to hum,
Listen to the deep beat of the drum, drum, drum

Listen to my words and you will see, the secret passages awaiting
thee.

Mounting with wings it does transform me,
As an eagle, whose spirit is free
I seek those that time has expired,
Wings expanding higher and higher

Listen to my words and you will see, the secret passages awaiting
thee,

When judgment calls you tonight,
Hear the voice of heavens cry
Be not afraid but lift yourself higher,
In this knew found life, have all you desire

Listen to my words and you will see, the secret passages awaiting
thee.

Fight the war of a thousand years,
Defeat the past of fears
Look to the heavens to see yourself clear.
Escape the snare,
Transformed to He that is there

Listen to my words and you will see, the secret passages awaiting
thee.

Weak and weary I was traveling, in this prison of my body.
Only anticipating a glimpse, of heavens light glory.
I was treading the roads, heavily traveled.

Copyright ©2003 Raymond Navarro, Jr.
http://www.geocities.com/astral_bound/secret_passages.html
astral_bound@...


<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.chosenones.net
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, articles,
poetry, or anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write
to Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com
This letter was sent to over 500 recipients.

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 87 - August 7, 2003
__________________________________________
--Opening Words - The key to changing your "virtual reality"... &
The Name Game--
--Healthy And Youthful Thoughts--
--An Open Letter to Politicians--
--Talking Of Peace--
--Awakening Chakra Potentials--
___________________________________________
--Opening Words - The key to changing your "virtual reality"... &
The Name Game--

by Isis©2003

How many times have you heard, "You create your own reality?" The
key to changing it is "believing" that statement.

You create your reality through your belief systems. There is no
time and space. You live in an illusionary reality. Therefore there
can be no birth, no death. There can be no past, no future, only the
"Eternal Now." You are playing a game ... like an interactive video
game. You know how you see in various movies people using headsets
with glasses and controllers they manipulate with their hands and
looking through those glasses it is as if they are inside, taking
part in the various scenes they are looking at? I believe they call
it, "Virtual Reality." Well, you could say that is what you are in a
Virtual Reality game, created by your consciousness - mass
consciousness.

You now see things changing taking place around and within you
because mass-consciousness is changing ... you call it ascension.
This illusionary reality that you exist in is being altered because
you are coming out of the game. You are "choosing to turn it off,"
by changing your belief system.

You 'believe' in death... therefore you experience it.
You 'believe' in your body growing old... therefore you experience
it.
You 'believe' you are a victim... therefore you experience it.
You 'believe' you have lack of anything, be it love, money, health
anything... therefore you experience it.
You 'believe' ... the key to all your experiences is you 'believe.'

Change your beliefs and your whole world changes. Your belief
systems influences every single choice you make in life and those
choices are what creates your "virtual reality."

I have been watching the cable Showtime series called "Dead Like
Me." Now this deals with what the show terms 'grim reapers' ...
those who have 'died' and go on to help those whose "time has come"
to accept they are dead. I have always had a thing about terms like
"dead," or "near-death" experiences. Because I want people to stop
believing in something that does not exist. For as long as they
continue to believe in death they will experience it. And why in the
world would anyone want to experience that? I kept saying to myself
as each character was talking to one another about their being
dead... how can you look the same, be talking to, seeing, and
touching each other if you are dead? How ridiculous is that?

How do you think psychics talk to the "dead?" Simple... they are not
dead. YOU are as dead right now as you ever will be. Did you get
that? YOU are as dead right this very moment as you ever will be.
You simply turn off the virtual reality game and step out of the
"clothing" that is your body that you have chosen to wear.

Another thing I want to discuss is the name game.

How many say they are Isis, Athena, Thoth, St. this or that... or
any other personality they wish to claim? Guess what folks? It is
another illusion.

This person or that person did not reincarnate. Reincarnation is
another illusion built on beliefs... the belief in a linear time
frame. And that belief gives you the illusion of returning over and
over again. Stop the belief and you stop repeating the circle. It is
like stopping the rewind on a tape and playing the same thing over
and over again.

When I "chose" to walk-in ... join you to play the game... I also
chose to exude the energies that surrounds the belief in the myths
and the name Isis. The belief in that name, the illusion surrounding
the myths of that name brings to this 'virtual reality' ... the
energies of love, peace, nurturing, magic and much more. When in
'reality' I am the same as you... a spark of the ONE... We are all
ONE. Not one of us is higher, lower, better or worse than the ONE. I
know you have seen from time to time on my signature the following:

My name Isis means - IS-IS... IS ALL. Over the eons of Earth history
WE have been known by 10,000 plus names. Yet WE have always been
ONE. Isness that is, from before time, beyond time.

Did you really get the true meaning of that? Of the word WE? It
means you and I, everyone.

Is this the only 'virtual reality' game you are playing? Absolutely
not. You are multi-dimensional and you are simultaneously playing
many games. You are Consciousness Creating.

Then you will ask what is the Soul Essence of each individual? The
portion of consciousness/energy of ALL THAT IS that contains the
collective consciousness of the retrieval, and storage of all
experiences of that individual spark of ALL THAT IS.

The truth that runs through all of it is this: all is love, and this
is the most important concept of all. And what is love? The Essence
of ALL THAT IS CREATION. A Creative Force that creates ALL
harmoniously. Eternal Life!

So either turn off the game or continue to play... it is your
choice.

{See an additional article by Isis in this newsletter for her
contact information}


--Healthy And Youthful Thoughts--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

Feeling sick? Feeling down? Feeling old? Feeling not-so-good?
      Well, according to Deepak Chopra MD, and many Quantum
physicists, such feelings are only that - feelings!
       Here are some points to consider that can help you to change
your body by changing your thoughts and beliefs.
----------------------------

      The physical world, including your body, is the response of the
observer. In other words, there is nothing in the perceived,
three-dimensional reality that exists aside from your perception.
      We are unconscious participants in a shared and fictitious
belief that sickness and aging are inevitable and "just the way
things are".

      There are no truly solid elements in the physical world. Even
the most solid atom is comprised of a nucleus and orbitals that are
themselves pure energy. Solidity, as we suppose it to be, is the
product of particles of pure energy.
      The distance between the nuclei of any two atoms is
proportionately more distant from each other than the distance
between two galaxies. The space in between them is alive with pure
Consciousness, Thus, YOU are comprised of 99.999 % pure
Consciousness, and the remaining portion of your self is pure
energy.
      The only SOLID force about you is the presence of Universal
Consciousness with which you are inseparably ONE. Your control over
the condition of your physical body is completely reflective of your
self concept as it expresses itself through your thoughts, emotions,
and beliefs.
Therefore:
      Your ARE what you think, feel, and believe yourself to be.
       To change the condition of your body, allow yourself to change
your personal paradigm to envision-feel-believe yourself as
perfectly healthy, perfectly youthful, perfectly well in all ways.
As you allow this new paradigm to more and more overtake your old
perceptions, you will experience the manifestation of your improving
conditions as your subconscious mind comes to accept your renewed
and improving, preferred physical condition.

      The concept of "time" is the product of collective concept as
accepted by your belief. There is no time aside from the perception
of time.
       The body of a newly born baby is not "new" at all. It is
composed of atoms that have existed and been circulating throughout
the universe in differing forms for trillions of years. If we could
all preserve our immune systems to remain in the conditions that
they are born in, our average life span would exceed 300 years. What
makes the baby's body "young" is the unseen intelligence that has
come together to form this new expression of Universal
Consciousness.
       YOU are now even more alive with this same Consciousness than
you were at the moment of your birth.
       YOU carry within yourself right now the same conscious
intelligence that formed your body following conception.
IT has not aged, and cannot age.
IT cannot become sick.
IT cannot become emotionally depressed.

IT is eternally youthful.
IT abides in perpetual health.
IT knows only joy and oneness with God and The Universe.

And YOU are IT.

{To be continued in the next newsletter}


--An Open Letter to Politicians--

(Someone asked me the other day how to bring Heaven to Earth. This
is how.)
Isis Speaks:
An open letter to politicians:

We don't need leaders, we can lead ourselves. What we need are those
willing to serve if we are to have peace on earth. We have had too
many 'leaders' who have led us into war, poverty and unending debt
while they themselves live a life of luxury. We don't need
politicians that claim to empower us... we are already all powerful.
We don't need politicians who claim they are for the people... when
in reality they are for the rich and powerful. We don't need
politicians who fight each other for one upsmanship, claiming all
the while they are fighting for us. Fighting weakens you. Love and
understanding, giving sharing and compassion makes you strong. We
don't need politicians to point out to us the other guys faults and
weaknesses... you have no right to judge another. Work on your own.
We are not blind we can see for ourselves. Just tell us how you will
serve us, let us decide it we want you or not. Then once in office
do what you promised.

Who are we? We are the people you promised to serve, not dictate to
and make choices for us that will impact not only our lives but many
generations to come. We are the ones who work and keep this country
going. We are the ones that pay for your life of luxury. We are the
ones that are going to make changes in the world. We are the ones
that will bring order out of chaos, peace out of war. We are the
ones that WILL SEE PEACE ON EARTH. How? By loving our neighbor as
ourselves. And this does not mean just your neighborhood next door
neighbor... for the entire world, the entire universe is your
neighbor.

We are the Light Bearers... the torch carriers... the peacemakers.
We are the future.

Isis

Visit my web site:
The Isis Connection
http://home1.gte.net/ladyisis/index.htm
Read my daily newsletter:
You know how you get your daily newspaper delivered to your door?
Well, how would you like to get a daily newsletter delivered to your
email box with "Food for your Soul?" Then join my Egroup... E
standing for Enlightened. Not a discussion group, I am the only who
can post to it so you won't get a lot of mail. But what you do get
will lift your spirits. To subscribe to daily postings and set
format preference go to and click on Join this Group:
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/TheCircleOfLight/ or to subscribe with
all the bells and whistles:
TheCircleOfLight-subscribe@yahoogroups.com


--Talking Of Peace--

>From the author: If you are getting as weary as I am of all the
political baloney and fakery around the word "Peace" these days,
then you will like this article. It calls for an entirely new
paradigm to replace the failed follies that are being enacted upon
the world stage at the present time. This article takes no
prisoners!

by Asoka Selvarajah

When Jesus said, "Blessed are the Peacemakers...", it is highly
unlikely that he had in mind the kind of cynical, war-mongering,
self-serving, untrustworthy impostors we have the misfortune of
seeing cast into that role today.

According to today's peacemakers, the surest way to insure peace is
to wield a bigger gun than your adversary. How strange that this
profound strategy finds little justification in any of the world's
major spiritual teachings on peace. How sad that, thanks to this
folly, the notion of establishing peace through purely peaceful
means has become as outdated as the gramophone record.

These days, we have swifter, technologically sophisticated, and more
"effective" approaches. Thanks to the last Gulf War, when pictures
of joyful liberated Iraqis were shown on TV worldwide, those who
stood for Peace (which includes the Pope and the Dalai Lama) were
made to look "wrong", and those who urged for war were made to look
"right".

Yet, real lasting peace in our world seems more elusive than ever.
The human race has more complex toys. However, it has yet to attain
a commensurate level of maturity. What would the great peacemakers
of the past - Gandhi, Jesus, Martin Luther King, Buddha - have made
of our present strategies for Peace?

There comes a time in the life of an aging automobile where it has
to be conceded that it cannot be patched up any longer, but must be
junked instead. It's that way with the world's current political
processes and the major players within it. The current tools are
hopelessly inadequate to the tasks at hand and can never produce the
elusive Utopia they are forever promising. They work with outdated
paradigms and old-fashioned self-serving strategies.

Peace is hard enough to achieve when there are long-standing
historical issues giving rise to conflict in the first place. How
much more impossible then, when the key players have little
qualification, and no credibility, to be discussing peace in the
first place? This is very often the case.

Let's take the Israel/Palestine conflict as an example. Who are the
key players negotiating the peace? On one hand, you have a man who
directly caused the deaths of thousands of innocent civilians, and
narrowly escaped being tried for war crimes as a result. On the
other, you have an "approved" puppet representative; approved more
by the USA than by his own people. Meanwhile the various armed
groups, whose cooperation is ultimately indispensable to any lasting
peace, are not even allowed to come to the table. In the role of
international arbiter, you have a man had never left the USA prior
to taking office as its President, and who could name hardly any of
the main political leaders on the world stage at the time.

How on earth are these people being trusted with creating Peace?!

A famous person once said that "people get the government they
deserve". It is precisely because we elect people like the above,
for our own self-serving domestic interests, and then let them loose
on the world stage, that international stalemates are so common, and
the progress of peace is stymied. Ultimately, each of us is
responsible for the lack of peace in the world, because we insist on
participating in this failed process. We keep hoping on a miracle:
namely, that these self-serving politicians will actually deliver on
their promises once in a while.

The flaw in modern peace attempts are that they are materialistic in
nature and outwardly focused in spirit. We have the wrong people as
our peace makers, focusing on the wrong things. The strife in the
world seems to be about territory, borders, race, and rights.
However, the real causes of dissent lie in the mind: in the ideas
and notions that people have developed and held over generations of
time. Whilst we all like to say we are the same under the skin, the
fact is that people always focus on their historical differences
when the chips are down.

It's time for spiritually oriented people to seriously consider
dropping support for the current world system as it exists today,
How can we support peace processes that are invariably carried out
at the point of a gun? Such techniques can never bring lasting
Peace.

Instead, spiritually oriented people need to unite and focus on
creating a mass change in world consciousness. This can eventually
create the momentum for peace throughout the world. In the same way
that tens of millions united across the world and marched for peace,
so we must all march for peace in the spiritual realms.

Rather than support, directly or indirectly, our governments' covert
plans and strategies, we must disengage our minds and wills from all
of that, and instead direct them increasingly towards thinking,
pondering, meditating upon, and creating a consensus for peace in
the minds of all peoples worldwide. We can work at the spiritual
level to make this an overriding ambition for the human race. Just
as invasion, wealth and power have been the primary motivations of
peoples and nations  to the present day, so too can peace be driven
deep into the human race's spiritual psyche, until it begins to
express forcibly in the material world in terms of tangible results.

Lasting change on the physical plane, and in the minds of people,
can only come about once there has arisen a change on the spiritual
non-material realms first. It is from the non-material that the
material emerges and has its being. The present destructive thought
patterns, political notions, and ideas of racial and religious
disunity, have emerged and hardened over time into the fixed habits
and patterns of thought of the human race.

The human race desperately need to develop totally new habit
patterns. The old ones are not serving us. This goes beyond
Democracy, Communism, Christianity, Islam, Judaism or any of the
fixed notions that have created a tremendous weight of historical
and psychic baggage that none of us knows how to deal with anymore.

No one cuts out the hearts of living people in order to ensure that
the Sun rises tomorrow. And cannibalism is definitely on the
decline. Yet, both of these practices were once common, and even the
over-riding belief system of the day in certain nations. It can be
the same with the outdated political/religious/racial belief systems
that currently serve us so very badly. They CAN be replaced by
something better.

However, what is essential for this to happen is that a powerful,
focused, laser-like consensus develops at the non-material level.
Spiritually inclined people need to be working at the levels of
Cause, rather than leaving politicians to work at the materialistic
levels of Effect.

People could create focus groups that meditate and visualize
creating a future world  filled with harmony, care for the
environment, and spiritual unity. Peace is too important to be left
to self-serving political processes. You need to take DIRECT ACTION
in the spiritual realms.

Will this process yield fruit in your lifetime? Maybe not. Remember
that humanity's problems took thousands of years to evolve to this
stage. So it will take time to correct the spiritual mistakes of
generations that are imbedded on the non-material planes. However,
that should not deter you. It is a good thing to have goals that
exceed your lifetime, and even your own small lifetime.

However, it may not take as long as you might think. Jesus began
with just twelve disciples and created a spiritual tradition that,
despite centuries of persecution, took over the known world.
Mohammed did the same. And they didn't even have the internet! The
power of "two or three gathering in my name" should never be
overlooked. Jesus talked about his followers being salt and a light
to the nations. This really is possible: a few people, even just
one, can accomplish a tremendous amount. It does not take that many
people, focusing upon a clear purpose with laser-beam clarity, to
achieve it in the spiritual realms, and consequently in the physical
realms too.

Maybe just one person reading this will want to form such a group.
Maybe that one group will eventually cause others to come into
formation. Little by little, such groups and individuals will chip
away at the status quo of humanity's belief structures on the
non-physical planes. Piece by piece, the old structure will be worn
away until, one day, it just collapses completely and forever.

Let's begin that work today. Will you do it?...

Copyright 2003. Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.
____________________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is the author of "The 7 Golden Secrets To
Knowing Your Higher Self" course. Asoka's work helps people achieve
their full potential, deepen their understanding of mystical truth,
and find joy in their true soul's purpose. He offers you a FREE
14-Day LifeBreakthrough e-mail course at:
http://www.aksworld.com?PROX


--Awakening Chakra Potentials--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

Full sensory (fun) energy empowerment.

     What could be more boring than sitting in a lotus position, eyes
closed, with the mantra "OHM" perpetually resonating from your
rhythmic breaths?
      To many, the just described meditative state is their daily
ritual toward joy and ultimate bliss.
      But if that's your idea of Nirvana, then you shouldn't be too
surprised to find that your dream state and manifested creative
realities are a little less than stimulating.
      Here are some ideas from a number of sources that blend
traditional and not-so-traditional elements to help to make your
transcendence a 24/7 good time.

1. Remember that "meditation" means the MIDDLE POINT. It's the level
of being and conscious awareness where all of your levels and
energies are in equal alignment, and harmonize to advance your
highest self and to fulfill your deepest longings.
      Allow yourself to experience a more unified state of being
where the conscious and unconscious parts of your self are gradually
less distant from one another. You might think of this as walking
around with part of your brain always plugged in to the deepest
levels of meditation. People might think you're just a little
"spacey", but, after all, isn't THAT the goal of meditation???

2. Use full sensory creative visualizations throughout the day, in
any an all situations.
      Once you're comfortable with the "spaciness", you'll find that
having your inner screen always activated can lead to any number of
life enhancements. Keep the thought that the right hemisphere of
your brain (the intuitive) is in a balanced state of brain wave
energy with your left (analytical) hemisphere.
      (This, by the way, is what defines the "PSYCHIC" individual
from the "non-psychic".)
      The images, impressions, sounds, and feelings will come;
sometimes seeming a bit out of place and even intrusive. Allow it
and accept that this is a truer reflection of your natural state
than is found in simple logic.

3. Create personalized inner-sensory signals to activate the various
chakras to enhance everyday activities.

Here are examples of full-sensory chakra activations with Sanskrit
language attunement words for each energy center. Speak or think the
sound of each word directly into the chakra.

BASE CHAKRA (base of the spine)
RED - TONAL PITCH "C" -
When you need an energy boost or want to overcome fear or anxiety.
Also the source of age reversal "youthing" energies.
'MULADHARA"
Imagine biting into a candy apple.
Picture yourself in a glowing red jump suit.
Imagine tasting cherry, cinnamon, salsa, or any other taste
associated with the color red.
Imagine the tone that you would hear if you hit the "C" key of a
piano - even if you're not quite sure what "C" would sound like.
Imagine the feel of heat from warm, glowing, red embers. Continue
this process until you fell a "tickle" at you spinal base.
      When you are angry, tense, or sleepless, you can also "pull the
plug" from the spinal base and envision any unwanted base energies
safely flowing out of your spine and into the earth where they are
transmuted into positive energies.

SEXUAL CHAKRA (mid-way between naval and genitals.)
ORANGE - "D" tone.
"SVADISTHANA"
Sexual vitality and creativity.
Picture yourself in "sexy" orange underwear.
Taste / smell orange flavored chocolates or orange colored ice cream
or candy of any flavor.
Feel "electric" orange silk bed sheets.

SOLAR PLEXUS CHAKRA
GOLD / YELLOW - "E" tone.
'MANIPURA"
Self empowerment and assertiveness.
Picture sun shining from the solar plexus.
Taste / smell lemon pie or "sun tea".
Feel bright sun light beaming out of you from all sides.

HEART CHAKRA
Center of the chest.
GREEN AND PINK - "F" tone.
'ANAHATA'
Balance, healing, love, compassion, romantic interests.
Picture yourself as a glistening green plant in the sunshine of a
tropical rain forest following a soothing shower of purifying rain.
(If romantic pursuits are in order, imagine that you - the green
plant - are sprouting a beautiful pink flower from your chest that
is attracting the perfect partner to you.)
Taste honey nectar.
Feel yourself laying comfortably in a meadow of green grass and
fragrant blossoms.

THROAT CHAKRA
At the base of the throat
BLUE - "G" tone.
'VISHUDDHA'
Clear thought, communication, power of analysis.
Imagine / feel deep blue stone necklace resting at the base of the
throat. Visualize the endless expanse of the ocean at the horizon of
a clear blue sky.
Taste blueberry pie or mint flavor.
Feel a warm current of "radio waves" emanating outward from your
throat to be received and clearly understood by those with whom you
wish to communicate.

THIRD EYE CHAKRA
(Between the eye brows)
INDIGO - "A" tone.
'AJNA"
Psychic level awareness and communications.
Imagine / feel indigo colored deep space quasar radiating and
receiving energies in all directions from your 3rd eye.
Taste grape flavor.
Feel gentle pulsations between the brows.

CROWN CHAKRA
(At top of forehead and across scalp)
VIOLET - WHITE "B" tone.
"SAHASRARA"
Connecting point with Universal Consciousness.
Imagine / feel glowing violet and / or white thousand fold lotus
reaching upward into infinity from the top of your head.
Taste your concept of "perfection".
Feel self rising upward as if you were a violet and white helium
balloon.
      Drawing from the above examples, allow your own imagination to
go
to work for you to create the full sensory triggers that will help
to re-create your world into the place you really want it to be!

Mark Andrews
(c) 2003


<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.chosenones.net
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, articles,
poetry, or anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write
to Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com
This letter was sent to over 500 recipients.

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 86 - July 18, 2003
__________________________________________
--Opening Words - Experience--
--Everyday Karma & The Golden Rule--
--An Invitation to The Pagan Way Group--
--But I'm a Christian!--
--Brotherhood: The Hope and Goal of Mankind--
--The Facilitator--
--As Predicted By Time Travelers in 1978--
___________________________________________
--Opening Words - Experience--

The Being of All, the Source of All, IS.
IT makes no distinction between right and left, right or wrong. IT
cannot for it IS all.
It encompasses the All.
In order to feel, see, learn, grow, it needed to EXPERIENCE
therefore IT created.
Creation IS the experience.
IT did not differentiate between right and left, good or bad. IT IS
and IT created to Experience.
Creation can be compared to the fingers of the ALL; in order that it
may Experience.
All are a part of Creation.
All are a part of all that IS.
How have you forgotten that you are but part of the ALL?
We have submerged ourselves in the Experience.
Think of a powerful ray of Light.
The Ray comes from IT's creating source. As the ray encounters an
object, the light of the ray becomes distorted. The further the
light ray travels the more distorted it becomes. The ray of Light
from the Creating source becomes weaker and dimmer. We are like that
ray. We have chosen to submerge ourselves in a physical world. We
are still a Ray of Light. We all are. All of creation comes from one
Source. The Source of All that IS.
What has happened is that we have become "stuck" in the experience
of being. We have forgotten that all we are is a ray of light sent
from the Creating Source of All that IS to experience.
We have become enmeshed in the reality of the experience. We have
forgotten through the centuries that it is all about the experience.
That once we have acquired the experience in all it myriads of
knowledge, we need not continue to encounter the same experience.
We have forgotten that All Creation wanted was the experience. Since
we all come from one source, it makes sense that we are one. Just
like the fingers of your hand are all different but all One. If your
pinkie burns itself, does not the rest of your fingers learn from
the experience? The burning is neither right nor wrong. It is just
the experience of the burning that the pinkie found painful. Being
that it experienced pain, it will be very careful to avoid the Fire
from hence forth. Does not your thumb learn form the experience?
Will your thumb say, "I wonder what would happen if I go into the
fire?" No. It learned of the experience from the pinkie. It knows
what to expect.
Therefore, why is it that we continue to experience things that
cause pain? Because we have forgotten that, we all belong to the
same hand. Because we have forgotten that, we are all about the
experience. Once we remember that it is All about the experience and
we remember that we are all one Creation, we know that we do not
have to experience something that causes us pain because we already
have the knowledge of the experience within our hand.
Individuals are like the fingers of the hand. Each finger has a
unique relation to the hand, each finger performs a different
function of the hand, but all fingers make up the hand. We are all
unique individuals. What makes us unique is the combination of DNA
within our bodies. We got these individual DNA molecules from our
ancestors.
Example a baby encounters fire. It does not know fire. The baby goes
to touch fire, burns his finger, feels pain, chemicals are released
into the blood stream, to assure that the baby gets its hands out of
the fire. It has changed the chemical composition in the blood. The
body also release certain chemicals into the body to ease the pain
and to cure the burn. The baby has successful altered the chemistry
in the blood. If this baby would choose to continue to experience
fire, the chemicals being released into the body, would continue to
maintain the same ratio. After a while, the blood chemistry in the
body would change because of the constant influx of "anti-burn"
chemicals in the blood. The chemistry in the blood is not following
the original blue print. The difference in the chemical compound of
the blood will affect the DNA. We will further discuss that subject
at a different time.
So now, we have two different experiences and two different
perspectives.
We have the baby who has learned to withdraw the finger from fire.
We have the baby who has learned to live with the pain from the
fire. However, we have a third possibility! We could learn from
someone else's experience with fire. They can tell us about the
experience of fire, how they felt when their finger was burned! The
baby can be taught and the baby can learn the experience of fire
without going through the actual experience of the pain.
Have you noticed that most babies will want to have the actual
experience of the burn?
I wonder why?
I think perhaps it is because until the Experience is not
legitimized by the baby's own feelings it does not become real.
Nevertheless, it still is a legitimate way to learn of the
experience of fire, hearing it from someone else. So let us take
this line of "reasoning" a little further. Let us say the baby can
actually tap into someone else's experience with fire. It can enter
the "mind" of the person and experience all the nesciences of
burning? Would it than be enough of the burning experience? I
wonder.
Let us say that after the first experience with fire, which had the
experience of hurt, the baby "learns" that there is no need to
experience all the different aspects of burning, when it can simply
turn to others experiences of burning.
Would you say that after thousands and thousands of years having
experiences with fire by thousands and thousands of people that all
the aspects of the experience of fire have been felt, at one time or
another? If so, and it would appear to be so, why continue to
experience the pain of a burn? Precisely because we have become so
engulfed in the experience that we fail to see and understand that
we no longer have to experience the burn to know the experience.
That all experiences have been felt and noted. All the thumb has to
do is to tap into the experience already experienced to know what
the experience was.
We are at the point in our Creation that all Experiences to be had
in a third dimensional capability have been experienced in countless
ways. Therefore all we have to do is to tap into the knowledge
acquired individually or from some ones else. Alternatively, we can
choose to continue to experience the same sensations and feelings.
Like the baby who was burned. It seems to me somewhat fruitless to
continue to feel pain just for the experience if the experience has
already been had.
Needless to say, we can apply the theory of tapping into experiences
in any area of our life.
It really is not so hard to do.
As a child, I remember daydreaming about experiences I had no direct
knowledge of. Why children do this is also subject for another
paper. I will however give you a clue, it is called reincarnation,
and knowledge obtained in other life streams. Actually, I still can
do it and so can you. It is very much like going to a movie and
getting so caught up the plot that you feel what the actor/actress
is feeling or experiencing.
You can choose to learn from that Room full of Experiences or the
Experience Library if you will. You can tap into the experience felt
by you or someone else and not have to go through the actual
experience to learn what it feels like. When you read a book or see
a movie do you not learn from some one's experience? Do you have to
have the actual experience of something in order to know what it
feels like? No.
There is an other side to this. You can choose your experiences.
You can choose to experience the things that make you feel happy,
fulfilled, and joyous. You can choose the experiences that will not
cause you pain.
So if we are but a finger in a hand, a ray of light from the big
Source of All Light, we are part of the whole, we represent all the
other fingers or rays of Light, we have come to a point after
millennium of existence, that all experiences in a third world
reality have been felt in a myriad of experiences, we realize two
very important things.
One is that all we have to do is to tap into the knowledge obtained
from Experience and not go into the Experience.
Second, it is time to move on to new experiences in other
dimensions. :-)
My Peace I give you My Peace I AM.
Alishaya - Knukquni
Crystalyrics@...
Rev. EB Church of the Creator (COTC)
Materials copyrighted 6/03.


--Everyday Karma & The Golden Rule--

by Asoka Selvarajah

"Do unto others as you would have others do unto you." A famous
person said that, and you doubtless know who it is. Often called the
Golden Rule, it forms the cornerstone of every major religion.

Does it sound like nice advice, if you had the spare time, or if you
are planning to be a saint? If so, it may astonish you to discover
that not only does this make sense from a spiritual and altruistic
viewpoint, it is also good advice if you are acting from purely
self-serving motives. It actually makes sound business sense too,
although very few businesses operate that way.

The reason for this is that the universe operates according to
strict law, and not according to chance or luck. One of those laws
is that of Karma, also known as the law of Cause and Effect. In the
material world, it has its equivalent, and this is enshrined in one
of Newton's laws of motion; namely, "To every action, there is an
equal and opposite reaction".

Thus, the Golden Rule is not just nice advice, if you can find the
time and energy to get around to it. It is actually essential to
your long-term success, spiritually, mentally, emotionally, and
materially. Let us examine why this is, and how exactly the law
works.

You may have heard of Karma, and believed that it only deals with
reincarnation and past lives. Actually, it has a much more direct
application here and now, and that is what the Golden Rule is really
all about.

At its essence, the universe is pure energy; the energy of creative
intelligence. Moreover, YOU are a thinking center, and can form
thoughts that radiate out into this creative ocean of intelligence.
You are like a magnet, drawing to yourself whatever circumstances
and people are in harmony with the vibration of your dominant
thoughts. Your mind is like a broadcasting and receiving station for
thought waves; of specific vibrational frequencies that you are free
to choose. It is much the same as tuning your radio to a specific
channel.

Now you can better understand why it is that what you put out into
the universe must come back on you in the end. That is the "selfish"
basis of the Golden Rule. It's not just about "being nice". It's got
a hard-edged reality about it. You see, WHATEVER you put out - for
good or ill - comes back on you eventually by infallible law. That
is one excellent reason why you definitely want to do unto others as
you would have them do unto you.

Let's take a practical example. Let's say you are angry with
someone, either at home or at work. According to this rule, you
would do best to treat that person with kindness and forgiveness,
and NOT engage in retaliation, back-biting criticism, revenge or
character assassination. The reason for this is twofold.

First, even if the person is wrong, and is fully aware of the fact,
no one takes kindly to being attacked. No one lies down and plays
dead. Hence, your own attack, however justified, will only provoke a
similar or greater reaction. If you speak ill of this other person,
you can bet that person will find something bad to say about you,
even if it is a lie. From the Golden Rule viewpoint, what you put
out on that person will directly and pragmatically return to you.

Second, consider the effect such behavior has upon you. In truth,
regardless of external consequences, whatever you put out comes back
on you directly via your internal psyche. Every thought you think
modifies your psyche, and hence your essential character, for good
or ill. You have a choice between a base response or one that is
noble and high-minded. Whichever you choose will modify YOU
accordingly. The next time you meet other such situations, you will
be more likely to react in the same way. It will happen more
naturally and more swiftly until it eventually becomes automatic.

These are the reasons you must do unto others as you would have them
do unto you. In a very literal sense, you ARE doing unto yourself
whatever you are doing unto others in thought, word and deed.

If you react negatively, you modify your inner psyche in a negative
manner. This sets up negative vibration in your thoughts. If you do
this often enough, the negative vibration becomes coherent,
laser-beam focused, and begins to attract into your life other
things, people and circumstances of harmonious vibration to itself.
Karma does its work.

Conversely, reacting in a positive manner, as dictated by the Golden
Rule, sets up a positive vibration within you, and this attracts
other positive vibrations into your life. So, in a sense, you could
say it is good, practical, SELFISH advice.

This explains another matter that often confuses people. They expect
that if they help another person, a positive return should result
from THAT person. No. That is not how it works at all. You may get
nothing back from that specific individual. However, you do modify
your own psychic vibration in a positive manner, which in turn
attracts other vibrations of similar frequency. In turn, that
manifests from the universe many circumstances and events of like
vibration. You benefit, but not necessarily from the one whom you
benefited.

In other words, the good you will receive is guaranteed. However,
the Infinite Intelligence will deliver it from a source of its
choosing.

Hopefully, this has helped you to see that the Golden Rule is not
some sort of naive, wishful thinking theory. It is an essential and
key secret to life. Imagine what the world would be like if nations
could practice this attitude, as well as individuals.

In truth, the Golden Rule is the fundamental spiritual law by which
the universe works. If you live in accordance with it, you will
manifest all the good that you desire, now and forever.

Copyright 2003. Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.
______________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is the author of "The 7 Golden Secrets To
Knowing Your Higher Self" course. Asoka's work helps people achieve
their full potential, deepen their understanding of mystical truth,
and find joy in their true soul's purpose. He offers you a FREE
14-Day LifeBreakthrough e-mail course at:
http://www.aksworld.com?PROX


--An Invitation to The Pagan Way Group--

This Group has been founded to address the real issues facing Pagans
in a today's world. This group is mainly a forum for those of any
Pagan belief but is open to anyone. Our goal is to promote tolerance
and understanding between each other and the mainly Christian Untied
States. Our forum is here to express both the benefits, and concerns
of our religious beliefs as they apply to the modern world.

Topics can include what the various forms of our religion are. It
can also include the problems faced by us in everyday life living in
this modern and complicated world. It can include chitchat or
exchanging spells. Legal issues to a "What happened to me today".
Topics can get heated at times, however, respect for other's beliefs
is expected. Whatever topic is, it's welcome.

Rules are simple. No bashing somebody else's beliefs in this group.
No bashing each other. No profanity. No Flaming. When a moderator
says take it to e-mail or to the Debate Forum, that's where it goes.
Keep the topics real. Discussions on problems were having and what
types of things we believe in and practice are gladly accepted.
Unacceptable conduct is not.

This Group is for the sharing of ideas on what we, as Pagan's must
deal with in everyday life. This is not only a group about current
events, but for those seeking factual answers to real questions
about being Pagan and the practice of the Craft in general.

Our Website is located at
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/the_pagan_way/

In Their Service
Rev. Sir Raymond E. Nieman DD HKOS
The Amber Adept
Owner - The Pagan Way and TPW Affiliated Groups


--But I'm a Christian!--

Small world, huh?

I've always taken an interest in paranormal stuff. Maybe it's simply
because I'm a Scorpio. (Don't laugh - that's supposedly a common
personality trait for my sign!) Or maybe it was just a form of
rebellion. Or maybe, just maybe, being an intuitive reader is my
great calling in life, and my growing fascination over the years was
leading me up to the point where I'd finally figure it out. I was
baptized Catholic at a young age. And, as with many strict
religions, I was taught to believe that anything paranormal was
evil. Anything out of the ordinary, that didn't have a cut and dry,
logical explanation, had to be the work of the devil. And as I got
older, I began to notice tons of television shows and blockbuster
movies supporting that claim. In fact, just a few years ago, I was
watching one of my very favorite shows, when a new episode came on
which revolved around a Tarot reader. The theme was, this woman was
supposedly straying from God, performing evil deeds by offering
readings to her clients. There was even a demon possession portrayed
in this particular episode. Needless to say, that was the last time
I sat down to watch that favorite show of mine. It's not that I
don't believe such things can happen. My gripe with that episode is
how they want us to believe it always happens like that - it's the
only thing that can happen. But that's not the case. Not unless you
seek (and accept) evil will you find it. I am 110 % Christian. I
believe in God. I believe that Jesus died on the cross and was
resurrected three days later. And while I'm sure there are probably
a few religious organizations out there who might point their
fingers at me and call me a hypocrite, I'm also fairly certain that
there are others who may feel exactly the way I do, and might even
be cheering me on as they read this.

I think being a Christian is more a state of mind than anything
else. It's all in what you believe. There is so much information in
the Bible. Some might even seem contradictory. It seems to me that
people generally get whatever they want to out of the Bible, and
then they can almost always find a scripture to back their belief.
Don't get me wrong, I'm certainly not knocking the Good Book - not
at all! But even the Concordance versions can be difficult to
understand. If we get nothing else out of it, we should at least
acknowledge and remember a few, key verses. Perhaps the most
important things God wants us to understand are actually the
simplest. "Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me
hath everlasting life" (John 6:47) "Ask, and it shall be given you;
seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you."
(Matthew 7:7) "And all things, whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer,
believing, ye shall receive." (Matthew 21:22)  Pretty simple,
wouldn't you say?

Personally, I don't think it matters much what religion a person is.
I don't think God will penalize you for not reading your Bible every
day. If you believe in Him, love Him, and trust Him with all your
heart, then I think you're in His good graces.

If, for example, you talk to a Jehovah Witness, and they swear up
and down that only 144,000 of their own people will be the ones to
enter into the kingdom of Heaven, God knows that's what they were
taught, and what they believe. He knows that they mean well - just
as well as everyone else who considers themselves a Christian. They
just believe differently than someone who chooses to go by the book
of John. No matter what you believe, you don't have to explain
yourself to anybody. God already knows. And as long as you believe
in His love and His word, you can safely consider yourself a
Christian.

Consulting Tarot cards, or your own intuition (the voice of God) is
in no way anything that could be rightfully considered evil. That
is, unless you're looking for ways to cheat, steal, do wrong, cause
problems, etc. Be assured that God will not tell you how to quietly
eliminate someone you don't like. He won't offer you suggestions on
how to get revenge on someone who made you mad on the freeway this
morning. Anything that isn't love can only be considered evil. And
anything evil is not of God. So maybe playing around with a voodoo
doll is a little on the dark side... but asking for Gods advice
certainly isn't! Asking Him to guide you and give you direction in
your every day life is one of the very best things you can do! And
it doesn't matter which method you choose for your communication.
The only thing that matters is that you're intentionally consulting
God, and that you're true intentions are nothing less than light and
love.

So use your Tarot cards, your runes, I-ching and bibliomacy. It
certainly doesn't mean you're not a Christian. If anything,
attempting to hear and appreciate God's word proves that you are!

Newage Girl - newagegirl@...
Enlightened Path - http://newagegirlpa.tripod.com - Enlightening
your path through spiritual development and counseling. Professional
readings also available.


--Brotherhood: The Hope and Goal of Mankind--

By Tamara C. Moore - sykottic1@...

All is still in the great womb of the universe
      creation:  yet to be born
a godlike entity,
      consciousness to adorn.
      Out of the void,
spirit reaches like a flame
       an expression of deity
throughout the universal plane.
       Heavens come into being
fireworks in the sky
      sparks of divinity
throughout infinity fly
      the essence of godhood
astronomically separated,
      humanity is created
from the depths of the internal,
      an offered silent prayer
that mankind will search within himself
       for the unity we share
we were created from one...
       To the one we shall return
this is the teaching of truth,
      that all of us must learn;
for when it's realized in our heart,
      that each and everyone of us
is in fact a part
       fitting all together
to comprise a whole,
the pilgrimage of our soul
one thing always leads to another
      all that we do affects our brother
with godlike qualities in our daily lives
love and compassion in our mind
      thye unity of brotherhood
      the goal of all mankind....

If truth were witnessed,
      chains of then physical would be lifted
freedom unlike anything experienced
      from the whole is gifted
with truth in our hearts
      the future will begin
totally different outlook
      on what has always been
we'd touch upon reality
      for the very first time
unsheathed of all misgivings
      that mar mankind
the cycle of life,
      wandering as a lost soul,
the endless madness ceasing
       in unity as a whole....


--The Facilitator--

Stephen - spiritquestca@...

It was initially offered as a riddle, in the opening presentation of
a guided meditation called "The Higher Heart":

I am not a "seer" of the future, yet my Spirit possesses knowledge
of the hologram of life. I am the facilitator of Peace by
showing you how to live in this moment of the Eternal Now.

I am not a "channel" of wisdom, yet my Spirit draws upon the Light
of the Masters. I can facilitate the awareness of All That Is.

I am not a "healer", yet my Spirit being the Love of God sees the
perfection in All That Is. Knowing that you are a beautiful,
radiant child of the Universe enables me to facilitate your
self-healing.

I am not your provider, yet my Spirit knows the opulence and riches
of God's full presence. I can facilitate the manifestation of your
Heart's greatest desire.

I can call upon the Ascended Masters and the Angelic Host. I can
command the Essence of their Presence, yet I cannot give you that
which you want for until you open your Heart and find me there.
Until you empty the Chalice of all discord can the Holy Grail be
then filled with the Light of Eternal Love.

Until you share from the Heart can my garments reflect the Majesty
of our Being. Until you are willing to surrender to me shall you
know Who you are. Shall you be embraced in the arms of my Love.

I Am the Facilitator,
Who Am I?

The answer being... I Am the Light of your Soul

---
May our World be forever filled and thrilled with,
The Light of Eternal love

I Am
your little brother,
Stephen
http://members.shaw.ca/spiritquestca


--As Predicted By Time Travelers in 1978--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

-Photo of Apr 13, 2003-

The mysterious "orange ball" (predicted to appear in our skies by
time travelers from the year 2018) has arrived.

Is it "Planet X"? - Nibiru? - Or something altogether different?
Whatever it is, it was of sufficient significance that when I was
allowed to see a late night "sky show" displayed by the travelers,
the "orange orb" was the first - and most lasting - of the visual
components.
(The final photo in the attached series most approximates the
appearance of the orb that I was shown.)
I would interpret this to mean that the appearance of the object
will signify the beginning of a transformational process in which
the earth and its inhabitants will be guided by non-terrestrials (by
means of whose time travel ship the journey was conducted) into a
higher vibrational reality.
I am not going to make any effort to identify the object, nor any
intelligences that may be directing its path. (Your guess is as good
as mine in those regards.)
All I can say with inner knowing, as drawn from memories of the
encounter with the time travelers, is that we have now - with the
appearance of the orb - embarked upon a journey into a Golden Age
for humanity and our planet, as predicted by Nostradamus to occur in
the opening years of the 21st Century.
Crucial to this transformation is that it be accomplished with the
least possible number of lives lost, and the least amount of damage
to our world and its ecological systems. I hope that you will join
your thoughts and prayers with those of us who are working toward
that end..............
Or should I say "working toward that BEGINNING"?
Related link:
http://www.zetatalk.com/teams/rogue/nancy30.htm

-Planet X / Nibiru photos 6-21-03 from Australian observatory-

"This is not the end of the world."
(Recent telepathic message to a visitor to bleeding Madonna shrine
in Spain.)

For so many years, the issue has no longer been ""are" UFOs?",
rather, "WHAT are they?"

So now we begin to confront this new issue:
No longer "Is Planet X", but:
"WHAT is "Planet X"?

A check of today's planetary positions shows that the object in the
photos is not one of our system's planets. Some might try to argue
that the photos show an asteroid or a comet, and it is to be
expected that the media will be promoting one after another "last
word" explanations from government chosen (well scripted) "experts".

(It will be better than the Roswell "show"!)
I don't know what it is that is shown in the photos along with the
sun.
Whatever it may be, we can be certain that we are now entering a
phase of social, scientific, and spiritual reordering such as we
might never have expected to witness.
Over the past few years, I have begun to share many of my closely
kept, previously unspoken ET / Time Travel experiences. If there's
one theme that recurs through all of them, it's "Life will go on,
and only get better."
And THAT having been given to us from those who are already Galactic
earth citizens of from our future (2016 - 2018).

One day, St. Francis was busy hoeing his garden. A friend approached
him and asked, "What would you do if you knew that the world was
going to end today?"
Francis stopped for a moment and then answered, "I would continue to
hoe my garden."
Not bad advice! In other words, "Keep on keeping on".
Yes, it's going to get a little rough.
Yes, you will have more than ample opportunity to become fearful.
And, yes, there will be those in positions of power who will do
everything in their ability to manipulate the world's populations
into terror driven obedience to promote their personal agendas.
Make the preparations that you would make for a local disaster
(earthquake, hurricane, blizzard, riot, etc.). Think ahead, stock,
store, and make your surroundings more secure as you feel necessary.

Planet X is NOT going to collide with earth. However, we might
expect asteroid strikes and geo-magnetic realignment - - pole shift.

Always remember that you have friends in the HIGHEST places who
watch over you and who are more than prepared to deal with any
situation well before the time.

So continue to hoe your gardens, and remember:
"It's NOT the end of the world."

It's only "the new beginning".

Luke 21; 28
And when these things begin to come to pass, then LOOK UP, and LIFT
UP YOUR HEADS; for your redemption draweth nigh.

"Ready to roll!"
Related link: http://www.cyberspaceorbit.com/australian_px.html
{For Mark's encounters with Time Travelers, visit Project X website
> Experiences > Aliens and Time Travel}

<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.chosenones.net
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, articles,
poetry, or anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write
to Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com
This letter was sent to over 500 recipients.

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 85 - May 30, 2003
__________________________________________
--Opening Words--
--A Call to Action!--
--My Personal Experience with a Life Affirming Dis-ease--
--Pleiadians--
--They Run, Who Cannot See--
--Toward Your Greater Health And Happiness--
___________________________________________
--Opening Words--

Dear readers!

Thank you for the uplifting words and compliments regarding our new
website, http://www.ChosenOnes.net . And yes, I am aware that the
design seems the same, it will change, too, very soon.

I would like to start this week's newsletter with words from Tamara
Moore, who has reminded me why I have established Project X website
in the first place:

"...I have been compelled by unknown sources to share a message with
you and yours...

As the numbers increase,
of the Chosen Few,
We seek each other out,
In an attempt to renew,
Our battered earth, our fragile minds,
For the benefit of mankind

Today is the first day of the rest of my life and I will take my
first steps with confidence and and utilize the opportunities before
me."


--A Call to Action!--

Paganism vs. the Sci-Fi Channel

      The 6th of May started like most other days. I went to
http://www.mysticwicks.com and started cruising the forums. Then
everything changed when I open a thread entitled “Real Witch
Wanted”. What follows is the meat of the thread's first post.
-------------------------------
http://www.craigslist.org/tfr/10777199.html

Real Witch Wanted

New reality based TV show for the Sci Fi Channel is looking for a
practicing Wiccan who can cast spells and conduct moonlit rituals.

We are scouring the country to put together a group of outrageous,
eccentric and entertaining individuals who live very alternative
lifestyles. They will get the chance to showcase their lifestyle and
demonstrate their special skills to America, but the group's biggest
responsibility will be to choose a winner from among 12 "Joe Normal"
contestants who will dare to come live with them in a Mansion. We
are specifically looking for people whose unusual lifestyle is
incorporated into every aspect of their lives - no "bankers by
day/witch by night." The perfect witch looks the part, dresses the
part and lives the part 24 hours a day. (Participants will be
compensated for their appearance.)

OK for recruiters to contact this job poster. Please, no phone calls
about this job! Please do not contact job poster about other
services, products or commercial interests. Reposting this message
elsewhere is OK. This is in or around Los Angeles

Copyright © 2003 craigslist
-------------------------------
There is and old saying that a druid is slow to anger. This applies
well to me…. usually. On further investigation I found the media
blurb that the Sci-Fi channel themselves had put out. And I quote:

"9:00 AM ET, 6-May-03

SCI FI Seeks Mad Lives

The SCI FI Channel is seeking five people with "alternative
lifestyles" to appear in its upcoming reality series Mad Mad House.
Producers are seeking people who identify themselves as Wiccans,
vampires, Trekkers, witch doctors, "modern primitives," yogi
masters, etc., to live together in "Alt Manor" for a month and
compete for a grand prize.

Contestants must complete a questionnaire and e-mail it to apply.
Mad Mad House is slated to shoot in September. Arthur Smith and Kent
Weed, from A. Smith & Co., produce the series, which will be
distributed by USA Cable Entertainment, a unit of Vivendi Universal
Entertainment, which also owns SCI FI and SCIFI.CO."

      By the time I finished my research there were over 20 messages
of outrage from other people in the thread and righteous indignation
with cries just short of "get a rope".

      "Enough!" rang out in my mind and before I knew it I had
created a yahoo group entitled PaganResponse as a place for others
to come and meet this challenge to the legitimacy and solemness of
the Paths to be slandered:
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/paganresponse/

      Truly my Spirit Guide was at work because I looked up and I had
been working for over 14 hours straight and it was the middle of the
night. Already the plan was formulated and a timeline burnt into my
mind. Already people were joining and asking "where do we go from
here". And I was scared. Scared of what I faced in a predominantly
Christian Nation with a Republican government at its head.

      "Who am I to undertake such a thing?" I thought as terror
overtook me. "I am not an activist nor a great leader of men! Dear
Gods! I can barely keep up with the tests you give me NOW!!" Don
Quixote came to mind as I swam in indecision at the monumental task
in front of my eyes. For I already knew the pressure and eyes of
everyone involved was looking directly at me alone during this time.

      "You are a vehicle for the justice that others are crying to Us
for." Was the immediate whisper in my mind. Like a fresh breeze
pushing out a stagnant smell I suddenly felt a total calm and
warmness come over me and I smiled while tears welled up in me eyes.
For I understood now with crystal clarity what had just happened. A
seed had been planted through me via this site and it would grow on
its own accord. And yet I would have my own large part to play in
this.

      In the few days that followed things DID start to happen on
their own. An on-line petition was started by another which has
taken on a life of its own:
http://www.petitiononline.com/mmh2003/

      I have been contacted by people with credentials above anything
I could have possibly expected. And barely a week has passed! I sit
in daily wonder at what I am being taught. Mostly it is strength
from within. For I alone could not have gone 2 days by my own wits.

      So I sit here and invite ANYONE who may read this to join me.
Join me in a fight for the rights of others with a Path, a Religion
that may not even be your own. For I am a druid and not represented
in this travesty and yet I see this as a personal insult to me. Why?
Because the Path of the Druid is primarily a search for TRUTH. And
the truth is, my brothers and sisters seek justice and recognition
of their chosen Path and perhaps I can help.

And perhaps….. you will too.

Thank you for your time. I wish you Peace and the Blessings of your
God(s).

Rev. Robert Twig Jones
The Druid of Peace
matrixdruid@...


--My Personal Experience with a Life Affirming Dis-ease--

I am sure that you have had similar experiences. You know those
times when you unsuspectingly get out of bed, shower, get dressed,
and expect your day to proceed in the ordinary comfortable
monotonous way that the preceding ones have occurred. Than something
happens and you say, wow, maybe I should have stayed in bed. Little
knowing, that you are about to embark on a "growing" stage in your
life. If we knew, we would do more than stay in bed. I for one would
pack a backpack and proceed to a cave, deep inside a mountain,
perhaps with an underground stream to be prepared for a long siege.
Occasionally, I would venture into town, sit in a coffee shop, and
quickly write down any "challenges" that I encounter. I would than
average out the "challenges" encountered by the length of my outing.
If it averaged to more than two tests in four hours, I would restock
my supplies and head back to my cave. That would be ideal, at least
for me. I think that perhaps my soul has a different perception.
Easy enough for my soul, it is up there in Perfection Land. I on the
other hand am stuck in a world of duality. Assessments, um... good
for the soul... not so effortless for us!

Actually, I think that if we listen closely to our higher selves, we
would know when we need to change our lives, our routine, and our
comfort zone. That way it would not upset us as much. I know that
deep inside of me, I did. There were "SIGNS" everywhere. I knew, yes
I did. However, did I listen? No, definitely not, lesson number one,
listen to your heart, it always KNOWS. However, who wants to revise
anything? We who are after all more intellectual than the average
ant (who by the way does know when the storm is coming and acts) do
not relish or even like the idea of change. If we must be faced with
transformation than we want to control it. We want to be in charge,
how many alterations and at what time they occur. Our beautiful soul
on the other hand loves change, loves to modify itself, grow,
experience, transform from the caterpillar into the butterfly.
Personally, I always did like caterpillars.

Anyway, let me tell you of my latest experience in the Land of
Restoration, the place that your soul goes to experience the deeds
that will lead it back home, to the Land Of Luminosity. As I said
before, I had inkling that there was a storm brooding over the home
front. I called a few friends who are very gifted psychics (if you
believe in that kind of thing). Souls that are aware of their innate
gift from the Creator Source. They are able to judge and see energy.
I called and said back at the end of August, "What is happening, the
force field is vibrating in harmonies that are not very familiar.
They seem to be experiencing technical difficulties. I called the
Inner Self Technician but she/he is not saying much. I think she
might be over her head. She does not know she is emitting a low
frequency SOS alert." They said, no, nothing wrong, you have not
picked any outside vibrations, everything seems OK, and you are
ready for blast off. Blast off, is what I most certainly did.

In October, I attended a Peace March, with all the yelling and
chanting, we did back in the 60's. Very successful and very
irritating to your vocal cords. Do you realize how loud you have to
yell to be heard when you are walking in downtown New York? Anyway,
when two weeks later, I still had trouble talking, I thought I
should go to the doctor. I finally did get around to calling her to
get an appointment in the middle of November. By than, I had my
voice back, but what the dickens, I thought I might as well as go in
for a check up. Have you EVER taken your car in for a check up? What
mechanic tells you, oh, your car is perfect, it does not need a
single thing? Well, doctors are pretty much the same. Sorry, if your
uncle is a doctor but you must realize that doctors don't make money
if every one is well and more importantly, pharmaceuticals can't
show an increase in profits every year, if we don't buy medicine.

My doctor is an oncologist. My sister referred her to me when I came
back to New York. I figured she is a female, she accepts my medical
insurance, and my sister says she is a good doctor. OK. I guess that
when you hit 48 you should have a doctor. I had never had one in my
life but I was ready to accept the fact that when one gets older one
should have a doctor. Lesson number two. Why are we so ready to
accept dis-ease as we get older? My grandfather died when he was
ninety-two. He still was cultivating the little bit of land he had.
I do not think he ever went to a doctor, much less have one. He was
an uneducated man, did not go past the second grade. Lived on a
mountain in Cuba, far way from the city, tended his pigs and his
chickens every day for over seventy years. He was unaware of high
cholesterol. He had no idea what his sugar level was or how high his
blood pressure was. All he knew was that he had to get up at five
every morning to feed his animals and farm his land. All he knew was
that if he did not plant, he would not eat. When lunch time came
around, he went to his garden, picked his insecticide free
vegetables and fruit, got a few eggs from the chicken coop, maybe
wrung a few necks (Yes, Virginia, the chickens you buy in the store
all wrapped up in clean cellophane without a single feather, come
from a live chicken) and ate his food. So much for education. Lesson
number three is when you have little choice between processed,
chemically engineered foods, and fresh wholesome ones, choose the
natural ones.

So here, I was at the doctor. She started her litany on the dangers
of not going to see her in two years, why, did I know that I was in
danger of a serious dis-ease at my age? My heart needed to be
monitored, my sugar level, my blood pressure could be all messed-up
and I would show no symptoms at all. Believe me, if I was feeling
all right when I walked in, I was feeling a lot worse as she went
on. I remembered how tired I was feeling, all those nights I could
not fall asleep before 11:30, how short of breath I was when I
climbed the stairs on the train, how peaked I looked the other day
when I looked in the mirror. Everything bad. Lesson number four -
never ever, let other people's negative perception of life affect
you. We are all not meant to weigh a perfect 110 lb., we don't all
have the same internal clocks, our bodies and our reaction to
different factors are diverse. Who do you think knows your body
better, you who live in it twenty-four seven or a doctor that sees
you for fifteen minutes every year? You better be saying you because
if you aren't that is a completely different kettle of fish!

As she proceeded her examination, she stopped at my neck. Went over
the area a few times and said there is something here. I never ever
thought that so few words could affect one's own belief in Universal
Love so strongly. She scheduled a CAT scan. I got on the train and
went to pick up the car where I had parked it. I got in it and drove
home. I parked and just sat there. In those few minutes, I forgot
everything I believed in, everything I knew of the Universe, all
about my own Creative powers. I cried, I yelled at the Creator, in
short, I did everything I thought I should not do. This is, by the
way, OK. When faced with a difficult situation, you can get angry,
cry, yell, stomp your foot, what ever it takes to get you to RELEASE
all those negative feelings. You do not want the extra baggage, when
you finally do get to your destination you find out exactly how high
the cost for the extra pounds was. Lesson number five, release.

A few days later, I went for the CAT scan. They where very helpful,
even though I asked a zillion questions. What are the side effects,
what do the studies show, how long does the radioactive material
stay in your body? It is your body. You should know all there is to
know about what you put into it, even if doctors, who might think
they are a direct representation of God on Earth, are the ones
giving it to you. Let them get angry, in fact, if when asking your
zillion questions she/he gets upset find yourself a new doctor.
Lesson number six, know yourself.

My father had six other siblings six who had died of cancer. On my
mother side, two had succumbed to the dis-ease. Not great odds.
Lesson number seven, don't think that because things have always
been a certain way, they are bound to remain the same. You can
change your life, you can break the chains, and you alone can alter
your self and your body with prayer, the power of belief, KNOWING
and awareness.

All my children are my friends. I feel privileged to have been the
vehicle of birth for these three incredible souls. We have developed
a deep connection, for different reasons. Now, please don't get me
wrong, I am sure they have many issues with me. I just find them to
be the most incredible beings! Anyway, they are all friends and like
all friends, they are all different. If I want to talk about books,
art and music, I call Odalys, my oldest. If I want someone who is
dependable and thinks she is my mother :-) I talk to Ariana, the
youngest. If I want to discuss society or need a very clear
determined head, I call my son. Unfortunately, my son was not in the
country. He would not be back for at least two months. I have worked
sixty hours a week for as long as I can remember. I am the oldest of
three children, whose father was an alcoholic for many years. (That
will tell you that I always like to be in control of every situation
in my life.) I like it to be orderly. I like to know how and when
the bills are going to be paid. If you know a little about living
with abuse as a child, you know that we have a big issue with TRUST.
Which brings me back to the baggage part, get rid of it. If you
don't it will taint your life, your feelings, your outlook and it
will affect your physical body. Lesson number eight, we are body,
mind and spirit. They do not work independently, they are
interconnected. On the other hand, people I practically did not
know, stepped right in, to give their hands and heart. Lesson number
nine, relay and trust the Divine Source of All and they will
respond.

I think that perhaps I have gone a little far in my story but I need
you to understand the I had a deep distrust of myself and others, I
feared change, did not feel as if I was ever good enough, no matter
what I did and I had to be careful in what I said, lest I get a very
irrational reaction. Did you notice that every one of those issues
is in the past tense? Do you think that in a few months I cleared up
all those built in programs? No, I started a long time ago,
releasing and reprogramming myself. I am continually working at it.
It is never ending. Lesson number ten, just when you think you have
altered the conditioned way of re-acting, you reach a new level.
Just know that it does get easier. You fall into old paradigms and
what you thought were discarded methods might come up but with less
frequently and with much less upheavals and discomfort. One step,
one issue, one thing at a time. However, since life is an ongoing
experience (life after life after life), I figure, I should share
now. We are a representation of each other. What affects one,
affects all. Lessons number eleven and twelve, know that you are an
integral part of Creation; honor yourself and others. Be thankful;
show your gratitude by being compassionate. If I can assist anyone
on the road of life, it is my duty and my calling to do so. That is
why, although I am still in the mist of living, I am writing this
down now. Anyway, I don't know how much postage is from the other
side. :-)

When you have a test and no one calls you to get the results, don't
worry about it. Bad news? I assure you that someone will call you,
the next day! Therefore, when I got a call at work from my doctor, I
said, here it goes. The doctor said she had to see me right away. I
went in that afternoon. She said, "You have about five or seven,
what appears to be tumors, in you lymph nodes. Two of them, judging
by the CAT scan appear to be suspicious and very serious. I would
like you to see a specialist right way." I tried explaining to her,
why I wanted to wait a few weeks. I told her about my belief that
dis-ease always starts in your emotional body, how with time it
affects your physical body. I explained why my own limited belief in
myself, my lacking of expressing my truth, was causing disturbances
in my throat chakra. She just looked at me, and I am not kidding,
said, "Whatever, you still have to go a specialist." So much for
trying to illuminate! I said all right but I think I want to mull
this over. "No time," was her quick reply. Think of it. Cancer, just
does not magically appear in your body, it takes time, than if you
don't have any symptoms, it takes a while for someone to notice it
and than it becomes a take care of it NOW! You can't even take a few
days or a week to examine your options. Why? Is it going to multiply
in a few days? If it did, what difference would it make? If
something is growing that fast, than you definitely should examine
your choices. Lesson number thirteen, never give your own Personal
Power away to any one. I don't care who it is. You have power use
it; connect to your own divinity, your great I AM and use your
divine discernment at all times.

Please understand that although I have somewhat simplified the
process of self-healing, it does take commitment, dedication,
belief, trust, a willingness to grow and work through a lot of
emotional pain. It does not happen overnight. Think of proportions.
If it takes you x amount of years to develop negative baggage, it
will take you x amount of time to work them out. One good thing, is
that by becoming aware, responsible and committed, you will make
things flow easier and faster. Lesson number fourteen, life is the
greatest story ever told, we are the writer, the producer, the
director and the actor/tress. We are both the students and the
teachers. It may appear difficult but upon examination what are
sixty to eighty years when one is eternal? Have patience with
yourself. Love yourself, honor life. Be a child. Play in the mud,
smell the grass, think of dandelions as what they are, simple,
graceful, beautifully bright flowers, not weeds, to be destroyed or
pushed back into the soil.

I went to the specialist. It was funny really, because at first he
could not feel any of the swellings. Then he called my doctor and
found them. Again, when you look for something it will be there. He
wanted me to go for a Positron Emission Tomography (PET scan) right
away. Again, my questions. What is, how it is done, how much
radioactive material, side effects? According to the doctor and
confirmed by my intensive Internet search, the test have no side
effects. Excuse me. Radioactive materials are harmful. How could it
be that putting more into your body, right after a CAT scan is not
harmful? I work at being as logical as possible, one and one will
equal two, no matter what. I can't not accept those tests are not
harmful. Cancer is the abnormal cell growth in your body that your
immune system can't fight. So how is it that injecting a substance
that makes cells grow, while suppressing the ability of your immune
system, have no side effects? That is what cancer does and I am
speeding up the process by willing injecting the same qualities into
my body. Now I am not saying you should not have the test performed.
Just be conscious of what you are doing and what is being done to
your body. Try not to have more than one scan every six months or
so. In that way, you give your body the opportunity of cleaning
itself out.

I thought about the test and what I believed and knew of my self. A
long time ago, while watching one member of my family after another
succumb to cancer, I said I would not under any circumstances
subject myself to chemotherapy or radiation therapy. Please, please
understand that this was a personal choice. I don't recommend it to
anyone. What I do recommend is that you learn as much as you can
about dis-ease in general. Be aware that you are mind, body and
spirit. Know that they work collectively to give you what we know as
life. You cannot and must not treat one without treating the other
two.

It makes no sense to me that in curing cancer, I become weak and
sicker. I realize that according to many, the long-term results will
be worth the while. I respect and honor those that are willing to go
that route. Their collective experience has allowed me not to. It is
by the lessons they have learned, experienced and shared that I can
make my own personal choices. Lesson number fifteen, honor the
lessons and the divinity of all. For me it is not the quantity but
the qualities that is important. My face-to-face encounter with a
life affirming dis-ease, has allowed me to deepen my faith and
belief that we are eternal. That this one life is just a small
fraction of all my lives. Time is relevant to my perspective. I have
gone from first grade and attended school for numerous life streams.
It would be wasteful for me not to trust who I have become on the
way. It would be an affront to my divinity not to utilize my
knowledge. I don't know what will happen five years down the line.
Is life guaranteed? It is not. However, my life is my choice, I
assume all responsibility for it. Anyway, I work on it. :-)

I decided to wait for the PET scan. I decided to incorporate and
build on my inner knowing before going for any more test. I would
wait for two to three months. In the meantime, I would devise and
execute a plan. Don't think that the rest of my life had gone on
stand still and that my health was the only change and challenge
that I was encountering. Life very rarely is bundled in convenient
packages. Lesson number sixteen, life happens; it does not wait for
you to be ready or willing. Your soul, your higher self, your great
I AM has its own agenda. If you are not looking or willing to look
at the bigger picture, you might miss the signs that point the way.
You will walk with no clear understanding or direction. We are not
meant to live life asleep. We are supposed to use our power, our
divinity, our awareness of self, others and the Source of All that
is. Life is a great gift to our evolving souls, not to honor and
trust ourselves, is a disservice that will make things so much more
difficult than it has to be. If you are constantly hitting a brick
wall, you better know why, if you want to alter the experience. It
makes no sense to me to be hitting the wall with my head repeatedly.
It might be uncomfortable; it might cause pain to examine the
reasons for my behavior. However, the alternative, to continue to
hit my head not only does not make sense it seems pointless (and it
does hurt).

I have known that my soul's mission was to serve humanity in any
capacity that I could. It is my purpose, my mission. How do I know?
Beside that, I am an incredible psychic? ;-) I know because it gives
me joy. It makes me happy to assist people. It makes me smile and
feel good when I can share of myself with others. Building ties,
expanding and cultivating love, makes me want to sing and play
hopscotch. When what you do gives you joy you can bet you are on the
right track. Life is supposed to be full of joy, love, happiness and
peace. That is what we are here for. The Universe provides all the
tools and all the props. We are a dot in the circle of Humanity. We
have all the abilities the full circle has. If we are emerged in
pain, in unhappiness, in lack of love that is what we will continue
to manifest. Lesson number seventeen, you create your own reality,
if you are conscious of it you can work on making it perfect. If you
are unaware, you will continue experiencing pain, until you do
become responsive.

I had not been living my life mission. Any place you are is perfect
but when you know that, you are in direct opposition to what you
interior self is saying, that where you are no longer serves the
Highest Good of All, believe me, circumstances will push you to
where you are supposed to be. It is very simple. Listen to your
Higher Self, arrange to follow your desires and dreams or be pushed
into the water. Your Higher Self will get you to where you are
supposed to be, one way or another. Your Over-soul knows what you
need. Trust yourself and the Source of All to provide it. Don't
fight the current; swimming against it can be exhausting and
fruitless. I was working in a place that no longer served or
contributed to my life's purpose. I was worried and anxious about my
finances. How would I pay my rent, bills and stuff? My soul does not
care about stuff; they are accumulated by our need and our eternal
search for purpose. Ironic is it not? Our accumulation of things is
a direct result of our need for higher purpose and our higher
purpose is often obscured by the possessions? God does have a sense
of humor. When we loose that insight, we often miss the internal
signs. Since I could not make the conscious choice of looking for an
outlet for my divine creativity, "life" made the selection for me. I
lost my job. Not only me but also my daughter who lives with me. No
source of income. If I had arranged for myself, I could have taken
steps in the creation of my reality. Now my reality was shaping my
life. Lesson number eighteen. Take action on your inner knowing.
Taking no action is a response in itself. Be conscious of what your
superior self is saying and than act. Manifestation cannot occur
without active action, choose consciously active instead of
reactive. It makes your life so much simpler and easier.

Therefore, in February life threw a few lemons. You know what they
say; when you get lemons, make lemonade. So this is what I did.

" I made a list of things I needed to change and prioritized it.
" I realized that the time of reading and studying was over. I had
to incorporate my knowledge and live my wisdom.
" I wrote down my objectives, my goals and my own personal life
mission statement.
" I made a list of everything that had gone "wrong" and the
perceived reasons for it.

For my health issues I:
*Read and INCORPORATED the following books that I recommend for
everyone.
**The Complete Book of Incense, Oils &Brews by Scott Cunningham;
Power Juices Super Drinks by Steve Meyerowitz; Cancer as a Turning
Point by Lawrence LeShan; Herbally Yours by Penny C. Royal; Reverse
Aging by Sang Whang; The Doctor Who Cures Cancer by William Kelley
Eidem; Your Body's Many Cries for Water by F. Batmanghelidj; The
Isaiah Effect by Gregg Braden; The Acid Alkaline Balance Diet by
Felicia Drury Kliment; Healing your Body by Louise Hay; Essential
Oils compiled by Essential Science Publishing. Plus, I conducted an
intensive research into the dis-ease, using the Internet. One link
after another was reviewed.
*I have been on an active Spiritual Path for oh... since I was about
sixteen. I have gone from African based religions, Buddhism, Tao,
Shamanistic, well you get my drift. So it has been continual and I
did not have to actively start. If you do need guidance, I can
assist you. Please let me know. Please understand that the
culmination of all my studies has created a deep trust in my self,
my own healing properties and God. Magnified Healing, Crystal
Healing and a few others, were incorporated into my life.
*I start a regime and still am on it:
**Juicing using a high dosage of naturally cultivated carrots.
Mainly used beets, carrots, cucumbers, sweet grass, oranges, celery,
watercress, apples, grapes. I drank at least three 8 oz. a day.
**A Higher than usually dosage of Ambrotose, an immune Support
Formula and Plus, which supports Optimal Endocrine Health. (Please
contact jbthornberry@... for more information)
**Eight ounces of SeaSilver, please follow link:
http://admin.myseasilver.com/AdiDivineWithin
**Three very balanced meals, reduced sugar intake.
**Ten to twelve glasses of bottled water.
**Water filters in kitchen and bathroom. Chemicals do enter your
blood through your pores. I never even realized that before!
**Direct application of the following Young Living Oils. Young
Living are the purest form of oils that I found. I was combining
three different oils, two times a day.
***Directly on nodes, three times a day. (Yes, I know that one is
not supposed to use layered oils but it worked fine for me.) R.C.;
Myrrh; Frankincense; White Angelica; Lavender; Sage; Release; Ledum;
Purification. On my heart chakra: Release; Lavender; Acceptance;
Gratitude; Joy; Purification; Peace &Calming; Abundance. I
alternatively use all the above oils (a different one each day), on
the soles of my feet.
**I take Magnified Healing Essenes.

Implementation, belief, trust all are key ingredients. If it sounds
time consuming it is. The results are living a fully integrated
life. It is not for anyone. The choice is personal. The alternative
is to continue to give your power away. I can guarantee that course
of action will not make you happy. It will give you no joy and you
will continue to manifest dis-ease until you take and assume
responsibility for yourself. Please remember that you can use all of
the above and still follow a mainstream medical plan.

My friend of over forty years ago died a few weeks ago from breast
cancer. She went from a vibrant strong woman to a body that weighed
at the most sixty pounds. She said she did not believe in radiation
and chemotherapy but on the onset of her disease, she choose to go
against those beliefs. It was her choice. It was her journey. I
thank her for making my commitment stronger and firmly rooted in my
own heart, body and mind.

In February, I finally went for the PET Scan. It showed that there
was no tumors. The specialist was surprised. He wants me to go back
in four months. My personal doctor did not so believe and wanted a
biopsy. I respectfully declined. If a test can prove the presence of
cancer, another test can prove that there is none. Why would I
choose to believe the negative implications of test and not the
positive?

Will I be OK? I am OK. I trust the choice. I trust me and God. I
trust life. I trust that all works for the best when your intentions
are for the Highest Good Of All and in Divine Right Order. How long
I live is not determined by a doctor. It was determined by my soul
before my physical birth. If I die of cancer, that is all right. I
will have been in the bearer of an alternative way of curing
ourselves. I live. I live in the NOW. I am conscious of my thoughts,
words and actions. I incorporate all my lessons to become balanced
whole and complete. I choose to live as a truly autonomous human
being. Now and Forever more.

May The Source of All bless you and keep you.
May you Inner Source of All bless you and keep you.
May you become an aware responsible human being, in all the areas of
your life.
Alishaya - Knukquni - AdiDivineWithin@...
Rev. Edith Church of the Creator (COTC)
I remain in a state of Divine Right Order ®

Join Care2.com and The Breast Cancer Fund's Climb to End Breast
Cancer! - http://breastcancer.care2.com
Live to serve and serve to live,

Walk in Light, She/He will always guide,
Walk in Light and there will be Peace,
May you learn to walk the talk and sing the songs,
May your days be filled with sun,
May you never do wrong,
May you be a warrior of Love.
May Peace be your only defense,
May your Truth be strong,
May you thank the Lord above
For the Love
They show
You may use any listing or part of the listing, however, let us
acknowledge the Creative Divinity of the person who wrote it,
please!
All materials are copyrighted 5/03.


--Pleiadians--

Debra Frakes - dlyn1952@...

It was a Friday, February 24th, so a calendar would let me know the
exact year. In broad daylight going into my grocery, I saw a woman
that was unreal in her beauty. Wearing a full length dark mink coat,
had on gloves and was carrying keys and a small brown paper sack
(the grocery doesn't have bags that small). I looked at her and
thought "oh my God, she is so beautiful. I wonder where she is from"
At the exact instant that I thought that, she looked directly at me
and her eyes started to shake (or vibrate) and at the same time they
started to move back and forth. It scared the )*(*)*( out of me.

I nearly went into shock. I am making this a short story rather than
going into detail. As I entered the automated door, I looked back at
her and she was bent over looking at me and looked monstrous. I know
this sounds unbelievable but it happened. It scared me so badly that
I was hysterical that evening and a few days afterwards. It scared
my husband and he insisted on upgrading our alarm system (like that
would help). I wrote to Jim Marrs and he gave me a title of a book
by Ingo Swann "Penetration" that told of a similar story. Except in
that book, the woman didn't make eye contact. The woman that I saw
was "on to me knowing something wasn't right". Nobody dressed like
that in our area. And also, as I was standing in the checkout line I
saw her backing out of a parking space and she was driving a dirty
looking four door sedan economy car. This woman looked like she
should be stepping into a Rolls Royce. She was perfect looking.
Tall, blonde hair, blue eyes, perfect features. Unreal. Hair looked
to be twenty shades of blonde. It didn't look like a wig. I was only
going in for a box of jello that I needed for a dessert recipe.
After seeing her and having the interaction, I was in shock and even
embarrassed because of her looking at me and then becoming very
scary looking. It seemed that nobody else was even aware of it
happening. It was about 3 p.m. on a Friday and normally crowded.
I'll never forget the incident as long as I live.
Ever.

[Please contact Debra if think you may have some answers to her
experiences.]


--They Run, Who Cannot See--

Brenda - Brenlamb9@..., 22/4/03

"All of the leaders of Mankind ran from earth as they saw the threat
coming toward them. They knew their time was up.

Alas, if only they had a link to within their souls through their
heart chakras, then they would have truly seen the Second Coming of
The True Saviour of Earth. Instead, they had fear within their
hearts, this fear had a hold of all of their chakras system - put in
place by themselves in the vain attempt to have complete control
over, and above (In the Etheric) the whole of Mankind.

Through the Grace of the Original Creation, there were those few who
were of the Original Star-seed still within earth.

Now the earth had returned into their care and keeping, and one
again they were being nourished with the Heavenly Manna provided by
their Creator; The Creator of All Life.

The Saviour of Earth entered in, through the Second Birthing Canal,
set up in the Heavens by the One known of - until then, as Lucifer,
who had by that period become a fully reformed Being.

Now he had come to fully recognize the Truth behind the Wisdom of
His Father, when He did by-pass him in favour of His Brother whom we
know of as Our Lord Jesus, The Christed One upon the earth.

Lucifer had very soon come to understand just how weak he was become
as he saw what trials and tribulations his Brother willingly endured
in order to save the True remnant of the Divine Star-seeds. He
quickly realized the need to give assistance to The Christed One in
His hours of greatest need.

He spent his efforts in turning the hearts of those whom he had
previously captured.
This was the commencement of the period, whereby they truly knew
their time had come. Therefore, they had to make ready to leave the
place, which was fast becoming dangerous for them.

They attempted to ensnare the Innocents within the Age of
Technology, which was instigated precisely for the purpose, of the
lifting away from the coming of The Christed Ones.

However, those Innocents quickly awoke to the frequency of the
vibration coming through from the return of their Beloved Brother
through the Star-gates.

The 'captured ones' tried their utmost to slow Him down whilst they
completed preparations to escape from their fate, which would surely
be whilst they remained within the confines of earth.

It was the ever presence of the Original Star-seeds, holding on to
the frequency, which included the makeup of the Divine Star-gate
(Straight-gate of your Bible). That their attempts proved fruitless,
and they eventually gave up - but not before they had successfully
destroyed much of the earth, thereby leaving most of the Innocents
in utter chaos, and would be unable to follow them.

However, even they had been brought into Being with the Original
Intention. It would not be 'too long' before - one by one, from
among the number of the 'true devotees', the hearts of a few would
begin to resonate to the frequency of the Original Intention once
again.

In this manner were the creations of the followers of Lucifer -
before he turned once more to the Original Intention -they were to
be sealed up for all eternity.

Meanwhile, the Original Star-seeds, having been fed and nourished
with Manna, became once more in their original and pristine state.
Ready once again to answer the True Calling of The True
Mother/Father of Creation, as it was revealed unto them once more.
These attempts to divide, thus conquer the Original Star-seed, and
trample upon them, by creating the duality in Life. This would
gradually be dissolved. From within, they would regain the Glory of
Their Originality. Also, their unique ability to demonstrate the
True depth of Wisdom to those who had stayed amongst them, but who
truly were those known of as 'Wolves in Sheep's Clothing', and
needed to be routed out. This was to be the first of many unsavoury
tasks to be carried out, before all were properly equipped to resume
with the Original Intention

The Battle for Earth had, finally been won. Therefore, the Battle
for the Universe could commence, and the outcome of that, was
already, clearly decided.

There was indeed celebrations within the Divine Realms, these to be
repeated among the lower-levels, at the most appropriate times, but
not before The Innocents had been fully awakened as to the fullest
extent of The Second Coming of their long departed Brother/Sister of
the Original State, once more.

May all whose eyes gaze upon these words, be granted discernment of
Creation, each, according to their ability, and the requirement of
their spirit. To regain what has been thus far, hidden from their
True eyes".

(Once having fully established strong links with the Divine
Intention of yourself, then begin the process of 'weaning' yourself
from all unnecessary 'external' crutches i.e.: "I want" - everything
you will ever need is yours, and will be drawn unto you. Mobile
phones etc.: -'entrapped within the age of technology'. When the
Call to stop using them shall come from within, do please heed that
Calling, as it will come at the most appropriate time for you.

The process of once again, regaining that which we have lost will
come as and when, 'those who do not see' will have ceased to focus
on the overall need to control, in favour of the need for
Self-preservation. The release this will bring is to reverberate
strongly within earthly atmosphere. It may cause even greater
'fear', because it will be thought of initially as coming from an
unrecognizable source'. Forewarned is forearmed, by Star-seeds who
by then/now can Truly hold the balance of Life, in readiness for
their Divine Brother's return.

The need to loosen all ties with present systems cannot be stressed
enough, because the more one steps onto the Divine Path once again,
the less one will need to travel along the present system.

To answer the Calling from the heart chakras cannot be emphasized
too strongly. You are truly to be a Master of your own Destiny from
now on.

Either you can loosen all lower ties for good, and consequently will
join all other Star-seeds, or, if the ties are too great, that the
need to continue to tread the 'now' pathway is still with you, then
you will surely be treated as one of the 'Wolves in Sheep's
Clothing' and will be chased away. The time is now to know of these
things.

Adjust your thought patterns onto the higher frequencies now
entering into Mother Earth's atmosphere via the Star-gates. Do this,
and all will be well. Do not send out waves of panic among people.
There is enough for everyone to contend with. Calmly mention these
things as and when the occasion arises to speak of them. Treat ALL
as natural phenomena, which will always occur at the right time, and
which will be accepted in the right manner by all.

Close the door to fear, it is not for you.

Sample instead the delights of the fruits of Heavenly Bliss. "Who
put the Serpent in the Garden of Eden?"

If 'Eve' were truly given knowledge it would have been given to her
from within, as is always the way betwixt The Creator and His
Children, The Star-seeds of Life, and it would not have been the
cause of any anxiety".

+++++++++++++++++++++++++
These words are given in guidance only through LOVE, and can either
be accepted or rejected, according to the reader's feelings

(Copyright Belongs to:
The Sanctuary of The Lamb - http://www.thesanctuaryofthelamb.net)


--Toward Your Greater Health And Happiness--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

    You are inseparably One with Creator (God Spirit) and, as well,
with all of Creation (God Form). The only distinctions that exist
between yourself and the full consciousness and energy / matter of
The Universe are those distinctions which you yourself allow and
nurture in your self concept.

    You are an individualization of God / Creation. As such, you now
possess all of the attributes of Divinity, and also all of the
attributes of the totality of existence as you perceive it to be.
    All that you regard as true of God, must be equally true of you
as well. All that "is" is equally as much within yourself as
without.

    There is no pattern of disease. There is, however, the perfect
pattern of health and wholeness that resides in Universal
Consciousness; and which manifests and replenishes itself fully - at
every moment - once any blockages to the flow of Life Force have
been removed.
    Disease is an agreed upon condition wherein you withdraw yourself
from the full Universal Presence to place yourself in a state where
the internal flow of Life Force is misaligned from its usual,
replenishing pattern.
    The principle agents of Life Force misalignment are guilt, anger,
jealousy, hatred, lack of self worth; any negative mental /
emotional / spiritual pattern which then becomes expressed as
disease.

    Just as there is no pattern of disease, likewise, there is no
pattern for the anti-process which we know as aging. Your full Mind
/ Body / Spirit is in a continuous state of rejuvenation. The only
force that can prevent your perpetual health and youthfulness is
your own choice - however subtle or unconscious -  not to allow this
process of renewal to flow in, through, and all around you.

    As physical hunger is a self preservational yearning of the
material body, likewise mental and emotional yearnings are your
soul's signal that you are in some way deficient and in need of the
fulfillment of those non-physical urges.
    The need for love, peace, joy, contentment, sharing, and
expansion are expressions of your whole self in need of fulfillment.
As you come into states of satisfaction in those areas, your
physical body will reflect the improved conditions with
corresponding and renewed health and wholeness.

    In order to achieve a desired condition of health and wholeness,
we must - more and more - release any impediments to the flow of
Spirit Life Force into our full self, and circulating within. The
less we focus our thoughts and energies on the disorder (and
conversely allow our thoughts and energies to flow in Divine
harmony) the better and more quickly we will be replenished and
renewed.
    The harder you try, the less will be accomplished.
    Once you can release the concerns and impediments to your desired
condition of wholeness, the more quickly it will manifest on its
own; as is the perfect pattern of God / Creation, with which you are
inseparably One.

    JOY is the presence of God within. PEACE is the joining of your
personal will with Divine Will. HAPPINESS is the movement of God
Spirit within yourself as It expands outward from within you to
touch and experience the greater flow of Life Force in the reality
outside of yourself.


<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.chosenones.net
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, articles,
poetry, or anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write
to Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com
This letter was sent to over 500 recipients.

Be well, dear friends!

Hi,

I'm sending this to everyone in my address book, letting you know
that our website has moved to http://www.ChosenOnes.net !!! If you
have a link on your webpages that points to Project X, please update

its URL. If you don't have, but wish to exchange links, let me know.

Project X website has underwent some changes, with new departments
added. By the way, I'd like to use this chance and also invite you
to send me an article for our newsletter.

Let me know what you think about the new site. Thank you.

--
Love and Light on Your Journey, Fellow Soul.
_________________
Alexander Aldarow
Project X - the Search for the Chosen Ones:
http://www.ChosenOnes.net

Project X Newsletter, issue # 84 - May 16, 2003
__________________________________________
--Opening Words - New Domain--
--The Problem & The Solution Lie Within YOU--
--Home The Wanderer--
--It's not Bush, it's not Saddam..... IT'S MARS!!--
--We the Bearers of Light--
--World Brotherhood Union--
--A Special Angel--
___________________________________________
--Opening Words - New Domain!--

Good afternoon, my dearest friends!

As promised two weeks, I have a huge announcement for all the
visitors and readers of Project X website - we have moved to a new,
independent domain, http://www.ChosenOnes.net  !!! As the site's
webmaster, I see this as a big leap from ads-clogged free services
to an on-line freedom and unlimited options, which I only began to
scratch. In the months to come, more features will be added to our
site, and its outer design might be changed as well. Several new
departments have appeared at ChosenOnes.net, such as Experiences,
Articles and Arts, where over 400 articles, categorized by themes
and authors, are featured! An inner search engine was added; the
Postcards gallery, under Arts, was fixed, and now you can send a
virtual postcard with an original painting to your beloved ones. As
always, you are welcomed to leave your opinion about the site in our
guestbook and participate in discussions on the Free Spirits Board.

I am always open to new ideas regarding the site and possible
cooperation with other webmasters. By the way, if you have a link
pointing to Project X, please update it to the new URL. If you have
a homepage and wish to exchange links, or if you'd like to
contribute an article for the newsletter, e-mail me.

And now that I've shared my joy with you, let us continue with
today's newsletter.


--The Problem & The Solution Lie Within YOU--

by Asoka Selvarajah

Whatever your lot in life, you doubtless consider it to be a
combination of external factors: some positive and others negative.
Doubtless, this is partly true. However, it may surprise you to know
that at any point, barring acts of God, your future is almost
entirely in your own hands.

This may sound like too much to bear or believe. After all, if it
were true, there would be no excuses left. You could not blame your
situation on your parents, the government, your boss, your husband
or wife, your race, or anything else. Hence, most of us prefer to
reject this thought. That leaves us with plenty of excuses, and a
comfortable, if rather mediocre, life.

Napoleon Hill's book "Think & Grow Rich" makes it clear that Success
only comes to those rare few who (a) create a major definite purpose
they burn to achieve in their lives, and (b) pursue that purpose
with total determination and persistence, to the point of apparent
folly in the eyes of others. Interestingly, the qualification is NOT
that you need any prior experience or talent in that which you seek.
Rather, it is the purpose, backed with the determination to never
give up in attaining it, combined with tapping into the Infinite
Intelligence of the universe, that brings about lasting Success.

However, most of us think differently. You may think that you cannot
succeed because you do not have enough experience, or because you
have little money, or because you are disadvantaged in some other
way. If so, you need to consider the examples of people like Henry
Ford and Thomas Edison. Both of these men had nothing more than
basic schooling. Van Gogh learned to paint relatively late in life.
Stevie Wonder is blind. The world's leading cosmologist, Stephen
Hawking, is in a wheelchair and cannot even speak without a voice
machine. Oprah Winfrey was born black, dirt-poor, and was abused as
a child. Excellent qualifications for becoming the highest-paid TV
personality in America?...

The basic problem that holds the vast majority from achieving
astonishing success is that they lack self-esteem at the very
deepest subconscious level. We place a ceiling on what we are
capable of achieving, because it makes us feel better about
ourselves and our own mediocre achievements. It's better to shield
ourselves with dozens of excuses than to admit to ourselves that we
could have done better, if only we had the guts and the self-belief.

We spend our entire lives crawling around on our knees beneath this
insanely low ceiling we created for ourselves. An absurd image?
That's the way you are probably living your life.

Within certain obvious physical limits (e.g. a 70-year old trying to
win the Olympic 100m), there is almost NOTHING that someone else has
achieved that you could not achieve too, if you had a burning desire
to do it, made this the major definite purpose of your life, and
pursued it with relentless determination. Burn the ships and the
bridges and then head forward. No excuses or fallbacks. You succeed
or you die. That is the only attitude for achieving the very highest
levels of attainment. The artist, Michelangelo, said he would not be
considered a genius if people only knew how many hours he sweated to
achieve it.

The Comfort Zone is the greatest barrier to Success. If you achieve
a certain level of the latter, the temptation to relax and bask in
the weak sunlight of what you've attained can be overwhelming. A
high level of dissatisfaction serves as excellent motivation to spur
you further. That way, you will take risks, which is the only way to
move forward rapidly. If you take NO risks in life, you may as well
be already dead. In fact, the most common regret of dying people is
the things they did NOT do, and the risks they did NOT take.

Attaining success in any undertaking SHOULD make you feel
uncomfortable and challenged. Things are only totally comfortable
when you are not making any progress. That is why it is called the
Comfort Zone. However, it's that way because nothing is happening.
Maybe a coffin is comfortable too?

However, to succeed in your chosen major definite purpose, you need
to shed the garbage of your upbringing. Examine your beliefs and
values carefully. Where did they come from? Did you think them up or
inherit them? Are there any contradictions there that hold you back?
For instance, if you want to become rich, but have a deep-seated
belief that rich people are crooks, how likely are you to succeed?
Isn't it like driving with the handbrake on?

Most of the time, this is exactly what you are doing. Another
example. You want to be promoted and given more responsibility at
work? However, when you look within, you don't feel worthy of it, or
even believe that your colleagues are better than you.

Some deep self-examination is necessary. Take time with yourself and
ask yourself what your limiting beliefs are. Working on deepening
your sense of self-esteem is the most important work you can do. It
precedes any external success you may wish for.

Once you have deep self-esteem, you won't "care what the morons
think", as multimillionaire businessman, Dan Pena, so graphically
puts it. If you are afraid of failure, it's almost certainly because
failure is frowned upon in our society. After all, how will you look
to friends and family? "I told you so" will be the inevitable
response. Right?

So what? Why care? Don't bother what the morons think. When Tom
Watson, founder of IBM, was asked by a hungry young executive how he
might progress much faster within the company, Watson answered,
"Double your failure rate."

THAT should teach you how important the opinions of the morons
really are. This is something they don't and can't understand. That
is why they remain exactly where they are. INCREASE your rate of
making mistakes in order to accelerate your successes, and make them
ever more dramatic. It's the only way. However, you can only do that
if you feel good inside about yourself, and don't care what others
think.

In conclusion, external factors have less to do with where you are
at than you may ever have imagined. The main factor for dramatic
success or failure lies within. So, next time you stand in front of
a mirror, ponder the eyes looking back into yours. The answers to
every success in your life, now and in the future, lie right
there... staring back at you.

Copyright 2003. Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.
______________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is the author of "The 7 Golden Secrets To
Knowing Your Higher Self" course. Asoka's work helps people achieve
their full potential, deepen their understanding of mystical truth,
and find joy in their true soul's purpose. He offers you a FREE
14-Day LifeBreakthrough e-mail course at:
http://www.aksworld.com?PROX


--Home The Wanderer--

Star Princess - greyfox1@...

In the shining corridors of Light
I walk alone at first it seems
Earth and sky recede to blend into
Gorgeous hue - purple, gold and blue.

Words stagger, gasp and fall
Releasing eternal vibrations clear,
Language blends, becomes LOVE and
Walks in Beauty alone.

Myriads of souls merge, entwine,
Blend  into rhythmic cadence;
Eternal music wafts e'er in my soul,
Singing, flowing awareness.

Times, ages, worlds - all condense,
I Am of ever Being reigns
Long in time may it have been,
That maternal womb of the Divine.

Time now gasps a last repleted
Breath, New Life now breathes;
Ego's little pains seared o'er
Passion in her pain.

Floods into the whirling vortex
Of Eternal Flame molded
Anew, yet ever old;
I AM and always so.

Time, pain, soul's bare
Estrangement, all pass;
One bright Light, flame
Of Eternal Existence shines.

Creator. created - all One
Separateness now lost,
In Allness the soul
Rests in its Eternal Home.

  3/25/1971


--It's not Bush, it's not Saddam..... IT'S MARS!!--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

March 23, 2003

Why does it seem that war is suddenly inevitable? What might be
different now than a year ago?

      In August of this year, 2003, the planet Mars (the astrological
harbinger of war) will be the closest that it has been to earth in
nearly 75,000 years. As it has been drawing nearer to earth,
humanity has been reacting to the lower (Base Chakra) impulses that
the Martian energies trigger in the human physiology.
      Where we might have before sought diplomatic means for conflict
resolution, we now - under the expounded influence of Mars - are
more quick to react to a situation with the primal, animalistic
impulses that drove our prehistoric ancestors.
      We will also be more apt to react with anger, and to feel
"attacked" in our interpersonal dealings. We might also expect to be
subject to paranoias as this unseen "enemy" (Mars) tugs at us;
leaving us to find an earthly scapegoat to blame for our
inexplicable emotional imbalances. Having the awareness of this fact
makes it easier for you to regain control of your impulses and
energies.

Countering the gravitational influences of Mars.
Resetting your personal balance.

      At the base of your spine is the Base Chakra, it is the first
in a series of energy centers that rise from your spinal base (the
tail bone) to distribute the Universal Life Force - Prana -
throughout your anatomy, and out through you to all of creation.
Chakras are swirling (cone like) vortices that connect your various
forms; your physical, creational, etheric, emotional, mental,
psychic, and spiritual bodies to each other to maintain your
balanced existence in the 3 dimensional world.

A brief listing of the 7 primary chakras is as follows:

1. The Base Chakra.
At the spinal base.
Emits and reacts to the color RED.
Supplies primal, self preservational energies. Also channels
rejuvenating energies throughout the full system.
Influenced by EARTH and MARS

2. The Creational (Sexual) Chakra.
Located mid-way between the naval and the genitals.
Emits and reacts to the color ORANGE.
Supplies creational and recreational energies.
Influenced by PLUTO and MARS

3. The Solar Plexus Chakra.
Located in the solar plexus region.
Emits and reacts to YELLOW and GOLD.
This is the seat of the personal identity; the ego.
Influenced by the SUN

4. The Heart Chakra
Located at the center of the chest.
Emits and reacts to the colors GREEN and PINK.
This is the healing center of the full system.
The Heart Chakra is also the seat of the emotional body (the soul).
Influenced by the MOON and VENUS

5. The Throat Chakra
Located at the base of the throat.
Emits and reacts to the color BLUE.
This is the seat of rational thinking (left brain connection) and
communicative, expressive energies.
Influenced by MERCURY

6. The Brow Chakra (The 3rd Eye)
Positioned at the center of the brow / forehead; roughly at a
triangular point above the eyes.
Emits and reacts to the color INDIGO.
This is the psychic receptivity and transmission center.
Influenced by URANUS

7 The Crown Chakra
At the top "crown" of the head.
Emits and reacts to VIOLET and WHITE light energies.
This chakra is also known as the "God connection", because it is
from this center that you are truly at one with the "I AM" Spirit of
the Universe.
Influenced by NEPTUNE

      Each of the chakras emanate energies in a balanced harmony with
all of the others, but as well, each has a particular "balancing"
chakra that is designed to keep it in balanced alignment with itself
and with the whole system.
      In the case of the Base Chakra (Martian primal energies) the
balancing chakra energy center is the CROWN CHAKRA.
      As the chakra energies rise up from the earth and into the full
human anatomy, they travel primarily along the length of the spinal
column. In its optimum movement, the base (primal RED) energies seek
to move upward in a coiling - snake like - ascent to pass out of the
body through the top of the Crown chakra.
      If there is exceptional magnetic or gravitational pull on the
Base chakra, the energies that might otherwise spiral freely up and
through the Crown can be constricted; causing reactions in the
individual such as explosive anger, hyper tension, and overt
aggressiveness. (As is presently being evidenced in the thinking and
actions of both world leaders as well as  common individuals.)
      The goal in achieving a Base to Crown energy flow balance is to
create a system wide balance through the activity of the HEART
Chakra. This can be done through the focus of willful forgiveness
toward others, and the purposed "warm" feelings that come with love
and affection.
      The more the Heart Chakra is allowed to flow freely, the more
the full balance (healing) of the human anatomy is made manifest.
      We often use the expression "from the heart" to denote
something that is true or genuine. - "The real thing". - As we send
love to another, the Heart chakra is automatically energized, and
emits healing, balancing energies to the object of our affection.
      This process of loving "from the heart" can be applied on both
personal and planetary scales. As the planet Mars draws ever closer
to earth, you can keep yourself and those who you love in a better
state of balance and health through the simple - but irresistibly
effective - flow of Universal, unconditional love: beaming out
through your Hearth chakra.
      And you will also find that you are all the more healthy,
happy, and connected to yourself, those who you love, and to The
Universe itself.

--We the Bearers of Light--

We bear Light for the world to see
We walk the trail and in truth we live
It is not an easy way
The way is sprinkled with  memories
To discard the layers we have grown
Takes an incredible amount of strength and love
Each day we look at things past
And yank them from our hearts and thoughts
To forge the way for our fellow man
Is not an easy path to go
We look at mist
Illusion and misbegotten energies
And dig often into pain and blood
The tentacles of illusions reach deep within our cores
Do you think it is easy to Walk in truth, in light, in love?
Than you might ask, why walk at all?
So you my brothers all
May live in Light, in Peace and Love
For if we don't walk the path
We might not be able to walk at all
The way is often steep
The pebbles might be boulders
that you can't even see
but know my hand is there for thee
As I trust that yours is there for me.
Know the higher we go
The purer the air
The easier the path
More Love to share
More Peace to be
More sunshine
More Laughter
More Joy
More me
And you
And WE!
As One we shall be
For all the stars to see
In awe they are
To know that we
Have risen much
Never before
Has it been done
Never before has the Light of Love
Been planted
In each dimension
In each space of time
If it weren't for you and me
AND US!

Live to serve and serve to live,
Love Beams,
Walk in Light, She/He will always guide,
Walk in Light and there will be Peace,
http://www.AngeliCrystals.com
http://www.OneMinuteOfPeace.org
Soul Name: Alishaya
Native American Name: Knukquni (Sheep Girl)
Reverend Edith Bello Church of the Creator (COTC)
I remain in a state of Divine Right Order ®
Dwell for a moment in a single blade of grass.
Discover the secret of snowflakes.
In these patterns lie harmony, my child.
In harmony, the universe.
~Nancy Wood
http://www.phenomenalwomen.com/profiles/members/angelicrystals


--World Brotherhood Union--

Information about the characteristics of the age we live in and our
establishment

Dear friends,

The Age we are living in at the moment is an Age with many great
characteristics, compared with the past Ages. And this
characteristic has been revealed to our Planet gradually since the
year 1900. In this last age, our aged World, together with all the
creation it sustains on it has entered an accelerated evolution
zone.

While the cosmic currents showering our planet develop the conscious
human being in a positive way, unfortunately they affect negatively
some consciousnesses that have not yet been able to complete their
evolution properly. For this reason at the moment, while our world
is exhibiting a tableau where good and evil live together, it is
also experiencing its Last Judgment.

In no other period, our World has ever longed for Peace and
Friendship as much as it has in this last age. The human being, who
has attained consciousness, as the master of his World, in his
efforts to save and protect it, is henceforth calling all humanity
to Peace - Friendship - Unification. And at this moment, many
positive and spiritual focal points sharing the same view have been
established in our planet for this reason.

Henceforth, the only word used very often by everyone serving on the
path of humanity is Peace - Love - Friendship - Brotherhood. We, too
made official our Universal work which we have been taking into
effect since the year 1966 in Anatolian Turkey as “the World
Brotherhood Union Universal Unification Center Association and the
World Brotherhood Union Mevlana Supreme Foundation” in the year
1993. We are an establishment serving humanity through THE KNOWLEDGE
BOOK setting out from the philosophy of Mevlana without making any
discrimination regarding Race-Religion-Language-Gender and we are
one of the mosaics, which will complete the perfect World Paneau of
the Morrows.

The aim of our Foundation and Association is to invite Humanity
under the Roof of a Brotherly World by introducing the Spirit of
Unification and Consciousness of Brotherhood at home and abroad and
to prepare Human beings for the Reality of Unified Humanity by
setting out from the principle of Atatürk, "Peace in the Homeland,
Peace in the Universe" and to provide the evolution of Humanity
towards a Universal Consciousness.

Our center is the city of Istanbul in Anatolian Turkey. Our
Association has branches in the cities of Ưzmir, Ankara, Antalya,
Bursa, Tekirdađ, Adana, Mersin, Çorlu, Edirne. Apart from this, we
are carrying on with our activities in district centers of Istanbul
such as Bakưrköy, Be₫ikta₫, Üsküdar, Fatih, Kartal, Sarưyer,
Maltepe, ̃i₫li, Ümraniye, Beyođlu and Beykoz.

At present, we are serving Humanity with quite a large potential,
connected to this program. At our Central focal point only (apart
from the branches in other cities and districts) we have 1650
members. In addition, we have many focal points serving in the
medium of the Knowledge Book in the entire World. Some of these are
in Germany, Israel, and USA. Apart from this, we are in a continual
dialogue with many friends who are in contact with us and who are
serving on the path of the Knowledge Book in many cities of Europe,
Australia and America.

Our Book has been fully translated into English, German, French,
Hebrew, Russian, Serbian and Albanian. The complete set of
fascicules has been taken into distribution, in these languages. In
the year 1996, it has been published in book format in English and
Turkish and at present second editions of these are also in effect.
And in 2002, publication of the Russian version of our Book was
taken into effect and German version is got ready for publication.
This year, we are planing the publication of Hebrew and French
versions of the Knowledge Book.

The Knowledge Book is at present being translated into Swedish by a
Swedish friend living in Canarian Islands, into Japanese by a
Japanese friend, into Polish by a Polish friend, into Norvegian by a
Norvegian friend, into Spanish by an American friend and into
Persian by a Iranian friend living in the USA.

Subject matter of our Work is the Knowledge Book seminars and the
declaration of the Universal Facts. At our branch centers, seminar
studies are held regularly every week.

What we are trying to do at the moment is to place a brick for the
foundation of the Happy World of the morrows by projecting Universal
Brotherhood Consciousness on human Consciousnesses. However, our
Totality which appropriates to itself the idea that these calls
should be taken into effect no longer individually but as a mass,
has arrived at a decision to set out on the path, hand in hand with
all our brothers and sisters who share this view.

For this reason, since the year 1995, every year on the 1st of
November, we have been taking into effect a Symposium with the
slogan "Call to World Peace from the Universal Brotherhood"
(http://www.dkb-mevlana.org/webK2001.QXD.pdf). It gives us pride and
happiness to greet in this way all our brothers and sisters serving
in the World Unification Project.

The subject of the symposium, the 9th of which we have taken into
effect with the same slogan this year is "Suggestions and Messages
to be given to Humanity on the Path of Unification and Peace in the
Globalizing World". To this Symposium, we invite friends as speakers
who are the representatives of the many spiritual focal points
serving on the path of Friendship, Unification, Peace, Brotherhood
in the entire World. In this way, we are taking into effect a
Universal Unification of Knowledge.

It is our greatest wish to form a World ring together with the
entire Humanity hand in hand on the Path of Light.

Vedia Bülent Çorak - mevlana@...
President of the Foundation - http://www.dkb-mevlana.org

--A Special Angel--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

A memorial to a most remarkable woman.

Geneva Wright
June 13, 1926 -
April  18, 2003

Young Geneva had a bad habit of befriending all sorts of "wild"
animals in the rural surroundings of Southern Indiana. It was her
family's enduring trial to put up with her kind-hearted nature
toward the world's most helpless and least wanted creatures. (She
had a charismatic aura that drew all animals to her in a way that
would make Ellie Mae Clampet jealous!).
Geneva was also what we would today refer to as a collector of "pour
souls". She couldn't bare to allow anyone to suffer or to "go
without" without doing what ever she could to help alleviate their
situation. So it was not too surprising to her family when 14 year
old Geneva announced that she had decided to quit school in order to
go to work at a near by psychiatric hospital. She was physically
quite developed for her age, so she was able to successfully fib
about her age, saying that she was the required age of 16 needed to
work in the state's mental health system.
Even before bombs fell at Pearl Harbor, 14 year old Geneva was
learning to care for schizophrenics and others living in the
internal anguish of mental illness. In the 1940's, the state of
psychiatric health care was barbaric, to say the least. Patient care
amounted to providing reasonably clean conditions in which the
patient would be "chained and shackled". Psychotropic medications at
the time were nearly non-existent. Those medications that were
available were used solely to sedate as opposed to achieving a
chemical balance within the recipient as prescribed in today's
formulas.
State of the art mental health treatment in the early 40's was
electro-shock therapy (shock treatments). Geneva supervised
literally thousands of patients during their shock therapies. She
had placed herself at the very bottom of the "Snake Pit" - as
depicted in the black and white Hollywood movie of the same name.
But Geneva was at peace in giving love and caring to so many who had
been "put away" by their families. She felt that it was her life's
calling. Geneva often told the story of the night in the late 1940's
when a devastating fire destroyed the hospital complex in the
southern part of the state where she had first worked. Amazingly,
all of the patients and workers escaped unharmed. Then came the slow
and arduous train ride in mail cars in which hundreds of psych
patients had been chained to the floors and walls to be transported
north to Indianapolis to be relocated in an expanded area of the
(then) Central State Hospital For The Insane. Geneva remained at the
patients' side all along the way, and into their new facility.
As time went along - and mental health care began to emerge as a
creditable field - the changing of the hospital's name to the more
civilized "Central State Hospital" reflected the developing social
conscience toward the mentally ill. I came to work at Central State
in June of 1975. If I remember correctly, I met Geneva within the
first couple of weeks of my employment. We immediately struck up a
friendship based on our common priorities and a shared (and
sometimes "wild") sense of humor. As Geneva so often observed, "As
awful as it is to work around here, if you can't find some way to
laugh about it, then YOU'LL go crazy."
Geneva was transferred to the Deaf Unit (where I had always worked)
when that service was combined with her Suburban Southeastern Unit
in 1981. We had each put in requests to be transferred from day
shift positions to the 11P - 7:30 A shift (without the knowledge of
the other's request). Hospital staffing being what it is, C.S.H. was
more than happy to grant both of our requests. And so for the rest
of my time at Central State, Geneva and I were co-workers, and
became the closest of friends.
I brought her to work and back home again. We shared a keen interest
in the paranormal, and found the "haunted" grounds at Central State
to be a source of great intrigue. But most of the time, the
otherwise quiet "wee-hour" hallways of the Deaf / SSU Unit were
almost always echoing with our laughter.
Geneva had a favorite phrase that she would utter before breaking
out in uproarious laughter...... "Ohhhhh, Lord!"
As would be supposed, Geneva had more than her share of humorous
stories accumulated through her many years as a psychiatric care
worker. She had so much experience working with the mentally ill
that she had a real "sixth sense" when it came to a patient's needs
and their quickly changing moods. She could get any patient to
cooperate under any circumstance to accomplish any task.
Geneva never cared to learn to drive a car, and always traveled by
city bus. She frequently found it necessary to be "on duty" with the
mentally ill even when she was out and around the city. Geneva
despised cruelty toward the patients, and her quick willingness to
speak out against such abuse made several enemies over the course of
her many years of service. She was equally "motherly" toward he
patients; even those who she had never met.
She often told of being on a city bus and stepping in to prevent
potential problems when a psychiatrically disturbed individual would
be in a precarious situation. Once she had chased off anyone who
might be threatening the psychotic individual, she would then
discipline the disturbed one with her "signature" opening line,
"Now, what in the world is the matter with you, acting like that?"
If the "patient" refused to "settle down" and behave in an
acceptable manor, Geneva would pull the cord - take the rowdy
individual by the back of the neck - and physically remove them from
the bus. She often reflected on such instances with the words, "I'll
bet everyone else on that bus thought " I " was the crazy one!"
We each had our specialized patients. I, having Sign Language
experience, would be her interpreter with the deaf patients. She, on
the other hand, would step in for me when a female patient had a
"personal" need to attend to. We worked together for all of those
many years in the most pleasant and enjoyable symbiotic
relationship.
I left Central State in 1988 to pursue jobs in education. Geneva
stayed on for another few years to finally retire in 1993, following
53 years of service on the front lines and in the trenches of
psychiatric patient care.
One day, Geneva came upon THE ugliest, dustiest, mean looking,
pit-bull puppy that had been abandoned. She took him in and raised
"Bruiser" as her own child. Not too surprisingly, Bruiser was always
incredibly docile and well behaved; and an excellent guard dog as
well.
In the intervening years following our mutual departure from C.S.H.,
I would sometimes catch up with Geneva at here favorite coffee shop
in the Fountain Square district of town. Even then, there never
seemed to be enough time to laugh and enjoy each other's company.
I have been preoccupied recently with all of the details involved in
moving into a new house. I haven't been able to keep up with my
regular routine of reading the daily news paper.
Consequently, I missed Geneva's "first" obituary announcement
following her death on Good Friday, April 18th of this year, 2003.
As it turned out, almost everyone associated with her at Central
State turned out at the announced location to pay their respects to
this amazing lady. Everyone turned up - that is - except for Geneva.
Through a very strange series of mis-information, miscalculation,
and other highly unlikely "foul ups", "Geneva" never made it to her
own funeral. The assembled well wishers had ample opportunity to
reflect on their fond memories of Geneva, and put her to rest in
their minds and hearts.
Plans for Geneva's "second" funeral were arranged, and another
notice appeared in the Indianapolis Star obituaries of April 25,
2003. I was, again, preoccupied with the new house and, again, did
not pay notice to the obituaries. That Friday night (4-25-03) I was
entertaining several house guests and gave them a tour of the "far
out / shagadellic" carpet strips that came with the house; nailed to
the basement wall. After a few minutes in the basement, I felt a
"presence" which I attributed as being someone now in spirit who was
associated with the decore in the basement. The presence was so
powerful that I began to become a little ill, and had to call the
tour short due to the strange "energy" that was resonating in my
throat and nostrils.
The next morning, I found myself with two unread morning papers, and
it seemed only appropriate that I should read the Friday paper
before the Saturday paper. It was then that I came upon Geneva's
obituary. It was startling to see, but not altogether "shocking". I
knew that Geneva had been in declining health for some time.
Nonetheless, it was a difficult task to read and accept the
information.
The notice said that a memorial service would be held at Alpha
Funeral Services on Monday, April 28. I had never before heard of
the business, and had to look it up in the business white pages.
I was never quite sure how Geneva felt about death and the human
response to it. I had just enough of an idea to be able to consider
that maybe Geneva would not want a "funeral" per se. I realized that
it was her that I had felt as a "presence" in the basement the night
before and asked of her whether or not she would want me to attend
the listed service. I let go of the thought and awaited an
unmistakable sign.
The next day (Sunday) I was merging into traffic on I-65 and fell in
behind a car with the personalized license plate, "GO 2 ALFA".
(Message received.)
As I was busy getting ready for the service that Monday morning, I
had to run out to the car to get some things from the front seat.
There - "out of the Blue" - sat an 8 week old female "Rot" puppy on
the sidewalk near my car. (Geneva had often expressed the desire to
have also had a female "Rot" to raise from a pup to be a companion
for Bruiser.) The pup followed me into the house and has refused to
leave my side from that moment. As we came walking through the front
door for the first time, my stereo was tuned to an "oldies" station;
the words, "I'll have my special angel here to watch over me" were
coming through the speakers.
All I had to feed her for her first meal with me was left-over Thai
chicken (which she devoured with great enthusiasm).
In honor of Geneva, I decided to use the city bus to go to her
funeral (somehow it seemed "right" at the time). I arrived to find
that the only attendees for the "second" funeral would be Geneva's
daughter and son-in-law, and me.
We all agreed that Geneva had found some way to pull the right
strings to make that happen in the way that it did. I had been
briefed on all of the "high strangeness" surrounding the confusion
about the original funeral, and found it difficult to sit through
the very private service - as the minister spoke words of comfort -
without looking at Geneva's miraculously well preserved remains and
not laughing as I considered, "Darn it Geneva, you always SAID you'd
be late to your own funeral, and you WERE!" Geneva got the "last
laugh", and - Bless you Dear Geneva - you shared it only with me.

You are my Special Angel!

With much love and gratitude,
Mark

P.S. Thanks for my "other" guardian angel.
I named her "Asia".

<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.chosenones.net
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, artciles,
poetry, or anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write
to Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com
This letter was sent to over 500 recipients.

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 83 - May 2, 2003
__________________________________________
--Opening Words--
--The Twilight of Szijg--
--Gods Of Time--
--The Phobic Age--
--Loads Of Goals But No Place To Go--
--Affirmations, The Power of Words and Your Reality--
--Many Are Called--
___________________________________________
--Opening Words--

Hello again, my dear friends.

As always, I begin with an apology for another delayed newsletter. I
hope that the excellent articles we've compiled for today's edition
will prove to be an appropriate compensation for your waiting. I
also hope that by the time the next newsletter arrives, I will have
a huge announcement for all of you.

Before we continue - a personal invitation to you from an old friend
of mine, Cosmic Lydia:

Cosmic greetings to you all! I just wanted to let you all know that
we've created an MSN group for STAR-SEEDS, or any of our brothers
and sisters. It is meant to be a support group, where we come
together, share, communicate, and help one another. Especially with
the current political and social climate, it is vital for us to come
together, and live out our spiritual missions.
Please come join us, you can post as little or as much as you like.
The link is
http://groups.msn.com/StarseedswelcometoahomeawayfromHome
Light love and angels,
Cosmic
cosmiclydia@...
http://www.cosmicangels.ca


--The Twilight of Szijg--

(pronounced zee)

      The three universes are created of the elements, but their
outer atmosphere is created of electronic pulses controlled by
Szijg. That is where the story begins.

      Long ago a being called Szijg created the three universes one
at a time through three ages using only one fluid, constant, never
breaking thought that ran on and on past human comprehension. The
first age was the Ythandogr age (pronounced thandor). That universe
was composed of absolute emptiness, an endless void. The second age
was the Rqohendak age (pronounced rohenda). This universe was made
up of vast land and empty nature. The third age was called the
Bvodwa age (pronounced vodwa). This universe was made up of infinite
lifeforms.

      Then, after the three ages, Szijg said, "Well, now what?"

      Szijg, his mind buzzing with ideas, shortly thought of an idea.
He did not mean for it to happen but it happened anyway. Szijg had
thought what would happen if all of his work was destroyed. Out of
this thought came Avet (pronounced a-vet). Szijg stared at his
absolute evil creation, and with a snap of Avet's fingers, destroyed
Szijg and sent his spirit to the empty universe. But as Szijg was
vanishing he made his last physical thoughts. He clashed the land
and the lifeform universe together to make the universe we live in
now. And he also made a book of twilight, key of twilight (to open
the book), and a sword of twilight that was to come out of the book
when Szijg saw fit. He dropped the book out into our universe and
vanished. Shortly after, Avet plunged herself into the empty
universe to battle Szijg.

      Szijg's spirit battled with Avet for 1,000,000,000,000,000
earth years with Avet overpowering Szijg significantly, but he hung
on until one day . . .

      On that day long ago, a 12 year old boy named Nova was playing
an old game with his father. It involved a process sort of like tag.
After a few rounds, his father went into the house to get a
refreshment which was stored in the basement. Just as he did so,
Nova yelled, "I'll get it!" . His father beamed. Nova hurried down
the stairs to the storage box. But since he was running so fast he
tripped. He looked down to see what he tripped on. there was a deep
crack in the ground and a brilliant white light was protruding from
it. Nova got to his knees and glared at the light, squinting his
eyes. The crack then widened so wide that he fell through. Nova was
dazed for a minute as he looked at his surroundings. He felt as if
he had fell to the center of the planet Rhowvan. It was a slick room
as if it was laminated. In the center there was a podium with a
closed book on it. Slowly, Nova approached the podium. He suddenly
felt something heavy drop into his pocket. As he reached inside and
pulled it out he realized that it was a key and that it must go to
the book. Nova hesitantly unlocked and opened the book, It began :
"To Nova, this book can teach you a great deal. These powers, you
must not to steal."

Nova read the words and then read on:

ALL YOU HAVE TO DO IS SPEAK THE WORDS SZIJG SZIJG SZIJG AND YOU WILL
HAVE THE POWER

Nova thought for a second, then repeated, Szijg Szijg Szijg. A
bright light came from the book and Nova's forehead where the sign
of Szijg showed bright. Nova saw a silver tip protruding from the
book. He carefully pulled it out with enormous newfound strength. It
was the sword of Szijg, with his sign engraved on the pommel. Nova
then saw a white light around him and he was sent to the empty
universe right behind Avet. Avet then gasped and swung around. Szijg
said. "Wield the sword lad, defeat Avet! Nova didn't understand, but
he did as he was told and with a swing of his mighty sword,
vanquished the evil beast Avet. Szijg embraced Nova then started
creating another peaceful universe for him and Nova to live free
from evil.

   And how you may ask do I know about all of this? Well, it is
simple, I am Nova.....

Bluswordsman@...


--Gods Of Time--

Star Princess - greyfox1@...

I am sending a message I received on the same vein as Portraits (see
previous Project X Newsletter, #82).

"Gods that you are long enshrouded by your own creation, arise to
walk outside your world. Long ages have prevailed  in experience,
termed "time". Now shake off the time for the experience is full.
Gods must arise to walk the higher plateaus of Being, their horizons
far flung to all galaxies. Awareness has opened. Dreams are reality.
Experience is full.

A god asks himself as he stands yet uncertain. Am I truly free at
last? May I stretch my abilities to loosen my earthiness? Dare I
remember all my beginnings when the earth was ripe with peace and
beauty? May I look out of God eyes even as the long age ends? May I
move my mountains and shift them to my choosing? What are the limits
of my Godness?

Beyond time you walked as I AM, fertile and high minded in your God
Being. Now it is I AM and, in your Knowingness you Awake.  Indeed!
So it is!"

1986

--The Phobic Age--

Ever wonder what is really going on with humanity?

The Phobic Age (1945 - ????)

We are all familiar with the various "ages" used to describe so
called milestones of human condition or development, stone age,
bronze age, iron age, information age, and so on.

In most cases the "age" expression indicates an element deemed to be
key in human development. For instance the Bronze Age heralded human
use of bronze as a chief technology of the time. In all cases the
milestone indicates a shift or a turn taken in the road of human
development. Each turn on the road of progress has inevitably taken
humankind down a path of preference, commerce or perceived societal
advantage.

In 1945 a brash young nation unleashed upon the global community an
event triggering a massive turn upon the path of human development
which by and large has gone unnoticed, at least for the significance
of its impact upon the human psyche and the subsequent impacts.

The practical demonstration of weapons of mass destruction as used
on two Japanese communities in 1945 very definitely demarked the
beginning of a new age - the age of chronic phobia. In 1945 it was
proven that global simultaneous psychological trauma was possible
and the new age world was born.

In 2003, there are over 600 words used to describe the epidemic
proportion of phobias undoubtedly precipitated by the mass global
fear event of 1945. (These are listed at the end of this article. In
essence a phobia is a fear of something.)

If one takes a 10,000 foot view of today's human condition it is
reasonable to say the modern human being has been conditioned to
fear everything - and for very good purpose.

There are many fanciful theories advocating or touting sinister mass
mind control agents and agencies driven by their need to control the
world. Control of wealth, power and the minds of the global
citizenry seem to be the common objective no matter the strategy
employed. Most people know of these alleged conspiracy approaches,
so I will not address them here. Suffice it to say these are
smokescreen for the actual controls being applied.

The fact of the matter is that amassing great wealth and therefore
global power and control is achieved innocuously through selling
"cures" for induced fears or phobias.

If there are over 600 words used to identify individual fear types,
there are 600 markets for cure. Cure does not mean medicine as in
the form of drugs necessarily, but often means a salve or option
product that supposedly allays a particular fear. As an example,
purchasing a particular automobile may allay a social phobia, a fear
of being perceived negatively within your social sphere.

So rampant has fear inducement become it would be fair to say that
the whole scientific and medical community has since been engaged to
proliferate fears and companion "cures a.k.a. products", even if it
means perpetrating the condition requiring a future cure or playing
off other ill-conceived yet implemented plan or product.

As even a casual observer since 1945 may deduce, almost all
progressive individual innovation and inspirational contributions
ceased as corporate sponsorship shifted from encouraging
breakthrough research to a mode of refining old strategies,
technologies and approaches. We entered a veritable wasteland of
scientific apathy acknowledging instead the wonderful wealth
gathering potential of fixing or refining last year's dangerous
product or even developing antidotes for last year's ill-advised
science. We have been in a phobic economic cycle for over 50 years
now. Some might say blatant suppression of innovation has been
achieved preventing any threat to the "magic" of phobic economics.
Look at the world in 2003. It is glaringly obvious is it not?
Funding is all fear based on every possible conceivable front.

My question is, "What long term impact has continual fear upon a
specie, particularly a sentient specie such as the human being?"

Humankind has not had a single day off from global fear in over 50
years.

Global media communication, the other required element ensured that.

Some mistakenly call this age the "information age." It is not;
global mass communication is but the enabling tool of the age -

"The Phobic age."

Doug
doug_lewis@...


--Loads Of Goals But No Place To Go--

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D

All the personal growth literature tells us we should have goals to
work on, affirmations to repeat, and that we should be constantly
visualizing our future each day. All well and good. So...

If that's true, then why are most people in exactly the same place
after all this personal growth stuff as they were before they
started?

The reason comes down to an overall lack of life vision. In other
words, there is no master plan for life. What is the point of
setting goals, or working on affirmations, if you have no idea where
the thrust of your life is headed in the first place? In other
words, what are you here on this Earth to do? WHY are you working
towards these goals (if you have any)?

Most people do not have any answers to these basic questions. Ask a
small child, and you're quite likely to get an answer to the
question, "What do you want to be when you grow up?". However, if
you ask an adult a similar question, such as, "Where would you like
to be in 10 years time, and what would you like to be doing?", you
are likely to be greeted by silence...

Aren't you?!...

So, how can we have given up on our dreams to this extent? Part of
the answer lies in childhood. Whether at school or at home, the need
to be "realistic" and "stop daydreaming" was hammered into each of
us again and again. So effective was this mental conditioning that
most of us can no longer figure out WHY we have no idea what our
dreams are! We have been so conditioned from the outside, and have
compromised so often on the inside, that there is no dreaming power
left. That which is nurtured grows. That which is neglected withers
and dies.

Instead, we find ourselves in a place we never planned to be in.
Most of us simply drifted there, without plan or design. Then, from
that position, we try to create goals and dreams that the critical
mind regards as "appropriate" or "possible". However, because these
goals are not true to our hearts, they do not motivate us, or fill
us with any passion to achieve them.

Goals, and all the rest of it, do no good if you have nowhere
specific you are heading to. You really need to get your head above
day-to-day concerns to determine what the whole point of your goals
is.

Michael Gerber, author of "The E-Myth" describes a similar situation
in the world of business. It seems that a lot of people become
business entrepreneurs, mainly from a desire to escape the slavery
of the 9 to 5 routine, and be free of the boss. The only problem is
that, whilst these people may be good "technicians", this does not
necessarily guarantee success in their own business. Instead, many
find themselves "trapped" in their dream, to the point where they
finally hate it, and realize that this was not what they really
wanted anyhow.

Look at it another way. Hollywood typically spends over $100 million
on a blockbuster movie. With these figures at stake, directors
cannot afford to mentally drift. Films made these days are
storyboarded first; drawings (or even animations), are created for
every single shot in every single scene. Everything is visualized
with crystal clarity before filming even begins. By contrast,
imagine the sort of movies we would be watching if directors went
about their craft the way we do our lives!

Without a clear vision of where we are heading, we can be terribly
active achieving goals that take us nowhere specific. Indeed, all
this activity can serve as a good excuse for not raising our heads
high enough to see where we are actually going. Or NOT going!

So, what can you do? The answer is, develop a vision, as clearly as
possible, for what your life is about, and where you are heading.
What is your "major definite purpose", as Napoleon Hill termed it?
What are you here to do?

If you do not know the answer to this question, this is the first
goal you should set; to find out. You must develop a mental image of
your desired future, and develop it so clearly that you can see it,
smell it, taste it and touch it. Then, keep that vision before you
often each day, and use it to fuel your goal creation.

Take time to ponder your dreams. Give yourself a regular period of
time each day to do this, especially if you have no clear vision of
them at present. This process may take time and cannot be hurried,
because you are reactivating faculties that have been long dormant.
Without this clear vision, any other goals and affirmations you
develop are virtually as good as useless. Yes, they may take you
forward a bit. But in which direction, and for what purpose? Without
an overall life vision, you really have no idea.

You should ask yourself questions about all aspects of your life.
Where do you want to be financially, spiritually, in relationships,
healthwise, and so on? Gradually let the vision develop as you relax
and take time to elicit it from deep within you. You may wish to
write it down as it emerges.

Try not to judge or censor. That will only shut down the creative
process. Let it be okay to think of the ridiculous, because nothing
is as ridiculous as it may seem. People have taken up mountaineering
at the age of sixty five. There was a time when Van Gogh had to
learn to draw, and he was already an adult at the time!

Hence, be gentle with yourself, but retain the belief that much is
possible if you have faith. It may takes days, weeks or even months.
However, if you make developing a life vision your primary goal,
then all others will fall into place, and you will find the infinite
inner energy with which to accomplish them.

Copyright 2003. Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.
________________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is the author of "The 7 Golden Secrets To
Knowing Your Higher Self" course. Asoka's work helps people achieve
their full potential, deepen their understanding of mystical truth,
and find joy in their true soul's purpose. He offers you a FREE
14-Day LifeBreakthrough e-mail course at:
  http://www.aksworld.com?PROX

--Affirmations, The Power of Words and Your Reality--

What you perceive is the reality in which you live. If you are
surrounded by the negative aspects of society, poverty, high crime
rate, physical or material danger, your outlook could be tainted by
what you are observing. If I were to tell you that your thoughts and
words are enforcing what your outlook is, you would probably answer,
"duh." Your next question would be if the reality I live is bleak,
what can I do to change it? Besides, winning the lottery? This
brings up another interesting observation. Have you ever noticed
that the winners of the lottery are either living "comfortable"
lives or they are very optimistic? Perhaps there is an interrelation
between them? What you identify with and what you are living. If
this is the case, it is within your ability and power, to change it.

By now, you have heard the word "Affirmation" enough to know what it
is. However, just in case, affirm means to state in a very decisive
manner something. Therefore, affirmations are a powerful statement.
However, you might have a conception of the power of affirmations,
which is not realistic. Human beings have within their minds three
areas. There is your conscious mind, the one that we take to work,
perform our "duties," know which route will take us home. Than there
is the subconscious mind. The one that keeps you in check. I will
explain. You say, "I am wealthy." You repeat the affirmation five
hundred times a day for 365 days. At the end, you are still in a
financial bind. "I am in a loving and caring, relationship." Again,
you repeat the affirmation and you are still living with a person
that abuses you physically and/or emotionally. What happened? Your
subconscious says to you, "Buddy, I don't know what dream your
living but I see a turn off notice on your kitchen table. Or,
supportive partner? Where have you been? The only support you are
getting is from the wall, which holds you up, while you are getting
beat up." In other words, your subconscious, knows that you are
lying to yourself and wants no part of it.

Therefore, trying to fool your mind into believing what is not in
your scope of real is useless. It is self-defeating. However,
affirmations do work, unfortunately, sometimes the delivery
backfires. What words you affirm have to have bases in your reality.

So, what are you to do? First, affirm. It does work. An example
would be, "There is a limitless amount of wealth in the world." That
is something that we can all agree with. We know that there is money
"out-there." We can believe and accept that. So if you affirm a
statement like that, your subconscious will not spit it out. It can
digest that and incorporate it. You next statement could be, "I am
open to the abundance of the world/universe." Can't argue with that
one. You certainly, would like a piece of the pie. See the
difference between the two affirmations? "I am wealthy," not a great
affirmation, unless you are or believe yourself to be. "There is a
limitless supply of abundance in the world. I tap into the abundance
and claim it for my own." In the same token saying "I am in a loving
and supportive relationship," will not work if you aren't. Saying,
"There are perfect relationships in the world, I choose to be in
one, now," is something that your subconscious will accept. You are
not making up a realty, which you are not experiencing now.

Affirmations work hand in hand with the words that you use, every
day in your life.
If you are sick and say, "I have a life threatening disease," you
will have. If you are not healthy at the moment and say "I have a
life-affirming challenge," it will alter the way you think.
Thoughts, lead to words, leads to action, leads to reality.

What one must do first is to change the way that one communicates
with others and ourselves. One must become aware of the words that
we employ. A new phase is being used often by younger adults "mad
love." Think of that, what pictures you see in your mind when you
say or think the word "mad." Now say or think the word "love"
What are the mental images that flash before you? Now please put
them together. Conflicting? I realize that when young adults are
saying the term within their circles, the persons know what it
means. This brings us to the third part of your mental tools, the
unconscious mind. Now while the subconscious may at some level make
itself known, the unconscious does not readily give up its secrets.
You can peel at the layers of your thoughts and emotions and the
subconscious will explain itself to you. The unconscious very often
works independently of you. Many times, we put ourselves on
autopilot and the unconsciousness steps right in. We loose our
awareness, thereby relinquishing our power, when we operate on an
unconsciousness level. Therefore, while the person may know what the
term "mad love" means on a conscious level, the subconscious may
view the term differently and the unconscious will definably write
its own interpretation.

Words play a very important role in the world and the reality that
you live in. When you say one thing with your mouth, think another
thing in you consciousness, subconscious and unconscious minds, you
create chaos for yourself. You fail to materialize your dreams
because they are so conflicting that instead of creating with your
power, something positive and good, you are creating more negativity
around you. So, affirmations must always be accompanied with a more
deliberate and alert method of talking. You must think of the words
that you are saying, while you go about your day. Saying, "That
kills me" may just succeed. Oh, probably not right way, but in the
long term. The thoughts and words become imbedded in your
consciousness mind, than your subconscious and than your unconscious
mind. (Or vice a versa). What affects the mind will affect the outer
world in which you live and the inner (your body). After repeating
the words countless of time it becomes part of your unconsciousness,
very much like the concept of walking. It becomes ingrained in your
cells and the molecules of your body. The DNA in your body thinks
that you desire to die or be killed and it will comply with your
wish.

A good exercise to do is to make a conscious effort to be aware of
the words you use most often during the course of your day. I will
give you an example. A friend of mine repeats the word "exactly"
while talking on the phone, countless times. Another friend is
always saying, "I'll hit you,"another favorite is "I am starving,"
"I am so angry, I could hit you," and I am sure you have all heard
the phrase "Life is a bitch and then you die."
So in conjunction with affirmations, a greater awareness of the
words that you utilize is important. Saying, "I am broke," or "I
have no money," "He/she gets more abusive every day," "He/she treats
me like dirt," is counterproductive to your affirmations. You might
want to say, "I am working and resolving my financial resources at
the moment," or "I am felling better and better every day," "I
deserve and need someone that is supportive." In this manner, you
are reinforcing your affirmations with the words you use on a daily
basis.

Another valuable tool to use when practicing affirmations and the
power of words is to make a conscious effort to examine the feelings
you are experiencing while using affirmations and using language as
an aid in their manifestations. We are body, mind, and spirit. Each
part is indispensable to the whole. Our bodies communicate with
different sensations within our bodies. If you do not acknowledge
what your body is trying to communicate by the sensations, you will
continue to alienate what you want to be in your world and what it
is that you have. Therefore, a total awareness of your self, your
thoughts, your feelings, your words, and your body is essential in
creating a more harmonious and fulfilling life.

In summation, in order to begin to change your reality you must:
*Make a list of things that you would like to make real in your
life.

*Number them by order of importance to you. The ones that offer you
a greater feeling of peace and harmony get the highest rating of
worth.

*Write a few affirmations on the areas of your life that you would
like to see changed or to manifest based on your original list. Keep
them simple and to the point. Write something that will flow easily
from your mouth and not a tongue twister.

*Say the affirmations aloud, while you shower, while you comb your
hair, say them to your self through out the day, every time you
remember.

*Make a list of the words that you use most often. Start eliminating
those that will not support a positive lifestyle.

*Substitute with words that make you feel happy, content, healthy,
peaceful, and grateful.

*Become more aware of where your mind set is at. If you angry,
upset, frustrated, examine the obvious reason and than the
underlying reasons.

*Make a conscious effort to go back to the originating point that
the feelings you are experiencing began. Example, "No, you can't do
that," If every time you hear that you get angry, examine the first
time you recall hearing it. Who said it? Why? It is alright if you
do not remember right away. You will, if you persevere. Remember
your subconscious will share its secrets with you, if it knows that
you really want to know.

The road to self-awareness, conscious living, self-knowing, is
perhaps not the most pleasant of roads; there will be times that you
want to turn off the gears and just sit in idle. And you will. And
that is OK. For a time. However, if you really want to change your
world, you first have to know what the world consist of and than
take the steps to do it. The power to create change, originates with
you. You can either complain or do something to start making
constructive changes for your self. Join Care2.com and The Breast
Cancer Fund's Climb to End Breast Cancer!

Live to serve and serve to live,
Love Beams,
Walk in Light, She/He will always guide,
Walk in Light and there will be Peace,
http://www.AngeliCrystals.com
http://www.OneMinuteOfPeace.org
Soul Name: Alishaya
Native American Name: Knukquni (Sheep Girl)
Reverend Edith Bello Church of the Creator (COTC)
I remain in a state of Divine Right Order ®
Dwell for a moment in a single blade of grass.
Discover the secret of snowflakes.
In these patterns lie harmony, my child.
In harmony, the universe.
~Nancy Wood
http://www.phenomenalwomen.com/profiles/members/angelicrystals.


--Many Are Called--

You have indeed heard this, that many are called, but FEW are
Chosen. That IS absolutely true. For some see the word  "Chosen",
and in the back of their mind they can connect with that. But there
has been little "conscious" connection.
   But at times THAT connection bleeds through to the conscious mind.
You have, as yet, to allow that term, The Chosen, to BECOME
conscious. Do you see what I AM saying here? You HAVE heard this for
some time now. And it IS OK to allow that "thought" to BECOME real,
to BECOME, to become YOUR reality, to become manifested in the
flesh, as it were. And so it IS, but you KNOW that you have paid the
price, or the price has been paid  for you, as some think of it.
Remember! You ARE what think you are. That is the law of ''this"
reality. As you believe so shall it be.
   Do NOT let that law to be used against you, nor "allow" fear to
rob you. For it CAN, but ONLY if you allow it.
    Simply, do NOT allow it! Fear NOT. Simple? Yes! Yes, it IS.
   Now that you KNOW that, it CANNOT be used against you, EVEN
FOREVER. That, TOO, is the law of your reality.
    Another law, as a wise man once said, out of the abundance of the
heart/mind, the mouth speaks. That IS the ultimate creative force of
THIS world. How long have you heard that? I judge, for some time
now.
   It is NOT just a common saying! Well it is, but few have embraced
it. The few that DO, would do well to heed that Spirit. Try, the
Spirits!
   The concept I have proposed here is indeed NEW, but NOT foreign to
some, more of a confirmation.
   You have heard the term, you know all you need to know, and so it
is, but NOW it MUST become on a conscious level.
   For if you know IT, it only needs to become "conscious", therein
lies your strength.
    I will use a saying from the book of books, if you don't mind?
That is out of the abundance of the heart/mind, the mouth speaks,
therefore, keep thy heart/mind with ALL diligence, for out of IT,
the heart/mind, flows the forces or the ISSUES of LIFE.
    Thank you for taking the time to read this.

   Peace, peace (of mind) to you.
The peace that passeth ALL understanding
   All reference to the Bible from KJV

   Elijah - zadtsal4BhajilE@...


<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/rinor.geo
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com
This letter was sent to over 530 recipients!

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 82 - March 7, 2003
__________________________________________
--Opening Words--
--The Simple Science of Peace--
--Portraits in Living Color--
--The Law Of Perpetual Transmutation--
--Reflections 1-1-2003--
--The Other World Upstairs--
--The Goddess Dove--
___________________________________________
--Opening Words--

Good morning, day and evening, dear reader. Yes, it has been almost
six weeks since we've greeted each other, and the pile of articles
in my Inbox was growing, and I have finally managed to find enough
time to treat us both with the next issue of our newsletter.

But before I present to you the 82nd edition of Project X
Newsletter, I have two important announcements. First of all, we've
upgraded our message board, Free Spirits -
http://azure.bbboy.net/freespirits . We now have on-line games,
which you can play with yourself or against other board forum
visitors; a chat room; a news fader; file hosting, that allows to
locally store your personal picture, and so much more. Add to that a
private messaging system, numerous user options and many more
additional enhancements. We've recently held there a competition for
the most original use of the board's special effects, and more
prize-winning contests are expected in the future. If you wish to
discuss the newsletter's articles, or talk to like-minded souls -
Free Spirits board ( http://azure.bbboy.net/freespirits ) awaits
you.

I would also like to direct your attention to a newly released book
by our member, Llama Lady, titled "Phyllis ~ From Mother To Daughter
A Diary From The Other Side." Have you ever wondered what you will
find on the other side when you die? This book answers that age old
question. Using the medium of automatic writing, a mother tells her
daughter what she found when she left this life.

Told in amazing detail, Phyllis not only allows us a glimpse of the
other side, but also takes us on the most astounding tour of our
lifetimes. As the author tells us: Phyllis, my mother, was an
unassuming housewife of the 1950s. She began automatic writing in
the early 1960s, and was a gifted channel well into the 1980s. When
she left this life in 1993 it was simply logical that she would try
to find a means to let her family know that she was alive and well
with a wonderful new life and a whole new career.

On the first anniversary of her passing Phyllis began once again to
use the medium of automatic writing, only this time the tables were
turned. She was telling me about her new life and her joyful
rediscovery of many friends and family members.

Phyllis explains in wonderful detail what life is like from day to
day. She speaks of gardens and forests, rivers, lakesides, and the
animals.

Most importantly, she describes the extraordinary times spent
learning from others who have experienced many incarnations. Her
words guide us through the similarities and differences among our
dimensions and vibrational planes, and stresses the valuable work
she and others undertake on behalf of all of us.

Phyllis ~ From Mother To Daughter is a diary of these messages which
she and I now share with the world. So come take a stroll with us on
the other side of the veil.

You can find more about this book, including ordering info, at
http://pineapplepath.net/phyllis/index.html .


--The Simple Science of Peace--

by Ric Rosborough - ricrosboro@...
Thursday January 23, 2003 at 11:57 AM

A "Peace Rally" and "Anti War Protest" are not the same thing. The
science of creating requires careful conscious discernment be used
in choosing our words, thoughts and our course of action.
____________
Having an "anti war protest” does not make sense. We know that if we
plant corn seeds, corn will grow. If we plant pea seeds, then peas
will grow. If we plant "peace seeds," peace will grow. Why then do
people who say that they want peace "fight", "struggle", and
"protest" against war? What we resist persists. Struggling against
war is a creation of war inside the protester. "As above, so below."
"As within, so without." How can we expect the governments of the
world to be peaceful when they represent us and we are not ready to
ask for peace in a peaceful manor?
Thought creates reality. Collective thought creates collective
reality. Think about the reality we have created. The history of our
species is one of fear, judgment, anger, pain, jealousy and war.
Einstein said that we can not fix a problem from the level of
thinking that created it. If thought creates, and if we really want
to change the future history of our species we have to think and act
differently.
What we focus on will be created. Let's focus on peace, from the
inside out. Let's focus on thinking in terms of the highest Truth we
can find and living that truth. The Universal Law Of Attraction
states that we will attract into our experience only that which we
think about and focus on. If enough of us are awake and consciously
thinking about and focusing on Peace, the leaders of the world will
have to change. They represent us. If we use our individual and
collective creative powers to blame them, then we are doomed to
continue being lame. If we take responsibility and change our
thoughts, emotions and actions we truly have the power / are the
power of change on the planet.
There is somewhere close to 6 billion people on the planet. How many
are now peaceful?
If all of the people, or even a significant number of them, were to
become peaceful, there would eventually be a critical mass of
conscious people. This critical mass would, as promised by the
"Hundredth Monkey Syndrome" tip the scale from the fear-based system
of the past to a new peace and love-based reality for our future.
Who would fight the wars? Who would need to hoard and take the
power, the money, and the oil? Who would be elected to replace the
out of date warmongers? When enough people understand that we cannot
survive on this planet unless we change our thinking, there will be
a massive shift in our reality. The "glue" that will bring us all
together is Unity consciousness. When we come to understand the
Truth: that there is only one consciousness on the planet and that
we are connected by that consciousness, we will all be free. This
consciousness, of Unity, will end the pain, end the suffering, end
the struggle, end the fear and end all war.
We are one. A Unity consciousness is the only option that makes
sense. It is the only way that a "Peace rally" can ever have the
desired effect.
I think that symptom relief is a waste of time. To me the most
important objective of any "peace rally" is to solve the cause of
war. The only way to solve the cause of war is to, individually and
collectively, change our beliefs about who we are and why we are
here. Even a little thought about our current beliefs in the light
of the highest Truth will show us that we have been on the wrong
track for a very long time. If our beliefs are not bringing us what
we want, then we have the right and even the responsibility to
change them. For the sake of the preservation of our species we must
change.
It is time to stop saying, "No War!" and time to start saying, "Yes
to Peace". Inside and out.

http://www.indigosudburycampus.com


--Portraits in Living Color--

Star Princess - greyfox1@...

Thoughts on the psychological mechanics of creative living, for all
living is creative whether constructive or destructive. There was no
one huge endeavor which solidified into ages, worlds, races etc.
Creation is always in motion, or creation is the result of motion.
Day by day, as we know it, we have at our minds' "finger tips", a
huge panorama of living colors from which to choose. Usually we
force our consciousness to follow a grove which includes feeding,
clothing, housing ourselves. Only when a variation of consciousness
insists too strongly to ignore do we stop our mental track and
follow the stimulus. If we think of living as painting in
psychological medium, we must agree that most of our "life
paintings" are quite drab and repetitious.
Why not push aside some of the same old dull browns and blacks;
replace them with completely extravagant colors, riotous in
mixture?. Why not experiment with our living canvas? The colorful
and melodious birds are living examples of utter and crazy
extravagance in living. Why not man?
Why, after all our years of learning about higher and different
paths of consciousness, do we still hang back as if afraid to let it
all go, to live fully, to abandon ourselves to living? As one
Eastern mystic said,: The worst that can happen to you is to die.
and what is death but another avenue of expanding consciousness. We
paint our lives and our canvas. We need not fear getting lost in our
own creation. Instead of waiting until some expanding nudge of
consciousness pushes us out of our rut, why not tune in with careful
sensitiveness to all the varied possibilities presented to us daily
and even momentarily. To paint a living masterpiece is to make use
of all colors of our rainbow of imagination, Not to follow another's
formula for creating living life but our own as we experiment in
living color.

Star--4/18/83


--The Law Of Perpetual Transmutation--

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D

In his book, "The Science Of Getting Rich", author Wallace D.
Wattles talks about the Law of Perpetual Transmutation. Simply put,
energy from the formless realm is constantly flowing into the
material world and taking form. This energy is limitless and
inexhaustible. As old forms are exhausted, they give way for new
forms to emerge from the invisible hidden energy of the universe.

The formless energy is amenable to being shaped by our minds, and is
the ultimate source of all wealth. Hence, in a very real sense,
every person in this world is wealthy by birth because each of us is
connected to that source of infinite supply. The only problem is
that almost nobody knows how to tap into it and bring it into
manifestation. Hence, they remain impoverished. It is not
circumstance or upbringing that does it. It is sheer ignorance of
the reality of our own wealth, and how easily we could tap into it
if we just tried.

It is the mind that does this, and not some sort of "business
strategy". Interestingly, most people who want to achieve anything
in the material world tend to focus almost exclusively upon
"method". They try to make the right contacts, study up the right
books, learn the techniques, and so on. This is all very well, but
it is not the only factor in success, or even the first one.

In any area of endeavor, you will often find two people with almost
identical talent and opportunity. One is a roaring success; the
other is going nowhere. You may see two almost identical businesses;
one is going from strength to strength whilst the other is almost
bankrupt. Why?

The answer lies in how successfully we can tap into the Law of
Perpetual Transmutation, and manifest from the formless according to
our desires. Rather than constantly immersing yourself in the world
of Effects, i.e. the material world, more of your focus should go
into the world of Causes.

The first step to doing this is simply awareness. Being actually
aware that your first priority should be working in the formless
realm will get you a long way towards manifesting what you seek.
Form will manifest from the formless, regardless of you. That is
simply what happens by natural law. Hence, you can simply work with
this process, and accelerate your progress, or try to ignore the law
and experience relatively random results.

Meditating regularly on the Law of Perpetual Transmutation can help
you make it a living belief for you. In a relaxed state, imagine a
vast space above you, the size of the whole sky, and filled with
energy. This is the formless realm; abundant enough to create ten
thousand universes the size of our own, and still be nowhere near
running out. Imagine it pregnant with potential, constantly giving
birth to new forms in the material world. See this going on
continuously, from microscopic to macroscopic, as a flow from
formless to form. See also the forms of our material world
dissolving right back into the formless energy continuum.

Now, place yourself between the flow. See the vast infinite energy
flowing from the formless THROUGH YOU, and manifesting into form
beneath you. It's like a gigantic hourglass. The energy particles
move from the formless, using you as the conduit, and flow into the
material world, changed by YOUR will! Rather than simply
experiencing the effects of the Law of Perpetual Transmutation, you
are bending it to your will. This is the way it was always intended
to be used. In truth, the whole of creation is intelligent. Nothing
happens by chance. This law was made to be intelligently used.

If you use a meditation like this each and every day, you will make
this law your own, and begin to realize its effects in your life. It
will become a living reality to you, and not merely a theory.

Yes, material methods are also important and cannot be ignored.
However, doing this ALONE will most probably leave you as another
"also-ran". However, if you combine working in the formless realm
with also working in the conventional way, your chances of success
will be phenomenally increased. In a very real sense, you will be
"going with the flow"; the flow from the formless into form through
the Law of Perpetual Transmutation.

Copyright 2002, Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.
_______________________________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is the author of "The 7 Golden Secrets To
Knowing Your Higher Self". His work helps you achieve your life
dreams through learning practical, effective spiritual and personal
growth strategies. You can learn more at:
http://www.higherselfsecrets.com?ATW


--Reflections 1-1-2003--

It's not at all annual tradition of mine to write a year reflection.
In fact, never before have I written one or considered writing one.
But today is different.

This is not a reflection of 2002. This is a reflection of eternity.
And of my life, in special.

The New Year was nothing special. I spent most of December 31st
programming. As did I today. Earlier this day, a cousin of mine
arrived. He is going to stay here for a few days. Not just sleeping
over, he lives on the streets with his girlfriend, his parents no
longer care, he is on drugs and neglects himself. A regular
semi-psychotic homeless fellow. He was here before one time, quite
long. A month, maybe two. In that time he did some pretty nasty
things to me, most of all he ‘stole’ my best friend and ‘converted’
him to his ways. I was never an out-going person and as my friend
started to run along to bars and drink all night, I gradually lost
him. I guess it wasn't a good friend after all.

Today, my cousin came up to me and asked if I had some time for him.
He wanted to apologize for all he had done. I appreciated it, it
doesn't mend what is done, but it shows he cares. He started with
the question if I remembered a snowball fight we had here years ago.
I did not. But it made me think. When I was still younger, this
cousin was one of my best friends. We slept at each other's places,
we played together, we got along amazingly well. Something changed
along the way. I do not hate him, but the passion of the past is
gone. He is a homeless drug addict and I'm an overeducated,
underpaid wage slave. Our lives no longer mix. But this little event
started a chain of reflectional thoughts…

I don't remember that snowball fight. I don't remember any snowball
fight. Though there must have been many. It seems as if the memories
of my youth were gradually replaced by the new me.

But this evening, I was walking the dog and came along my old
elementary school. I have only recently graduated from high school,
so the time I was there is only 6 to 7 years ago. It seems like an
eternity. Flashes came running into my mind. I was a small child,
enjoying elementary school mostly. I remember bits and pieces of
summer party there; the school square was filled with all kinds of
water basins. I was 4, maybe 5. I loved water, I loved sun, I loved
swimming and I couldn't get enough of it.

Today, I hide from the light in a blinded room; I loath the sun and
I have not swam for over 5 years. A sun allergy replaced my love for
it. I changed, totally.

We skip a few years ahead. I see myself running over the school
square like crazy. I was 10 or 11. A good friend of mine, Sander,
was running along. It was time for school camp. Sander was wearing a
wicked sombrero and we were going totally nuts. The 3 days of school
camp were amazing. I have had contact with Sander for years after,
until his mother decided I was evil and we were no longer to be
friends. The contact was somewhat restored later on. Now Sander is a
manic-depressive person, sitting at home doing nothing. The
realization that people, good people, suffer the cruelest fates
tastes bitter.

It must have been the first school year again, the ditch in front of
my school was frozen solid and all the children were ice-skating. Me
too, I loved ice-skating. There has been no ice for over 7 years
now. The change of climate makes the winters like autumn and the
summers like a tropical forest. Things of the past seam to wither
away. They die. In another 10 years, nobody will even know what
ice-skating is.

My father helped me stay up straight on the ice. It was my first
skating ever. He was a nice man, in my opinion. I laughed a lot. I
have skated many years after and had a lot of fun. Later it turned
out that even then my father was secretly going to hookers and
endangering my mother by not using a condom. It is also sad that
some apparently good people turn out to be totally vile and rotten.
I can no longer feel love or affection for that man. I have not seen
or spoken with him for 3 years and I would like to keep it that way.

Still, once, he was my father. Who helped me skating, took me
camping on a farm… That man is no longer there. He ceased to exist.

Camping. Nature, one of my other big hobbies of those times. How I
loved the forest and the land. I could spend days on a farm with
some other children. Playing hide and seek in the stables and
running around the cornfields and nearby forests. Building huts and
just enjoying. Now I am bored if I have no computer for 2 days. And
the farm we always used to go is a parking lot for a mall. The
inevitable destruction of the land that man carries out is
disastrous, but nobody can stop it. More parking lots, more malls.
Let the children go inside their flat and play with their computers,
they no longer know what a forest is. I must admit that I, too, fell
for it. I feel ashamed.

I open my eyes; the dog is pulling the cord, wanting to go
elsewhere. I take one last good look at my old school. It looks
bleak and empty in the dark. How I would love to sit down with all
my classmates again and just ask them how they are. What they made
of their lives. On the other hand I have a strong feeling that
ignorance is probably bliss in this case. I walk on…

Further down the stream of the little ditch stands a giant, ancient
oak. In this everlasting autumn, it looks sad, leafless. In summer
it is a beautiful giant. I fear it will never again see another
summer. Next to the oak was an old farm, no longer inhabited. It was
a picturesque part of the scenery. Someone bought the land and tore
it all down. A big billboard shows the new purpose; bungalows. A lot
of them. Near the road were a bunch of trees standing on a steep
slope. It was once an excellent place to play hide and seek or build
huts. Now it is gone, flat, bleak. Awaiting new building. Earlier
tries to kill the oak have been unsuccessful, but I fear they will
once succeed. The oak is in the way, ancient nature has to make
place for luxury housing. Beautiful landscapes, which tell stories
of ages, are destroyed for man's comfort. I loathe this entire
happening; the rest of the little piece of nature has been rudely
disturbed. Nothing will ever be the same. People expand and eat away
the Earth as a virus consuming the host's resources. Till she dies.

Is this the future I want to present to my children once? A scorched
Earth, in ashes and fumes of past civilizations. A shortage of
oxygen, maybe the last tree in some museum. I know it will not go
that fast, but for the sake of the planet I hope mankind will
eradicate itself. A shiver runs through my back, how can I think
such a thing? A bigger shiver comes with the realization that it is
a sane thought. We are all actively destroying our surroundings
every day. We always have and always will. The beautiful places on
Earth are low in number and reserved for the rich. This oak, this
scenery, was once such a beautiful place for everyone to enjoy. Now
it will be an asphalt road with some houses. I no longer want to
stay around here. A quick walk gets me on top of the dike.

On the way back over the dike, I pass a house of an old friend of
mine. He is no longer a friend. Somewhere, somehow, I did something
wrong. We got along great for a long time, we spent weekends at each
other's houses and we were real friends. Then one day he told me he
thought it time to both go our separate ways. I never got an
explanation and it seemed to come just out of the blue.

I stop for a moment and look up to where his room is, or at least
was. It's dark inside, it doesn't seem like anybody is home.

His parents still greet me on the streets, he doesn't even look at
me. I have no idea where I went wrong, or if it even was my fault.
Maybe friendships are just not meant to last. It would fit in nicely
with the rest of the world, everything eventually decays, dies and
turns to nothing. All is forgotten, nothing has meaning. A scary
thought. Maybe our existence on this planet now does not mean
anything, maybe there is no eternal echo of our actions. And maybe
there is. Either way, it doesn't seem to matter eventually. All is
meant to be broken.

I walk on. A few yards further is a flower shop. We always buy our
flowers and plants there, little pieces of domesticated nature for
in our house. Such a selfish thing to do. When passing, my eye falls
on the opposite terrain with a lot of containers. One of them is too
stuffed and cannot close anymore. It is filled with flowers,
including pot and all. Apparently they were not fresh anymore and
had to make place for newer plants. An entire container full of
flowers, and who knows how many more. Discarded, no longer in favour
of us, superior beings.

It seems like madness, destroy nature to build houses, decorate the
houses with domesticated nature and eventually throw that away for
burning at some garbage processor. Mankind must have reached its
worst point in nature care ever. Maybe it will be even worse, I fear
for it even. Only 500 years ago, we were much better at handling
nature. And overall much happier, I think. Who knew of stress in
those days? And of other welfare-diseases like gluttony and several
cancers.

This makes me think of the way everything is divided. While people
on the other side of the world are starving to death, we stuff
ourselves till we die of it. We have so much food ‘left’ that we
compress it to food for cattle, with lots of consequences. We battle
so hard to fight diseases that were created by food and welfare,
while other people simply die because they lack food. They once may
have lived in a beautiful wood, which provided them with all they
needed. Now that wood is gone and made into our desks and houses. A
daily debate is how to get rid of all the overflows of food, while
others have none. We wash ourselves with drinkable water, while
others have none. We phone our neighbours with our cell phones to
tell that our uncle died of a heart attack, due to gluttony, while
the average distance from a person to the closest phone is 15
kilometres. We wear shoes that were made by children, in order to
stay alive on the little rice they get.

What the hell are we doing? Who do we think we are?? Yet nobody, not
even me, is willing to give it all up for the greater good. And what
will it matter? In the big picture; nothing.

I walk on home, unleash the dog. He is happy to be home again,
settles in his comfortable basket with a slice of meat. He has no
idea of the misery the world is in.

- Fahr - Fahr@...


--The Other World Upstairs--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

Feb. 18, 2003

( non-fiction )

What you will read here may seem to stretch your capacities for
open-mindedness. As I pursue this investigation, I will be glad to
share pictorial and other recorded evidences with as many as
possible.

      Angie is a real sweetheart. She and I became friends through
the many years that we were neighbors at the mobile home park. She
and her family moved from the park in October of 2002. I will have
officially relocated to my new address by March 1 of this year.
      One thing that Angie and I have in common is a questing for the
paranormal. We would always share our latest findings with one
another on a daily basis. A few weeks ago, I had the impulsive urge
to visit Angie and her kids at their new address, and to take the
opportunity to keep my promise to show my new place to them. As it
turned out, our new houses are only about a mile and a half from one
another.
      Once I had finished giving Angie and her kids the grand tour of
my place, she dropped a "bombshell" on me that left me stunned,
frozen, speechless, and (above all) ecstatically intrigued.
      She quietly revealed to me that her step-father's relatives
live in an older, two story house (not far from either of our new
homes) that sits along side a freeway,  and is otherwise surrounded
by scores of sub-divisions. She said that the first floor vistas
looking out of the windows of the house show exactly what is seen
from the outside. However, when one ascends the flight of steps to
the second level, all that can be seen: for as far as the eye can
see, are row, after row, after row, of crops.
      You will see not a single house from any of the second story
windows, nor the freeway that is "suppose" to be there,  Angie said
that even the sounds of the outside world as perceived from the
first floor are absent.
      She shared with me also that the current owners of the house
are quite guarded about allowing others to see this phenomenon.
Angie said that an older family member of the owners had died in the
house, and that that was one of the reasons that the family regards
the anomaly as a possible condition of Divine intervention. She did,
however, promise to get the necessary diplomatic balls rolling that
might eventually allow me a few minutes on the house's second floor.

     Angie told me of a few times previous when she has taken others
to view the anomaly. She said that the response is always the
same..... There's a minute or so of frozen disbelief followed by a
running leap back down the stairs to the more recognizable world on
the house's first floor. Then come several minutes of well chosen
expletives, nervous laughter, and body shakes. All who have made the
trip have vowed to never again ascend those steps.

      So then, what might this be?

      You may have read another story that I wrote a little over a
year ago which I titled, "The House That Isn't There / My Neighbors
In A Parallel Dimension". In the article, I spoke of having to come
to terms with the fact that the dimensional barrier on my property
was sufficiently thin as to have caused minor inter-dimensional
"neighborly" grievances between myself and a group of individuals
whose house in a parallel dimension shares space with my old home.
The house spoken of by Angie is roughly one mile to the Northeast of
my old house, along the same creek.
      Naturally, drawing from my previous encounters, my first
thoughts were that the view from the second story of the house in
question would most probably be a vista into the parallel dimension
from which my neighbors came.
      The other - equally likely - possibility would be that of a
temporal rift; a "time jump".
       We are predisposed to assume that the abundant presence of
well tended crops must automatically preclude that any such temporal
shift as mentioned here must certainly be into our past. But
consider that the focal point in this anomaly may be the structure
itself, and that it is STILL standing at some point in our distant
future. Additionally, the crops described do not match the farming
habits of the areas rural residents from the past two centuries.
What we have here is something that has not yet been rather than
something that was before.
      Perhaps the future owners of the structure will install a "time
shifter" on the structures second story which will allow them to
venture into their past and future. Maybe their device works a
little "too well".
      There may be, of course, other possibilities worthy of
consideration.
       What if we are looking into an actual "star gate"? What if the
condition that is behind the shifting reality is being generated
from another planet in a distant star system? What if "they" keep
the door open, and come and go through it for reasons unfathomable
to us?

      It is certainly interesting that no one has yet found the
composure to spend enough time on the house's second floor to
document any type of movement or activities on the other side of the
windows.
      If things progress as I hope that they will, this is what I
intend to do with the aid of a video recorder and monitoring
instruments.

      Anything can provide a clue as to what we are encountering
here: unrecognizable insects or birds, recognizable older model
vehicles, unknown aerial craft, strange animal life / or even
stranger sentient life.
      Additionally, star patterns in the night sky may help to answer
whether the world outside of the second story is "here" or "there".
We must also be prepared to work through the question of is it "now"
or "then".

      Is "day time" on the first floor necessarily the equal time of
day on the second story?

      I am hoping to be able to explore these possibilities as soon
as possible.
      I will be more than happy to share my findings with you. That
is, of course, providing that I make it past the phase of bolting
back down the steps, body shakes, and well chosen expletives!


--The Goddess Dove--

Star Princess - greyfox1@...

  The Goddess Dove sings her song
  As high in starry sky she rests
  And beams of brilliance
  Encompass the land.

  In the song is a tear that melts
  And wafts away all sorrow;
  Men arise and rub their eyes
  To see the flash of stars.

  Across the heavens strides the Goddess
  And trails behind her, a Light.
  Men look aghast and stumble
  In stride and all else aside.

  Now they have seen a sign in the sky,
  A portant of things not known;
  They awake and look in new birth
  Upon a wonder long enshroud,

  For the Goddess Dove went far away
  With Her children of Light beams
  And entrenched Herself
  In a land of peace and great Love,

  Until the day should dawn
  When men should seek to destroy
  Their homeland planet of green
  And ride roughshod o'er all.

  When all seems lost and destiny o'er
  The Goddess arises and shakes Herself
  And descends in power and glory
  Her brothers to rescue as planned.
                    2/23/89


<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/rinor.geo
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com
This letter was sent to over 530 recipients!

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 81 - January 23, 2003
__________________________________________
--Opening Words - The Game Of Life & Death--
--A Few Years Ago--
--A Message From An Emissary of Light and Love - A Time-dancer--
--A Message from the Soul to the Hearts of Mankind--
--You Are The Light Of Creation--
--Life Practices--
___________________________________________
My dear friends,

This is the first newsletter of the year 2003, a fabulous, by all
the sings and feelings, year to be. I am well aware that the
appearances of Project X Newsletter has become somewhat of a rarity
in the past several months. It does not, of course, mean anything;
simply, I, its editor, am going through transition periods, hence
one of my favorite babies, the newsletter, gets neglected. This,
naturally, won't last for long, and I expect to return to the normal
bi-weekly posting before you can say
"What?-Another-weekend-without-that-letter-from-Alex?" :-) There are
several more surprises and innovations coming your way, so, risking
to sound too corny, I conclude my pre-opening words with "stay tuned
for more."


--Opening Words - The Game Of Life & Death--

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D

It is often said in spiritual teachings that the world is an
illusion, suffering is unreal, and that Good and Evil are dualistic
fantasies. Doubtless, this is all well and good. Yet, how do we
reconcile this with the fact that all of this seems very real indeed
to the vast majority of us?

As I pondered this one day, an interesting metaphor came to my mind
that might well go some way towards illustrating this...

Imagine a boy playing a computer game (I am using a boy as an
example because it IS mostly boys who play these games.) This is not
just any old computer game. This is one of those huge "virtual
reality" fantasy role-playing environments that have been created on
the Internet. In this strange virtual landscape, our hero wanders
around exploring mountains and caves, fighting dragons and trolls,
and meeting and talking to other players.

The latter are, of course, also all costumed up in their respective
roles. Hence, although in real life, our lad may be still at school
or working on a building site, in this world he can be Sir Galahad,
Luke Skywalker (from Star Wars), or anyone else he chooses. Indeed,
he could even take on a female persona, if he chose to do so.

As our friend plays in this virtual world, we begin to observe a
change occurring. It begins to get a grip on him. He really begins
to "get into it". Now, he's spending hours every night wandering
around in this fantasy. It's so fascinating, and there's so much to
do and see. As we watch, he begins to spend less and less time away
from the computer screen. Finally, it gets to the point where he is
there 24 hours a day. His mum comes by to give him food and drink,
but he gulps them down without even noticing, so immersed is he in
his interactive fantasy.

Now, we may imagine that he begins to develop a moral framework
about this game. When he sees other fantasy characters getting
"killed" in the game, he judges this as wrong and evil, and grieves
over the suffering that they underwent. In a sense, they DID suffer
since they are just as hooked on this fantasy world as he is.
However, in reality, the other players are all just sitting alive
and well in their bedrooms, also glued to their computer screens.
Hence, there was no suffering in actuality; only to the fantasy
character they had identified totally with.

The boy regards his own fantasy body as real, and hence when he is
attacked by another player, he even "suffers" as his "body" dies in
the game. However, nothing has really been destroyed: only something
that never really existed in the first place outside the virtual
realm. We all know he can just reincarnate right back into the game,
and WILL do so, such is his desire to get back into play. Maybe he
lost a few points, or some of the weapons he gained last time round
have disappeared, but he can just carry right on from where he left
off.

Do you see how this relates to the dilemma of the world, of
suffering, and of Good and Evil? We believe in all of these things
so totally because of our total identification with our physical
bodies and the world which we inhabit. It is only because we
identify so completely with the material world, and believe this is
all there is, that we are haunted by all these notions. Yet, if we
could awaken to the fact that reality is far more than this, and WE
are far more than the limited beings we mistake ourselves for, then
our notions will become to us as absurd as the boy trapped in the
game.

A funny thing sometimes happens (extremely rarely) in this game
world. Once in a while, a player "wakes up" to who he/she really is.
She realizes she is NOT the role she has been playing lifetime after
lifetime in the game. Rather, she is a person in a whole other
universe, staring at a computer screen and wrestling frantically
with a joystick.

She also realizes that she is NOT bound by the limited rules of the
game at all. She can simply walk away, and those rules hold no power
over her whatsoever. And she does walk away, never to return to the
illusory trap of that fantasy world again. She knows now that none
of it was real; the fantasy dramas, the wars, the killing, and all
the mental anguish. It was just a game, although it seemed so real
at the time. Although she died a million painful deaths (or so it
seemed at the time), none of it touched her true essence. She didn't
really kill anyone, and nobody really killed her. It just seemed
that way at the time.

To those who remain, it seems as if she just "vanished". Some say
she attained what they call "Nirvana", and ceased to exist. But that
isn't really true: she just found out who she REALLY is, and
disappeared into realms beyond the game that they, still bound to
it, can never conceive or imagine.

Sometimes, such a person chooses to re-enter the game, but this time
remaining fully aware, undeceived by the illusions of the fantasy
world. She does so unselfishly, with the motive of rescuing others
still trapped within the illusion. She tells them that this world
that seems so real is nothing more than an illusion, that what they
perceive as suffering is not real at all, and that what they
perceive to be Good and Evil is likewise nonsensical, when viewed
from a higher perspective.

Most of the players laugh at her. These ideas are so ridiculous.
They ask her to describe this "Enlightenment" she claims to have.
But she cannot, because THEY cannot conceive of anything outside of
the game world in which their senses are totally immersed. So,
because she cannot relate it to the world they know and understand,
they conclude it is extinction or non-existence. Some of them ask
her to give them this enlightenment, by touching them on the
shoulder, or by physically taking them there. But she says she
cannot do that. Each person has to realize it for him or herself.
Each person must awaken from the illusion alone. She cannot do it
for them, although she can show them the quickest way to do it.

Hopefully, this metaphor will have helped you to gain some insight
into why spiritual teachings say the things they do about our
everyday experience. It can help you to think of this world as a
sort of virtual reality game. In essence, that is what it is! It
would be false to say that it does not exist in ANY sense, but it IS
true to say that it is nothing like the way it seems, and it is
definitely not all that there is. If you can visualize the physical
world as only the very tip of a vast iceberg that constitutes
reality, you will be far less inclined to take it all so seriously:
least of all your "bit part" in it.

Oh, by the way, in the game metaphor, we were assuming that these
were all separate individuals playing the game in different
locations. That is only partly true. You see, at a still higher
level, there is actually only ONE player who is role-playing all
THOSE people sitting at their computer screens, immersed in their
own fantasy world.

But that is a whole other game!...

Copyright 2002, Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.
_______________________________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is the author of "The 7 Golden Secrets To
Knowing Your Higher Self". His work helps you achieve your life
dreams through learning practical, effective spiritual and personal
growth strategies. You can learn more at:
http://www.higherselfsecrets.com?ATW


--A Few Years Ago--

>From Star Princess - greyfox1@...

A few years ago our youth came together and sang "We are the World."
That was the Beginning of a mighty move in consciousness. It became
apparent that the Microcosm of each individual is a part of the
Macrocosm of the Universe.

We have used our minds to speak of higher states, but what of our
individual bodies? We have been taught that the body is to be
suppressed and that it is almost evil. Our bodies are the portrayal
of the Universe - of Mother Earth. Our very cells duplicate the
atoms and neutrons of the earth. We are made of Light as the Earth
is.

So what is our individual connection? As we clear out the negative
patterns and teachings from our ancestors, we change the very inward
structure of our bodies. In so doing we change Mother Earth. As we
take into our beings the Love of ourselves and all others, we change
all structures.

Many years ago in my 82 years on the earth, I was made to understand
that I was to be a Bridge from the old into the new. Just as others
I had many lessons to learn. Now as I step off that Bridge, I am
filled with joy and fulfillment. There are many now to take up the
message. Every cell in my body now is as a myriad of little beings
sing the song of freedom. The negative cells are driven out.

2000 years ago we came to the start of the Piscean Age. It was an
opportunity to make a great step upward. Instead we looked to one
soul to give us freedom. We went back to sleep in the arms of
religion and tradition. Every age has a new opportunity. We lost it
as a human family.

Today our youth are filled with anger and frustration and who can
blame them. They look at the world their ancestors have created and
have given up hope. Now as I and many others hand over the flag of
freedom, it is the Indigo and Spirit children who are our leaders.
If we do not smother them and teach the old ways, they will lead us
into the New Age.

The Mayan calendar and the Native Americans have given us a time to
look at. In the next 10 or 12 years we can see a change if we each
do our part. It is my firm belief that the shift spoken of is the
change of the individuals on Mother Earth at this time.

As my inward Being sings and celebrates, I pray this will resonate
with some others as we sing the Song of Mother Earth.

Love Eternal---Star Princess


--A Message From An Emissary of Light and Love - A Time-dancer--

by Lady Isis © Copyright 2002
ladyisis@...

Long ago it was granted me the privilege and honor to be among those
who volunteered to come to Earth to aid mankind during the time of
the Ascension of Earth and humanity into the New Millennium, into
the Fourth and Fifth Dimension.  Throughout the history of Earth
when there was to be a major shift in consciousness, an evolution of
humanity, Masters and Angels have walked among you... have walked
the Earth. As Mother Mary anchors the Divine Feminine energy in the
ethereal, I, Isis and many others, anchor the same in the Earth
plane.

The union of Divine energy of the Feminine/Masculine aspect of the
Godhead will bring forth an enormous energy force that will change
the direction of mass consciousness, and will bring forth upon this
plane the "Great Awakening" of mankind spoken of in your holy books.

First let me say, every star, every planet, has multiple parallel
dimensions. And the ones you can see with your physical eyes, that
to your scientists, seem barren and unable to hold life is not the
dimension in which life abounds.

Imagine yourself coming from a world where everything lives in
complete peace, love, and harmony. Where pain, sorrow, disease, nor
death, nor want, nor imbalance of any kind is existent. Where all
lives truly are One. A world of indescribable beauty. There are no
words in any language upon the face of the Earth to describe this
world, they all fall short. A world where all is Light in a
brilliance and in shades of color beyond your imagination. Where you
hear beautiful music in complete harmony that comes from the tones
put forth by each and every entity's being, as well as the tones
from every living thing - music that blends in such beauty even the
most talented musician upon this plane could never replicate it. A
world where the flowers look as if they are brilliantly colored
crystal and give off tones of beauty and fragrance beyond
description. A world where if you wish to sit down, you simply think
chair and sit down without turning around to see if it is there. If
you wish to change the color or design of your home, or your
furniture, you simply imagine it and it appears. Where if you want
to go to a certain place, no matter how far away it is, you think of
the place and before you can say "Shazam," you are there.

In this world all are androgynous, both male and female, and
self-procreate, by simply deciding they wish to have a child, the
birth of which is pain-free and an event that is celebrated by all.
This child then becomes the responsibility of all to nurture, not
just the mother/father that bore the child. And education of this
child becomes the responsibility of all from birth to what you term
teen years. Education is a matter of choice and is seen as a
privilege and not something that is forced upon one. This young
child can then choose higher education, which is completely
different than Earth, where subjects taught are on a Universal basis
and takes many years to complete; or they may choose to go into
training for some chosen field.

Take that world and multiply all the wonderful, beautiful, and
harmonious things your imagination can think of and you still you
will not come close to the world I come from; the dimension of
Oneness with All That Is! Of Oneness with the Source of All
Creation. The Angelic Realm.

To come to Earth I had to come down through the dimensions one at a
time, lowering my vibrations with each dimension, with each level of
each dimension, until I reached and entered the host body of which I
am now inhabiting. If I had not done so I would not have survived to
tell the story, let alone complete the mission of which I came to
do. Just as each of you must raise your vibrations in order to
ascend into the fifth dimension, then to the next and the next and
so on. I also must re-raise mine as I return and go back through
each dimension.

Upon coming through the fourth-dimension into the third I passed
through the veil of forgetfulness, just as each of you have done
upon entrance into the earth plane. Also, like you, I am having to
re-member. On June 14, 1971 I entered into the host body of that
which was born 9-9-1937, (all you astrologists and numerologists out
there, what does this tell you?) Of course in all fairness to you
who are astrologists I must tell you once you reach a certain level
of development astrology no longer pertains to you, you have
overcome the forces. For all intents and purposes I became human and
received a 'crash course' in what that meant. By that I mean, I
experienced more in the short time I have been here than most do in
several lifetimes. This was necessary so I could relate to others in
their life experiences.

I love mankind . . . ALL OF MANKIND. . . those who make choices in
their lives that will cause them heartache and pain, I feel . . . I
have for eons, as well as the joy those feel that make choices that
will make their lives full of joy and peace. For the article I sent
to the group sometime ago, concerning the geneticist that came to
earth and enhanced the DNA of the apeman that helped humanity's
evolution into what it is today . . . well that was me. I was
ordered back to where I came from and had to leave my creation here,
and I left them in the care of Mother Earth. I have returned many
times since, but not as I have today. I have always been serving
mankind in one capacity or another.

My re-membering is still an on-going thing and like you . . . I am
always surprised by some of the revelations. I hope you stay with me
as we journey together back "home."

I AM ISIS
An Emissary of Light and Love - A Time-dancer

"Light Emissaries are different from Ambassadors. They are here to
assist anyone, anytime, anywhere. There are many light beings who
are here to be of guidance and assistance during this time of vast
change. They are here to assist all of the kingdoms, not just the
human population. They are from the angelic realm . . ."

Mother Earth Speaks on:
Emissaries of Light

Emissaries of Light are from your future; the future of the Earth
and of any other fifth dimensional world that you will come to know.
They have moved backward in linear time in order to assist the
reconstruction of a different outcome here on Earth. They are here
to spare humanity many of the catastrophes that would otherwise
prevail. What catastrophes? The ones the Emissaries of Light have
already lived through not once but many times before. They are not
catastrophe experts as much as they are healers of time lines,
ascensions of planets, and other multidimensional births of
consciousness. You might say that if the catastrophe were an
earthquake for instance, these beings would know where all the
faults lay, what to shore up and when to evacuate. These beings are
teachers and their wisdom is unparalleled at this time.

They are leaders, ambassadors, counselors and directors, but not in
the traditional sense. You will not find these individuals rallying
those around them to participate in public displays that mock the
status quo or incite further discontent. These gentle and quiet
beings instill confidence in those around them. They promote
wellness by living it and inspire others to listen to their own
counsel before seeking that of others. If they do make a suggestion
it will often be accompanied by a variety of perspectives as well as
with a glimpse into the past, present and future of any given
situation. These beings are educators in the grandest sense because
their experience has been rich, varied and expansive compared to
your own. They have nothing to teach you and you have little to
learn from their current life upon earth that has more than likely
been simple and uneventful (this may not be the case with their
current earth relatives).

Emissaries of Light propose the impossible and envision the
improbable by current earth standards. Those within earshot of their
simple words often come away believing that these beings are out of
step with reality and either a throwback to the distant past or an
impossible and unrealistic future, but these beings are from the
future so how could it be otherwise? To their credit they have seen
what you have not and have lived to tell about it. Look for these
gentle souls in your neighborhoods, your precincts and your
parishes. They have no religion, no belief, no judgment, no
political platform and only a smidgen of self-interest. Their
interest lies within your heart that is one of the reasons they
speak so softly. They speak at a volume that is aligned with an
aspect of your future and is found only in the heart."

  What is a Time-dancer?

I have the greatest compassion for all who are willing participants
during this transitional period in the earth plane. I also want you
to know that you have not been forsaken by those who are watching
over you. Time-dancers are guardians of past, present and future.
They do not intervene into what the soul has chosen to experience in
it's many forms and dimensions it travels in. But they do try and
guide each individual and steer them back to the right path when
they stray. It is of course, each individuals choice as to whether
or not to follow that guidance.

I AM ISIS
An Emissary of Light and Love - A Time-dancer

The Isis Connection
http://home1.gte.net/ladyisis/index.htm


--A Message from the Soul to the Hearts of Mankind--

Soulb2nworlds - erik_s8@...

In the days gone by, the days we live and the days to be we continue
this struggle against our own hearts, ignoring the cries of our
souls, killing each other over foolish things as to the name by
which we call god, the land in which we live and who should own this
or that. None of that is important, The name by which we call the
light be it. He, She, It, Buddha, Shiva, Krishna, God or Jesus is
inconsequential. We are all brothers and sisters, we all love, we
all feel the sorrow. We allow our fears to consume us and we act in
haste and vengeful manners. I am tired, so tired of the destruction
we inflict upon our neighbors and ourselves as we are our neighbors,
brother and sister, we are as they are human, with as much right to
peace, love and equality as any of us are. “Cut me, do I not bleed
red” as so do we all, strike me down do you not see the hurt within
my eyes as no justice is served by harming your brother. If there is
ever to be peace we must see that there is no one religion or the
other, there is no one race or other, there is no one rights higher
or of more value than the next. We are one in the same, we are born
of the light and return to it. Let this journey be of the light's
work to take hold of the path before you and walk it with a renewed
commitment of being of assistance to our fellow beings. Search for
methods of peace, explore the potential of helping others not for
gain or status but because they simply need it. I hope and pray you,
my family, my kin, make the right decision for the sake of us all.


--You Are The Light Of Creation--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

Realizing Your Power To Create, Change, And Re-create Personal And
Collective Reality

      Imagine that in the eternal darkness of space there were no
stars - no quasars - no nebulae: no source of light of any kind.
      Imagine also that you were a single candle shining softly
within a clear orb and afloat in the vastness of the universe. There
would not be enough darkness in the entirety of the infinite
universe to over-take, subdue, or to even dim in any way the light
that you sent forth.
      The bright energies that you cast forward against the darkness
would completely transform the fabric and nature of all of physical
reality. Your shining presence would cause a transformation that
would totally and completely revolutionize all of existence.

      Right now, you are such a shining candle. With your every word
and thought born of The Light, you emit a wave of creational and
re-creational energy that pierces and transforms all darkness;
moving eternally forward; through the unending vastness of reality,
without even the slightest hint of resistance.
      It cannot be stopped - it cannot be resisted - it cannot be
diminished. It can only over-take, subdue, and transform all that
stands before it.

      Know with assurance that your every prayer, your every song,
your every thought, your every feeling, your every smile, your every
word, your every action born of The LIght is empowered with the
force of the Creator in dominion over all darkness.
      Your positive energies will not fail to bring about the
transformation that you intend because all of creation begins first
of Light and then solidifies into physical form.

      Keep these thoughts ever close to your heart as we move through
the coming new year.

      You are The LIght of creation.


--Life Practices--

Dear Colleague,

I am writing to ask your help for a book I am writing about Life
Practices.

I am looking for examples of those simple things that we all do that
are essential to expressing and maintaining our values as we face
life's ups and downs - our Life Practices.

I have very little contact with people outside of my own country and
I would like to share the following request with as many people as
possible as I believe now is a time for better understanding to be
built among the peoples of our world. I am grateful for your
attention and hope your will respond and that you will send this
along to others you know who might be interested in contributing.

What I am seeking is a bit like folklore. Something with a story and
an easy to remember slogan or catchphrase.  I am asking you to
contribute out of your own personal experience not as an official
representative of an organization. I am especially interested in
those practices, which help you deal with others - in your family,
at work, in your immediate community, in the larger global
community, etc.

So far I have gathered practices from people all over the world.
These are examples of contributions I have received so far that may
help clarify what I am looking for:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

" 'Water what you want to grow' is my motto. Whenever I see
something being done well I acknowledge it as soon as possible and
in some tangible way. The least that I do is to complement the
person doing the thing well. What I try to do more often is write a
note to the person or give them a small gift."

"My life changed when I went from seeing mistakes as awful to seeing
them as the first chapter of a textbook on a new subject. I even had
this made into a sign that hangs on the wall in my office. 'Mistakes
are just chapter one in a textbook on a new subject' Now I get
bothered if I don't have some sort of royal screw-up every few days.
It's like I am not trying."

"I learned from my grandfather to 'use the best materials you can
afford.' This has provided a model for my life's work. Even in my
late 70's I am still actively building things and more to the point
of your book, I am still building my life out of "the best materials
I can afford."
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

These practices come from people from many places and with a wide
variety of backgrounds. I am grateful for that. I want to show the
broadest possible view of Life Practices from around the globe.
And, at a time when there is so much mistrust in the world, I hope
my book does some small part in reminding us that we even though we
have differences, we still have much to learn from one another.
The book will feature some of the material I gather with some
commentary.
I will be grateful if you would send me a practice that you use as a
foundation in your life.
Please include some brief biographical information as well. Also, if
you would like to share in what I am learning, please let me know as
well.
And please let me know if you have any additional questions.
Thank you for your consideration.

Steve Lawler
swl@...

About me:
Steve Lawler an ethics consultant and writer based in St Louis,
Missouri USA. He regularly gives workshops on issues of ethics,
values and culture. He has been quoted in a number of related pieces
in publications including the Wall Street Journal, The Christian
Science Monitor and Cape Talk Radio - Cape Town.  Lawler has worked
with companies in the US and Europe - including Monsanto, Pulitzer
Publishing, and the Danforth Foundation. He has been a lecturer at
Washington University and at Webster University. He has written for
numerous publications.

I can be reached at:
47 Aberdeen Place, St. Louis, MO 63105 USA
Voice: +1 (314) 753 7911
Fax: +1 (314) 727 9792
E-mail: swl@...
Web Site: http://www.lawler.org


<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com
This letter was sent to over 530 recipients!

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 80 - December 22, 2002
__________________________________________
--Opening Words--
--Thank You for Everything--
--Taking Leave Of The Personal God--
--Christmas 2002 Could Be The Second Coming--
--"With The Eruption Of (Mt.) Etna, You May Know It Has Begun"--
___________________________________________

Merry Yule, Christmas and Happy New Year, everybody!

--Opening Words - The Invitation--

It doesn't interest me what you do for a living.  I want to know
what you ache for, and if you dare to dream of meeting your
heart's longing.
It doesn't interest me how old you are.  I want to know if you will
risk looking like a fool for love, for your dreams, for the
adventure of being alive. It doesn't interest me what planets are
squaring your moon. I want to know if you have touched the center of
your own sorrow, if you have been opened by life's betrayals or have
become shriveled and closed from fear of further pain!
I want to know if you can sit with pain, mine or your own, without
moving to hide it or fade it or fix it.
I want to know if you can be with joy, mine or your own, if you can
dance with wildness and let the ecstasy fill you to the tips of your
fingers and toes without cautioning us to be careful, be realistic,
or to remember the limitations of being human.
It doesn't interest me if the story you're telling me is true. I
want to know if you can disappoint another to be true to yourself,
if you can bear the accusation of betrayal and not betray your own
soul.
I want to know if you can be faithful and therefore be trustworthy.
I want to know if you can see beauty, even when it is not pretty
every day, and if you can source your life from God's presence.
I want to know if you can live with failure, yours and mine, and
still stand on the edge of a lake and shout to the silver of the
full moon, “YES”!
It doesn't interest me to know where you live or how much money you
have. I want to know if you can get up after the night of grief and
despair, weary and bruised to the bone, and do what needs to be done
for the children. It doesn't interest me who you are, how you came
to be here. I want to know if you will stand in the center of the
fire with me and not shrink back. It doesn't interest me where or
what or with whom you have studied. I want to know what sustains you
from the inside when all else falls away. I want to know if you can
be alone with yourself, and if you truly like the company you keep
in the empty moments.

by Oriah Mountain Dreamer (a Native American Elder)


--Thank You for Everything--

Alan Cohen - From the Heart - November 2002

The story is told about a woman Zen master named Sono who taught one
very simple method of enlightenment. She advised everyone who came
to her to adopt an affirmation to be said many times a day, under
all conditions. The affirmation was, "Thank you for everything. I
have no complaint whatsoever."
  Many people from all arenas of life came to Sono for healing. Some
were in physical pain; others were emotionally distraught; others
had financial troubles; some were seeking soul liberation. No matter
what their distress or what question they asked her, her response
was the same:  "Thank you for everything. I have no complaint
whatsoever." Some people went away disappointed; others grew angry;
others tried to argue with her. Yet some people took her suggestion
to heart and began to practice it. Tradition tells that everyone who
practiced Sono's mantra found peace and healing.
  Thank you for everything. I have no complaint whatsoever.  My
friend Lisa, an attractive woman in her late 30's, came to one of my
seminars after I had not seen her for a number of years. She
informed the group that a year earlier she had been diagnosed with a
brain disorder that required immediate surgery. The surgery was
done, a steel plate was inserted in her head, and her doctor keeps
her under close observation. Lisa reported that now she lives from
day to day. Privately I told Lisa that I was sorry she had gone
through this whole ordeal. "Oh, don't be sorry," she told me
emphatically. "I'm not sorry at all. This was one of the best things
that has ever happened to me. It really got me to appreciate my life
and relationships. I married a wonderful guy and we are thinking
about having children. I wouldn't trade the experience if I could."
Thank you for everything. I have no complaint whatsoever.
  Can you imagine what your life would be like if you simply dropped
your complaints? It's a radical proposal, since most of us have been
trained to question, analyze, and criticize everything we see. But
then we end up questioning, analyzing, and criticizing ourselves.
Then we miss out on joy, the only true measure of success.
  The ecstatic mystic poet Hafiz proclaimed, "All a sane man can ever
think about is giving love." One evening I received a phone call
from my friend Cliff, a Jewish guy from Brooklyn who discovered A
Course in Miracles and became a world-class love exuder. Cliff just
went around finding good and beauty in everyone he met. On the
phone, Cliff told me, "I just called to tell you how much I love and
appreciate you."
  "Well, thank you Cliff," I answered, delighted. "I really
appreciate that . . . What prompted you to call me at this moment?"
  "My knee was hurting me, and I knew that the only way I could feel
better would be to give more love. So I began to think of the people
in my life who I care about, and you came to mind." Thank you for
everything. I have no complaint whatsoever.
  As we approach the holiday of Thanksgiving, many of us will be
getting together with our families. Perhaps family issues may come
to the fore and we might be tempted to fall into a pattern of
rehashing old resentments and arguments. Wouldn't it be fabulous if,
as we sat with our relatives, we held in mind, "Thank you for
everything. I have no complaint whatsoever." Imagine what this
Thanksgiving would be like if we decided that no matter how much mom
complained about dad; how much dad bugged us about getting a real
job; or how unspiritual our ex is, we chose to be an unstoppable
appreciation machine and found the good in our loved ones. Indeed
this would be a triumphant Thanksgiving to remember!
  Yes, I know, there is a voice inside you objecting, "But if I did
not complain, people would walk all over me and selfish opportunists
would genetically manipulate my food and terrorists would keep
crashing airplanes into buildings and . . ., . . ., and. . . ." Got
it. Now if you went to Sono, her response would be, "Thank you for
everything. I have no complaint whatsoever." I am simply suggesting
that we practice the mantra for an entire Thanksgiving day. And then
maybe one day a week. Then we might start to feel so good and our
lives will become so effective that we want to turn every day into
Thanksgiving.
  In my book Handle with Prayer I state that the highest form of
prayer is gratitude. Instead of asking God for stuff, start thanking
God for stuff, and you will find that God has already given you
everything you could want or need, including the adventure of
discovering more riches every day. Life is a big treasure hunt.
Eventually we grow weary of seeking treasures outside ourselves, and
we begin to look within. There we discover that the gold we sought,
we already are. The beauty we overlooked because we were focusing on
what was missing, still lives and awaits us like an anxious lover.
As T.S. Eliot nobly noted, The end of all our exploring will be to
arrive where we started and know the place for the first time.
Thank you for everything. I have no complaint whatsoever. Have a
great Thanksgiving.

Alan Cohen is the author of the best-selling Why Your Life Sucks and
What You Can Do About It, a Book of the Month Club selection, and
the award-winning A Deep Breath of Life. If you enjoyed this
article, you will love Alan's newly published collection of his best
articles, Looking in for Number One. To order it or request a free
catalog of Alan's books, tapes, seminars, and Mastery Training in
Maui, call 1-800-568-3079, visit http://www.alancohen.com, email
admin@..., or write P.O. Box 835, Haiku, HI 96708.


--Taking Leave Of The Personal God--

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D

A personal God is an idea whose time has come... and gone. In the
wake of all the troubles it has brought to us throughout the
centuries, and particularly in recent years, is it not time to move
onto a vision of the Divine that is better suited to reality?

The notion of the personal God arose with our prehistoric ancestors.
It was a convenient way to describe a complex, and often very harsh,
world. The personal gods were many in number, as evidenced by the
numerous pantheons of divinities from ancient Egypt to modern India.
The concept of a single masculine personal God, although prefigured
by the Aton of Pharaoh Akhenaton, seems to have come to the fore
largely through Judaism, and then through Christianity and Islam.
Hinduism also adopted the idea that the many gods in its pantheon
are actually the different faces of ONE god. However, although the
pantheon gods are personal, the ultimate God from which they derive,
the Brahman, is not.

However, the idea that the universe and the human race were created
by a personal God gives rise to many theoretical and practical
problems. The most obvious one, discussed frequently in
Christianity, is: why does God allow suffering? In its wider sense,
the question might be asked: why is the world the way it is, i.e. so
very terrible? Christianity answers with the words "Devil", "Free
Will", "Sin", and ultimately "Salvation". However, none of this is
very satisfactory when examined closely. The saying, "A bad workman
always blames his tools" comes to mind. After all, God made us did
he not? And with omniscient knowledge, he must surely have known
exactly what was going to happen.

Indeed, this leads onto theological ideas of Good and Evil. In all
three of the Abrahamic family of religions, Evil is regarded as
abnormal and definitely NOT the will of God. Hence, Death, which is
arguably Evil's ultimate manifestation, is also considered highly
unnatural (but ultimately redeemable, whether through the blood of
Christ or faith in Allah etc.). Yet, the very idea is absurd. How
can there be an up without a down, or a left without a right, or a
coin with only one side?

Death, we now know, is INTEGRAL to life. If the old and wasted cells
in your body refused to die to make room for new ones, you would
literally face a fate worse than death! In Nature, everything EATS
everything! A lion might very well lie down with a lamb one day (in
fact, they can do so right now, when they are not hungry), but could
it still be called a lion if it transforms into a vegetarian in
Paradise? Indeed, for lions, tigers and crocodiles to be carnivores
at all, and kill for their own survival, you would have to propose
that after the fall of Man, the Devil had to redesign the whole of
the animal kingdom! After all, if the personal God did not design
these aggressive predatory animals just as they are, who did?...

This is partly why the three Middle Eastern religions have a
relatively difficult time describing Paradise; a place where evil
does not exist. Christianity would have us doing nothing but singing
God's praises all day (honestly... how dull!). Islam seems to hold
that Paradise is more of the good life; basically, "wine, women and
song"! But wouldn't we get bored with all that after a while? Many
people already are. Each religion tries to imagine an ideal world,
where evil does not exist. Yet, they completely fail to deliver the
goods in a manner that can excite or convince us.

The personal God is itself a massive contradiction. For someone to
have a "personality", in any meaningful sense, they must surely be
time-based. For a God who operates completely outside of Time, i.e.
in Eternity, it is impossible to conceive how personality could
function. In the Bible, we learn that God can be pleased or angered,
saddened or elated. But given that we operate within the sphere of
time and he/she does not, does this imply that God is ETERNALLY
angry with the Exodus Jews for their worship of the Golden calf?! If
so, how can we, mere finite mortal beings, produce permanent
modifications in the infinite eternal Godhead?

It is also hard to think of a "personality" who is sexless. Hence,
God has traditionally been male (although in prehistoric times, God
was female: the Mother Goddess). Christianity has reinforced this
further with words like "Father" and "Son"; both male images. Is it
any wonder, therefore, that women have systematically been
ill-treated and regarded as second-class human beings by those
religions that have adopted this male God? They are blamed for the
Fall of Man in Book One, and it basically goes downhill from there!
Islamic veils. Medieval witch trials. No women priests. The list
goes on and on.

In practical terms, the notion of the Personal God has wrought
tremendous chaos throughout world history. The three religions of
Christianity, Judaism and Islam are at each others' throats, which
has led to the loss of countless millions of lives. The reason is
not too hard to find. Clearly, the one Personal God has chosen to
present his truth in mutually contradictory ways, and each time has
also incorporated a failsafe system for large-scale destruction by
(a) declaring that all competing revelations are the work of Satan
and (b) his TRUE revelation must be spread to all corners of the
globe through religious conversion AND, if necessary, war with
"Satan's forces" (i.e. the faithful of other religions). This
creates a neat closed circle within the minds of the zealous, that
completely prevents them from ever understanding, and hence
respecting, the point of view of other faiths. After all, why cavort
with the Devil?

Some brief examples will suffice...

In Judaism, you can go right back to the founding of Israel. On the
orders of God, a war of genocide was carried out by putting to death
every man, woman and child in the land of Canaan. Interestingly, the
chosen people proved to be more merciful than their God, failing to
deliver on the last part of this bloodbath, and hence God was
understandably livid! Doubtless, he had never heard of
racial/religious tolerance.

In Islam, despite the recent attention given to "Islamic
Fundamentalists", we should not forget that the very religion of
Islam was originally spread through the work of such "fanatics". If
you doubt this, you only have to visit India. There is an amazing
lack of Hindu temples in the north, which was subject to the Moslem
invasion, compared to the south, which the Moslems never penetrated.
Arguably, modern day Moslem moderates could NEVER have got the new
religion off the ground, let alone spread it across the whole of the
known world in the space of a few generations.

As for Christianity, it is intriguing that more Christians were
killed by EACH OTHER in the early centuries of the Christian Roman
Empire than were killed in ALL the previous Roman persecutions put
together! Moreover, although it is generally believed that Paganism
quietly died out in the face of the "superiority" of Christianity,
the actual fact is that Pagans were forcibly exterminated under the
order of the fanatical Christian Emperor Theodosius, in a
persecution that bears favorable comparison to Nazi Germany. Temples
were torn down, idols were dragged out into the streets and
destroyed, and people were simply killed for their beliefs. That is
how Christianity finally triumphed over Paganism.

By contrast with all this, it is hard to locate a single war fought
in the name of Buddhism or Taoism; faiths that do not possess the
notion of a personal God. How can they go to war when there is no
personal God to tell them to do so, and hence no historical
justification for future wars either? However, it would be mistaken
to believe, as many do, that traditions without a personal God are
essentially atheistic. Both acknowledge the existence of Cosmic
Intelligence. However, the latter is considered to be beyond
conception and beyond name. It is not personal, but rather
transcends personality and description. As the opening line of the
Tao Te Ching says: "The Tao that can be spoken of is NOT the Eternal
Tao".

The ideology that prevails in a society really does determine its
mode of behavior. In both the Middle East and the West, we are ruled
by this notion of a personal God. Hence, the actions we take must
be, at least partially, due to this deep-seated belief. If you
believe (and have scriptures that support this belief) that your God
encourages war under the "right circumstances", and even engages in
wanton acts of destruction himself at appropriate instances, then it
will not be long before you have an excuse to do the same. Bob
Dylan's ironically titled song, "With God On Our Side" illustrates
the fact that in any conflict, both protagonists believe that God
supports THEM. The classic example of this is the so-called "war on
terrorism" right now. On one side you have a US President telling
you that this is a war of Good against Evil, and Good will prevail.
On the other side, you have Islamic extremists, who are perfectly
willing to die for their God in order to strike a blow at what they
consider to be the "Great Satan". Ironically, each side worships the
SAME God!

It does seem that Science is revealing a universe permeated with
intelligence at every level; complex beyond human conception, and
with purposes than no human mind can fathom. Cosmic Intelligence is
indeed everywhere around us. However, it need not be considered
"personal" in any way. By adopting a viewpoint like this, which
places no limits on God because it places no definition upon it, we
avoid all the negative consequences of the personal God. You cannot
go to war for Cosmic Intelligence, because the latter does not
reveal itself through scriptures, choose one nation over another as
its favorite, or order the obliteration of the infidels.

The paradox of suffering, and the apparent existence of Good and
Evil, is also resolved. We now see the universe as a cosmic dance of
forces that must both necessarily exist. The symbol of the Yin-Yang
is appropriate here; a small hint of dark within the light, and a
small hint of light within the dark. Each is inseparably intertwined
within the other. No longer do we need to ask absurd questions such
as "Why does a good God permit suffering?". The paradox is created
by the assumptions of the questioner.

Rather, we should seek the higher perspective of Cosmic
Consciousness from which all apparent dualities cease to exist. We
see suffering and evil now only because we perceive ourselves to be
(a) separate, (b) finite and (c) mortal; none of which are actually
true. Hence the answer to the above question would be, "There is no
PERSONAL God to permit suffering (or anything else for that matter),
and there is no suffering when viewed from the perspective of Cosmic
Consciousness".

A personal God served our ancestors and helped them survive in a
complex and incomprehensible world. However, the world of the 21st
century is a very different place. The personal God is a carry-over
from the past, and the suffering it causes is evident for those who
have eyes to see. If we did not already cherish this conception so
dearly, it is extremely unlikely it could ever have originated from
scratch in the modern world.

The human race is hopefully moving into a new phase of spiritual
evolution, in a united world of mutual understanding and cultural
cooperation. The concept of transcendent Cosmic Intelligence serves
us better than the personal God ever did. To paraphrase the words of
St. Paul: "When I was a child, I thought like a child. But now, let
me put away childish things..."

Copyright 2002, Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.
_______________________________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is the author of "The 7 Golden Secrets To
Knowing Your Higher Self". Subscribe to his FREE ezine (and get a
FREE book when you do!) to learn easy and powerful strategies for
your spiritual and personal transformation. Discover how to achieve
your life dreams. Visit his website at: http://www.aksworld.com?PROX



--Christmas 2002 Could Be The Second Coming--

by Lady Isis © 2002

Christmas is the time of the year when everyone thinks of peace and
goodwill towards men. Wars being fought have even been stopped to
observe this holiday . . . the birthday of Jesus. . .a man who
taught nothing but love and forgiveness. So I ask. . . Why only
observe the Christ Light one day of the year? During one season of
the year? Why is it that men choose to disregard the words Jesus
spoke, "Love your enemies, bless them that curse you, do good to
them that hate you, and pray for them that despitefully use you, and
persecute you." Matt:5:44. Nowhere does he teach to go to war and
mass-murder human beings in another country because you don't
believe in their politics, or religion, or the way they do things,
or for any other reason you can give each other. Nowhere does he
teach to stop terrorism you become a terrorist. Look the word up in
the dictionary.

"Father forgive them for they know not what they do." - Luke 23:34

If Jesus could forgive his persecutors, then how can those who claim
to want to follow him, accept and cry out for war . . . the killing
of innocent people? Because there are the innocent ones in every
country you know.

What I believe is the second coming is the coming of Christ
Consciousness. The Light of Christ. The Love of Christ. The
forgiveness of Christ. The embracing of mankind of mankind. The
final realization that All IS ONE. We are not separated from God. We
are 'part' of God. For God made man in His/Her image . . . the Light
of God is within 'every human being.' And yes, even in the soul of
those men who are looked upon as an enemy. Look in the mirror and
you will see your own worst enemy. For you and you alone can change
your world. You and you alone create heaven or hell on earth. You
reap what your sow. Remember that when you choose war over peace,
hate over love, condemnation over forgiveness, vindictiveness over
compassion.

But you say, "I am but one person. I can't do anything!" WRONG! Look
at the history of your world. One person, one individual who was
passionate about their beliefs, who stepped out and used that
passion to change things. It takes but one domino to fall to level
the whole playing field of dominos.

Let's let the Light of Christ shine each and everyday not just
during one season of the year. Let's make this Christmas 2002 bring
in the Second Coming of Christ Consciousness to mankind everywhere
on earth.

And whether or not you celebrate Christmas. . . no matter what your
religion. . . they all teach LOVE, PEACE, HARMONY. Be the domino
that begins leveling the field in your world. As the song says; "Let
there be peace on earth and let it begin with me."

Visit my web site:
"The Isis Connection" is a spiritually uplifting, knowledgeable web
site,  full of "Soul Food"  from numerous Lightworkers. As well as,
new and exciting messages from Archangel Michael and Mother Earth.
Healings are taking place at Healing Hands Of Light. Be sure and
read the Testimonials. Come and visit! You won't be disappointed.

The Isis Connection
http://home1.gte.net/ladyisis/index.htm


--"With The Eruption Of (Mt.) Etna, You May Know It Has Begun"--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

NOW IS THE TIME TO PLAN, TO PREPARE, TO JOIN IN MEDITATIVE AND
PRAYER AGREEMENT.
The time we have always anticipated is beginning NOW.

November 7, 2002

Q: "What will signal the major changes?"

A: "With the eruption of (Mt.) Etna, you may know it has begun."
...............Edgar Cayce speaking while in trance in the 1940's
regarding major earth change activity toward polar shift in the
beginning years of the 21st Century.

The October 27, 2002 eruption of Mt. Etna was so powerful that its
plumes were photographed from space, showing billows of ash and
smoke rising beyond the eye of the camera.
      Yes, Etna has erupted before in recent years. But a week later
(November 3) came the 7.9 quake in Central Alaska with seismic waves
so strong that they sloshed water out from swimming pools in New
Orleans, LA; 3000 miles away.
      The 7.9 Alaska quake has - thus far - triggered 38 major
after-shocks.
(See the pages of U.S.G.S. earthquake information -
http://wwwneic.cr.usgs.gov/neis/qed/qed.html)
      Why is this happening now?
There could be many different factors in play. The unprecedented
solar flare activity of the past 3 years would suggest that there is
something about the nature of the space itself within and
surrounding our solar system that is contributing to the solar and
terrestrial instabilities. The Photon Belt is a 500 light year wide
"sea" of photonically charged space that (if correctly envisioned)
would stretch from past Pluto to the Pleiades constellation. It is
believed that our system's entry into "The Belt" is the primary
cause for the accelerated solar / magnetic (weather) / seismic
activity that we have been experiencing since the late 1980's.
      It has been predicted and conjectured that a large celestial
body (Planet "X" / Nibiru ) is moving toward the sun along its 3,600
year cycle of orbit. The conclusions of many scholars of ancient
writings (Assyrian, Egyptian, and Mayan in particular) state that
the agreed upon time for the object's next passage across earth's
orbit is in the Spring of 2003.
      Considering that so many of the ancient references to this
object record encounters with the inhabitants of the "planet", it is
as likely that the "planet" Nibiru may, in fact, be a massive,
intelligently controlled space craft.
      With the almost unrelenting solar explosions comes a jostling
of
the earth's magnetic field. From the fluxing of the magnetic field
come odd weather patterns, global
warming, and intensified seismic activity.

      It is never easy to consider relocating to what we believe to
be a safer region of the country. The sense of "home" that each of
us has for the place where we live is a real connection to the land
and to the environs. There is much more to our home than simply the
dwelling's structure and the land upon which it sits. There are
family, friends, neighbors, (and as importantly) there are memories.

      If presented with the choice of either moving away from my
family and friends or face almost certain devastation, I would
choose to remain and share with my loved ones what ever fate would
come upon us. Without the ones you love, there can be no "home".
      This does mean to say that we should just sit still and "take
it" whenever a major storm, quake, war, asteroid hit, or any other
disaster would loom on the horizon.
      There are the normal physical (Civil Defense types) of
precautions that we can and should take - storing food; having first
aid kits, fire extinguishers, knowing how to shut off the gas,
having an evacuation plan, etc., etc..

      THE MOST EFFECTIVE PRECAUTION THAT WE CAN TAKE IN THE FACE OF
"EARTH CHANGES" IS THE POWER OF JOINED PRAYER AND COLLECTIVE
MEDITATION.

      WE LITERALLY HAVE THE POWER TO ALTER PREDICTIONS AND CHANGE THE
FUTURE BY BECOMING THEIR SPIRITUAL ARCHITECTS.

PRAY AND MEDITATE IN THE "POSITIVE".

1. Pray in agreement with others that the earth and its magnetic
fields will remain stable and secure / that no objects impact the
earth from space / that there is peace among all nations and within
all nations / that there are no plagues or pestilences / for the
abundant supply of food, water, housing, clothing, medicine, and all
necessary resources and supplies for all of the people and animals
of the world.

2. Pray for the protection and well-being of all of your family,
friends, loved one, and all of humanity and all living creatures.

3. Meditate and visualize peace, balance, harmony, security,
abundance, joy, and love surrounding and securing all people and
life on earth.

4. Meditate, visualize, allow, and CONNECT WITH God, Christ, The
Holy Spirit, all Saints and angels in THE LIGHT.

5. ALLOW AND BE PREPARED TO BE
"CONTACTED" BY OUR GALACTIC FRIENDS WHO ALSO ABIDE IN "THE LIGHT OF
CHRIST" AND ARE  (RIGHT NOW) POSITIONED, WATCHING, AND READY TO
RESPOND TO TAKE YOU AND YOUR LOVED ONES TO A PLACE OF SAFETY DURING
AND EVEN BEFORE ANY POTENTIAL DISASTER. THEY WILL ALSO BRING US BACK
TO THIS WORLD ONCE THE "MILLENNIUM OF PEACE" HAS BLOSSOMED.
      WE CALL IT "THE RAPTURE".

[This is not a drill. :) ]

       We have entered a period of alteration in the earth's magnetic
field that will, most likely, cause a shifting of the planet's
magnetic poles. The projections of the shift have been placed at
anywhere between 3° to 15° (the new magnetic North pole would be in
the Sea of Japan / the American Midwest becomes a tropical zone).
        Nostradamus and Edgar Cayce agree that the predictions that
they gave could be modified in their effects through the collective
prayers and meditations of all who dwell in The Light. Ultimately,
we ourselves will determine under what conditions our world enters
into the 5th Dimension Ascension on December 21, 2012.

The "future" is now, and the power is ours.
       We are travelers reclaiming our place among the stars.

And so it is!

Mark Andrews
********************

<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com
This letter was sent to over 530 recipients!

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 79 - November 1, 2002
__________________________________________
--Opening Words - The Journey--
--Angels In The E-mail--
--Begin Your Dream Project TODAY!--
--Wizards Of Wall Street--
--Death's Fleeting Love--
___________________________________________

--Opening Words - The Journey--

Soulb2nworlds - erik_s8@...

Alex asked me to recap the journey from the time of my first writing
[ "Prometheus Elucidation", PXN#17, June the 19th, 1999 -
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/PXN17.htm#Field ] to
the most recent submission as of late. The road I walked in that
frame of time raised many questions as to the why, who, and how, I
was living out in the grass plains of southern Alberta, Canada,
small little nowheresville, where things had not worked out well for
me and the writing was on the wall that it was time to move on, I
was needed elsewhere (felt as a silent force pushing me to go), I
traveled back to the central interior; while hitchhiking I met a
variety of people, the most profound person that sticks out in my
mind was a portly fellow who gave me a ride south closer to the
border with the States.

He basically said, "We walk the path born unto us, as we made the
decision with God that the path we choose is the one we need to be
on to learn, understand and know how to be of the greatest help to
our fellow beings and in turn be of help to ourselves". I had to
reflect upon it awhile, for it to ring true, to cause the
realization that I am no different in thought or form than anyone
else. When we bleed we all bleed red. Even now I look at people and
I see myself within them as part of them are within me.

I eventually stopped in a quaint town about an hour's drive from the
States, and unfortunately met some not so very nice people (I don't
really want to elaborate, as I'm sure the reader can surmise the
inclination here), subsequently I had to leave as it was evident
that it was not the place for me to be. The next town I moved to I
met some interesting characters, one of which was a philosopher and
teacher of sorts. From him I learnt the value of being true to one's
self (Inner self) and to acknowledge the necessity of harmony
between the external and the internal, without which we will
continue to be lost, searching for the meanings of the why's, how's
and who's and have no hope to ever answering such questions if we
don't stop to examine ourselves our actions and our ways of doing
things (most of which cause harm in one fashion or another to
others, lest we think before we speak and act as to be aware of them
as we are just as aware of ourselves). Needless to say I'm proud to
have met and gotten to know him. Since that time I have moved once
more to central Alberta and reside in one of its major cities, I
continue this quest for understanding to achieve the highest level
of peace from both within and from the outside of myself, and to be
of assistance to any and all that I can be of service to, I do this
unconditionally as it needs to be. Forgive me if this record of my
travels seems somewhat broken, most I am recapping from memory and
do not wish to lose the essence of what was important for me too
learn while on such a journey. It is my hope that in turn you the
reader learn from me, and as such the understanding continues to
grow within each of us, I do stop by the Project X site often to
read what you have to say, there are many of you who, like me, see
more than just the world in front of you and that which is beneath
your feet. Never end your journey for the sake of someone else
telling you it's foolishness or that your wasting your time, as the
only fool is one who doesn't look beyond his front door to the world
as a whole and neither is it stupid, as to know yourself is to know
all others which in the end means the difference to living in peace
and living in strife. Be well, my brothers and sisters, may we all
live in peace and harmony one day soon.

Your brother,
Soulb2nworlds


--Angels In The E-mail--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...
9/24/02

Strange Anonymous E-mail Warning Precedes Disastrous Tornados

Friday morning, September 20, 2002 started off with the promise of
bringing a perfect day. I woke up leisurely at around 8:30 a.m. with
nothing to do all day but a single load of laundry and going to get
my pay check.
Bright, sunny and warm; crystal blue sky; even my neighbors' "yappy"
dog was tranquil and pleasant. With so much in its favor, what could
this Friday bring but many multiplied delights? What could possibly
go wrong following such an idyllic morning?
Summer here in Indianapolis would usually have yielded to Autumn and
its cooler morning temperatures by this time in September. But today
was like a pleasant lingering of August.
I routinely check my e-mail with my second cup of coffee. There were
several of the usual messages; mostly "spam". Two of the e-mails
were a little odd. One was an "out of the blue" message from Webtv
(my server) advising its customers to take extra care in the event
of impending electrical storms, suggesting that the converter units
be unplugged from both the wall and phone sockets to prevent
electrical surge damage.
The other message was strangely cryptic. It was a series of
prophetic warnings from a source with whom I was not familiar. I
read through the very lengthy list of prophecies, trying to absorb
as much as I could of this very unexpected "jolting" announcement -
so early in the morning!
I wasn't really in the mood to deal with something so weighty and
seemingly out of place on this "perfect" day in the making. But I
read on, more from a sense of duty than because I really wanted to.
I felt a powerful, stunning, tingling sensation when I came across
the sight of the phrase "160 mph winds". Repeatedly through the
extent of the message was the admonition to "pray for your family
and loved ones".
All of this was a bit more than I was prepared to take-in except for
the wisdom of keeping my family and loved ones in prayer. At this
point, it was as if someone was standing behind me, pressing down on
my shoulders, making sure that I didn't get up from my seat until I
had fulfilled the prayer mandate called for in this very strange
"e-prophecy".
I began prayers for the safety of my family, friends, and (much to
my surprise) also for the people of my city, state, country, and the
world. "What was THAT all about???", I wondered once the prayers had
been offered and the pressure holding me down had subsided.
Then, just as quickly, I was re-energized and ready to go about
enjoying the day.
I stopped at our mobile home park's club house to drop my clothes
into a washer and then on to get my pay check and stop briefly at
the bank, and to pay a utility bill before returning to put my
clothes in a dryer; about an hour and a half to accomplish
everything.
As I drove around, I kept an instructional tape by Deepok Chopra
playing inside my truck. The Civil Defense sirens in Indy are
regularly tested at 11 a.m. every Friday morning. I already knew
that it was Friday, so the sudden, piercing sound of the CD sirens
didn't attract my attention as it might have on any other day of the
week. Then I suddenly realized that it HAD to be later than 11 a.m.!

The time was about 1:30 p.m.. I stopped the tape and switched to an
AM news station. The warning from the National Weather Service was
already in progress. It spoke of tornados that had just struck the
suburb of Martinsville and were on the ground and rapidly coming in
a straight line toward the South side of Indianapolis - my home
area.
I glanced in the direction of the Southwest and was startled to see
the surge of a black and purple "mountainous" cloud wall moving up
from the horizon. It took about 12 minutes from that time for me to
pull in my drive way to grab the coins I would need to dry my
laundry. In the minute that I was in my home, the crashes of
lightning began with the blast-force of falling bombs. I remembered
the Webtv advisory and unplugged the unit from both sockets. Then I
hopped back into the truck and drove through gushing waves of rain
to the club house.
Several other of the trailer park's residents had already gathered
there for the better safety of that structure's brick walls. If I
hadn't had to dry my clothes, I would have no doubt ridden out the
storm at home; my typical response to such weather conditions.
Almost on cue, a hurricane-force blast of wind plowed through the
park at the moment I stepped inside the building. There was the
usual pressurization change and rumble that one expects with a
tornado. And then, incredibly, it was gone. It just wasn't there any
more.
The rain continued for a few minutes as we all strained to look out
the large glass windows, fully expecting to see a war-like scene of
devastation just outside. What had happened to our trailer park?
A stop sign had been bent and twisted. That was all. The tornado
rose back up into the sky before it could do any damage to any of
our homes.
A few of us stepped outside to light a cigarette to un-jangle our
nerves. The air was packed with the over-lapping sounds of multiple
sirens from every type of emergency vehicle; all moving past and
away from our neighborhood. We knew that whatever had just touched
us had done far, far, worse to the areas 'round about.

We had, in fact, just experienced the most powerful and destructive
weather event in the history of the city of Indianapolis.

It was an F-3 tornado.

It left in its wake more than $40,000,000 worth of damage.

It had completely destroyed more than 600 homes and severely damaged
thousands of others; shattering more than 200 apartment units.

It had completely leveled 2 strip malls and a great number of single
business structures as well as a number of churches.

It had directly hit 6 schools, all with classes in session.
One of the schools hit by the tornado was Southport Middle School (a
little more than a mile from my home) where my brother works as a
science teacher. Many of the windows of the building had blown out,
and a few of the brick walls had collapsed. No one at the school was
injured. No one at any of the schools had been injured.
In a miraculous case of Divine intervention, NO ONE in the path of
the tornado had been killed, and there were no serious injuries
anywhere in the city.
Parked cars, however, were not so fortunate. Most of the cars in the
teachers' parking lot at Southport Middle had suffered some form of
damage - except for my brother's; despite the fact that every
vehicle positioned around his van HAD been damaged.
My niece had just arrived home when the tornado passed just a block
to the west of their house.

All of this had transpired in the face of the storm's 160 mph winds.

160 mph winds - exactly that mentioned in the mysterious e-mail
warning that I received just a few hours earlier that had been so
insistent that I pray for the safety of my family and loved ones.

My only personal loss was that of my cable, phone, and Webtv service
for a couple of days, all of which are up and running again.
Everything in my home is again just as it was. That is, except for
that mysterious e-prophecy message. It's no longer among my e-mails.
I'm sure I didn't delete it.

I guess it must have just "gone with the wind".


--Begin Your Dream Project TODAY!--

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D

Have you ever dreamed of writing a book? Or starting your own
business? Or enrolling in an Art course? Or whatever?.....

If the answer is yes, then why haven't you?

Recently, I finished and launched my first major book, entitled "The
7 Golden Secrets To Knowing Your Higher Self". It was a proud moment
when the whole thing was finished and available. It was an even
happier moment when the very first person bought a copy!

I learned many lessons from the whole process of writing and
planning a book, and carrying the process to execution. Hopefully,
these lessons will inspire you to commence your own dream project
today.

The biggest lesson of all is: Just DO it! Cut through the excuses
and get started today. Half of finishing a project is just starting
it in the first place. One of the main reasons people do not break
out of their comfort zone, and commence making their dream come
true, is lack of self-confidence. Too often, we are waiting for
someone to descend from the sky and confer "expert" status upon us.
We play down our strengths, compare ourselves to the elite in the
field we wish to enter, judge ourselves unworthy, and decide that it
is not even worth starting. It is better to do nothing.

The truth is that you ARE an expert in something; probably quite a
lot of things. Being an expert simply means that you know more about
a subject than MOST people do. It does NOT mean that you have to be
the last definitive word on the matter. For example, if the
qualification for writing a book about Buddhism is that you have to
be an enlightened Buddha, then there would have very few writings on
the subject!

Likewise, you do not have to wait until you have it all perfectly
figured out to begin your dream project. You can start where you
are. If you lack confidence, then give yourself some boosters by
creating little successes along the way to your big goal. My book
did not just jump out of me fully grown one day. Before it, there
was an established ezine. Before the ezine, there was a single
article that I wrote and showed to only one person. When she said it
was good, I tried publishing it in some other ezines and was
encouraged with the resulting acceptance. It is the same with you.
Start small and give yourself little stops along the way for
encouraging water to drink. But above all else, start! Once you
begin your project with definiteness of purpose, it gathers its own
momentum and many unseen forces come to your aid.

Making a dream project come true takes work. Do not believe
otherwise. Writing a book is a grinding activity that requires time
(lots of it), thought, research and sheer persistence. The
discipline is all you have left at times. For instance, I set myself
the goal of writing two pages every day, seven days a week.
Sometimes, those two pages came fairly easily. Sometimes, they were
torture. However, by first setting the goal of your dream project,
and then setting mini-goals towards its achievement (e.g. two pages
per day in my case), you gradually make it come true, bit by bit.
Persistence with a routine also creates a momentum behind your
routine.

Here is a plan I heard about recently for writing a book in 90 days.
I wish I had known about it when I was starting my own. It goes like
this:

First, decide what your book is going to be about. Second, write
down 25 chapter headings. Third, for each chapter heading, write
down titles for 4 sub-headings. For each sub-heading, write down
titles for two further sub-sections. Then.....

Get writing!

Having created the structure of your book before you even begin, you
make it far easier to stimulate your brain into creative action. The
human brain hates incompletions. Thus, by creating a structure and
getting to work to fill it, you are challenging your brain to
complete all the sections and sub-sections. It will definitely do
so, provided you get started in the first place.

With this structure in place, it should be fairly easy to write a
couple of pages a day every day, provided you make the time for it.
Certainly, it is far easier to do it this way than to try and write
a book with no plan at all.

An important point is that this same process can be carried out with
dream projects other than books. After all, what you are really
doing with this scheme is setting a goal and then creating all the
mini-goals towards its completion. Then you are setting aside time
every day to spend upon that goal. Hence, you can adapt the above
plan to suit your own project.

What really holds you back from even beginning your project? Are you
afraid of what people might say if you fall flat on your face. Might
it be that you fear that nobody will want what you have to offer?
Are you "too busy" with running the house, or bringing in the money?
What excuse are you using to hold you back from what you would
really love to do?

Imagine a different scenario for a moment. Pretend that your book
(or your Art, or your interior design business, or whatever) was a
stunning success. Imagine for a moment that people flocked to you,
wanting to know more about what you have to offer. See the press
clamoring to interview you on radio and TV. For just a moment,
imagine that what you have always dreamed of doing COULD NOT FAIL.
If you like, there is a genie standing in front of you, about to
grant you this one wish and make it all come true. Close your eyes
and imagine this for a second.

NOW.... Say to yourself:

1) "I'll get around to it once the kids have grown up" OR
2) "Well, when the mortgage is paid off, we'll see..." OR
3) "Once I'm retired....." OR
4) "Yes, but I'm too young/old/black/white/uneducated....." OR
5) "I need to do a bit more study on the subject first..." OR
6) Whatever YOUR private excuse are!

and then walk away from it!....

Are you serious? Why would you exchange that bright future for doing
the dishes, or turning up at that job you hate with absolutely no
plans for a change? So, what is holding you back from starting? The
answer is: your own fears and self-doubt.

If you knew in advance that you could not fail, then NOTHING would
hold you back from commencing RIGHT NOW. All of the above numbered
points are just excuses designed to protect you from ever taking any
real risks in life. Yet, without risk, there is little or no chance
of gain.

It may be less a matter of "what if I fail?" than a fear of "what if
I succeed?" Some people are afraid of failure and what others might
think. However, others are secretly afraid of the consequences of
their own success. Either way, you are the only person creating the
ceiling on how far you can go in your life.

If you have a bit of self-doubt in you, then welcome to the human
race. EVERYONE who has ever achieved anything worthwhile has felt
the exact same way. Yet, the key is to overcome this and begin to
work on your dream now.

You just have to START, and be willing to fail a few times. The
greatest successes in life have also failed more times than anyone
else. Many multimillionaires have actually gone bankrupt several
times prior to making their big money. Edison made several thousand
failed attempts before finally inventing the electric lightbulb.

If you wish to succeed fast, then double your rate of failure. Set
your goals ahead of you and go for them undaunted. If you act as if
you could not fail, then you will not. In fact, do not even use the
word "failure", but instead call it "feedback" towards your goal.

Give some thought to these matters. If you have not taken any
serious steps towards your dream, ask yourself why not. Do you
REALLY want your dream, or are you content for it to remain a
fantasy? If the answer is no, then try going to work on it today.
Have faith and have persistence. Be brave and be willing to fail as
many times as it takes to succeed. Do all of this and the universe
will do the rest to bring your dream to you faster than you can
imagine.

Copyright 2002, Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.


--Wizards Of Wall Street--

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D

Preface:

In my former career as an Investment Banker, I was aware of a kind
of "secret society" within the world of financial market traders.
Indeed, I was one of them! It is a small esoteric group of people
who use arcane methods such as astrology, ancient geometry,
Fibonacci number sequences, and more, to successfully forecast and
trade the stock, commodity and bond markets. This article blows the
lid on them and gives your readers a taste of just what is going on!

By the way, this article was read out in its entirety on the Sydney
radio show "Out There" by the show host. Indeed, it sparked enough
interest that I later did a 25 minute interview on a later show.
--

The rumors are true. Esoteric techniques ARE being used to make big
money. Whether it be collapsing stocks on Wall Street, or volatile
Commodity Futures, the esoteric traders are out there and growing in
number.

During my eleven career in Investment Banking, my role as Technical
Analyst to a number of major firms gave me the opportunity to not
only hear about these secret techniques, but actually use them to
advise on the investment of huge quantities of money.

What sort of esoteric methods are we talking about? Specifically,
Astrology, Numerology and Sacred Geometry. Why are they still
secret? Because, in the extremely conservative world of Investment
Banking, they are considered highly unorthodox, and hence
illegitimate. The very suspicion that such methods are definitely
being used by major "responsible" banks would cause a media scandal
(and has done so on at least one occasion). Even within the firm,
anyone using such techniques tends to keep them secret from their
seniors. The fact that such techniques work extremely well, and
allow you to forecast and trade the markets in a manner possible in
no other way, is not of the slightest interest.

Astrological techniques are generally used to determine future
turning points - i.e. tops or bottoms - in the market being studied.
However, they can also be used to determine price levels where
falling prices are likely to meet support, or rising prices are
likely to meet resistance to their ascent. In my own work, I tended
to use a clustering approach to determine future turning points in
time. In other words, where several different astrological signals
all line up to the same day on daily charts, or the same week on
longer-term weekly charts, it would signal a high probability
turning point. All of these would then be noted in a calendar, often
years in advance, which could then be consulted on a regular basis
to watch for critical time periods.

Astrological natal charts are also very powerful. As with human
beings, every stock or commodity is considered to have a specific
date of birth. In the case of stocks, for example, this is often the
incorporation date. Hence it is possible to draw up a natal chart
for a stock, and then analyze what is coming up for that stock in
any particular time period, just as you would for a human being.

Remarkable astrological correspondences can be seen around major
financial market events. For example, it has been found that the
1929 and 1987 stock market charts look remarkably similar. Actually,
this is common knowledge in the financial industry. What is not
commonly known is that when moon cycles and Fibonacci numbers are
considered, it is possible to demonstrate that the two charts are
actually IDENTICAL. Moreover, the 1929 crash and the 1987 crash are
separated by an exact number of Fibonacci lunar cycles. The person
who discovered this "Spiral Calendar" phenomenon, an options trader
called Chris Carolyn, put this information to use in the 1989
"mini-crash" and made so much money, he never needs to work again!

Numerology and Sacred Geometry are also used in various forms in the
financial markets. One of the truly great exponents of these
techniques was William D. Gann; reputed to be the greatest trader
who ever lived. Anyone interested in these techniques would do well
to study his books and courses.

Most of his techniques center around the circle, and divisions of
the circle. Hence 360, 270, 240, 180, 144, 120, 90, 72, 60, 45 are
all important numbers in the financial markets, since they are all
exact fractions of a circle (e.g. 270 is 3/4 of a 360 degree
circle). All of these numbers are found to be very important in
studying price charts. For example, you will often find that a
market makes a top exactly 90 days/weeks/months after a previous top
or bottom. Astrologers know 90 degrees to be the Square aspect.

Gann made use of all sorts of strange charts that would not have
looked out of place in a magician's secret chamber. For instance,
the "Square of 9" chart is a number spiral that commences with 1 in
the center position. The numbers 2-9 then spiral around it to form a
second layer, followed by all the other numbers in successive
layers, working outward and getting progressively larger. This was
just one of Gann's square charts. However, he also did number
sequences in hexagons, triangles, and circles. With these tools, you
can plot major market turning points, and then study relationships
between them, using the circular angles defined above (e.g. the
price of the top formed last week is "trine (120)" to some major
previous top or bottom). There are also ways of combining such
charts with Astrology.

Such concepts work on longer term price charts too. Often, you will
find that a market top/bottom occurs 120 months after a previous
top/bottom. Yet, this also illustrates another important market
geometry. After all, what is 120 months equal to? The answer is,
exactly 10 years. Indeed, it is also found that markets turn on
anniversary dates; ten years, five years, one year, six months etc.,
after a previous major turning point, etc. By looking forward on a
long-term price chart from a major previous top or bottom, you will
often find other major turns 5, 10, 15 years and more into the
future. Indeed, Gann kept charts going back decades and, in a couple
of cases (such as Wheat), centuries!

In contrast to these TIME turning points, it is also possible to
determine important PRICE levels where the market has a high
probability of stopping and forming a top or bottom. The simplest
method by far is to determine the midpoint between a previous recent
major top and bottom. This midpoint will then form a support or
resistance to the price action. Hence, it is possible to mark this
point in advance on the chart, and watch to see when the price
reaches it. If it starts to turn at this price level (especially if
we have a turning point in time as well, as discussed above), then a
potential trade is possible. There are many other techniques,
besides the "50% retracement" method just described, for determining
key price levels.

In truth, there are a huge number of powerful techniques available
in both price and time. With these, it is possible to be well
prepared for anything the market might do. Indeed, there are many
traders who work 100% with these techniques ALONE, and have no idea
what is happening in the so-called "real world". They do not watch
CNN; they do not care what the economists are forecasting; it does
not matter to them who the US/UK are bombing this month. All that
matters is the price action, and what their esoteric indicators and
signals are telling them. You may be surprised to hear that many of
these traders do extremely well indeed.

The valuable lesson to draw from all of this is that esoteric
technology has many practical applications that are actually
measurable in a quantitative manner. The same divine symmetries
enshrined in the pyramids and temples of Ancient Egypt are alive and
active in the world today, in ways that still defy exact scientific
explanation. Hence, the esoteric numbers and ratios, discovered and
revered millennia ago, truly are present in all aspects of our
world.

Copyright 2002, Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.
_______________________________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is the author of "The 7 Golden Secrets To
Knowing Your Higher Self". Subscribe to his FREE ezine (and get a
FREE e-book when you do!) to learn easy and powerful strategies for
your spiritual and personal transformation. Discover how to achieve
your life dreams. Visit his website at:
http://www.higherselfsecrets.com?PROX


--Death's Fleeting Love--

Cody Boyde - disturbedguitaristme@...

Passionate hearts, deadly minds
Hands, teeth, and eyes that hurt
Of their own kind
The passion of lovers, one dead, one alive
The night is lonesome cover, cold hands and a warm mouth
The cascade of live red wine
In each other's arms
As the moon does during midnight, his unearthly eyes shine
Lust swarms and overwhelms
Hands, cold, hands fighting, hands exploring
Searching for warmth gone for a century
Within their passion, love will end in mourning, and by morning
There is more to death than a lonesome grave in a cemetery

cause

Death brings life, and life brings Death
Despite the essence of the gory
This is my immortal Amore


<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com
This letter was sent to over 530 recipients! Its copy can be found
at:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/misc.htm#Earlier

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 78 - September 21, 2002
__________________________________________
--Opening Words - I Am--
--The Coded Message--
--This Journey...--
--Your Life As A Mystery School (PXN classics)--
--Who Are You--
___________________________________________

--Opening Words - I Am--

In response to my invitation to a new dialogue, I have received
several e-mails, each telling a way to describe the "I simply am" or
"I Am". That will be today's newsletter's main theme. Let us begin
with two messages from my close friends.

--
Everyone in my life has their own opinion of what I simply am.

To my teachers, I simply am a gifted student,
though my gift is not a simple one.

To my family, I simply am the smart one,
though intelligence comes in all colors.

To my friends I simply am a mentor,
though I have much to learn myself.

To those who know me best I simply am unlucky,
though its the hardest times that teach me the most.

To strangers I simply am just another face,
though behind it lies a great philosophical mind.

To the ignorant masses I simply am misguided,
yet it is they who walk blindly.

To myself and the enlightened, I just simply 'AM'

Anonymous

--
Hi Alex

I wanted to send you a quick note after reading the newsletter.
I liked what you had to say about yourself. I've been sensing
something different about you lately, like you are more detached
than you used to be. Maybe I understand because I've been going
through something similar.

Just as I was getting ready to write to you, I thought of something
I'd read in Secret Native American Pathways. It had to do with
getting emptied out, in order to become like a cleared out
tube...... for what is higher to pass through.
Well it went something like that. And maybe that is what has been
happening to me.

Finding myself in a dream type state a lot lately, with my eyes
open..... with the knowing that about the best thing for me to do
now is focus on the now.

Best wishes always,
Cheryl - Cshees@...

---
Apologies and correction - in the previous issue, I have neglected
to add the relevant link to Mark Andrews's "In The 'Face' Of Fear"
article. My apologies to the author and the readers, and here it is:

http://www.cropcircleconnector.com/2002/Crabwood/crabwood2002a.html


--The Coded Message--

August 18, 2002
Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

Preliminary Decoding Of The Circular Message In The 2002 Face And
Circular Binary Code

"BEWARE THE BEARERS OF FALSE GIFTS AND THEIR BROKEN PROMISES. MUCH
PAIN BUT STILL TIME.............."

Who are "THE BEARERS OF FALSE GIFTS"?

A Little UFO History From Traditional Ufology

1947 - Two winged stealth fighter-looking craft (not saucers) come
down near the Roswell Air Force Base in New Mexico. The going story
is that they were brought down by weaponized radar beams directed at
them from military bases on the West Coast. One non-human survivor
of the incident becomes the first diplomatic link between the US
government and the inhabitants of a huge "mothership" visible to the
world's governments; in high orbit around the earth.

Using information provided from the Roswell survivor, the US Army
initiates "Project Sigma", the effort to contact the inhabitants of
the orbiting object and to establish dialogue in the hopes of
diplomatic relations.

July, 1952 The "invasion of Washington". Over the course of several
weeks, waves of UFOs position themselves and are photographed over
Washington D.C.

February, 1954 - Three silver metallic saucers come into view over
Edwards Air Force Base, California. One of the saucers descends and
lands. Out step three reptilian hybrid exstraterrestrials. Their
race will come to be known as the "hook-nose Greys". These are
official emissaries of the civilization whose space platform is in
orbit around the earth. The Base commanders come to greet the
visitors, and with the aid of the aliens' hand held translators,
begin the first face-to-face exchange between these aliens and the
US government.
The ETs claim that they are the roving survivors of a civilization
that has been forced to evacuate their home world that orbits the
star Betelguise. They say that their star has become a red giant and
created uninhabitable conditions on their home planet. They make it
clear from the beginning that they are searching the Galaxy for a
suitable new home world, and are willing to provide "incentives" to
the US government in exchange for permission to establish base
colonies within the United States. They request a meeting with
President Eisenhower.
The President suddenly "disappears" from Washington much to the
shock of the news media D.C. correspondents.
President Eisenhower arrives at Edwards and opens dialogue with the
aliens. The Greys reveal to Eisenhower that they wish to begin an
education program with the people of earth to acquaint the earth's
inhabitants with their civilization and to teach higher scientific
principles. They also make it clear that they wish to blend their
genetic codes with those of select humans in an effort to fortify
what they claim is their depleting genetic make-up.
They arrange for a variety of demonstrations to show the US
government some of the technological hard ware with which they are
willing to barter to gain permission for the implementation of their
inter-world program with the people of earth. Among the
techno-marvels that they display are stealth technology,
invisibility shielding, laser weaponry, and a process for the
storage and retrieval of information that will be later be known as
the "computer".
Following a few days of negotiations, President Eisenhower aligns
himself with those factors in the government who believe that open
contact with the Greys would lead to the degradation and eventual
collapse of human social order. Others in the government -
particularly the military - urge the President to be open to the
aliens' offers to revolutionize America's technologies. A compromise
is reached that provides for the Greys to secretly scan the
population for subjects who they consider to be suitable for
cross-mating, but that this must be carried out in a manor that
would not draw attention to their actions. The program that we know
as "alien abduction" was begun - the brain-child of the US
government.
The Greys are granted permission to establish underground bases on
government owned property; particularly around military bases.
The "BEARERS OF FALSE GIFTS" are granted a wide berth within which
to operate in the United States.

A few months following the Edwards meetings, there came walking into
the Oval Office human looking extraterrestrials. They identified
themselves as members of a Galactic Federation who had been
monitoring the actions of the Greys, and said that they had come to
caution the people of earth against making any treaties and
agreements with them. They warned that we would eventually destroy
ourselves with the technologies that were being offered to us.
They further warned that we would be double-crossed by the Greys,
and would eventually become their unwitting servants.
The Federation visitors said that they came from a number of worlds
across the Galaxy. (Including human planets in the Pleiades, Sirius,
Altair, and Tau Ceti)
They claimed that their human members were earth's biological
cousins; all the descendants of ancient human colonists. Among the
Federation worlds were the inhabitants of the Zeta Reticuli systems;
who we now think of as the "classic" Greys.

The 2002 crop formation message appears to have been placed by the
Reticulins, and is consistent with their original message of warning
to us, and coupled with their further promise to "keep an eye on"
proceedings on earth as we come to terms with the reptilian
intruders and the unsuspected dangers that our agreements with them
would bring.

Attached are the URLs of the referred images, and a preliminary
interpretation of the binary code message.

Alien Face & Digital Disc -
http://www.cropcircleconnector.com/2002/Crabwood/crabwood2002saa.jpg

Close-Up of Digital Disc -
http://www.cropcircleconnector.com/2002/Crabwood/crabwood2002sac.jpg

The 2002 face and code formation is a couple miles to the west of
Winchester. Another 5 or 6 miles further west is the Chilbolton
Radio Observatory.
Face and code wheat formation 250 feet wide by 360 feet long at Vale
Farm next to Crabwood forest in the village of Pitt near Winchester,
Hampshire, U.K., first reported at 9 a.m. on August 16, 2002
The circle partially overlaying the Alien visage, Appears to
contains digital information comprising of ones and zeros. (Either
flattened or erect corn).

MESSAGE CONTENTS (some missing)
This is the deciphering of the message:

"Beware the bearers of FALSE gifts & their BROKEN PROMISES. Much
PAIN but still time. (Damaged Word). There is GOOD out there. We
Oppose DECEPTION. Conduit CLOSING (BELL SOUND)"

The message consists of 26 Words, interestingly the English alphabet
has 26 letters.
http://www.earthfiles.com/news/news.cfm?ID=3D381&category=3DEnvironment



--Your Life As A Mystery School (PXN classics)--

{This article was originally published in Project X Newsletter # 48,
almost two years ago. It is the first article sent to us by Asoka
Selvarajah, Ph.D., to whom the newsletter is in a great debt. If you
are interested, you can find all the previous newsletters archived
at our website - see the address at the bottom of this e-mail.}

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D.

Mystery schools once existed throughout the Ancient World - Greece,
Egypt, India, China, South America. These spiritual centres provided
a place where students could receive a mystical education by
progressing through a series of spiritual trials and initiations.
The goal was to provide seekers with the highest levels of spiritual
realization - to understand the deep truths of existence, the cosmos
and human life. Initiates of the Mysteries were credited with
wisdom, as well as great magical and occult powers.

The main method of teaching the Mysteries was through myths -
stories with deep mystical and psychological symbolism; for example,
the Greek and Roman Myths. In reality, these stories possessed two
different levels. On the mundane level, the myths could be seen as
simple entertaining tales with light moral undertones. For most
people, this is how they would be received. These were the Outer
Mysteries.

However, for those with eyes to see and ears to hear, there existed
the Inner Mysteries.

Students of the Outer Mysteries would be carefully observed. Some
would show signs of recognition - a clear ability to see beyond the
superficial level of the stories to the more profound meaning. These
few would then be selected for further initiation into the Inner
Mysteries. They would serve under the tutorship of the Master
(Hierophant) of the Mystery School and be taken to ever deeper
levels of spiritual unfoldment.

The teachings were hard. The initiation ceremonies were dramatic and
frightening - seemingly life and death situations where the student
was exposed to his deepest fears and temptations. Perhaps the
mythological stories would be enacted in the depths of a dark cave
to the sound of loud gongs and frightening flashes of light.
Frankly, nobody really knows. Initiates were sworn to strictest
secrecy, even unto death, and these matters were never written down.

Thanks largely to the efforts of organized mainstream religion
throughout history and the world, the Mystery Schools have mostly
vanished on the physical plane. However, they still exist on the
spiritual level. More excitingly, they can come alive right now for
YOU in a personal way - through a profound study of your own
unfolding life.

Prior to your birth, imagine that the spiritual part of you - known
as the Higher Self - made some decisions. It determined precisely
the lessons and experiences you needed to undergo in order to learn,
grow and perfect yourself in all ways. It then chose exactly the
right parents, and the right time and place for you to be born. Ever
since your birth, it has been orchestrating ALL the events and
people in your life to perfectly present you with all the challenges
and lessons you most need in order to develop yourself. From this
perspective, nothing happens in your life by chance. Everything has
meaning. There are NO accidents.

What is the goal of all this? What is the purpose of your life from
this perspective? It is no less than to become a Spiritual Master
over as many lifetimes as it takes!

THIS is the perspective of your life as a Mystery Story. The Master
Teacher of the Mysteries is your Higher Self. Through the trials of
ordinary life, - through perceiving the mythic dimensions of it -
you are presented with the lessons you most need to learn in order
to perfect yourself in all ways.

It is a theory which cannot be definitively proven. However, as the
great mystical teacher, Paul Solomon, once said, life works far
better and makes more sense if we assume it is true, even if it is
not!

The Mystery School perspective is very similar to the way in which
we regard dreams. Modern Psychology postulates that every person,
object and situation in our dreams has deep symbolic meaning. They
are created by a part of our mind that understands and thinks only
in symbols. The challenge is for our waking consciousness to then
make sense of all these meaningful symbols.

This is EXACTLY the same situation that is presented with our waking
lives from the Mystery School perspective. In a sense, as long as we
participate in life unawares, we are still asleep. As soon as we
realize and actively participate in the Mystery School lessons of
our lives, the sleeper awakens to progressively greater levels of
awareness.

If your life is a Mystery School, everything that happens to you is
by design. There are NO accidents. Every person who enters your
life, every situation whether joyous or tragic, every challenge you
face, is there for a specific reason. From this viewpoint, you have
to stop blaming your parents all the time for the way you turned
out. After all, you chose them!

Like King Arthur, Perseus, or Odysseus, you are the hero of your own
personal Mystery Mythology. The events and characters in your life
are the colorful fabrics of which your story is woven.

People and circumstances that you perceive to be enemies and trials
are in fact your greatest teachers. In the Mysteries, the initiators
could appear to the student as demons or monsters - evil forces that
had to be overcome before any further progress was even possible.
These were in truth archetypal forces within the pupil's own psyche
that needed to be wrestled with and brought under control before any
further progress could be made.

Yet, once the lesson had been learned and the demon overcome, it
revealed its true form - as an angel of light. As the Dalai Lama
once said, we need to be grateful to people who mean us harm, for it
is only through conflict that we can grow. From a Buddhist
perspective, there is even more need for gratitude to enemies: they
are actively harming themselves, incurring massive negative karma,
specifically to benefit you! And they don't even know it!

How does this apply practically? Well, have you noticed that certain
scenarios - work difficulties, relationship problems or whatever -
keep cropping up again and again for you? The reason is that if you
refuse to learn a lesson, it will simply repeat again later until
you do. Please don't think that you can go on to the advanced
lessons until you have mastered the simple ones.

It will not happen.

Wherever you go in all the world to escape a lesson, you take
yourself with you! Thus, you can be sure that your Higher Self will
simply orchestrate events to present the exact same lesson/challenge
until you finally get the message.

Moreover, remember this. The Higher Self regards your body as
perfectly expendable! After all, if you refuse to learn the lesson
in this life, it can simply provide you with a new one and the same
lesson can start over where it left off!

In summary, viewing your life as a Mystery School is immensely
beneficial. It provides you with a powerful spiritual perspective.
It makes sense and meaning out of all that happens to you,
enormously increases your chances for growth, and helps you work
towards a firm purpose that transcends yourself. The goal of
becoming a Spiritual Master.

Copyright 2000, Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.

Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is an active writer/researcher on personal
development and esoteric spirituality. Asoka's work helps people
achieve their full potential, deepen their understanding of mystical
truth, and find joy through discovering their soul's purpose. He has
traveled extensively, visiting the world's major spiritual centres
including India, Israel, Egypt and Peru. You can visit his website
at: http://www.aksworld.com/7gs.htm?PROX


--This Journey...--

9-1-02:

This journey I take is one of both dreams and fates, Long have I
waded in the pool that be darkness and hate. But now I walk away
from the darkness to the path of the life and light, renewed with
open heart, body, soul and might. An oath I have swore to our lord
from the above, to do his work as I am now his utensil of will,
direction and perception. I see the war and know the grounds on
which it is fought, for it is here and now that darkness gathers its
strength, feeding upon our dark desires, secret fears and hates, It
is darkness that clouds our hearts and souls with doubt, fear and
senseless rage, though all of us deep within desire only peace and
of good will for all of light's creation. Too many do not yet see
this, those to whom read this are beginning or have begun to see the
battle unfold. But more of us need to see, more of us need to
believe. I ask of you pass this message to all whom you know, our
time is short for this I know. How may you ask be I so sure? Cause I
am one of the seven that shall stand his ground and face the dark
lord in the field of wheat at the time when the clouds be there
blackest and the darkness will walk upon this plane, many souls will
wail in pain and fear, fear not for we are the children of light we
are unto or lord's own. I bid you my love, my everything for without
you I am nothing except one with none. Peace and Light be with you.

Soulb2nworlds - erik_s8@...


--Who Are You--

by Stephen - spiritquestca@...
http://members.shaw.ca/spiritquestca

Tis early morning here on the fur North-West Coastal 40 and enjoying
my second cup of coffee, I Am.

My first cup was leisurely consumed upon the rear deck, in the
company of Brother Owl, chatting to me from a distant limb in the
enchanted forest. "Who, who, who are you?" ....... I Am Stephen,
don't you know? .... "Who, who, who are you?"

Father Sun was beginning to stretch his arms through the trees,
bringing a gentle wake up call to all the critters, I suppose.
Grandfather Wind was yawning, a gentle breeze to stir the little
ones, I suppose. Mother Earth was smiling, I am sure, for it is the
beginning of a beautiful New Day. "Who, who, who are you"?

Silly Night Eagle, I Am ........ your little brother. "Who, who, who
are you?"

Enjoying a magical moment, I am, waiting to see the Tree Fairies and
Elves begin to play in my enchanted forest. For play they do,
scurrying here and there. Playing tag, I suppose. Occasionally to
stop behind one of our Tall Standing Brothers. A moment later to
sneak a peek at me, with devilish grin and twinkling eyes, as if to
say, "I know who you are."

That's better, I was beginning to wonder. "Who, who, who are we?"

Gawd, ...... oops, tis not Brother Owl. Tis the Light of my Soul.
Good morning, Beautiful Lady.

"It is indeed, Beloved, and who are we this fine morning?" .....
Don't you mean, how are we?... "No, Dear One, who do we desire to be
this day? For many fine hats we have."

I'm game, it's a Glorious morning. Let's do something exciting,
something adventurous. Let's manifest a kayak and paddle around the
lake. I would love to see the beautiful homes and yards that cannot
be viewed from the road as we drive by. What fun!

"Hmm, energy you have, enthusiasm you have, yet muscle dexterity is
somewhat in doubt. Perhaps we should leave the explorer's hat on the
shelve for now. How about the story teller's hat?"

One day we are going to paddle around the lake though. You want me
to tell a story, right?

"Well .... err yes and we will. A story would be much less stressful
on such a marvelous day."

Sounds good to me. And I know just the tale. There once was a lady
from ......... "Stephen, sweetie, you are such a good story teller
yet might I have a turn .... pretty please?"

Will I ever get a chance to tell about the lady from Nan....
"Stephen, I am sure you will. Relax now and show me what a good
listener you are. "Do I have a choice? Forget it, go ahead.

"Thank you:

Once there was a wealthy merchant, wise in the ways of the land.
Acquired great riches, he had yet was always searching for more. And
as it happened one day, while traveling through an Enchanted Forest,
(I like that)..... Stephen, listen? ....came upon a mysterious
clearing. Peering into it he noticed, in the distance, a fine
castle. And before him a beautiful meadow with winding path
following a  stream that led to a small lake. What a wonderful
sight, the waters of the lake especially. They glittered, sparkled
.... I must add this place to my estate, he thought. I shall visit
the castle and see if I can buy this land.

On the path his journey began, but before long he began to feel
somewhat odd. Difficult, it was, to understand this feeling. The
further he ventured, the better he felt. This was truly a magical
place.

Approaching the lake he noticed a small hut beside the trail. And a
sign hanging from the porch saying "Guardian of the Toll". On the
porch was sitting a little boy. A truly beautiful child, with golden
hair and deep blue eyes. Now this was a pleasant surprise. Might he
find out more about this place, who owned the castle? Hello friend,
he said.

The boy looked up to him and smiled.

Would you kindly give me information as to how long the path is and
who owns the castle?

In a voice that flowed like a melody upon a harp, the lad said, "Tis
as long as you desire and the Enchantress owns the castle."

Enchantress? Do share more please.

"Tis said that she can grant you your heart's greatest desire."

Wonderful, thank you. I shall journey on.

"First, you must agree to a fair passing toll for traversing this
path before you."

Fair passing toll? ... the merchant asked, the shrewd businessman
beginning to surface. .... What really can I afford?
"That is the toll, only that which you can afford. For each day you
journey you must pay twice as much as you did the day before."

My, it doesn't look to be a long path, what is the first day's toll?

"A penny." says the boy.

Ahh, that I can manage. ... Thinking to himself, the Enchantress,
will be a joy to bargain with for this land. ... Where do I pay this
toll?

"At the end of each day you shall see an urn beside the path. Place
your toll there. Journey well."

Quite content, the merchant continued this now his quest. His steps
light, joy in his heart, was indeed a good day. And sure enough, at
the end of the day there was the urn. A penny and a night's rest,
was a fine day, although he felt that the distance traveled was not
a great as he thought it should be. Oh well. Tomorrow I will achieve
my goal.

At the end of the second day, the urn and two penny's please. I am
sure that the castle seems closer now.

The lake is so beautiful. Each time I drink from it's waters I feel
refreshed. Each time I bathe I feel renewed. How many days has it
been? There is today's urn ......... 256 pennies please. Goodness
that is ten days I have been on this trail. Does the castle look
closer?

The quest goes on, at times a steady pace, then to dally here and
there. To take in the beauty of the land, to breathe the sweet
fragrance of the wind. I must have this for mine own. There is
today's urn. What is this ..... 540,288 pennies please. Twenty days
I have journeyed and don't seem closer than the day before. I must,
though, have this land, it's wonder is amazing. Just think what the
castle will be like.

I do seem to be closer now but I am so tired. I shall bathe in these
mystical waters, renew myself. Tomorrow I shall attain my goal. ....
69,156,864 pennies please. Seven days more I have been. I cannot
afford to tarry any longer.

Twenty eight, twenty nine days ...... Lord, help me please. My
wealth is just about spent yet I seem so close now. Let there be
only one more day.

And so it is that his wish is granted for the next day, the
thirtieth day, he arrives at the gates to the castle. But what is
this ... one more urn. The merchant slumps to the ground and weeps
for on this final urn it says 553,254,912 pennies please.

Lord, I do not have enough for even the toll yet alone to buy the
castle and this land. What has this Enchantress done to me? And at
that moment the gates open. The merchant, still sobbing, struggles
up to the door and knocks.
The door opens to a chorus of Heavenly music and there stands the
lad from the toll hut. "Come in, Beloved, we have been waiting for
you." He takes the merchant's hand and leads him through majestic
halls, with sculptured walls where luxurious tapestries hang,
through rooms where portraits and exquisite paintings adorn every
vantage point. Then into a chamber where sits a magnificent throne
of gold and precious jewels. And upon the throne is the most
beautiful Goddess that he has ever seen.

He can only kneel and bow his head before this Radiant Being.

"Welcome, Dear One, you have journeyed well."

The merchant cried out, .... I have nothing left. I have spent
everything to get here. And I so desired to own this land, this
castle.

"But, Beloved, you are the owner of these lands, the Master of this
castle."

Sobbing ... Oh God, oh God, where am I?

"You are home, Beloved."

What is this home? Who is this beautiful lad, the Guardian of the
Toll? Who are you?

"This is your Heart, Precious Child of the Universe, and I Am Who
you Are."


And as I marvel at this tale, told by the Light of my Soul I can
hear from my window ........

"Who, who, who are you?"


But of course!
I Am
your little brother
Stephen


<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com
This letter was sent to over 530 recipients! Its copy can be found
at:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/misc.htm#Earlier

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 77 - September 8, 2002
__________________________________________
--Opening Words--
--Messages From Beyond 2012--
--All is "ISNESS"--
--The Story of Elijah--
--Thoughts--
--In The "Face" Of Fear--
___________________________________________
--Opening Words--

Hello, my dear friends.

It has occurred to me that it was a while since I have directly
addressed you, besides occasional administrative messages. I am also
(painfully) well aware that it has been over a month since the
previous newsletter, but this period has coincided with a lot of
changes on a personal level, and I had to mentally sort through a
lot of new revelations before directing my attention back to our
humble e-zine.

Just like over a year ago, it has been a period of another jump in
my spiritual development. More of old beliefs and patterns were shed
off, more supernatural experiences have flown in, all of them
interconnected into a curious matrix of meanings, encounters,
dreams, signs. I can even claim that my focus on the present time
was re-gained. Of course, I am now cautious with bold statements
like "Enlightenment achieved! There is nowhere further to go!" That
is far from truth, yet I believe - no, I KNOW - that I've climbed up
another step. Like previously, this small ascension was paired with
a harsh conflict/crisis, yet afterwards came a "rewarding" (<-a word
I actually dislike to use) sense of peace and purposefulness.

One of the things I've fully come to understand - although it can
appear somewhat obvious to many of you - is that I have no need in
(self-)definitions. I don't have to - and wouldn't now know how to -
state what stage of my life I'm at, or what I am now. The labels of
the type "I'm this and that" seem redundant. I simply am. I know
that it is hard to explain verbally, and, interpreted the wrong way,
you can perceive my ramblings as some arrogant proclamations.
Therefore, another invitation to a dialogue. Can you do a better job
than me about explaining the "I simply am"? Are you experiencing
something similar? Or should I go back to school, repeat my English
lessons and try this task again? :-)

Enjoy today's newsletter. I, again, apologize you had to wait for it
for so long. There are some changes that reshape the nature of the
entire Project X as well, as the last bits of our old ideology fall
away, and we establish a simple conversation from one "I simply am"
to another. I will keep you posted on all the changes, as we enter
the period of blissful indefinition...


--Messages From Beyond 2012--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

MESSAGES FROM BEYOND 2012
(My ever-expanding personal theory.)

Communications to us from the makers of the authentic crop
formations, and their meanings for all of humanity.

CAUTION
You may find this to be somewhat unsettling.

WELCOME
You may find this to be tremendously exhilarating.

About "them"; the makers of the crop formations...

THEY are time travelers.
They are our great-great-grandchildren. They are the blending of
human and extraterrestrial genetics.
They are reaching back to us through time in an effort to
(subliminally) better prepare us for the various transitions that
our world and human race are currently witnessing, and are about to
experience on a much more accelerated level (i.e. the passage of our
solar system through hyper-dimensional space / the "Great
Purification" / the inclusion of our world into extraterrestrial and
extra-dimensional societal federations).

The messages.

Just as one cannot gain a clear appreciation for a crop formation
while viewing it from ground level (they are meant to be seen from
above), so it may likewise be that we cannot form an adequate
understanding of the messages that the formations are intended to
convey to us until, through the passing of time and sufficient
layers of complexity, we can glean a "big picture" view of the
over-all patterns.
They began with simple circles woven in the crops. The phenomenon is
reported to go back to the mid 1600's in the fields of Scotland and
England. They were said to be fashioned into the plants by "devil
lights" which would appear over the fields on the night prior to the
discovery of the circles. The circular patterns would come and go
with little acknowledgment from the citizenry of the times. The
development of what we see today as the pectoral glyph formations
began with the dawning of the 1990's.
Fans of Unsolved Mysteries and Sightings may recall a famous
anonymous UFO video tape known as the "Guardian" tape. This
enigmatic piece of home video - shot on the evening of August 19,
1991 near Ottawa, Ontario Canada, at around 10 P.M. - showed a
large, brightly lit flying saucer-type craft resting just above the
ground on a platform of generated energy. To the left of the craft,
a circular formation of burning "flares" formed a pattern in the
tall weeds. The event was witnessed by a woman who lived adjacent to
the property. The next morning, the woman went to check the area
where she had witnessed the strange event. The plants showed no
evidence of having been burnt, nor were there any landing marks in
the field that one would expect with the presence of such a large
craft (estimated to have been 25 - 30 feet in diameter).
It would seem that the "Guardian incident" (so named "Guardian" for
that word's presence on the outside of the video tape) was intended
to usher-in to us a new, more complex phase of "crop circle"
communications. From roughly that moment on, the crop circles began
to evolve into the incredibly elaborate formations that we have
become accustomed to seeing today.
It is also worthy to note that the formation of the Chilbolton Face
(human / alien hybrid), as well as the SETI Response formation
appeared near a RAF radio telescope over-night on the morning of
August 19, 2001,10 years to the day of the Guardian incident.
One would tend to think that this was the result of long-term
planning and not simple coincidence. It would also seem that we were
intended to mentally connect the two events.

Clues And Conclusions

Why England?

Aside from the obvious significance of the regions around Stonehenge
(as well as the very "craftable" fields of crops in Southern
England), there may another clue to the interpretation of the crop
formations by the simple fact of where they have been so often
found. When the Voice Of America begins a news program in a
particular language, it is preceded by a familiar announcement in
English, "This program is in the Portuguese language", or which ever
language is being spoken. Let's allow ourselves to imagine that the
crop formation makers were using a similar ploy by keeping their
patterns in England.

Clue # 1
THIS MESSAGE IS IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
Having established English as the medium of communications, we might
then allow for a second clue involving the fields of Southern
England rather than simply the patterns themselves.

Clue #2
THIS MESSAGE IS COMING TO YOU IN AND FROM "THE FIELD"
(The Quantum "field" of space / time continuum.) By connecting the
activities involving the crop formations with the English language,
the "field" / field mental association can be established.

Clue #3
CIRCLES INSTEAD OF WORDS
CIRCLES INSTEAD OF NUMBERS
The repeated use of circular formations in the early stages of the
phenomenon set up a "base" for communication. Our mathematical
system is founded on a base 10 system.
Perhaps the repeated use of circles in the formations is eluding to
a mathematical system with a "zero-point" value; akin to "zero-point
gravity" and "null time", or where the circle (often refereed to as
the "perfect" shape) becomes symbolic of a dimensional level of
energy vibrations where ALL and ONE are inseparably interwoven -
much like the plants within the formations themselves - and where
the ONE and the ALL interconnect without the "hard and fast"
separations of Newtonian physics.

Clue #4
CIRCLES AS VORTICES In every authentic circular crop formation,
there is a "signature" swirling of plants both toward and away from
a central apex.
This swirling depiction is very close to the regarded movement of
"Prana" (Life Force) energies both in and out of a chakra on the
human subtle anatomy. With their positions upon the earth, these
created circular vortices may also be intended to suggest to us that
the earth itself is a living entity (The Gaia).
In the larger picture, this might also be a way of suggesting to us
that our life energies and those of the earth are inseparably
connected. And that what we do to the earth we ultimately do also to
ourselves.
Another interpretation of the apex-swirl vortex pattern might be a
"black hole" / time travel innuendo, as well as a suggestion
regarding a dimensional door way through which the crop formation
makers have traveled to be in our "here and now".

Assuming that we are receiving messages from our concerned
descendants who are seeking to encourage us to clean up our act and
to make ourselves spiritually / mentally / emotionally /
metaphysically more ready for the changes ahead, one might rightly
ask why they don't just "land on the White House lawn" and make
themselves and their messages irrefutably known. It would be
reasonable to consider that any such time travelers would be
operating within a frameworked set of constraints much like a Star
Trek style "prime directive" of non-interference coupled with the
allotment that we in our time-line continue to operate within the
parameters of our free will.
In other words, if they can encourage us to advance ourselves
motivated by our own internal compulsions, then the temporal
directives would not have been violated.
And aside from that, it would be highly unlikely that the majority
of present day earthlings would respond favorably to the sudden
appearance of human / alien hybrids claiming to be time-travelers
who have come into our reality to save us from ourselves. One would
think that they would be more likely met with bullets than with
brotherhood.

Clue #5
CIRCLES AS WORLDS
A recurring theme in the crop formations is the blending together of
two planet-like circles. This has appeared with such regularity that
we have become somewhat callus to its obvious (and frequently
unnerving) implications.
As humans, we like to regard ourselves as the kings of all hills. We
do not relish the thought of more intelligent - more technologically
advanced- more psychically attuned - more spiritually mature
"aliens" coming into our reality to rearrange our world, whether or
not they come with our best interests in mind. "This is OUR home!!!"
"No one else has any right or business telling us how we should live
OUR lives on OUR planet!! - That is certainly the prevailing
attitude when it comes to "guidance" from beyond.
We always fall back into our collective cave-dweller mentality.

Clue #6
CIRCLES AS MAPS
I would encourage you to find a photograph of the Dresde Codex (The
Mayan Calendar) and then compare it with the photo of the crop
formation that is linked to the bottom of this message. The Codex is
said to show our Cosmic history up until the day December 21, 2012;
the day when the calendar is believed to come to an end. The
formation in the attached link to bear an uncanny resemblance to the
"Mayan Calendar".
I have often wondered if there isn't actually a Mayan language
disclaimer somewhere at the termination of the Codex that says
something to the effect "Now go back to square one but at a higher
level".
As you look at the attached crop formation image, see if you don't
get a similar impression that following 12-21-12 we will be back
where we started, but with a much greater sense of our highest
selves.
http://home.clara.net/lucypringle/photos/2001/uk01cp.html

Mark Andrews
********************


--All is "ISNESS"--

I have always contemplated the idea of "God" to be an embodiment of
all things that exist within the universe, until now I've had
difficulty explaining these views unto others however it appears
that I am no longer alone on the ideas I have always subscribed to.
The conditions of create, of counter-create, of altering what one
sees and ignoring what one knows can be summed up as As-Is (instant
creation without persistence) Alter-Is (creation and
counter-creation of the creation as altered) and Not-Is (effort to
reduce the appearance of an Isness by force). Of these the
mysterious one is Isness -- the 'it IS' condition that tells you it
is not a question of creation or belief or postulate but that
SOMETHING IS THERE TO BE OBSERVED AND WHEN YOU HAVE STOPPED GOOFING
AROUND AND LOOK IT SQUARELY IN THE EYE YOU WILL OBSERVE WHAT IS
THERE TO BE OBSERVED.

To learn and understand the concept and ideals of Isness, I have
included additional information and websites below.

---T12

The following is an excerpt from a email journal written from a very
talented prodigy & research associate of ours who inadvertently
shares a common perception that appears to follow into the same
concept and ideas expressed pertaining to this topic of discussion
which I will share with you.

From: "Joseph Yates" - djayr42@...
To: Time02112@...
Subject: July 14th
Date: Sun, 14 Jul 2002 20:34:04 -0700

Hi, Guys,

I wanted to make sure you got this so I sent it to all the email
addresses I have for you, so expect some duplicates email, OK?
Well, it's only 7:30 PM 7-14-02. The phone has not rung all day. I
am not sure what or if anything will happen later or not. At the
very least the message I got in May of 95' has had my mind working
on the beginning of what reality is.

I have said some of this before, the future is carved in stone. It
is not just one future though, it is all possible futures. You and
me as an energy or a life force with a certain energy composition
will follow a certain path that is spelled out. Change a component
of your energy and you will change only the path your consciousness
will follow or seek a complementary energy to go towards. That is
the only true choice we have.

This is only a small part of a dynamic though. Some of the other
parts as I see them are a purpose the life we have chosen - to learn
and grow as a spiritual being. We exist so the Prime Creator can
experience self. To do this we need to experience all possible
outcomes of the decisions we make, therefore it makes sense that
there would be more then the one reality that we are experiencing
now. More then one you or me existing in other realities making and
taking the decisions we did or did not.

This door has been opened for me and I am going through. I am in a
state of thought where I would not have a problem talking to the
other me's, I would not be disorientated. These statements and ideas
may be just too outrageous for some, but they feel right and make
sense to me. 7 years of looking into time travel, religion,
philosophy. Having a hell of a time trying to make them fit
together, not all the parts do and that's ok. Those parts or the
details that seem to have nothing in common with anything.
Similarities in thought or ideas across time and in various cultures
and their philosophies, the ones the don't seem to go away for some
reason, that is what needed looking at.

I can't claim to have all the answers but I have a tool that can
help me find them - a way of thinking about reality itself and its
dynamic relationship to consciousness and time. I still am going to
be involved in scientific stuff, I am not starting a new religion. I
am trying to break away from the dogma of thought that humans have
put upon themselves. And that is very hard to do. Think about all
the things that guide your actions and thoughts, peer pressure,
society pressure (of the culture you live in), religious pressure,
rules and regulations (of the land you live in), those are a few. I
am not saying to disregard all these things but they are away of
controlling. There seems to be a good idea with some bad stuff
attached to it in a lot of the cases.

I wish I could tell you that something happened, but I can't. Oh
well. I will let you know if anything happens though."

---Joe

Impossible means that you haven't figured out how to do it yet!

*Why Isness Is That Way?
A being is in a sense an Isness: it IS that way. One IS a being, of
infinite dimension and capability. That is what is. There IS a
building around you (if you are in a building) not because you think
so but because there IS. You can walk into it. You can walk out of
it. It IS-is-is-is! And the longer and harder you try to alter its
ising the more degraded YOU might feel because it demonstrates that
you can't do so. http://worldtrans.org/CE/CE-158.HTML

*THE ISNESS
This above all: To thine ownself be true! - Accesses: there is
nothing so sacred as the integrity of your mind.
http://home.att.net/~taschers/index.html

*Neutrality / Isness
Topics: Language of Light Glossary | Search Index | Prose | Poetry|
Humor | Next Focus in Divine Consciousness | Esoteric Teachings /
God Thoughts | Life | Mind / Emotion | The Silence | Mysticism | ? |
Bookshelf | Movie Magic | Music Box | FAQ | Soul-on-Line | IXLNXS -
Please be aware that there is a sister site associated with God
Direct called Soul on Line.
http://soulonline.org/wordlink/neutral.htmSome of the titles below
will take you directly to the Soul on Line site. Use your browser's
"back" button to return to this site once you have enjoyed the
piece.
http://www.goddirect.org/wordlink/neutral.htm

"Everything you know... is Wrong! Soon we shall all discover the
truth."
---T12 of T.A.P.-T.E.N.
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/tapten
http://www.tap-ten.com
http://www.ubmcrew.8k.com

T.A.P.-T.E.N. Research is a proud sponsor of the "Antares Scientific
Network" ASN is an online organization, coordinating scientific
projects (web-groups & web-sites) and promoting the use of Internet
communities for greater scientific interactivity. Joining is free at
any of our programs. Founded in December 2000, with 4300 members in
12 web-groups, the ASN is the first, and one of the largest
organizations of its type... see also:
http://www.next2romania.com/ASN
http://www.asn.zap.to


--The Story of Elijah--

zadtsal4BhajilE@...

I came into this world in 1973 through a severe auto accident, in
which the doctors were surprised I lived through. I was in a coma
for 3 1/2 days, when they came to my mother and told her, we don't
know what was going on, but that I was going to be OK.
Now, my mother was very religious, I THOUGHT. She went to all the
functions associated with church, and read the Bible daily. I
attributed "at the time" my recovery to her being by my side praying
constantly for me and telling the devil he could NOT have me. Kinda
religious, huh! At least that is what I thought, still do. BUT
prayer DOES work, and miracles DO happen. That is a recorded FACT.
That is when I became a walk-in. Although it was literally years
later that I would realize, and allow myself to acknowledge that.
Finally I DID, IT was the ONLY explanation that made any sense for
me being in this world.
You see, from the time of that accident even to this day I have no
memory of anything that had happened to me. Nor any memory prior to
that. That is when I became a stranger in a strange land.

Through the years I read MANY books on UFOs, pyramids ancient
civilizations and religions. Even books on channeling, Jane Roberts,
Seth Materials, Ramtha and the likes. And channeling "at that time"
seamed to best explain my situation. Which in truth WAS what I was
doing. Although no one seemed to understand me except a very few.
Anyhow as time progressed, I was moved to read the Bible, I thought
well that is a very old book, maybe there is something about ancient
cultures, OR, maybe, that book was something an alien race dictated
to gifted people of that day to sometime in the future. Maybe, just
maybe, it was not a religious book at all.

Well then, I did a totally religious thing, I got saved, as they
say, accepted Christ, the whole thing. But religion made NO sense to
me, totally offensive, BS. But as I read more of that book, it
started talking to me. Now I know that sounds strange, but not
really.
I remember the first time it started making any sense to me. I has
been thinking "something" about ETs, or something like that, for 2
or 3 days constantly, 24-7.
When I picked up the Bible and just started to read, whatever page I
opened it to, and there, in front of me, in words, was an
explanation of what I had been thinking about for those 3 days.
To say the least, I was blown away. Now I must explain myself. I did
not understand the meaning of those words on a conscious level. Just
kinda like a real emotional WOW, or as I call it, a really PROFOUND
experience. Something I had NEVER experienced before. So profound
were those words, that I just read them over and over for 2 days.
Even more significant than reading them, I would fall asleep
thinking about them. And after a couple of days, the meaning started
become more on a conscious level. The more I thought about those
words, the more of a "conscious" understanding I would have.

Needles to say, that is exactly why I continued reading "those
words" and meditating on them "in most instances" for long periods
of time. They would be my last thought at night, and my first
thought in the morning. I LITERALLY thought about those words day
and night. I would say them over and over in my mind or read them
over and over. And they would give mean understanding I already
knew, but now I knew it on a conscious level. It's like I knew it in
the back of my mind. And through those words the concepts became
conscious thought. Have I lost you yet?
Believe it or not, I read the Bible for 25 years, yes, TWENTY FIVE.
When I wasn't reading those words I was thinking about them.
I worked in a factory, where I could get my required work done in 4
hrs. and read the Bible the rest of the time. In a soundproof room
with nothing to disturb me, totally isolated. With only my thoughts.

Everyone thought I was religious and the only ones I had much to do
with were those religious people. I would say those WORDS to them
(more of in like a prayer), and after a while they too quit talking
to me. Except a very few and even then very seldom.
Boy! Talking about isolation, my family even thought I was an idiot.
And left me alone. I JUST did not fit ANYWHERE.

THEN, in time, I found Project X, and quite by accident I would add.
You see, nothing of significance ever happened to me when I
consciously thought, well I will go here or go there. Everything of
any significant meaning just KINDA HAPPENED. That has been my
experience to this days in time.

THAT is called "destiny" and the fulfillment thereof. THAT is why I
say FREE WILL must be given up to allow destiny to run its course.
There is literally NOTHING I can consciously do to fulfill my
destiny. It has ALREADY been predestine. The only thing I can do is
to allow it to BECOME manifested into reality.

I know how that last statement could sound to most people. They say,
"But God gave mankind free will," and, yes, he DID. But consider
THIS... What has man done to this point with his free will? Then
does it not seem logical that man is NOT capable of finding TRUE
PEACE through free will, but by allowing destiny to take its course.

If humanity is to achieve TRUE PEACE, and IT WILL, it will NOT be
through free will.

But now I leave a warning to humanity, take heed to IT. Peace WILL
come. Only AFTER free will has run its course that THAT which is
predestined might be fulfilled. And, ALL THAT IS WRITTEN be done.
There again only AFTER the times of much trouble has first come.

The great and dreadful DAY of The Lord IS come. But who should hear?

And WHO, O Lord, shall believe our report. But they who have ears to
hear for to THEM, IT, IS, GIVEN.

Take comfort in this very thing, PEACE IS man's to achieve, and ALL
shall be saved, wet so as by FIRE.

Elijah


--Thoughts--

Star Princess - greyfox1@...

Oct 16/1999
Awoke this AM and lay in bed thinking about time and thought. In
"The Way of The Shaman" there is a quote: "The Great Spirit drew a
line in space and called it "Time" upon one side he gave the Nagual,
all that cannot be named. On the other side he gave the Tonal, all
that can be named.

Mankind is given the ability to think and what we think is called
"Thought". Thoughts are constantly going through the brain. What is
the reason for thought? Most would say we are to learn by thinking
and to know all that humanity has thought, written and said through
ages past. That is just processing the thoughts of others. That
comes under the division called Tonal.

Through perception and awareness, the mind can draw up, from within,
new Knowledge, and that will cause Creation to take place. Within
that creative thought, there lies the Nagual or all that cannot be
named.

When thought rests in awareness and perception, that thought does
not end. No thing ends or dissolves, even thought. That wave coming
through the brain, rushes on out into the atmosphere to be picked up
by a receiver who also is perceptive and aware. This is the way
world Consciousness is built and comes from the Nagual into the
Tonal.

When thought comes out of the Unseen and passes out into the
atmosphere, there are those who are aware, who hear and, in hearing,
that thought becomes multiplied and creates a new world
Consciousness.

With creative thoughts of Love, not fear, we may pass over the
barrier of time into the Nagual, or the Unseen. There we cause a new
world Consciousness to evolve which will dissolve all of the dire
fear predictions of the past. The use of thought is far more
important than going about doing things. Thoughts are the building
blocks of a new Consciousness of Love, which brings all mankind into
that Love.

These are fumbling attempts to uncover the use of thought and to
verify that thoughts are things because thought creates on both
sides of the Line of Time now drawn.

I have a poem or writing I have called: "Baby Thoughts" which shows
how thoughts leave our minds and grow as they pass on and on. There
they multiply as others' thoughts merge. It then becomes
Consciousness co-created by the Great Spirit. Some call it God, the
Creator of All. It matters not what it is called; it is the Source
of the deep inner thought which is co-creative. The Source did not
create once and stop; creation is in constant motion and mankind is
given the power to co-create through his thoughts. (to be continued
later)

Oct.19 /1999 at 11:30 PM
It is already proven that thought does not originate in the brain.
The brain is but a receiver of thought. The great Spirit/Creator
sends out creative thought as a River; that River flows through
minds via receptors in the brain. It is also proven that but a tenth
of the brain is now in use.

When new thoughts pass through from the Creative Thought, those
thoughts find no resting place because they do not conform to what
we have been taught over many centuries. And so they pass on in the
River as unused.

If, however, new thoughts are received and contemplated openly, the
brain opens up to receive more thoughts. On all sides new voices now
proclaim a new Consciousness and each voice speaks in the same vein
of thought but perhaps in a different manner. The one Proclamation
is total, unconditional Love.

Various religions have been set up by fear tactics. Each religion
has started with someone receiving a new thought. Upon that one
thought an entire religion is built and immediately it becomes
fenced in as the Only Way. From this has come the wars and bloodshed
among people for ages, one against another, all based upon fear..

When a person tries to put Thought from the Creator into puny words,
those words fail for the Creator rests in the unseen Nagual where
things are unseen by third dimensional senses. Mankind has
difficulty even understanding the unconditional Love of the Father
of all. Man thinks of love as "if you do such and such I will love
you" as though love must be earned. And so religion is based upon
the same premise. To be loved by the Father/God/Creator man must
earn that love.

So each religion has its Saint, its Redeemer, its Stand-in and that
being is worshiped instead of looking to the Creator of all. The
blindness of human perception has taken all mankind far from the
Shores of Heaven where Love alone reigns. Heaven is not a place;
Heaven is a state of joy, peace, abundance in all areas.
(to be continued)

Oct. 23rd
The Line placed in space by the Great Spirit is now becoming Total
Oneness. The Nagual and the Tonal now merge to become a new Species
formed to seed the Galaxies and create new Stars. Instead of Beings
on one side or the other of Time, they now become Total Time which
liquidates time to be no more.


----------
Editorial supplemental: The above excerpts from a journal, that Star
Princess has sent to me, gave me an idea. Many of us have thoughts,
ideas and conclusions, expressed in our diaries and journals. If you
feel comfortable to share them, you are, by this, invited to publish
them in our newsletter. Let the monologue of your mind become a
conversation of many souls.


--In The "Face" Of Fear--

Are we missing the boat? (Or the star ship?)

August 18, 2002

Linda Moulton Howe, a well known crop circle researcher, (during her
regular segment on Whitley Strieber's Dreamland radio program last
evening) eluded that she is leaning toward the persuasion that the
2002 crop formation face is most likely the work of earthlings as
opposed to ETs. She seemed most suspicious that the formation could
be the work of Disney Corp as a way of promoting their hit movie,
"Signs". Admittedly, Ms. Howe has not seen the film, and was
speaking of her first reaction when confronted with an image of the
pectoral glyph. (And as Mr. Strieber quickly pointed out, the face
in the 2002 image bears almost no resemblance to the aliens in
Signs.)
In her interview with the farmer who works the field in question,
Ms. Howe's inquiries to him, and his responses, often seemed given
in a way that left the listener circling around the "hoaxer"
hypothesis. The farmer said that the formation developed over the
course of several nights, beginning with the appearance of the
rectangular framing. However, he also stated that he did not see
anyone in the field through the course of the formation, nor were
there foot prints or other signs of human activity.
Ms. Howe was suspicious of the fact that the face formation was not
created in a pattern consistent with the nearly instantaneous
appearances of previous (bona fide) impressions.

Another view.

When you click on to the particular image of the 2002 face linked at
the bottom of this message, you might be first taken by the fact
that the image was - indeed - created in a non-traditional process.
Instead of being flash-projected into the crops, this pattern
appears to have been "waved" into place by currents of undulating
energies; creating the 3-D effect through "molded" lifting and
falling arrangements of the plants. The waves also give the facial
image the pixeled qualities of having been televised. (It looks like
it's coming across a TV screen.) This would certainly seem to be a
new technique in the long history of crop circling.
But forget the face for a moment. Again, we have a circular pattern
that might be the heart of the intended message (the face is the
obvious attention getter.) Regardless of any coded information that
may or may not be contained within, this circle does NOT conform to
the stomping /pressing process employed by earthly pattern makers.

IF JUST THIS CIRCLE - WITH ITS HIGHLY PRECISE ENCODING - HAD
APPEARED OVER NIGHT, THERE NO QUESTION AND NO DEBATE THAT IT
REPRESENTS AN AUTHENTIC- CONSISTENT - TRUE TO FORM, "CROP CIRCLE"
EVENT.

I would fully expect that there will be those in the "skeptical" and
hoaxer communities who will come forward to try to take credit for
this formation. I'm also expecting that we will hear fake
testimonies from individuals who will claim to have watched as the
pattern was hoaxed.
These are "spins" that we've become accustomed to.
Many in ufology have become overly defensive in light of the
relentless assaults of "skeptics" and disinformers. We're more
afraid of being fooled, discredited, and ridiculed than we are
afraid of missing the appearance of "the real thing".
Perhaps we need to step back just a little to allow our thoughts to
clear.

Let's pretend for a moment that there had never before been anything
in the "crop circle" arena before the appearance of the 2002 Face;
no circles, no hoaxers, no theories... nothing.

Let's say that the image on the attached link had appeared as it is
from "out of the blue" over the course of 3 - 4 days last week. The
event would have been seized upon by the global media and heralded
as the clear, unquestionable, earth-shaking, history changing point
of "contact" with a civilization from elsewhere that has
demonstrated the capacity to employ energies of incomprehensible
potential.
The whole world would be glued to their television screens in
anticipation of the next - obviously in the making - contact event.
So then (considering the 2002 Face) why are we not now watching the
skies; fine-tuning our receivers; wearing quirky hats and making
silly placards in anticipation of welcoming our off-world visitors?

What have we lost along the way that has so drained our capacity for
wonderment?

We have become far more fearful of the hurtful, fear-based
assailings of our fellow earthlings than toward any potential
dangers from "out there".

In my opinion, if Disney Corp is responsible for the 2002 Face
formation, then they have already achieved levels of technology
beyond those that power and drive the star ship Enterprise.

One of the going "come-backs" that crop circle researchers throw
back when confronted by those who assert that all crop formations
are hoaxes is:
"Just because you can counterfeit a $20 bill doesn't mean that all
$20 bill are counterfeit."

And "Amen" to THAT! Now, take a look at the image on the attached
link and tell me if you don't think that THIS one isn't just a "20",
but is more toward the denomination of a G-note!

Mark Andrews


<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com
This letter was sent to over 530 recipients! Its copy can be found
at:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/misc.htm#Earlier

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 76 - July 19, 2002
__________________________________________
--Opening Words - Updates and Corrections--
--Who Is The Higher Self?--
--Star Child Breaking News & Predictions--
--Cosmic Angels Website--
--Human Soul and its Evolutionary State--
--My Reality Is Better Than Your Reality - Or Is It?--
--Meditations In My Favourite Places In Southern Africa - Press
Release--
___________________________________________

--Opening Words - Updates and Corrections--

First of all, allow me to apologize for the long delay since the
last message. My exams (both academical and spiritual ones) were/are
time-demanding; add to that a few major changes within Project X,
which will be mentioned further.

A correction: in the Asoka Selvarajah's article "Lessons From The
Animals", published in issue # 75, the name of the authoress of the
book "The Voice Of The Infinite In The Small" is Joanne Elizabeth
Lauck, not "Johnny Elizabeth Lack" as stated. Our apologies.

SpiritWeb.org has terminated its newsletters service. From now and
on, Project X Newsletter is mailed only through Yahoo Groups
services. Unfortunately, that means that we've lost approximately
2/3 of our subscribers. I would also like to thank all the readers
from SpiritWeb that decided to remain on this mailing list, despite
this minor change of service.

Project X chat is closed, since it has ceased being Project X's open
chat and became a few people's closed private club. I'd like to
apologize to all those who wanted to join the live conversation and
were offended or thrown off by the "clubbers". I tried to deal with
their immaturity, but it was both too late, and the whole experience
was reminiscent of banging my head against a brick wall :-) I guess
it is my lesson to accept that I can't make all the people better,
and that I can't be friends with everybody. It is their own task to
grow, eventually.

The URL for our message board has changed. To participate in Free
Spirits board discussion, where you can talk about the newsletter
articles or anything else, spiritual, philosophical, paranormal or
daily, go to http://azure.bbboy.net/freespirits . This board
provides the users with much more options than the old forum:
members can exchange personal messages, stylize their messages, have
a person picture (an avatar) under their registered nicknames, edit
and even delete their own messages, and so much more. See this as an
invitation :-)


--Who Is The Higher Self?--

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D

Throughout the ages, Ancient Wisdom has taught the existence of
something that transcends everything we know, and yet is an integral
part of our very being. It has been referred to with many titles:
Guardian Angel, Inner Genius, Higher Self.

If our own brain is beyond our understanding, how much more
mysterious and incredible is this strange being we call the "Higher
Self". What can it be? What "self" can possibly be higher than the
one you are already familiar with? If this "self" is truly higher
than what we are normally aware of, how can it be truly called
"self"?

Let us attempt a definition:

"The Higher Self is that part of you that connects you directly to
the spiritual realms. It is eternal, infinitely wise and transcends
your everyday consciousness. It is in touch with the Divine because
it is part of it. Attaining knowledge of the Higher Self, and its
depths of inner wisdom, is the goal of the Spiritual Quest in all
its many guises throughout the world, and throughout history."

Thus, you are not simply the total of your conscious and
subconscious. There is a part of you that transcends both. It
exceeds anything you know with your present awareness. It is beyond
anything you can possibly know through normal rational thought. You
are connected to the Divine, and this is where it manifests.

To most people, this concept may seem highly unlikely, or even
absurd. However, a growing body of scientific evidence also suggests
that there IS a source of superior intelligence within all of us.
There is an inner capacity that most us are unaware of, and are
largely unable to access.

In the Indian philosophy of Samkhya, the term for this higher
consciousness, which pervades the entire universe, is Purusa. It is
believed to be free of the limitations of space and time, and is
also uncaused by anything external to itself. It is free of both
pleasure and pain. It is above thought.

Throughout this article, we use the term "Higher Self". However, you
can also take this to include the "Inner Genius" too. There is no
real distinction between what might considered "spiritual"
intelligence, and more general super-normal functioning; such as the
ability to read and learn at superhuman speeds or the ability to
perform mathematical calculations at lightening speed. In truth,
such extraordinary abilities are only part of a vast continuum that
lies concealed within us. It covers a vast span - all the way from
the spiritual height to incredible levels of performance at more
earthly levels.

Through following the principles described in this book (see contact
information below) for developing contact with the Higher Self, you
will also make it possible to create a whole range of dramatic
changes in your everyday life. What many consider impossible is easy
for those who have made contact with the Source of All.

Why Access The Higher Self At All?

Some people may be alarmed at the whole idea of accessing a "Higher
Self". After all, doesn't that imply losing control and being
invaded from something from the outside? Wouldn't you lose the very
essence of who you are?

These ideas arise from a misunderstanding about (a) who "you" are
and (b) who the Higher Self is. In truth, the Higher Self IS you -
all that you are meant to be. The only reason we even talk about it
as if it were an entity from elsewhere is because we have been
trained from birth not to fully express the magnificent divinity
within us and be all that we are fully capable of being. That is
what the Higher Self really is; the best you that you are capable of
being.

If you were manifesting your very best right now, do you think your
brain capacity would be lying 99% dormant? Of course not.

The problem we all face is that we identify ourselves with the small
"I". This is the ego consciousness that we have gradually developed
throughout our life. However, this is not really all that you are.
Your ego, your conscious mind, is only a small part of your total
being. It is shaped by childhood, by what you were told as you were
growing up, by the knocks and bruises of life, as well as the
pleasures and joys. In part, it is formed from the life experiences
that you have had up to this point. However, it is also partly
created from your subconscious, and your connection to the
Collective Unconscious.

Thus, your personality consciousness is subject to constant change.
It is not an absolute. It alters through life experiences,
psychiatric therapy, or a range of other influences.

However, despite the shifting circumstances of existence, most
people recognize, at least fleetingly, the existence of a changeless
eternal part of their nature. In these moments, they have made
contact with their essential eternal being; who they really are.

So really, the Higher Self is not some sort of invading being.
Rather, it is more truly you than you ever have been allowed to be.
It lets more of those moments of true recognition into your life.
Eventually, you are enabled to live your entire life from a point of
full awareness of your changeless divinity.

Copyright 2002, Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.
_______________________________________________________________
This article is an excerpt from Dr. Asoka Selvarajah's new book,
"The 7 Golden Secrets To Knowing Your Higher Self". You can find
full information about the book, as well as subscribe to his FREE
ezine and FREE 14-day LifeBreakthrough Course, by visiting...
http://www.aksworld.com/7gs.htm?PROX


--Star Child Breaking News & Predictions--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

June 15, 2002

Breaking News From Homie

"The Aliens Won The War For Us."

      When I got home this morning, my 5 year old star child neighbor
(Homie) came racing up to me on his bike and said that he had some
things he was suppose to tell me about. He said that the information
had been given to him by the good aliens.
      In order to make his information as clear as possible, he asked
to use my globe as a reference point. He showed me the areas of the
"city" (earth) that were safe and those that were not.

NOT SAFE:
Pacific NW (Cascade Mountain range)
Southern CA. Baja CA, Mexico
New Madrid region
(SE Missouri / So. Illinois Western Kentucky - and Arkansas in
particular)
Missouri / Oklahoma / Arkansas convergence
New York City, Up-state New York
Hawaii
Central Mexico, Guatemala
Canadian polar region
Philippines, Indonesia
SE China, Hong Kong, Taiwan
Japan
Baltic Sea region
Turkey, Iran, Iraq
(Gratefully, India / Pakistan were NOT on the list.)

SAFE:
Michigan, N Ohio, N Indiana
N Illinois, Wisconsin, Minnesota
N + S Dakota, Iowa, Nebraska
Central Canada
Scotland
North Africa
Australia

      Homie didn't elaborate as to exactly what made each area "not
safe", but it doesn't take a geologist or geo-political expert to
discern the most likely scenarios for possible reasons for caution
in those locales.

      He said that the good (green) aliens had "won the war for us"
against the "bee-head" aliens who live underground, and that our
city (earth) could now be safe for us to live in again. However,
Homie also stated that there were "bad people" who were helping the
bad aliens and that they would still be trying to take over the
world for themselves.
      I asked him if there is something big coming toward the Earth
(Planet X). He reflected for a moment  - appearing to be receiving a
transmitted response to my question - and said, "No, that's just a
joke;" in the same breath he continued, "God lives in space with the
good aliens, and He's coming to take us up into space ships so we
will stay safe. THAT'S what they're seeing."

      Comments????

[Editorial remark - for the article about Homie see newsletter # 75
- http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/PXN75.htm#StarChild ]



--Cosmic Angels Website--

Cosmic greetings to all. My name is Lydia Lukidis and I am a jewelry
designer for a company I created, Cosmic Angels. I derive
inspiration from the angels, and through the artistic medium of
jewelry, I deliver their messages of Light, Love, Ascension, and the
new world to come.
Please check out my site at http://www.cosmicangels.ca
Cosmic peace to all!!


--Human Soul and its Evolutionary State--

Brenda - Brenlamb9@...

At present, the human soul's evolutionary state of existence is
likened to a projected stream of counterbalancing energy. The Soul
en-masse has to now project itself forward through, out of the
earth's influence and onward into the next dimension, in order to
prepare the way for the soul-state which hasn't quite advanced to
the required state of evolution, so will need certain conditions to
give it the necessary degree of confidence before it will accept the
directions given.

===================================

Dearest children of the earthly existence. I am now working through
this child to establish in your hearts a form of understanding which
will hopefully see you through the next stage within your
development toward returning to your Divine Heritage - your
spiritual home. This can be accomplished when you have the required
framework incorporated into your heart chakras. You will
automatically recognize if this is activated within yourself, as I
continue with this little message.

The idea is to steadily introduce you to a program of raising your
consciousness. The ultimate goal in all of this, will be to enable
you all to form within your consciousness a far greater existence
for you than you presently know.

Carefully, we now place our feet forward. As we take our first step,
we find ourselves on the outside of our existence, looking at
ourselves.

We mentally take note of what we find, for now we see ourselves,
maybe as others see us. But we are not at all worried as to what
others think of us, no! We are only concerned with how we appear to
us. There will undoubtedly be one or two things we would like to
change. What can we do about this? I will now tell you.

Everything you will ever need will be found within yourself! Having
established this fact, we now need to call upon our heart chakra to
open. We will then ask our heart chakra to send a blanket of Love
and Compassion to those aspects of us we would like to change.

Then we would call upon the Essence of Existence to transmute those
aspects, allowing them to become a part of the Love and Compassion
within our heart chakra.

======================

The world is a wonderful place - if we allow it to be so.

There is so very much we DON'T know, and we are still trying to
prove to each other that which we DO know, that we have no time to
sit still and ask to be given information on what is next on the
agenda, so I have been asked to provide this information for your
convenience.

There are, just now at this moment of our time in our existence, a
whole new range of energies advancing into the earth's environment,
and they are of necessity of a much finer vibration owing to our
advancement from the third dimension, and on into the forth
dimension, which is what we are even now progressing through.

However, we are not going to remain in the forth dimension for very
long. It is merely a preparation for our entrance into the fifth
dimension where we shall find ourselves working with even finer
vibrations than those which are just now entering into our
consciousness.

In order to maintain our status within the Wheel of Life, we are
going to have to still the mind on the conscious level, and become
accustomed to these finer vibrations, which are in effect allowing
more and more Light into our cellular structures so we will be more
suited for the fifth dimension.

The changes are coming, but not before we are ready to cope with
them. Our friends within the World of Spirit, as we are accustomed
to calling everything that is not of the world of the earth plane,
do not wish for the total annihilation of Humanity, so they are
going to prepare ALL for their particular role within this coming
growth period for Mother Earth.

There are many aspects to Humanity, which are at this moment totally
segmented from the point of view of the earth plane. However, from
the point of view of those apart from the earth plane, this is just
not the case, and as we come into the fifth dimension proper, then
we shall truly see that we are NOT the fragmented societies we see
ourselves to be, and we will become One Whole Body of Humanity
working together fro the good of our Brothers and Sisters.

The more we can allow the Higher understandings of life to enter
into our awareness, the more light we allow into our cellular
structures, and so the easier it will become for those who are to
follow in our wake regarding our evolvement. It will be far too late
if we were to wait until we see the 'whites of their eyes' before
thinking of these understandings, in other words we must begin now,
to master the higher aspects within ourselves, at the same time
subduing the lower, and coarser side of our nature, this is in
preparation for its eventual extinction.'

To read more of this article, go to
http://www.thesanctuaryofthelamb.net and click on Human Soul.


--My Reality Is Better Than Your Reality - Or Is It?--

What is reality? Each of us has our personal read on it. Yet, nobody
knows for certain. Each of us is locked into our own paradigm, and
can only see things that way. The same world in which we all live,
is actually totally different, depending upon who is viewing it. It
is perhaps for this reason, more than any other, that our planet
abounds with conflict.

As an example, take the different worldviews possessed by myself and
my cat Hermes. Each of us lives in the same world. We see almost
exactly the same things. However, our interpretations could not be
more different. I watch the TV and watch politicians discussing the
latest world crisis. My cat views the same pictures and sees
something different. He probably does recognize the figures as
people. Nevertheless, the noises they are making, and the things
they are doing, have no importance to him. In fact, in his world,
there is NO world crisis.

When we both look out of the window and see a cat, the significance
we each infer is totally different again. The roles are now
reversed. To me, it is a cat and nothing more. To Hermes, there is a
tremendous significance in its actions that I cannot fathom. There
are levels of meaning present that I am blind to. He watches
intently and his body becomes tense. In my world, there is nothing
much going on, but in his there is.

People can be like this too. A person born a Muslim, a Jew, a
Christian or a Hindu experiences a totally different world to the
others. Even in mundane secular affairs, the same applies. One
person's fundamental assumptions often do not permit them to see
things that are clearly present to another.

This point was very plain during my former career in Investment
Banking. During this period, I functioned as a Technical Analyst: a
market forecaster who uses price charts of past market action to
predict the future market direction.

Clearly, I had spent many years involved deeply in this subject, and
had developed an expertise for it. Moreover, many unbiased people
found that my work was effective. However, throughout my career, I
always found myself in conflict with the economists. These people
function as the "establishment" within the banking industry, and
like to think of themselves as the intelligentsia. In their world,
the markets are random, and have been proven so by "infallible"
mathematical procedures decades ago. The argument is closed.
Consequently, anything I was doing that assumed price relationships
between one day and the next was utter nonsense; to be completely
frowned at. The fact I was doing it marked me as a person of clearly
inferior intelligence, and not to be taken seriously.

In one instance, I even tried to demonstrate some of my methods to
one self-pronounced Finance professor. Amazingly, he literally could
not see what I was showing him on screen. To me, a bond or stock
price chart is a meaningful connected entity, whose past relates to
its future. There is a continuity present between the dots. To him,
all he saw was a series of daily points, with no connection
whatsoever. Hence, he could not comprehend what I was trying to
explain. It was not a matter of intelligence. Rather, our brains
were seeing totally different things when we looked at the same
data.

As a result of different presuppositions to mine, he lived in a
totally different world. Not only did he not believe in the
possibility of what I was doing, in HIS world, it literally IS
impossible!

Especially in the matter of human affairs, reality is a relative
matter; relative to the individual mind viewing it. You would do
well to always remember this whenever you are in conflict with
another, or when you see the terrible conflicts taking place in the
world. For example, what is a definition of sanity? If there is one,
it is determined by the habitual behavior of the majority of the
population. Certainly, the insane do not regard themselves as such.
The very definition of sanity depends upon the prevailing culture.
The Biblical prophets, with their ranting visions of doom, might be
locked in an asylum today. Yet, in their time, their words were
preserved and regarded as holy scripture.

Even good or evil cannot be absolutely defined. It is necessary to
make final reference to a deity who is beyond question; in truth, a
sort of philosophical "cop-out". Of course, the only question that
then remains is whether that deity exists at all! That question, and
the specific nature of the deity and its pronouncements, is itself a
source of massive world conflict; another source of "reality
relativity".

At present, the political powers of the West would like to picture
the present world conflict as a battle between Good and Evil;
themselves being "good" of course. Only the extremely naive would
ever take such claims seriously. Human motivation is far too complex
to ever be reconciled into such simplistic dualistic formulas as
Good and Evil. In every conflict that ever existed, the "evil" enemy
also considered themselves to be the force of Good. Each side is
always trapped in its own paradigm, its own "rightness", and is
thereby prevented from achieving a true understanding. Each is bent
upon the destruction of the other. This is proof, if any were
needed, that whilst our toys have become ever more sophisticated,
our minds clearly have not.

The innate Buddha/Christ Consciousness that underlies our being
perceives all things as they really are. That is why esoteric
teachings constantly exhort us to get in touch with the only reality
there is: the Reality within. However, the interaction between our
senses and our intellect, create delusive layers that obscure that
reality. They are delusive because they have not developed under the
guidance of higher consciousness. Rather, these layers - which we
call out life experience - have developed largely without
discrimination as a result of cultural and environmental influences.

The human brain is remarkably efficient at extrapolating meaning
from a very small amount of data input. Doubtless, this was useful
at a time when detecting even the slightest movement in the long
grass could mean the difference between life and death. However, in
the present day, this ability leads us to rapidly draw and store
conclusions that are often erroneous. The intellect continually
creates mental shortcuts, without truly checking out all the facts
available. Even when we do, we must inevitably filter them through
the framework of our previous mental constructions and prejudices.
In that sense, we are all slaves to our own intellects and the
forces that shaped them. We are locked into a box of our own
creation. That is why esoteric teachings emphasize that
Enlightenment is a process of going beyond the intellect and
contacting the higher consciousness once more.

One key to improving relations, both on a personal and international
level, may be to go beyond mere mutual understanding. We need to
realize that we cannot totally understand the other person's world,
because we have never truly experienced it. In realizing this, and
in nevertheless being willing to celebrate the differences without
necessarily understanding them, we can a long way to eliminating the
blocks to human progress that seem so impassable.

The best way to approach our personal view of reality is to consider
it a useful model, and nothing more. Let us not take ourselves too
seriously, or get too attached to what we regard as "facts". When we
approach another being, we are approaching a wholly different world.
It may bear a resemblance to our own, depending upon the extent of
common education and cultural heritage we share (or lack) in common.
However, it can never ever be completely the same.

"Reality" does not lend itself to revelation through intellect.
After all, many of the great conflicts of history have been battles
between world views. So let us be less willing to believe all the
hype and simplifications that we are continually presented with, and
which appeal to our intellect's taste for simplified rules to
believe. Rather, let us seek to be ever less judgmental and more
willing to work upon revealing the ultimate Reality; that which is
within.

Copyright 2002, Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.

_______________________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is an active author/researcher on personal
development and esoteric spirituality. Asoka's work helps people
achieve their full potential, deepen their understanding of mystical
truth, and find joy in their true soul's purpose. You can visit his
website at: http://www.aksworld.com/7gs.htm?PROX


--Meditations In My Favourite Places In Southern Africa - Press
Release--

5 Star Reviews for: Meditations In My Favourite Places In Southern
Africa by Gail Evans

A travelogue for outer journeys through Southern Africa and inner
journeys of the spirit garners 5 star reviews. Described as: "..a
unique and wondrous, deftly written .. experience...;""..a good wine
that you want to continuously savour and never to be forgotten...;"
"..an inspiration to read...;" it deeply touches all those who have
read it.

Midwest Book Review

"... Meditations In My Favorite Places In Southern Africa is a
unique and wondrous, deftly written and highly accessible Southern
African experience..."

Norman Goldman: Bookideas.com,The Best Review & BootsnAll.Com

"... can be compared to a good wine that you want to continuously
savour and never to be forgotten..... It is refreshing to read a
book that enables us to forget the many tragedies of the world and
to just sit back and enjoy Mother Nature...."

Carl Burnham: southpoint.com

"... In our hectic, fast paced world, it is sometimes easy to lose
sight of the important things in life. Gail Evan's book is written
as a serendipity guide, that uses visual images of nature found in
Southern Africa, to help you relax and gain a better perspective of
the world around you. The author takes you on an engaging tour of
the region, offering her inner perspective on living the contented
life as well, that is an inspiration to read..."

Rebecca Brown from Rebecca's Reads.com.& author of: Standing The
Watch: Memories Of A Home Death.

"... Gail Evans' writing is ebullient and endearing, technical
errors notwithstanding. I, for one, am so glad I have read her
MEDITATIONS IN MY FAVOURITE PLACES because now, when I travel, I
have a deeper experience of what my eyes see. As I live with the
stresses of ordinary life, my heart has been engaged, and I now have
lessons on how to maintain the health of my soul..."

Book Description:

A travelogue for outer journeys through Southern Africa and inner
journeys of the spirit!
Explore the splendours of Southern Africa. Visit wide-open vistas,
coastlines, deltas, forests and mountain ranges. Journey through
space and time where the end of each and every chapter takes you
through a meditative unveiling of the seven chakras. Indulge
yourself in the wonder of nature!

Meditations In My Favourite Places In Southern Africa by Gail Evans.

List Price: $12.95

Paperback: 105 pages ; Dimensions (in inches): 0.36 x 9.02 x 6.02
Publisher: Writer's Club Press; ISBN: 0595200869; (October 2001)
Cover design: Fil Van DenBos. (copyright 2001)

Meditations In My Favourite Places In Southern Africa by Gail Evans,
is available from Amazon.com and all leading on-line bookstores.

For Additional Information, Please Contact:
Gail Evans
Author
http://gailevans.tripod.com/gailevans
*27-11-7936049
gevans@...

{Editorial remark: the book was also advertised in Project X
Newsletter # 65}


<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com
This letter was sent to over 530 recipients! Its copy can be found
at:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/misc.htm#Earlier

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 75 - May 31, 2002
__________________________________________
--Opening Words- Forgiveness for Power--
--Spirit Guides: A Lesson in Communication--
--Lessons From The Animals--
--The Hour Of Power--
--Amazing Star Child--
--Contours (Between Crimson Shadows)--
___________________________________________

--Opening Words - Forgiveness for Power--

Randolph Fabian Directo - freeenergy@...
http://www.777-health.com

Before we proceed with Visual Ray Psionic Exercises or any other
type of psionic exercise for that matter we need to be unimpeded by
emotional baggage, and focused with the ability to devote our entire
being to the purpose at hand with complete clarity.

Right now people all over the world from all walks of life are
generating their own psychic energy, but, in general, this psychic
energy is weak, amorphous without purpose with a mostly depressed,
life negative effect. Let's face the facts: In today's "civilized"
world we are bombarded by petty emotions, trivial pursuit, and
distortion of the truth by our friends, our families, academia and
commercialism. Our political figures and life "experts" perpetuate
trivial pursuit and discursive thought patterns by acting on our
smaller concerns rather than society at large. Somehow, the people
of this "free" society do not want to take responsibility for a
government official that accepts payola to act in favor of large
industry. Then we live vicariously through our fictitious "heros" as
they commit acts of violence and mayhem, while our children, unable
to discern the difference between right and wrong because of their
up bringing commit acts of violence.

To top it off a hidden, dark society utilizes mind control
technology to provide the illusion of "freedom" as it weakens the
minds and hearts of the people - just as sodium fluoride in drinking
water subtley accelerates the aging process and the Federal Reserve
subtley took over the United States through economic conquest.

If the people were thinking with any real clarity, then we would be
using space age medical technology instead of expensive drugs and
surgery for chronic ailments. We would have over unity energy
technology instead of polluting, fossil fuel burning technology and
despoiling of natural resources. We would have have weather control
technology instead of barren waste lands, natural "disasters" and
starvation. We would have a spiritually oriented, debt-free society
that actually follows holy scripture instead of a land wreaked by
depression, recession, inflation, and terrorism.

Imagine the kind of psychic energy that is produced every day by an
ego-driven person who had his natural living functions distorted and
suppressed through most of his life - and multiply it by six
billion.

The first step towards clarity for any purpose is very simple:
Forgiveness. Of all the powers that the Lord has granted humanity,
forgiveness is the most powerful. "How is this?" You may ask. Now,
you are in my realm. If you ask how forgiveness can possibly be the
greatest power that God has given us, then you have entered a
strange place where interpretations and perspectives are different
from the mainstream. Forgiveness begins with your self perspective.
"As A Man Thinketh In His Heart, So He Is" (Proverbs 27:19)

You must realize that your point of view will make all the
difference in the outcome of any affair - be it psionic combat,
handling a relationship or whatever. Forgiveness begins with inner
directed listening for God's answers as opposed to being outer
directed - listening to a supressing culture.

By using chess, we can illustrate the fundamental difference which
exists. Consider the contrast between the knight and the pawn. The
pawn can only go in one direction, in a straight line, with only one
objective. It has no volition, no options, no will in him but to
reach that objective. The knight, on the other hand, goes all over
the board. Because of his peculiar way of moving, he can, with a
little luck on the part of his player or a little carelessness on
the part of his opponent, appear in a place where he is not expected
and wreak havoc on the opposition. His greater mobility is
representative of the will of a warrior - while a soldier like the
pawn is outer-directed. He follows the directions of others around
him and is conditioned not to think for himself.

The warrior, in contrast, is inner-directed. He follows no guidance
but his own: The warrior knows when to forgive. The warrior knows
when it's time for peace. The warrior knows when it's time to go
forward in life. Most of all, the warrior has a conscience.

Joshua marched his army around the city walls for seven days,
accompanied by seven priests carrying seven trumpets. On the seventh
day they circled Jericho seven times, shouted, and the walls fell
down. Joshua and his army of warriors, seven of whom were priests,
performed what seems impossible - even today.

Therefore, you must begin by examining yourself. Are you an
inner-directed person? Now, be honest. We would all like to think of
ourselves as standing on our own, apart from the whims of the crowd,
despising fad and fashion. It is part of our national mythos as
Americans. The fact is that most of us look to those around us for
guidance. {If you were truly inner-directed, you would not need this
article or any other "life counseling" media. Instead, you should be
exercising the true power of God, right now.) Some of the time this
is not a bad thing. It can often keep you out of a lot of trouble.
And again, being honest, there are times when the most fanatical
individualist will find it convenient to get lost in the mass. We
may even take the opinions of others into account. There are even
times, shameful as it is to say, when we may even desire for someone
to approve us because we fear the wrath of "not belonging."

David said, 'The Lord is my light and my salvation; whom shall I
fear? The Lord is the strength of my life; of whom shall I be
afraid?' [Psalm 27:1] Who was David but one of the greatest, most
fearless, and successful warriors? Did David listen to the primitive
souls around him or did he listen to God?

If, after looking at yourself with all the brutal honesty that an
inner-directed person requires, you discover that in spite of your
best efforts you are still an outer-directed pawn, you must set
yourself to becoming an inner-directed warrior. In the study of
psionics, psychotronics, or your own personal success in whatever
you do, your attitude is of the most extreme importance.

More than believing, more than knowing - you must live and breathe
your God-Given Power. If you feel that you have faults and short
comings that are holding you back and making you suffer, then it's
time to use that power to forgive yourself. You must do this in
order to release all guilt, and negative images of yourself. The
power that God has given us is autonomous; it knows its purpose, but
our constant lamentations of suffering and torment can easily be
miscontrued as prayer, {"So I tell you, whatever you ask for in
prayer, believe that you have received it, and it will be yours"
[Mark 11:24]} so it is attracted into our lives and reflected in our
world. {"As Ye Sow, so shall Ye Reap" [Galatians 6:7-8]}

As for myself, I know the way the world should be. I know how things
could be so much better, but I don't like to lament on how bad
things are all the time. I like to be idealistic and talk about how
great our lives can be. I have experienced incredible sychronicity
in life due to God's autonomous thought forms including Proverbs
27:19, Mark 11:24, and Galatians 6:7-8; good and bad. The difference
between you and me, right now, is that I recognize this.

You must believe that you have the power to forgive yourself in
order to move on to more serious matters, so I will institute an
exercise that will return that with which you were born. In essence,
the thoughts, feelings, and emotions of power must become a living
part of you: During those moments just before falling asleep and
just before waking we are in a trance state. The alpha rhythm is at
its optimum function. On the tai chi symbol you can compare this
state to the place where a "head" is ending and a "tail" is
beginning. The tai chi symbol is a good representation of the
circadian rhythm, therefore, our daily cycle since it can symbolize
the opposites of the nervous system. We have the sympathetic system
(waking, voluntary state) while the other is the parasympathetic
system (sleeping, autonomous state).

If you have trouble sleeping or controlling this trance state, then
I refer you to the relaxation and meditation exercises at:
http://www.777-health.com/physicmental2.htm. The proper amount of
time for the relaxation exercises to achieve trance state should be
around ten minutes. I recommend more meditation and exercise if you
are taking too much time to relax.

When you have entered this trance state between waking and sleeping
you must give yourself a simple command and repeat it slowly until
you have fallen asleep and once again until you are fully awake.
Given time this simple command will be instilled deep into your
subconscious to become an active part of your being. Surely, you
have studied power figures in school or during your own studies.
Christ is a power figure. Unfortunately, so was Hitler. With the
power of free will that God has given you, you must make the right
choice. You must decide what true power means to you. Your choice
can make all the difference between a better world for your- self -
or a decadent one. Your simple command during this trance state will
be, "I Am Powerful."

Given time, perhaps, weeks or months, you will discover yourself
waking to a slightly different reality. Your perspective on life
will be reflected in your world and the people around you. Most
likely, people will see you differently. You may lose old friends.
You may gain new ones. The purpose remains clear. When you accept
that you have the power to change your own reality then it is time
to release yourself from the bondage of guilt, fear, and hatred.

There is a forgiveness exercise at:
http://www.777-health.com/cleansing_the_soul.html that helps with
releasing negative emotions. This is my own web page, but I like to
go here as often as I can. All the prayers and affirmations herein
are good, daily practices for cleansing the soul from tribulations
and negative impressions that we receive from this physical reality.
It's no different from regular hygiene; the spirit should be
cleansed on a regular basis - not only on Sunday.

The idea behind all of these releasing and cleansing exercises is to
make you ready for a big responsibility. When you practice psionics
of any kind your ethics, morals, and mental focus must be above any
dark, lowly desires. WE have more than enough of these desires on
this planet. Look at where we are and what we have now. If you
believe that the world is good, then imagine a world 100 times
better. You can make it happen.

Recall Dion Fortune's "Society of Inner Light" during WWII that had
the threefold purpose of protecting Great Britain, blocking and
destroying the evil which had taken over Germany, and laying the
foundations for a better and more just world after the war. We must
wonder about the still unresolved mystery of Hitler's fanatical
deputy, Rudolph Hess, and his strange, some say, insane flight to
England on the night of May 10, 1941 bearing a peace offer. There
are strong indications that far more forces were at work rather than
a guilty conscience.

I could suggest that we all get together for a little "group-soul"
gestalt to try and heal the maladies and sicknesses of the world,
but I think most of you are interested in something more practical.
I'll cover this in another article.

Some of the greatest advice from Ms. Fortune can be extrapolated
from this quote: "Nothing and nobody is altogether evil, therefore
it is never justifiable to destroy any person or thing by direct
action, but only to open a channel whereby spiritual forces are
brought to bear upon the problem... Our work is a work of healing,
and no hate must come of it..."

Forgiveness is the most powerful tool for opening that channel. When
we FORGIVE we put ourselves and the problem in the hands of the
Lord. Realize that there is this planet, then there is the rest of
the universe. With time you will realize that all the spiritual
forces in the universe are there for the asking. The Creator has
given us this right. These are the saints, the cherubs, the angels.
They are thought-forms doing God's bidding to deliver our lessons
and balance our lives {"As Ye Sow, so shall Ye Reap" [Galatians
6:7-8]}, as the thought-form know as "humanity" tries to learn and
make ready for a higher existence.

To that end I leave you with one more forgiveness exercise which you
should practice on a regular basis:

FORGIVENESS, Altar of Light: Visualize an altar of any type that is
significant to you. The altar glows in a soft, golden light. See a
person with whom you have a challenge or need to forgive appear on
the altar. Say the following, "I forgive you for all negativity
between us, both now and in the past, real or imagined, remembered
or unremembered. I forgive you and release you." See a golden light
from your Heart Chakra beam to their Heart Chakra, enveloping their
whole body, turning into a golden glow and fading away. Continue
this process with as many people as necessary.

Finally, put yourself on the altar. Forgive yourself with the same
words. As you fade away, take a deep breath. Slowly become conscious
of your surroundings. The people you forgive do not necessarily have
to be alive in physical reality. Repeat the exercise as many times
as necessary until you it it is completed. The person you forgive
and release will, subconsciously, reciprocate and extend love back
to you.

If the forgiveness is sincere, you will notice your relationship
with this person changes dramatically. Because you are free your
perception is different and the acceptance of forgiveness is done on
some level of all the souls involved. The souls connect and
re-unify. Ascertain if the forgiveness is sincere by monitoring your
thoughts and emotions the next time you see or think of this person.
If you feel negative thoughts or emotions the exercise is not
complete regardless of who you perceive to be at fault. Remember,
you create your own reality. Mind patterns project thoughts
attracting experiences that represent these thoughts. You are
ultimately responsible for your reality and your emotions.

Forgiveness releases your brethren and yourself from imprisonment.

R.F. Directo

{P.S. The article which I am writing on Visual Ray Psionics has
become rather tremendous. A great deal of it is theory which is
scientifically oriented. I believe that the basis of psionics is
essential knowledge during actual practice. Compare it to
understanding the mechanics of a car instead of just knowing how to
drive. Those who are accomplished at meditation would know exactly
where to focus and what to heal during a trance in case something
goes wrong - and what places can be enhanced rather like psychic
"turbo-charging." Besides this, I believe it is the missing link
between physical and spiritual realms. Please let me know if you
prefer the theory presented in the context of this ezine or at my
website: Go to http://www.777-health.com/vote.html and let me know
what you prefer.}


--Spirit Guides: A Lesson in Communication--

by LadyTia - emitah@...

Spirit Guides appear to us in many different forms, often ones which
are most conductive to the needs of the individuals to whom they
present themselves. Of course, there's an infinity of forms in which
they may appear, for a multitude of goals. From Gods to Angels to
Demons, purposes could range from observing individual potential to
keeping an individual safe from harm.

Not always is the purpose of the communication from Spirit Guide to
individual. In some cases the individual has found that they
identify so well with a type or several types of non-physical
entities that they seek out such entities for help to achieve a
goal.

As we learn and grow, we find we may have certain needs for a
limited amount of time, and eventually break off from communication
with some non-physical entities. In other circumstances our Guides
may see that we no longer require their assistance and depart from
us, moving on to the next individual in need.

When I was quite young, I had almost drowned. A man, great in size,
whom I had associated with the wilderness because of his wild hair
and rough barbaric features, pulled me out of the water. He
continued to watch over me, periodically for 10 years to follow. He
was as tall as a giant and reminded me of a lumberjack. Sometimes as
I would fall into sleep at night I could feel him sitting behind me,
watching over me. After a while, he left on his own.

When I mention Gods among the types of entities which appear as
Spirit Guides, I refer to greater and lesser known Deities which,
from time to time may appear. Some individuals have claimed to have
seen Jehovah appear before them in efforts to protect them from
harmful engagements; likewise goals go along with accounts of other
Deities such as Cernunnos, Vishnu, Odin, and so forth.

Other entities, the ones we associate as being helpful to the
specific goals we set for ourselves may appear as a variety among
which Angels, Demons, Faeries, and Dragons are merely a few.
Contacting such entities could assist us in our own goals; analyze
dreams, aid us in our magical works, and even guide us on a path of
enlightenment through learning to understand our Guides as well as
ourselves. I, myself, have been visited by Watchers and Demons on
rare occasions and either looked upon or assisted in a protective
manner. Likewise, I've also had contact with Dragons and Faeries,
though the goals for contact with them have not always been for my
protection.

While I've been visited by Spirit Guides independently and called
upon some as well, the majority of my communication with
non-physical entities has occurred in the ethereal, and in dreams.
It's been rather easy for me to slip into both physical and ethereal
for whatever purpose. Sometimes there's a serious lot of questions
that I need answered which can only be done by crossing over into
the realm of Dragons, and when that is the case I go. Other times,
it's into a realm where Tuatha de Danaan exist. For visits to either
Dragons or Danaan, the goal could range from personal questions to
more universal quandaries. There have also been times when I have
been contacted not because I needed protection but because they did.

As I previously hinted towards, the lesson in communication that is
the bond between the magical practitioner and all the Spirit Guides
with which they are in contact is not for the sole benefit of just
one party, but rather both sides. Despite the fact that they may
have a wider immediate scope of things than we sometimes do, we are
similar in many ways. Working with our Spirit Guides is just as
vital to the needs of progression that comes from, say, working with
the Gods.

There are other ways in which we may have contact with Guides. One,
for example, would be if they are with us constantly, not as a
Spirit floating behind us everywhere we go or sitting in a chamber
in a realm we visit, rather, something much more personal. Say, for
instance, you had a material possession which contained an essence,
that you carried around with you all day, every day. Amulets or
weapons for example work perfectly in such a case. Chances are, the
spirit would essentially be a part of you, after bonding to you,
though separate enough in its own right to help guide and protect
you from day to day. If we were aware, we might see a figure move
against the refraction of light in a clear quartz stone or stone-cut
design.

Last year, I met a woman not far from where I live who had one such
Guide inside of an opalescent piece of jewelry she wore around her
neck. She saw me from a distance and when she noticed my pentacle,
she approached me and asked me some questions about her necklace.
Inherently I knew exactly what she had. Now I'm not about to suggest
that the rules of communication with Spirit Guides are always the
same, regardless of what forms in which they appear, because I'm
sure that is certainly not the case. They seem to vary in
circumstance and add to the journey on the path that we walk
enriching our lives with a multitude of experiences. Sometimes, the
non-physical entities we refer to as our Guides come to us in the
form of dreams, or fill us with words of wisdom just after we wake,
in this language, or others. Working with Spirit Guides does not
always include knowledge acquired through complete seriousness of a
situation. It is a lesson in communication. A lesson in spiritual
relationships, which helps further define and understand our own
spiritual nature.


--Lessons From The Animals--

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D

According to religion and modern science, animals can be taken
completely at face value. In essence, the modern notion is that they
are little more than robots made of flesh, enslaved to their
programming and instincts. Hence, is it any wonder that we are given
dominion over them in the book of Genesis?

However, if you are willing to divest yourself of the brainwashing,
a new and wonderful revelation reveals itself. There is an
intelligence, and a sentient wisdom, present in animals. It readily
reveals itself as soon as you are willing to look with fresh eyes.

This notion is hardly new to tribal peoples, who live in direct
contact with nature. They need no laboratory, or scientific tests,
to determine what animals are capable of. The innate respect these
people have for Nature opens their minds to many wonders; marvels
that remain a mystery to the mass of humanity.

Even the tiniest animal, upon closer examination, can reveal a level
of individuality that might seem incredible. In her book, "The Voice
Of The Infinite In The Small", authoress Johnny Elizabeth Lack
proposes that even insects have a mysterious wisdom about them and,
at the very least, a degree of individuality that most of us never
observe.

I have personally witnessed two remarkable instances of this myself,
largely as a result of the increased awareness I gained after
reading this book. On once occasion in the woods, I happened to
watch a group of ants at work. Two of them were dragging a rather
larger insect carcass back to the nest. They were having a very
tough time of it, tugging and heaving through the tangled blades of
grass. At one point, one of them stopped for a while and walked
away, out of direct line of sight of the other ant and their joint
labour. It proceeded to clean its mandibles. This went on for at
least a couple of minutes. Then, it walked back to the other ant and
continued working on the job!

This demonstrates a remarkable fact. The ant seemed to have a memory
of what it was doing several minutes ago. Yet, it doesn't have a
brain! Rather than wandering off in search of a new task, as a
"mindless robot" such as this should do, it went back to the job it
had been doing minutes before, despite the fact that there was no
direct line of sight between it and the insect corpse.

Another instance of insect individuality came when I first moved out
to Italy. I was equipping my new home, and had to stay there for
five weeks with the minimum of personal belongings or personal
entertainment. At this time, three flies took up residence in the
living room. After several days, they had still not left. Then I
began to notice a remarkable thing. One of the three showed a
distinct liking for settling itself on my knee whenever I was
reading or watching TV! He would not move, but would just sit there
for as long as I was still. Sometimes, it would not be my knee, but
some other place, like a fold in my jeans. However, if I looked for
him, I would eventually find him somewhere! Indeed, after several
weeks, the other two also picked this habit up.

If I looked him straight in the eyes, he would always turn himself
through 90 degrees after a few seconds and look in another
direction! In other words, he did not like me "eyeballing" him! This
happened literally dozens of times over several weeks, and so it is
definitely no fluke.

I also observed that my flies were remarkably well behaved, and
never troubled me at meal-times. I would leave my plates on the
table for a little while after eating, without washing them. This
gave them a chance to have their share. As long as I left them
something afterwards, they never seemed to bother me whilst I was
actually eating.

Contrary to what people think, flies are solitary and really do not
like each other's company. Whilst one fly was always content to sit
quietly on my leg, another was not. He always preferred to creep up
on either of the other two and suddenly jump them from behind in a
guerrilla attack! This is another example of a level of
individuality in animals we consider to be little more than flesh
machines.

Both in Myth and in the lives of tribal peoples, animals are
teachers and guides. They can heal and help us if we open ourselves
to their influence. Certainly, I find this to be the case with my
cat, Hermes. He is a very calming and healing influence upon me, at
a time when I have been encountering some stressful life situations.
His presence makes them much easier to cope with. With the aid of a
collar and lead, we are able to go for walks together in the local
park or in the woods. It is a healing, calming experience to watch
him leading the way, stopping to sniff some leaves on a twig,
rolling in the earth, or wading slowly through the tall grass.

He is very good at Hide and Seek, even though he cheats the whole
time; watching where I have gone to hide. On the occasions when I
manage to conceal myself successfully, I can peep at him wandering
methodically from place to place, checking out my usual hiding
places one after the other. It's a marvel to see him doing it; his
little brain at work: "OK. He's not there... or there... or there.
That means he must be... behind the bathroom door!" And indeed, he
is quite right!

Anyone who has really spent time loving his cat or dog knows full
well their complete capacity to reflect that love back, and to
create a deep and mysterious bond between human and animal. It is
not an illusion, or our sentimental imaginative projections, as some
scientists would tell us. These animals can display a wide range of
emotional responses that we can recognize and identify with. For
instance, cats are very jealous of their companion's (a more
accurate word than "owner") love and attention.

I was amazed and concerned at the way my Hermes stopped eating and
drinking for almost a day, when my father, uncle and aunt came to
stay for a while. Initially, I thought he was ill, as he is usually
VERY active and naughty. Instead, he just stayed glumly in his box,
and even resisted being pulled out. Both my uncle and the vet said
that he was jealous because I was paying attention to other people
besides himself, and he did not like them on his territory either.
All this proved to be the case.
Hermes was 100% himself within an hour of my relatives' departure!
Good riddance, he must have muttered to himself!

If you ever get the chance to tend to a young bird that has fallen
from its nest, it is a blessing to do so, albeit very hard work too.
Whether the bird survives your care or not, the experience will
teach you a lot. The first sparrow came to me a year ago, within a
few hours of the death of my uncle. I have heard tales of such
"hauntings", i.e. visits from animals following the death of a loved
one. It was an unearthly experience to actually participate in one.
Sadly, the sparrow did not survive beyond the second night, which
was apt, given the circumstances of his arrival. I was very sad for
over a week. Yet, this little messenger from beyond taught me a huge
amount; far too many lessons to mention in this brief space.

As I write these words, I am tending to a new baby sparrow. Happily,
this small visitor has survived his fourth night with me and is
doing well. The difference in care between the two birds is a small
but revealing one. These birds need companionship and noise. In the
case of the bird that died, he was with me in the bedroom the first
night and was fine as a result. On the second night, thinking he
might prefer a quieter place, I left him in another room which was
silent and dark. In retrospect, I realized that such an environment
is not natural for these birds. Too late. He died of fright.

Last night confirmed this beyond a doubt to me. The first three
nights, the present sparrow has stayed in my bedroom, perfectly
happy to remain in the box I have provided for him. However, last
night he refused. Every time I put him back in it, he came out again
and went scuttling around in the dark, trying to find me. Initially,
I thought he was still hungry and tried to feed him. That was not
the problem. The problem was that he/she wanted ME. You see, I was
mummy now, and the little bird wanted to spend the night sleeping
right up close to me!

That is what had to happen in the end. Of course, I spent a
difficult night sleeping flat on my back the whole time, careful not
to turn over, whilst the little sparrow slept contentedly against my
cheek, or on my chest, or in my hand. All of this reinforced upon me
the fact that LOVE is a universal force, recognized by all beings.
It is not the sole preserve of humans. This little being needed
something very badly last night, but it was not food or drink, or
even a comfortable place to sleep. It needed to know someone cared.
That can be the difference between life and death, and literally was
in the case of these two birds.

In conclusion, even a cursory but open-minded observation of animals
reveals that there is a much richer depth to their private lives
than will ever be revealed in a biology textbook. First Religion,
primarily through Judaism and Christianity, taught us that we were
given dominion over the animals, and are hence at the top of the
pyramid. Next, Darwinism reinforced this with alleged scientific
evidence for "survival of the fittest"; most noticeably, US. Now,
traditional Science tries to perpetrate the myth that animals are
just robots programmed by instinct.
Consequently we can, without any guilt, put them in line to be
turned into hamburgers, perform cloning experiments upon them, shoot
them for pleasure, and perform a whole range of other activities
that confirms our deep-seated philosophical belief that these living
beings are mere THINGS, apart from our glorious selves.

Do not buy into these second-hand notions, without checking out  the
facts for ourselves firsthand. Now is the time to renew your
heritage and get to learn the lessons and heart-warming unfoldments
available through the animal kingdom. Do not approach them as a
superior. Instead, approach with the open-hearted wonder of a little
child, willing to learn whatever is there to be learned. A world of
wonder will open up to you. And learn, you most certainly will.

Copyright 2002, Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.


--The Hour Of Power--

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D

Archimedes said that if you gave him a lever big enough, he could
move the world. The same principle of leverage applies in your life.
In this case, we are talking about the use of a small amount of time
each day to revolutionize the results you get from the rest of your
day and your life.

If a person would take just one hour out of every day, and devote it
to personal development, he/she would rapidly achieve extraordinary
results in life. This is the idea that is being presented to you
here, and one you would do well to take seriously. Before you even
think of saying that "you can't afford the time", consider this: you
can't afford NOT to! Too much of the time, our well-intentioned
resolutions for self betterment fall by the wayside. Certainly, we
intend to take our personal growth very seriously. Yet, it either
never happens at all, or if it does, fails to yield the results we
might have hoped for.

This is often because there is little consistency in what we are
doing. Sometimes, we go at it strong and appear to make good
progress. However, with no set routine to fall back on, we are
always at risk of letting the whole thing slide when something
"important" comes up. By establishing an hour of power - a regular
daily period for self-growth - you prevent this from happening and
make solid progress rapidly. Many people devote regular time to
physical exercise, which is to be applauded. However, doesn't your
mental life, and your very future, deserve the same respect?

What does this hour consist of? To a large extent, you can shape it
as you wish. However, there should be certain elements present.
There should definitely be time reserved to set and review your
goals. This would include writing them out by hand to reinforce them
upon your mind. All this could take 10-15 minutes. There should be a
period where you actively visualize the successful achievement of
your dreams. Here, you use all of your imaginative inner senses to
bring your desired future into your present subconscious reality.

You could spend 20-30 minutes of your hour reading a personal growth
book, or listening to tapes from motivational speakers. Remember
that in order to recondition your subconscious, and raise the
vibration of your thoughts and what you attract to yourself, you
need to be continually feeding yourself with positive material. If
you have spent much of your life thinking negative, and being fed
unhelpful ideas by those around you, it is vital that you
consciously reverse the process and impregnate yourself on a regular
basis with the ideas that actually help you move you forward and
upward.

Perhaps 5-10 minutes of your hour of power can be spent actually
planning out your day? Alternatively, if you do your hour in the
evenings, then you can plan out the next day. This would simply
involve listing out the things you need to do, and ranking them in
order of importance. Clearly, we are not talking about remembering
to do the shopping, or going to see the latest movie. Rather, you
need to list and execute the actions you can take that will propel
your life forward, and then make sure they get done. Simply listing
your activities for the day, ranking them in order of importance,
and making sure they get done will change your life dramatically!

Nobody can create your hour of power for you. It is down to you to
decide on the components you want to include. Perhaps a period of
quiet reflection on your life is something you would wish to
include. Decide on what you want to do with the time, and plan it
out. Do not just set aside an hour and then drift through it without
any plan. Sub-divide the hour into discrete sections, e.g. 15-minute
chunks, and have an idea of what you will do in each before you even
begin. Indeed, your very first hour of power may be devoted to
planning out all the others to follow.

Also, it may not be one hour in a single sitting. You may find it
better to do two half-hour sessions, at the start and end of the day
respectively. That is fine too, if it works for you and your time
schedule. However, do not sacrifice the hour total. You do need that
amount of time to make it work. After all, this is not "wasted
time". Rather, it could be the key component in taking you forward
towards your dreams and goals.

Give some thought to this idea and consider making the hour of power
a key part of your daily schedule. We are so involved in so many
activities that we need a solid chunk of the day to revitalize our
hopes and dreams, and keep ourselves going on the right path. Yes,
given a large enough lever, you could indeed move the world. But
first, you have to move yourself!

Copyright 2002, Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.

_______________________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is an active author/researcher on personal
development and esoteric spirituality. Asoka's work helps people
achieve their full potential, deepen their understanding of mystical
truth, and find joy in their true soul's purpose. You can visit his
website at: http://www.aksworld.com/7gs.htm?PROX


--Amazing Star Child--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

5-12-02
My "homie", Homie

      The term "homie" became popular in the '90's among members of
Hip-Hop culture as a word to designate a friend or fellow gang
member who lives in your neighborhood (your "home" turf... one of
your "home boys / girls").
      There has been much written in the past few years about the
sudden and very mysterious appearance of "star children", especially
among those born since the mid 1980's. The "psychic children of
China" are a prime example. They display astounding abilities to
"read" from closed books, remote view, predict future events, as
well as all of the other traits that one would normally associate
with someone gifted with exceptional psychic abilities.
     I have also noticed many such mysterious and "gifted" children
among that same age group living here in the American Midwest. It is
theorized that these children are the result of a hybrid joining of
human and alien genetics; the apparent intended goal of many
abduction cases involving pregnant women.
      One of these "star-kids" in particular is one of my "homies".
He is now 5 years old. He lives across the street from me with his
mother, sister, brother, and grandparents. His name is Homer, but he
goes by "Homie". He's my "homie", Homie.
      Homer is slightly taller than the normal 5 year old. Since his
5th birthday (Nov. 16) he has begun to experience not only a growth
spurt, but also accelerations in intelligence and intuitive
abilities.
      Homie has the "classic" hybrid triangular shaped crowning at
the top of his head. His hair seems to grow in an oddly cropped
pattern, as if his scalp just isn't all that sure whether or not it
really wants to sprout hair in the first place!
      His eyes are his most "human" feature. They are unusually
large, but not over-bearingly so. Homie's eyes are brown and bright;
full of joy and wonderment as they take in the sights of the
intricacies of our world.
      Homer has a very sensitive, gentle and caring personality. He
frequently shifts from being reserved and timid (nearly "invisible")
into spontaneous bursts of out-going, playful, gregariousness.
      I have always taken note of Homie's outward "hybrid" features.
But last year, I began to notice the emergence of mental and
intuitive qualities that leave me just a little bit stunned.
      One day last year, when Homie was four, he decided to pay me a
visit. He was captivated by the many (mostly silly) "alien"
artifacts that I have dispersed around my living room. When Homie
speaks, it's often difficult for me to "get" what he's saying right
at first. He speaks very softly with a mild, fluxing. melodiousness
that verges on chanted song. His response to my alien trinkets was
one of recognition. "Ah!, look at all the aliens!", he gleed with a
broad smile.
      He then turned to me with a sympathetic expression and a vocal
tone of someone who is attempting to give comfort; he then
encouraged me, "You don't have to be afraid of aliens. They won't do
anything to hurt you. Some of them are good and some of them are
bad, but they won't really hurt you......... Not really." (Chills
down the spine!)
      He then pointed to my globe and observed, "That shows you where
the planet is!" (A curious remark coming from a four year old with
no previous schooling.) He then showed himself around the living
room, observing the various items and equipment. He would frequently
ask questions about things that he saw around him. Before I could
answer his question, I heard the correct answer coming by way of
Homie's own voice, having been telepathically drawn from either my
own thoughts or from the thoughts of an unseen "3rd party".
      Homie would also frequently lower his voice even more, as if he
were whispering to this invisible sidekick, and then laugh or
respond in some other way to whatever it was that only he himself
had heard coming from them. (I was beginning to feel a little
"unnecessary" in my own house!)
      There have been many occasions when I would see Homie round and
about my yard. Several times, he has told me about events that were
about to transpire. (Approaching storms, new stray animals that
would soon be passing through our neighborhood, bumps and bruises
that his sister would soon experience, etc.; all future events
concerning which he could have had no "reasonable" fore-knowledge).
      Recently, Homie has taken a renewed interest in coming to
visit, spurred partly in the fact that I have moved a lot of old
"junk" from inside the house to my side lot to be taken to the dump.
One day last month, he came over to see if I had a "magnet-glass"
that he could use to make things look bigger so he could see them
better. Now, honestly!; I ask you... How many people do YOU know who
just happen to have a (magnifying) glass sitting around in their
living room??? Well, I DO, but it was NOT there on the day when
Homie took his tour of my living room! I brought it to him and his
face lit up, "SEE, I TOLD you he had one!" came the words through
Homie's mouth. (Wow!) He then went around the yard with the activity
of someone on a "guided" horticultural field trip, using the glass
to examine specimens of plant and insect life. The dialogue coming
through him was truly amazing, and was spirited with all of the
astute inquisitiveness of an "alien" biological research team taking
their first "hands on"  tour of life on a new and distant world.
      In one of his recent visits, Homie spotted a large photograph
of Mars that I have attached to my wall. He informed me, "That's the
planet of the aliens.". (Well, that's ONE ufological question that
we can put to rest! ) And, in fact, there actually IS considerable
theorizing about the fact that Mars might indeed be (at least) a
base planet for extra-solar ETs needing a closer landing pad for
their visits to earth.
      I also recently found a yo-yo that I had stashed in one of the
drawers that I'm (attempting) to clear out. I offered it to Homie
without any explanation or instruction. Again, his face lit up and
he exclaimed, "A YO-YO!".
     I asked him if he had ever had one before, he told me "No." I
asked him if he had ever played with one before, again he said,
"No." And just as quickly - of course - Homie began speaking the
instructions regarding the proper use of a yo-yo;  the geometrical
and structural dynamics behind its movements, and even saying, "Oh,
THAT'S where you're suppose to put your finger through!" And then,
he caused the yo-yo to spin on its string and bounce back up to his
hand with the ease and assurance of an "old pro" who was handling
one for the first time in many, many, (many) years.
      One day last week, Homie was playing in the next yard with our
mutual neighbor's grandkids about his age who had come to spend the
day. Homie looked very "concerned" as he came to share with me,
"They (the other kids) said that you're an alien."
      So I asked him, "Do YOU think I'm an alien?" Homie looked back
at me as if he were trying to give the whole matter one more quick
analysis before giving a conclusive answer.
      "No," Homie quietly returned, "You're not an alien... Not any
more."
      For all of his other-worldly qualities, Homie is still a very
enjoyable "kid". He has lately made friends with two of the many
Hispanic kids that we now have on our block. One of them is also
helping Homie to learn words and phrases in Spanish. I was in a rush
Friday as I pulled in and out of my drive way, making a stop at home
only long enough to grab some materials as I scurried from job 1 to
job #2. Homie and two of the Hispanic kids were playing in the open
lot next door.
      When Homie saw me pull up, he couldn't wait to tell me the big
news!...
      "That kid can speak Spanish!", he announced as he came running
up to me.
      "Oh, yea?", I returned.
      "Yea!", Homie replied, "He speaks "REAL" AND Spanish!".

Dat's my homie!


--Contours (Between Crimson Shadows)--

LadyTia - emitah@...

in the shadows of the rose I lie
I want you; I desire to lure you in with my fragrance
and so I shall
and you can't resist my vivid petals
I can resist your gaze but you cannot resist mine
I can give you your every desire -
but once your energy is mine, there will be nothing left for you to
offer
but this is not how I want it to go down
I struggle to live by an ethic held by few for centuries
and not to easily take what's rightfully yours
tomorrow they come for me
the others who dwell in darkness, given high regard to my prowess
and the next day the hunters, secretly looking to spill my blood
tonight I drink to the hope that the two shall meet
missing me altogether and finding their ends by one another


<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com or visit your
SpiritWeb account.
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com or visit your
SpiritWeb account.
This letter was sent to over 1,800 recipients! Its copy can be found
at:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/misc.htm#Earlier

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 74 - May 17, 2002
__________________________________________
--Opening Words - Questions Answered About Walk-in's--
--Why NOW Is Different Than Before--
--Building Relationships with The Gods--
--Visual Ray Psionics--
--Some Thoughts On Healing & An Energy Exercise You Can Use Right
Now--
--Sliders "Through The Wall"--
___________________________________________

--Opening Words- Questions Answered About Walk-in's--

by Lady Isis (c) 2002

How do you know if you are one? Have you had a personality change
that is completely different from 'who you were'? Have friends and
family noticed this difference? Has your likes and dislike changed?
A walk-in soul is more interested in spirituality and helping
others, in non-judgment, and in loving their fellowman. More
interested in peace than war. Do you see the world in a whole
different way than before? If these things fit you then I would say
yes, you are a walk-in. If they don't all fit, but the first three
do... then I would say you are a new walk-in and the rest will
follow as you awaken to "who you are."

As long as humanity has been here, walk-in's have been here.
However, not in the number that is here today. Due to the evolution
of this planet and all within and upon her, millions of walk-in's
have come to help in this transition. It is almost impossible for
you not to know one. For one could be your neighbor, your doctor,
your dentist, your cab driver, your brother, sister, mother or
father - I think you get my drift here. In other words they are
everywhere in every walk of life in every profession and age group.

Now most of you who are reading this already know I am a walk-in,
and believe me when I tell you, walk-in's did not come here for the
debatable - highly debatable, satisfaction of taking over an
unwanted, sometimes slightly used, secondhand bodies. We came here
to aid mankind in anyway we can during this awakening and
evolutionary time in mankind's history. And surprise, surprise -
some of us are not, nor never have been human, some are those ET's
you have been searching the skies for. Guess what they have already
"landed" without any fanfare. And some like myself are from the
angelic realm.

You might be asking, "How does a walk-in take over another body?
When? And does the "person" know their body is being taken over by
someone else?" The answers to these questions are this:

First let me clarify what a walk-in is; a walk-in is merely a "soul
transference." Your body, as you know is the host for your soul,
just as your apartment or home in which you live is the host for you
and your family. You are not your home or apartment. You are not
your body. That which is 'you' is your soul. So when one soul wishes
to 'move-out' for whatever reason, another moves in. In my case the
previous owner had attempted suicide several times and wanted out,
so on a soul/spirit level we got together during her sleep time and
along with Archangel Michael and the Council agreed that I would
take over her body, contracted with her to finish what she came here
to do and then I was free to be "me" so to speak.

How does a walk-in take over an other's body?  The easiest way to
put it is this; have you ever left your body during meditation? I
know some of you have and others have heard of it - it happens the
same way, your essence (soul) leaves your body and you soul travel
and then come back into your body. It is almost that easy for
another to trade places. I say almost, because it depends on "where"
the soul coming in comes from. What dimension - how far they have to
travel? How much they have to lower their vibrations to enter this
dimension and whether or not they have ever been in human form
(incarnate here) before.

There are those that will argue that it is impossible to be a
walk-in if you haven't been incarnate here before. Well I am here to
tell you that just isn't so. Because technically, and I hesitate to
use that word when speaking of a human body, but technically you
could say all who are born are walk-in's - the soul comes into
flesh, and some for the very first time are called 'young souls.' So
it isn't impossible to come from elsewhere and walk-in to a human
body for the very first time as an adult. But believe me when I say,
it isn't a walk in the park. It is harder, much harder to get used
to.

When does a walk-in take over another's body? It can be anytime.
During sleep, during meditation, while you are wide awake, during a
'near-death experience,' during a deeply religious or traumatic
event, just anytime, anywhere. Does the person know their body is
being taken over by someone else? Most certainly! This cannot happen
without the one who is exchanging places agreeing to allow this to
take place. A "contract" exists between the spirit/entity and the
person who voluntarily gives their body.

These arrangements are made because the "walk-in" spirit does not
need to go through the lessons that accompany human physical growth.
However, they do have spiritual work to do on the earthly plane. The
personality of the body may change, which can be confusing to loved
ones. Generally, "walk-ins" have a loving and compassionate
disposition as they have completed many, if not all, of their earth
plane lessons and are moving towards a higher vibration.

Many of your historical figures were walk-ins, Abraham Lincoln,
George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, James Madison, Alexander
Hamilton, Mandis Gandhi, Mohammed, Joseph Smith, Mary Baker Eddy,
just to a few.

Walk-in's have influenced every religion, every political faction on
the face of this planet since their beginning, for the benefit of
mankind. Quetzacoatl, Krishna and Moses were walk-ins.

It actually matters not WHO you are, or WHO you have been, because
we are all ONE, none higher or lower, only having different missions
in life. So whether you are a walk-in, a Star person, or a person
born into the earth plane; none of us can do our job here without
the other. Humanity is made up of a beautiful tapestry of colors, a
rainbow of lights and energies and it takes each and everyone to
make the whole glorious picture.

Excerpted from The Circle Of Light Newsletter
    To subscribe send a blank email to:
TheCircleOfLight-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
    To view previous issues and subscribe:
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/TheCircleOfLight/


--Why NOW Is Different Than Before--

A Simple, Scientific Answer As To Why We And Our World Seem To Be So
Suddenly Changed....................

THE PHOTON BELT

( c ) 2002 Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

You feel it.

It's a nagging, unsettling sense that there's "something different /
something wrong" both inside of you and in everything around you. We
want to be able to blame such things as political unrest, global
warming, a sagging economy for our feelings of disquiet and
apprehension. But these are only symptoms of some far greater
catalyst that has invaded our reality and destabilized our world.

People are different.

They're more agitated, more introverted, more nervous, more focused
on their own internal sense of impending......."something".

Nature is reacting.

The Sun is experiencing unprecedented sun spot, solar flare, and
magnetic shift activity. The resulting blasts of expounded solar
radiation are hitting the earth and all objects within our solar
system. The polar ice caps of Mars are rapidly melting. The earth's
own polar regions are now melting at a rate such has never even been
considered by modern science.
Such events have never been anticipated to occur... not from what
we've learned; not from what we've believed to be true.

Seismic activity around the globe is increasing, while the earth's
weather seems to have lost its regular stability and predictability.

Animals are acting strangely. They're responding to the movements of
forces that we humans perceive as indefinable, unidentified shifts
in the most basic core centers of our previously more tranquil
reality.

We are changing, everything is changing.

Changing because of what?
Changing toward what?
What could cause our Sun to become so unstable?
What is there that could bring such all-encompassing alterations in
the nature of reality?

There is nothing on earth that could do that.
The answer, then, must be found in regions beyond earth.

The answer to "what" is bringing about our reality shift must lie in
the space surrounding our planet; our entire solar system.
It must be that space itself has suddenly changed. There must now be
something different in the fabric of the space through which our
solar system is passing that was not there only a few years ago.

That "something" must be The Photon Belt.

The nature of space is not consistent throughout the Universe. In
the course of all of our recorded history, earth has been in a
spatial vibration that allowed the atomic structures of all matter
to resonate at a predictable, 3-Dimensional rate.
The orbitals of each atom have - up until recently - kept a steady
path / consistent speed.

OUR SOLAR SYSTEM HAS ENTERED INTO A MASSIVE SPATIAL SEA COMPOSED OF
HIGHLY CHARGED PHOTONIC ENERGY. AS OUR SYSTEM MOVES EVER DEEPER INTO
THIS REGION, THE MORE INTENSIFIED CONCENTRATIONS OF PHOTONIC ENERGY
WILL CAUSE AN ACCELERATION IN THE SPEED OF ALL ATOMIC ORBITALS.

THE WORLD THAT WE HAVE ALWAYS KNOWN HAS BEEN ONE OF MORE "MATTER"
THAN ENERGY.

BUT NOW, ALL THAT WE KNOW IS SHIFTING INTO A STATE OF "MORE ENERGY
THAN MATTER".

We are experiencing great variances in our perceptions of the
passing of time. Some days move in painful slowness; others fly by
with hardly a memory; all much more so than "before".

Our ability to think "clearly", "rationally" has also been effected.

We seem to be moving, thinking, living in an ever-thickening fog.
These are symptomatic of the dimensional accelerations of our own
atomic structures in association with equal variations in the
surrounding environment.

Our personal and collective psychic abilities and awareness have
been irrevocably elevated by energies beyond our scope of
perception. And our "extra sensory" abilities continue to expand
despite any attempted silencing of them on our parts.
For the first time in our Western civilization, the majority of the
people are inwardly attuned to, and outwardly conversant regarding
our place in realities not easily detected by the acknowledged "five
senses".
Our dimensional reality is changing / accelerating, and we, ( all
life, all matter, all energy ) are being equally changed within the
transformational currents of the great Photonic Sea that encompasses
and penetrates our new spatial reality.

OUR PERCEIVED EXISTENCE HAS BEGUN A RESTRUCTURING - A "CLEANSING" -
A "PURIFICATION" THAT WILL REORDER ALL OF TIME / SPACE - - ENERGY /
MATTER INTO A FOURTH AND FIFTH DIMENSIONAL REALM OF QUANTUM,
HOLISTIC - "UNIFIED FIELD" REALITY.
WE ARE EQUALLY IN A PROCESS OF CLEANSING / PURIFICATION / HOLISTIC
QUANTUM UNITY / WITH OURSELVES, EACH OTHER, ALL LIFE, AND THE
UNIVERSE.

We are under-going what all religious traditions would define as
"the end of the world".
Yes, it IS the end of the old 3-Dimensional world of spiritual and
material dysfunction.
It is also the time of the "ascension" of humanity and of our world
into "The New Heaven" (changed visible star patterns) and "The New
Earth".

The sense that we and the world around us are dying is only our
internal awareness of the first stages of our shedding of the old,
slower atomic orbital patterns - the former limitations.

The Photon Belt is the energy of Light. Be assured that the
uneasiness that you might feel in the coming days and years is only
your own resistance to the washing of Light as it seeks to make you
"at one" with its higher vibrations.
The simple awareness of this process can transform your apprehensive
emotions into joyous expectations.
As you more send forth The Light from within, the more you are at
peace with The Light surrounding you; and the more you are
"enlightened".
As the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans were to the explorers of the
Piscean age, so the Photonic Sea will be to those who navigate the
new energy currents of The Age Of Aquarius.

Bon Voyage!

Perceive The Light.
Know The Light.
Become The Light.

Pleasant Ascension!


--Building Relationships with The Gods--

Building Relationships with The Gods: Heterogeneous & Homogenous
Pantheons
by LadyTia - emitah@...

When you go into deep meditation or dreaming, do you see your Gods
and Goddesses? Is it a personal account or is it a party where
everyone's invited?

This may not be popular Pagan belief, but it has become truth to me
through my experiences that the deities I've worked with have become
more to me than just divine beings to work for & with. They're also
beings with which personal relationships may be developed and
improved upon. Hence, I regard the Gods as friends or companions.

The answers to the first questions asked above are reflections of
how we view the pantheon(s) in which we incorporate into our system
of beliefs and our relationships with them, ourselves, and the
universe. We know that the Gods & Goddesses represent aspects of
things in our world, just as they remind us of aspects within
ourselves. How many people ever find themselves doing mythology
research comparing the qualities of multitalented muse Goddesses and
their own love of poetry and inspirational prowess? And not just of
one pantheon either.

Mentioned in the description of this essay topic was a line that I
think summed this up nicely, "nothing if not eclectic." I began
mostly with a Celtic line-up, and then specifically incorporated the
Tuatha de Danaan and the Norse pantheons into my system of beliefs.
It threw me into a slew of confusion for a bit, but after taking a
deeper look at different qualities of differing pantheons I figured
out they can work together. For instance, Brigid's abilities as a
muse, and Odin's inspiration can be used to heighten moments of
greatly inspiring poetry.

It's easy for us to choose deities to incorporate into our
personalized pantheons, however, another question arises. What if we
receive messages from deities not in the pantheons we have built
relationships with?

A few months ago, I was riding home with a friend and as the sun
set, I had a vision in the clouds of the Hindu God, Ganesh, a
representation of knowledge & wisdom. I had never once made a
connection to Ganesh, though it hadn't stopped him from delivering a
vision to me. The point to this little anecdote is that while we're
deciding which pantheons to mix or stick with in our practice, it
may be wise to keep an open mind about building relationships with
Gods. Visions such as that one indicate that there are possibilities
of more relationships than just what has been made thus far.

Down to the heart of it though, should we mix pantheons or not? I
still feel it is a decision best left to the discretion of the
practitioner, whether to choose just one pantheon, or a combination
of many. Either way we're bound to form wonderful long-lasting
relationships with the deities we incorporate into our practices.


--Visual Ray Psionics--

Randolph Fabian Directo - freeenergy@...
http://www.777-health.com

Visual Ray Psionics: Theory and Practice, part 2 of 4

Our search for the scientific basis of the "Visual Ray" should begin
with the search for the "Missing Link." Not the link between humans
and animals. We must consider that "missing link" that humanity has
pondered and dwelt upon since time immemorial: the link between
physical and spiritual plains. What is the link between man and God
that no one can deny - not even the mechanistically-minded,
scientific community nor aetheists?

Beyond conjecture, the proof exists right now that links our
physical bodies to the spiritual world and has been the subject of
much research and controversy at various state universities and
esoteric scientific realms.

The search for the true "missing link" has been active a number of
millennia in the form of the search for the "Philosopher's Stone."
Also known as "white powder gold," "Mana," and "the elixir of life".
Discoverer of ORMEs (Orbitally Rearranged Monoatomic Elements),
David Hudson spoke in a lecture: "First of all it is a room
temperature superconductor... When mixed with water it forms a
gelatinous mixture. When ingested it has the following affects.
Every cell in your body will be taken back to the state it is
supposed to be when you were a teenager or a child. It perfects the
DNA and closes the light within the body until you literally reach a
point where the light body exceeds the physical body. The gifts that
go with this are perfect telepathy. You can know good and evil when
it is in the room with you. You can project your thoughts into
someone else's mind. You can levitate. You can walk on water.
Because it is flowing so much light in you, you literally don't
attract gravity..."
(http://www.777-health.com/platinum_cannon_shipwreck.htm)

One of the treatises of transcendental and Tai Chi Kung meditation
is internal alchemy, NOT to ascend beyond humanity, but to return to
the "natural state of being and regain our full potential," that is,
being one with the spiritual realm from whence we came. The
"philosopher's stone" has the same goal.

Let us refine our definition of "the light within the body" as a
source of our psionic abilities and as a precipitate from the
spiritual realm using more scientific rather than spiritual
principles.

The light Einstein is referring to in his Special Theory of
Relativity is not the same light you see in the every day world. He
is talking about light in an absolute vacuum. If you were to measure
any specific form of light you encounter in your travels, it could
only APPROACH the speed of light (3 x 10^8 m/s). Even outer space is
not a perfect vacuum and the light therein could only come
approximately close to the speed of light.

The light that Einstein is talking about is something for which we
do not have a reference in normal experience. Of course, the colors
we see in life are a distortion of true light. Most of our light is
emitted from the heat of the sun which is distorted through our
atmosphere.

While some scientists of that day stated that light consisted of
continuous waves, Einstein's further research led him to believe
that light consisted of a continuous stream of particles which he
termed photons. Scientists have since hotly debated whether light
consists of waves or particles. This is an intriguing area of
research in itself and some people even meditate on the exact point
where a wave becomes a particle with consequent transcendental
experiences.

In a pure vacuum, photons will manifest as a wave of pure energy.
They do not manifest as particles. This is pure light as Einstein
defined it in his Special Theory of Relativity. But, when light is
subjected to a magnetic field, it changes and breaks down into
particles or photons. In such a state, it is no longer "c," the
speed of light. In other words, it is no longer the same light that
moves at a constant speed.

In this sense, it can be said that magnetism is an intrinsic factor
in the creation of matter, if not the primary factor. It is also
noteworthy that everything you see and experience in the world
around you is magnetized light which is, in reality, a distortion of
pure light (in the formula, e=m(c)^2). This also implies a
distortion of time which, within our physical perspective, seems
linear.

{Linear time is an important aspect of our separation from the
spiritual world in our physical existence. Remember that Lucifer's
original fall from grace established physical reality which exists
in linear time, a limited sense of reality. Spiritual reality
consists of all events, past, present, and future existing
independently of linear time: An unlimited sense of reality.}

The idea that magnetizing pure light turns this particular type of
energy into particles is very important. The corollary of that
statement is that if you demagnetize light, you are going to have
pure light provided you are in a "vacuum."

The general principle is that if you demagnetize matter, you are
converting it into pure light which is something that is not
experienced in physical reality on a regular basis. As pure energy
it follows different laws than those set in the physical universe by
academic paradigm. Montauk experiments have demonstrated that
conscious thought projected into a demagnetizing vacuum, such as a
soliton field, along a 435 Mega Hertz carrier frequency creates a
Thought-Form that reassembles the pure light into physical reality.
(FYI - the frequencies between 400 to 450 MHz are closely guarded
for "military intelligence" use in the U.S.)

Now, let us return for a moment to what the "philosopher's stone"
can achieve: "It perfects the DNA and closes the light within the
body until you literally reach a point where the light body exceeds
the physical body..." In essence, the philosopher's stone seeks to
return us to the original state from whence we came: Pure Light.

"What are the characteristics of this 'pure energy' and what does it
have to do with spiritual reality?" you might ask. Well, now you're
asking me to define God and heaven. I can't do that. But, we Will
try to understand the missing link that connects us to our origin
from the spiritual realm. I can tell you that the laws of spiritual
reality are guided by holy scripture and holy scripture is what
guides a people with God. As I will demonstrate later holy scripture
not only contains laws that guide us; it tells us about the power
that God has given us.

As for pure energy it has many interesting properties: it can exist
outside of linear time and within the realm of zero time at the
center of all existence. This means it can transcend the boundaries
of physical reality implying quantum shifts through hyperspace -
further implying quantum coherence
(http://www.777-health.com/coherence.htm) with manifold eigenstates;
it is also super- conductive
(http://www.777-health.com/superconductivity.htm) with superfluidic
properties (http://www.777-health.com/superfluidity.htm) denoting
mysterious attributes to pure energy that would make it seem
"ghostly" and "other-worldly."

Of course, all of us have some interesting hearsay about people who
have suddenly "time-shifted" or "teleported" to some strange place.
Others speak of psychic communication with "aliens," channeling the
dead, "reality-shifting" of personalities in the same body, "quantum
shifting" through different realities and even "demonic possession."
Let's face it. Throughout time the human being has been one
incredibly quirky beast. Some might say "ghostly" and
"other-worldly."

In the next section, we put you under the electron microscope and
find something very interesting.


--Some Thoughts On Healing & An Energy Exercise You Can Use Right
Now--

(C) 2002 Richard Ross. All rights reserved.

Since I've been publishing my newsletter (exactly 3 years, as of
today's issue), I have touched several times on the subject of
polarities, and why having fixed negative viewpoints about our
situation, often keeps us stuck where we are.

Another way to explain this phenomenon is to say that, with every
unwanted issue in our life (fear, trauma, limiting belief & stuck
situation), we always have a strong aversion (see * note below) to
that situation. In other words, we have a lot of negative energy and
judgment around being in that situation, or in having that issue. If
it is a big issue, we dislike it immensely, we dislike the fact that
we are in it.

All of this is pretty obvious, isn't it? You may be wondering "so,
what's the big deal".

Here is my belief, and it may seem a somewhat unconventional idea. I
believe that it is our negative energy about being IN the unwanted
situation, that helps to KEEP us stuck in it. When we have a lot of
judgment about our problem, we have created an energy dynamic, that
can keep it literally locked in place.

*Note- In addition to having an "aversion" to our problem (as
mentioned above), there is also a part of us that has an
"attraction" to the problem, but that is a subject for a later
newsletter.

Here is a short and simple exercise I created, that will help loosen
the grip of any unwanted situation, or issue, in your life. It is
simple, but it does take a degree of openness and courage.

I encourage you to try it, but only if it feels right to do so.

Incidentally, the more negative charge you have about the issue, the
more profound, and positive, will be the result of this exercise. So
pick a situation or issue you really DON'T WANT!

Warning: If you presently in therapy, or under the care of a
professional practitioner, DO NOT do this exercise without first
obtaining their permission.

Here's the exercise:
"Embracing What You Least Want"

1) Get into a comfortable position, sitting or lying down. Take
three full breaths in and out.

2) Spend a few moments thinking about the unwanted situation. Fully
feel and experience the situation, and feel the negativity of the
situation. Feel how you want it to be gone! Do this only for a few
moments. You may want to have your eyes closed when you are doing
this part, and then closed again when you are doing the step that
follows next.

3) After you have "felt" the issue, or unwanted situation, spend a
few moments imagining yourself EMBRACING the issue, or unwanted
situation. Feel yourself APPRECIATING the problem, and ENJOYING the
problem, just the way it is, totally free of all judgment about it.
Do this part for about a minute or so, as it feels comfortable to do
so.

4) Take another three full breaths in and out.

5) Reflect on the original issue again and notice whether you have
released any charge you had around it, or if the intensity of the
issue has diminished.

Please feel free to write me (emotionalfreedom@...), and
let me know your experience. Also feel free to forward this exercise
to others, as long as you forward the entire exercise, including the
copyright info, and my contact info below.

===============================================
A brief summary of my individual practice:
http://www.emotionalfreedom.com

Many of my new clients have been through traditional therapies and
still have some part of their issue that seems to refuse to resolve.
I do individual sessions by telephone with clients from across the
country and abroad (all over the world), who want to move past
fears, depression, panic issues, and any limiting beliefs that are
keeping you from becoming a full expression of who you are. If you
are ready to experience new healing, write me at
emotionalfreedom@... or call me at 1-800-653-4465 or
541-535-3450 to arrange a free consultation.
===============================================


--Sliders "Through The Wall"--

The House That Isn't There. / My Neighbors In A Parallel Universe.
(a true account)

(c) 2002 Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

Have you ever shared a wall and extended floor with neighbors in an
apartment? If so, then you are very familiar with the muffled,
echoing sounds and vibrations that come with the voices and
movements of others in so close of quarters.
Parties aside, you'll generally get an acceptable level of sound and
rumbles "through the wall" and across the flooring.
I have so often lived in such conditions that I'm practically
oblivious to these types of neighborly intrusions. I've lived in the
same mobile home (on the same lot) for 7 1/2 years.
There are a number of historical points about the park that I've
always found compelling.
Our mobile home park is somewhat crowded and tightly enclosed by a
freeway to the North (I-465); railroad tracks to the West - that
were the path of the world's first electric commuter train line -
(downtown Indianapolis to suburban Greenwood: 1901); a sub-division
to the East, and a clearly defined ridge of land that separates the
park from the neighborhood to the South.
We have a lake at the center of the grounds that was once the space
for the largest public swimming pool in the US. (Longacre Park &
Pool).
There's something about the area that seems very much "out of place"
with the urban setting that encompasses it. Thriving communities of
ducks, geese, and crane abound on the waters. The bank-side wild
life includes raccoon, opossum, musk rat, and beaver. (Not to
mention the ominous black snakes that slither across the shore and
atop the rippling waves.); also turtle, crayfish, frogs, and other
amphibian residents. And - would you believe - that there are even
stories of mysterious, lurking lake and land denizens; unknown to
modern zoology? Directly adjacent to my lot to the North is Lick
Creek, which flows through our lake, and on to White River.
There is a great deal about the area that defies the urbanized
region. And it would seem (as well) that there are reasons to
believe that our understanding of the laws of physics and the
Universe in which we reside are also challenged in Longacre Park.
With the help of my parents, I became a mobile home owner and
Longacre resident in December of 1994. The young couple from whom we
purchased the trailer were most agreeable to our purchasing bids. As
a matter of fact, they appeared to be "anxious" to sell the home to
us. They both kept that "wide eyed", smiling glaze of a used care
salesman who hopes like heck that you'll sign on the dotted line so
that they can get their cash and flee as far away as possible; as
quickly as possible. And that's exactly what the young couple did,
just as soon as we handed them the check.
They gathered their belongings and simply vanished (no forwarding
address). "Kapoof!".....GONE!
And so I settled in quickly with the home and area / all very nice,
cozy, and "homey".
On the lot next-door to the West sat a large grey & white mobile
home. When I first arrived, it was occupied by two kind, elderly
sisters. They were wonderful neighbors; always ready to help in
times of need. One of the two was - for the most part - immobile.
The other had to care for her in light of this fact.
There are some things in life that sneak into your personal reality
so very, very, gingerly that you become finally (and consciously)
aware of them only once you are well inside of their range.
But, you know, I guess I should have been a bit more curious as to
just "how in the world" those two charming elderly ladies could
generate such strong levels of "bumps" and "thuds"; crashes and
pounding; heavy foot steps and "rumbling" voices; all through my
West wall and along my floor.
This was what I lived with "24 / 7". I had come to accept it as just
another part of the "reality-scape" of my new abode.
Not until much later did it occur to me that all of that "ruckus"
was edging into my home - supposedly - from a structure that was 30
feet away (outer wall to outer wall); and assumed to have been
produced from the life-styles of two gentle ladies in their mid
'70's.
As the years went along, the two ladies eventually sold the home to
a young couple with small children. For reasons that somehow "made
sense" at the time, the presence of these new residents made the
on-going jostles and voices much more reasonable to my left-brain's
required dossier of "scientific" plausibility. In the 7 1/2 years
that have passed since I've lived here, the home was bought and sold
by two additional young couples (all with small children) and was
finally - a few months ago - vacated and removed from the property.
There has been no other mobile home in its place for the past month
and a half.
That lot is vacant, as is the lot on the other side of my property.
But the sounds of my very lively "next-door" neighbors continue
(from time to time) to resonate into my space.

And, yes, I've even seen and briefly spoken with them.

Whoever they are, I would gather that they (in their reality) are
generally much more aware than we of the existence of parallel
worlds, and have managed somewhat of a technique for "sliding"
through the barrier that (is SUPPOSE to) delineate their reality
from ours.

I said, "suppose" to.

I have encountered three adults and two children from this
co-spacial, parallel universe. It has not always been a comfy,
"neighborly" relationship.
As part of my daily, metaphysical pattern of living, I have always
included various crystals and "power" stones; meditations, and
various transdimensional tools.
At some point, I inadvertently bore a sizable rift in the magnetic
fence that keeps the two realities within their own realms. It was
then that I was brought "face to face" with my rather disgruntled,
co-habiting neighbors.
As is so often the case in inter-personal conflicts, tensions had
escalated due to the fact that I simply wasn't "listening" or paying
attention to their very patient requests to "turn down the juice"!
The combinations of my own metaphysical practices (in alignment with
the vibrational potency of the terrain around me) finally made it so
that my parallel-neighbors saw no other option but to step through
the rift and to make their request for known for a little psychic
"peace and quiet".

("You are agitating the children")

That was about two years ago. From that time we have arranged a much
more harmonious relationship. (Although their "kids" will sometimes
sneak through the wall and play a little "tag" with me when I'm
trying to go to sleep. "Kids will be kids!")

So,............. "What's up?" with all of this????

Since moving into this home, I have seen more "UFO's" in the skies
directly above this property than in all of my previous 43 years.
(and that's a BUNCH!)
I have been visited by human appearing extraterrestrials, and have
seen very startling apparitions of Christ and the Virgin Mary in the
sky to the South.
The Gaian magnetic grid "lay-lines" that enwrap our planet
apparently make a major conjoining and crossroad through this space.

Do you recall that I earlier mentioned a "ridge" that defines our
park's southern border? That ridge is known as the "Glacier Line".
It was the southern-most stopping point of the massive North
American Glacier that plowed and leveled its way south from the
Arctic during the last Ice Age.
As this ocean of ice subdued and absorbed all that lay before it, it
shoved minerals in advance that gradually became deposits of
subterranean crystal. The land on which my trailer rests is a
flowing (creek-side) crystal "power house" generator worthy of the
techno-savvy of Imperial Atlantis.
The vast-ranging types of wild-life that can still survive and
prosper on this land (surrounded by 21st Century city-scape) is
testament to this fact.

I would venture to guess that the folks from whom I bought this
trailer had become a bit "freaked out" by all of the
trans-dimensional properties of the environment.
(It's not for the psychically "squeamish".)

But, after 7 1/2 years, I have to say that I've come to feel very
much "at home" with the land and all of its bizarre idiosyncrasies.

My own Mohican heritage may be a factor in my ability to thrive here
and be at peace.

Native Americans were drawn to this area in very large numbers.
Their spiritual awareness and sensitivities gave them the insight to
be able to abide along and "ascend" within the magnetic (pranic)
energy wave grid-lines connected with the buried crystal deposits;
much like the wild-life now in Longacre Park.

This was the land that the Delaware, Miami, and other nations would
not concede to the settlers without a fight. This is the land over
which they were finally willing to resist the invaders in a "last
stand" conflagration. (The wars of Tecumseh.)

Why do you think the settlers called it: "INDIANa"????

Like I said, all is now reasonably peaceful between myself and my
neighbors across the magnetic, dimensional fence.

Now, if I can just find a way to keep those "#$%^&" racoons from
holding their nightly romping fiestas on my roof!

(But that's another story.)


<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com or visit your
SpiritWeb account.
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com or visit your
SpiritWeb account.
This letter was sent to over 1,800 recipients! Its copy can be found
at:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/misc.htm#Earlier

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 73 - May 5, 2002
__________________________________________
--Opening Words- Your Higher Self--
--Visitors From Tomorrow--
--Visual Ray Psionics--
--The Sanctuary of The Lamb--
--Being--
___________________________________________

--Opening Words - Your Higher Self--

Archangel Raphael
through Jeannie Weyrick

Your Higher Self is the being that you are outside of your physical
lives. Each person on Earth is a part of, and has come here from, a
non-physical spiritual being. When a spiritual being decides to
experience the Earth as a part of its growth, they place a part of
their consciousness here to experience as many Earth lives as are
needed to accomplish their goals. When they are finished with their
physical life cycle, the part of their consciousness that was here
will be reunited.

Before coming to the Earth the Higher Self outlines goals and
lessons that they would like to accomplish and learn while here.
They lay out a basic blueprint and once they are here they fill in
all of the details as each life is lived. The blueprint usually
remains the same, but depending on what is accomplished in each life
the lessons and experiences wished for can be shifted to other
incarnations to accommodate what actually takes place in each
lifetime.

So you are a portion, an aspect, of a spiritual being. The part of
them that is experiencing this Earth life through the physical
vehicle that you think of as you.

Your Higher Self is very aware of you (themselves) while you are
here, even if you are not very aware of them. They help set up
circumstances in your life to help you and guide you for the
accomplishment of your/their goals.

If you are more aware of them, they can have a much easier time
helping you with situations and choices in your life. You are an
independent portion of their consciousness with complete free will.
If you are aware of them, and can work more consciously with them,
and have the intention of living from your higher consciousness as
much as possible, you have the advantage of living your life with
their expanded help and guidance to accomplish these goals.

Your Higher Self can help you to a much larger degree if you see
yourself as an extension of them and work as a team - as one with
them.

During this time of ascension, you can start the process of being
reunited consciously with your Higher Self now. That is part of what
the ascension is all about.

When you are living in a state of expanded conscious connection with
your Higher Self, you can have much more conscious control over your
life, and certainly be able to deal with and understand it much
easier.

When you are connected to the wisdom, understanding, and love of
your Higher Self, it is much easier to help yourself and others
achieve a greater sense of peace and self-worth. When more people
learn to make this connection, the troubles of this world can be
greatly alleviated. It is our hope that each and every person on the
Earth will eventually be able to live in this expanded state of
Higher Self awareness and connection. When that is accomplished,
then the Earth can become the beautiful and enlightened Planet that
it was always meant to be.

My best wishes on your spiritual journey.
Raphael

For more information please see our book: Ascension: The Doorway
Home, By Jeannie Weyrick & Richard (Dito) Putman
(Channeled messages by Archangel Raphael, St. Germain, Ashtar and
Sananda)
http://www.worldlightcenter.com/

Excerpted from The Circle Of Light Newsletter
    To subscribe send a blank email to:
TheCircleOfLight-subscribe@yahoogroups.com
    To view previous issues and subscribe:
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/TheCircleOfLight/


--Visitors From Tomorrow--

Personal Encounters With Time Travelers
(non-fiction)

Part Six: Final Installment

( c ) 2002 Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

By 1991, my life had so well settled into a (relatively) normal flow
that the "weirdness" that had begun with that phone call from George
Biro on the evening of April 17, 1978, was not much more than a
head-scratching curiosity.
All that I was able to retain from it (at that point) was that
George Biro, some guy named "Fred", I, and several other people
would be traveling back in time to the year 1978 from sometime in
the 21st Century. The purpose for this temporal excursion remained
without even a theory.
George, mean while, joined the U.S. Marine Corps, married, and has
two children. He was always "reachable" one way or another. That
other guy "Fred" seemed to have been amiss when he so "laughingly"
eluded that I would indeed see him after our "all nighter" at the
Waffle House and into my basement apartment on Garfield Dr..
I was renting a half-duplex on Applegate St. in 1991. I was employed
by the Indianapolis Public Schools as a one-on-one classroom
assistant for a quadriplegic gun shot victim named Bobby. He was a
real "hero", whose only desire in life was to improve the lives of
others.
In the course of my duties with Bobby, I would daily escort him to
the computer room where he would practice using his head set and
mouth stick to operate the computer key boards.
Another daily visitor to the computer room was Robbie. In the course
of our regular conversations, we realized that he and I were
neighbors and that he shared my interest in UFO's. Robbie asked if
he could come to visit me and bring his friend Mike to see some of
my UFO related video tapes.
Robbie and Mike became frequent visitors to my home.
Then Mike began coming without Robbie and bringing his friend T.J..
T.J. and I struck up a friendship that continues to this day
(1-15-02).
When Bobby graduated in 1994, I quit my job with IPS to begin
working at the Indianapolis Star / News warehouse; delivering
several routes of weekly free "add" papers. This put quite a strain
on my brakes, so T.J. offered to ask his Uncle Freddy (then 20 years
old) if he would be willing to take on my car's condition as an
on-going project. Freddy consented, and I would find myself taking
my grinding brake disorders to the garage attached to Freddy's
house.
Freddy never asked a dime for replacing my brake pads!
He was a very somber guy who carried a host of anxieties centered
around his marriage and children. In all of the many years that
Freddy would work on my brakes, I rarely saw more than a "hint" of a
smile on his face.
He was always clean shaven and kept a very close hair cut. Freddy
didn't say much, and asked nothing of me for his services. He
enjoyed doing the work, and wanted to see to it that my cars were
always in safe condition. It was a focus on his part that I found a
little hard to understand, but I was extremely grateful for Freddy's
kindness.
As the years went along, Freddy began to trust me and open up to me
about all of the many burdens that he quietly carried.
Every so often, he would stop by my home (present location since
1994) and share his feelings. He is a very private individual. I
considered it an honor to have Freddy trust me with his deepest
concerns.
Though still (by 2000) not much in the way of a fixed smile.
With the approach of the New (beginning of The Millennium) Year,
2001, I felt a deep need to spend New Year's Eve at home, and to
mark the moment of the beginning of the next thousand years in a
state of prayer and meditation.
I had purchased a set of white candles for just the occasion. At the
moment of the New Year, 1/1/01, I lit the largest of the candles and
regarded it as the first flame of "the new millennium". I then
played a video taped meditation by a local psychic that I had
recorded from her weekly TV show.
I asked that my path of service to God and creation be made clear to
me that night; to be kept as a beacon for the next thousand years.
At 12:20, there was a knock at the door.
"Freddy!"
He told me that he had just been passing by the neighborhood and got
a sudden "flash" that he should drop in and wish me a Happy New
Year.
Freddy (now divorced) stayed for a short while and then left to pick
up his kids for their coming visit. Before he left, he mentioned
that he would be turning 27 years old in the new month. That was
when I decided that I was going to do something really nice for
Freddy's birthday, in a way of acknowledging all of his kindness to
me over the years.
In the next couple of weeks I scouted high and low for that perfect
gift for Freddy. That would be a model '64 Ford Mustang. He has
always been a "Ford" man. I finally located one at a hobby shop
fairly close to my home. It was a very big, bright, yellow '64
Mustang. Perfect!
Before he had left on New Year's, I had told Freddy to be sure to
stop by on his birthday; and 17 days later, he did.
In the course of that time, Freddy had become interested in a new
young lady who encouraged him to let his hair grow, and to allow his
facial hair to show. A much different looking Freddy came to my home
on January 18. I was so excited with the gift that I had found for
him that I didn't bother to wrap it properly, and just went to grab
it from under the kitchen table.
As I turned to hand the model to Fred (what YOU have known now for
quite a while) FINALLY dawned on me.
The sight of the '64 Ford Mustang brought a smile to Freddy's
(hairy) face that I hadn't seen since ......... the Waffle House in
1978.

"Oh.... My.... God", I froze. ""Freddy" is "Future Fred" from the
Waffle House!" (23 years earlier).
Don't ask me how, but thus far I have managed to keep this secret
from Fred ever since his last birthday.

And just WHY did Freddy, George, and I make that backwards time trip
(2018 - 1978 / with the assistance of our planet's Sirian mentors ?)

If there's one simple message that endures it's that "Life goes on!"
We are now about to confront the passage of Planet "X" (Nibiru) with
the projected accompanying earth-changes. Then we will be faced with
the fulfillment of the 12-21-2012 prophecies of the Maya and many
other cultures.
There will be much in our collective future that will tempt us to
become anxious and fearful.

Perhaps so.

But as I remember the broad, spontaneous smile on the face of my
"future friend", Fred, as he walked into the Waffle House that early
Thursday A.M. (and knowing how very little he smiled BEFORE the year
2018) I would have to say that our future will eventually be a
pretty wonderful place to be.
As of today, I still enjoy talking with Fred and (just for fun)
throwing back to him that same mysterious smile that he gave to me
on the night of our meeting in 1978.
For now, I'm the one who's in the position of "keeper of the
secret".

So, right back at'cha, "FUTURE BOY!"

Happy 28th Birthday, Freddy Dale Alltop!
January 18, 2002

The Journey has only begun..............

***************************

(And, to continue the theme of time travelling:)

A poem inspired by the film, "The Time Machine", 2002.

A LOVE YET TO BE

( c ) 2002 Mark Andrews

Your eyes keep the secret
in their soft auric glow.
Is it laughter or sorrow
that you've come to bestow?

Through time's rippling currents
you came back to re-do
some mission / some purpose
that connects me with you.

Your words are elusive,
your actions; unclear.
But your heart leaves
no question that it's me
you hold dear.

How will it all happen?
What steps must I take?
Are we Destiny's chosen?
Are we lovers by fate?

Your past is my future.
On some tomorrow I'll see;
- -beyond suns yet unrisen- -
how you came to love me.


--Visual Ray Psionics--

Randolph Fabian Directo - freeenergy@...
http://www.777-health.com

Visual Ray Psionics: Theory and Practice, part 1 of 4

The "Shroud of Concealment" of the Golden Dawn Order, the "Cloud" of
Apollonius of Tyana, the alchemical sulphur of the Rosicrucian
Order, the "Shadows" of the Qabalah, to name a few are based upon
visual ray psionics.

Everyday, unknowingly, people are applying this natural ability to
create synchronicity of events. In the case of an idealistic person,
"good luck" and simply being at the right place at the right time
may have brought him fortune. In the case of a cynical person, "bad
luck" may be a constant part of his life as a "cloud" of despair
follows him.

Overall, one might say that there is a "cloud" of mistrust and
belligerence looming over this planet considering the recent and on
going events. There are also "clouds" of hatred and spiritual
vampirism that roam freely.

These clouds are "thought-forms" created through visual ray
psionics. Unwittingly, people, everyday through their prayers,
fantasies, and lamentations, create and fortify their own
thought-forms and they wonder at the mystery of how and why a
certain bad or good thing took place at a crucial moment.

Thought-forms can take years to form and years to perish. Sometimes
they never dissipate. They can be strong enough to be mistaken for
"ghosts" and "demons" – even ethereal "space critters."
Thought-forms are manifestations of ourselves through visual ray
psionics.

Before we proceed with the theory of the visual ray I would like the
readers to get an objective feel for what is being projected from
the human eye.

Seeing for the living human is a function of his/her etheric forces.
The mechanical conception of sight is not sufficient consider this
radiation that extends from the eye.

Experiment 1) You may be familiar with "bioplasmic glue" that you
can form between your hands procedure. If not, just sit, relaxed,
with palms facing together in front of you. Slowly, oscillate the
palms together until you feel the slight, liquid force between the
palms. (Even modern day hippies know this one. I've asked them.)
Relax your hands at a distance where you feel the force is
strongest. Slowly glance back and forth between your palms. You may
immediately feel a gossamer brushing between them in accordance with
your glancing.

Experiment 2) Lie quietly in a darkened room. Shut off all
distracting sounds, electronic or otherwise. Allow yourself to
become accustomed to the environment. You are trying to bring into
function your awareness of faculties and endowments of your organism
that have been beaten down by the daily assault of civilized living.

Give the grander realities a chance to live in you and show their
wonders. (Just don't fall asleep because it's dark.)

Hold your hands in front of you with palms facing you. The visual
ray is a subtle beam of energy that leaves your eyes like a radar
beam. Swing your eyes back and forth across the place in the dark
where your hands are. Do it slowly, carefully, persistently. Extend
your touch out through the visual ray. Unless you are an especially
insensitive individual, or one determined NOT to succeed, you will,
after time, feel the gentle passage of the visual ray across your
hands. You will finds its gossamer subtlety (almost like the
lightest edges of a feather brushing across your hands) a new
experience in feeling – or an old one if you're used to dealing in
this realm.

Persist, and your sensitivity will improve. Shift your sensitivity
of touch into the visual ray and send it out into the darkened room
to feel all kinds of protuberances from your appliances, furniture,
or the limits of your room. If there is a venetian shade in the
room, run the visual ray up and down over the slats. Once you have
developed touch sensitivity through the visual ray, the effect is
akin to running the teeth of a comb over your fingertips, but
immeasurably more subtle. With practice you will even be able to
measure distance, even if the object is hundreds of miles away.
(Celestial bodies are a different story. There's all sorts of energy
in the atmosphere to contend with.)

{Paper forms directly responsive to the visual ray are contained in
John P. Boyle's "The Psionic Generator Pattern Book" published by
Prentice Hall. This book will significantly assist private
researchers in this field.}

Experiment 3) This direct proof is overwhelming. Once again, you do
your proving by objectively seeing and experiencing the phenomenon
for yourself. The difference is, in this experiment, others can also
see the results. You man dissipate clouds with your visual ray by
following a simple procedure. Do not attempt short cuts, variants or
modifications until you have performed exactly in accordance with
these requirements:

1-Choose a day when you have numbers of small, discrete clouds that
are approximately the same size.

2-Select one cloud to be dissipated. Have a friend take a Polaroid
photograph of the scene and mark your selected cloud before you
begin dissipating it.

3-Resolve, inwardly, that you are going to dissipate that cloud,
drawing the energy down your visual ray into yourself.

4-Concentrate on the cloud and slice your visual ray back and forth
across it – then drill into it. Slice back and forth – then bore
some more.

5-Within five minutes the cloud will have begun to disperse after
clearly having lost cohesion. Surrounding clouds of comparable size
to the selected cloud remain, essentially, whole. A friend with a
Polaroid will objectify it all for you.

6-Concentration upon fragmenting portions of the cloud will secure
their final dispersal.

The most important thing to bear in mind when attempting this for
the first time is that there is always a delay between the
application of the bioenergetic stimulus of the visual ray and the
manifestation of gross physical efforts such as the visible
dissolution of the cloud. In essence, ethereal science doesn't
happen like a "gun shot" and mechanistic skeptics may argue against
this time lag. Allow for this inherent bioenergetic delay. You are
no longer dealing with mechanical things in a mechanical fashion.
You are entering the realm of the living.

You will find that your whole ocular apparatus becomes strongly
stimulated by visual ray cloudbusting. This stimulation is due to
the {orgone, vril, akasa, you name it} energy that binds the
moisture in the cloud being drawn down your visual ray into your
organism in accordance with the Law of Reverse Orgone Potential. For
the moment, you also know that you can produce tremendous physical
effects at a distance.

If you have absorbed too much energy, then you will feel dizzy, your
head may feel stuffy, and/or your face may start to turn purple. If
this happens, you get rid of the excess by taking a shower or
urinating as you, willfully, let go of the excess energy. (The
sexual function is a possibility for the males to let go of excess
energy, but proceeding immediately to sexual intercourse with the
above side effects may be prohibitive.)

Experiment 4) Another convincing proof of the visual ray as a
bioenergetic emanation from the human being is to observe,
carefully, your reactions and sensations when you see an image in a
fun house distorting mirror – or look at the world through glass
that has been physically bent at a sharp angle (like someone else's
strong prescription lenses).

A sharp sensation of strain communicates itself to the organism as a
result of the bending of the visual ray.

This inner sensation of discomfort, sometimes of pain, has nothing
whatever to do with viewing a distorted image as such. Study a
photograph of an image from a distorted mirror. This does not
produce the sensation of inner discomfort that arises from being
present, physically, therefore, involved bioenergetically in the
actual distortion process. Careful self-observation is an important
part of this work.

The mechanist always likens the human eye to a fine camera.
Unfortunately, he is even wrong on that count. Since the eye,
itself, is an extremely poor instrument of focus we must consider
the images that are bioenergetically receiving in the brain as the
real system of focus. To this we now add that from what we have
experienced, we know that the eye, with its visual ray, also closely
resembles a radar set. This is how we intend to use our eyes,
empirically.

In the next section we will learn the theories behind the driving
force of the visual ray and its role in psionics.


--The Sanctuary of The Lamb--

30th March 02 (c) Brenda May Grubb - Brenlamb9@...

'Surely the soul's progress at this time could produce a greater
amount of pure energy than it is doing.

When the spirit of love meets the spirit of conflict, it is then
that the ‘great race’ is on. For the spirit of Love and the spirit
of conflict creates a due matter of right against wrong.
Who is right and who is wrong? This question has been posed through
the ages, this question of whether it's right or it's wrong has
constantly vexed all the sages.
I could say it's right, but daresay it's wrong. Then I am only one
little cog; this problem of; if; whether; supposing, the result is
only solved by our God.

Who is our God we ask, for we are He, although in part. That God
within each one creates a ‘quiver’ in the sum of us. We argue, and
plead and become quite aggrieved.

That part of us, which is God in us can beat and overcome what is
the rest of us.

At the end of Life's Glory, shall this be the story: - that man in
His wisdom says God gave him ‘Life Rare’. Then when it suits the
convenience for man to intervene, he'll say, “There is no God, there
is only us, who have survived through our own desire, not anther's”

“There is no God, just us, who are divided and torn twixt belief and
dispute”.

Then will Life's Glory once more, become the main story – they will
turn to The Christ. Till then they will quarrel; giving the sorrow;
all alone will survive will be those who have returned once more to
the power and the truth they once tossed to the ground; when through
Faith round the cross they are found.

“Trust in yourself, because within yourself is the only way forward
for anyone of you who would read this little message given here.

There are so very many who would, and do attempt to con the people
into becoming dependent on an outside influence. Whether it's on the
physical plane, or within the other dimensions around the earth.

The only true journey comes within the structure of the true self,
and this is truly intertwined with the entire structure of
existence.

Once this awareness comes upon the consciousness then will the
illusions of life become as shattered pieces of glass, broken from
their former condition held in place by mere thought.

Once an essence of existence (no matter how minute), can become free
from the thought, which moulds. It is then free to form yet another
structure with which to do battle with structures yet ’alien’ unto
itself.

Without a structure created by thought that essence would be merely
in existence with neither rhyme nor reason, at least as far as this
universe is concern. However, working alongside a universe there are
so very many more, which are yet, ’undiscovered’.

Is there a Christ Consciousness within each, and every universe, or
is it confined to just this one? “In My Fathers House There are Many
Mansions”; this does suggest that, yes, indeed, The Christ is
omnipresent throughout existence – as and when we have need of Him.
We call upon Him whenever we are in great need. When we feel the
need of a Mother/Father figure, they are indeed provided for us,
each and everyone.

However, it is also the case that when we feel secure enough to ‘go
it alone’, there can be brought forward plenty of justification for
there not being a Higher form of being to which we need to revert
back to all of the time.

It does seem we can prove the case either way, depending upon the
majority vote, i.e.: - ‘if the “mass consciousness” is all agreeing
to there indeed being a God, then there will indeed be a God. In the
same way, should the “mass consciousness” decide through whatever
means to prove that all food should be ‘genetically modified, then
indeed all food will definitely become genetically modified.
However, to get the majority vote on this will take some doing.
Should it be in the interests of a good many, then rest assured it
will take place, as long as it is carried out in silence, and the
majority are given many ‘toys’ to play with and therefore are kept
extremely busy, they will not notice, until it is too late.

Will there be enough “mass consciousness” which will realize these
happenings and turn to the essence of itself which contains The
Christ Consciousness, or other such belief in order to create the
necessary power to prevent these occurrences, for make no mistake,
we are dealing with pure energies a the very base line. All and
Everything is Pure Energy. One energy will not attack another
energy, as it will not wish to become involved, preferring to keep
to itself.

Only those who operate on the same energy level will want to reign
supreme over that energy, are they who will fight over anything. For
example, two lions over a piece of meat. Would a lion and a giraffe
fight over a piece of meat? They are not on the same energy level,
both have different diets and life styles. This is so throughout
Life, no matter what form.

Once all energies are indeed working correctly, then can life expand
in the way originally intended; the world of matter will grow into
other universes, or, will it “implode” upon itself as in ‘black hole
theory’?

As yet, no one has been through a black hole and returned, neither
has anyone ‘died’ and of their own volition returned into their
deceased body. Is there a correlation here, one wonders. Are ‘black
holes/worm holes and hurricanes/typhoons relative to each other, do
they relate to the spinning chakra system of the human body? My
immediate reaction is to shout YES!! Of course, it all relates, and
so it should. This does mean that all are part of the whole
structure of life and considered as such.

Each one of us needs to reach into the pure essence of ourselves in
order to prove once and for all the Truth to the reason for our
existence within this particular dimension.

Mysteries upon mysteries to be unraveled. As soon as one puzzle is
solved, then will another puzzle appear, this will be so, until we
have exhausted all structures. Then will another ‘Big-Bang’ become
‘necessary’.

The grandest and the most glorious journey you will ever undertake
will be one of strange adventure, going where no one else has gone
before on quite the same route.

It will always begin as soon as you have learned to still the mind,
then take a few slow, but deep breaths. This journey is
indescribable to you from an external outside influence, for it will
be unique. Each one will indeed travel the same path, but will view
it differently. Were I to describe my journey to you, it would never
be as remarkable as the one you would undertake.

The journey taken will soon prove to take you to the outer/inner
reaches of existence. You are the complete representation of the
entirety of existence as it is right now. At the moment of writing
this, once it has been completed, the journey will have advanced yet
another step forward.

This process will not end once the physical body stops breathing.
Consciousness is in existence for as long as that consciousness
wishes, and is in fact eternal.

That is not to say that somewhere and at sometime there will not be
found another yet untapped universe. We only know a small percentage
of our human brain is in active state at this time, and as soon as
we can fully activate its dimensions the sooner we can travel into
different time dimensions at will, with complete and utter ease and
no one will think it strange or incomprehensible. Our present day
mediums are only just opening the first few doors.

Each one of us can and will bring through into their own individual
consciousness all of the answers to all of the questions which are
even now being asked; and those which are yet to be asked, but
further more all have answers to those as yet unformed by thought
questions – and questions as yet to come... Ad-infinitum. ‘Eternal
is and Eternal Ever shall be’. This way, and only by this method can
the universe be said to expand. “We create our own future”.


--Being--

Cassie Zievers - cassiezievers@...
[A follow-up to On Being Human -
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/PXN64.htm#Human ]

  It was April of 2001, the time of year when I should have been
going on my vision quest, but this time, I would not be. I had just
been diagnosed with a heart defect that had been present from birth
and had gone undetected until now, that required surgery to repair
it. I had had increasing difficulty with anything remotely
resembling exercise, even a walk into the forest at this point,
would have been difficult. I thought it best not to try it this
time. As my friend, Otter, had once pointed out, we can have visions
anytime, with or without the usual preparation of fasting and
wandering in the woods. Despite knowing this, I found myself sad,
depressed that I would not be going through the traditional vision
quest the way I always had.

  The surgery was now just a few weeks away. It would require that my
body be cooled to minimize the possibility of brain damage and my
heart be stopped to repair the defect. Despite the nature of the
surgery, what I knew must be done to repair my heart, I was not
afraid. Though it meant my temporary death, I found myself strangely
at peace with the whole idea. Part of it was a deep trust in the
surgeon I would have repairing my heart. Through a number of strange
coincidences, I found myself led to him. Dr. Albert Starr, this was
the man with the skill to not only fix my heart, but bring me back.
But there was something more to this lack of fear, something deeper.

  For many years I had remembered my death from my last life. I
remembered much about that life, what my life purpose had been, the
fact that I had determined before being born into that life, how I
would live, who my parents would be, what my lessons would be and
even how and when I would die. It had all come flooding back to me
rather spontaneously years before, when I was strangely led through
the events leading up to my death then and my death itself, and what
happened afterward.

  I had been born into a Native American tribe on a reservation
somewhere on the Northeast Coast. My father had been the healer for
our people and I was the one who would follow in his footsteps and
take on that responsibility later in my life. I was in my early 20s
when I met him. Though I don't remember the circumstances of how we
met, I know that we had been together before. I recognized him. He
was not from our tribe. He was not from any tribe. He was a white
man. Our people had suffered much and there was much distrust of
white people. It seemed I was the only one who could see beyond the
color of his skin.

  The lesson could have gone either of two ways. I could have brought
him home to live with us on the reservation as my husband and our
people would have had the opportunity to learn to look beyond skin
color to what is real or I could go with him and abdicate my
responsibility to my people. I chose the more painful road. While my
family grieved my loss, I moved with my husband off the reservation
to somewhere west of there, near the Great Lakes.

  It happened one day when I was driving through a city I did not
know very well, trying to find my way home. I had only that one
thought in my mind, to get home to my husband. Nothing in the world
was more important to me in that moment. While I was distracted,
trying desperately to find my way through the maze of city streets,
it happened. My car was hit in the driver's side by another car I
never saw. I found myself wandering around in the street, thinking
hard “How would I get home now?” My car was beyond repair and
completely undriveable, yet I hadn't even bothered to look back. I
found myself near a bus stop, so I waited there with a few people
and got on the bus that came along. The driver didn't see me as I
stepped up and onto the bus. I found that rather odd at the time,
but then, I wasn't white. I was living in the white world and I was
sometimes ignored. I walked back down the aisle to find a seat and
no one saw me. This was getting to be beyond strange. As I was
puzzling over this, a spirit entered through the back of the bus and
told me it was time for me to go now.

  “No,” I said, “you are mistaken. I’m not dead, and I’m going home
to my husband.”
  “Then why is it that no one here sees you?”, the spirit asked.
  “I don’t know, maybe they have much on their minds and can’t be
bothered.”, I responded.
  “You know better than that,” she argued.

  In that moment I saw my existence before that life. I saw all the
decisions I had made from what parents I would have to what my life
lessons would be, even to how I would die. I saw the accident that
had been preordained by me. I looked back to the spirit to argue
further.

  “But that was not to be THIS accident... not now!”, I argued
feebly. The truth had sunk in.

  Now, April of 2001, a few weeks away from the surgery that would
give me my life back by temporarily taking it away, I was unafraid.
Early one evening I decided to lie down and take a nap. I had no
sooner gotten comfortable in bed than it happened. I found myself
wandering in a forest, in a place I had never seen before. I came to
a bit of a clearing and there I heard a voice. “Take this map and
follow the directions on it implicitly,” it said. There before me,
seemingly suspended in mid air was a map of the area I now walked
in. It was not like a map with towns and freeways shown on it, it
was more like a topographical map, a survey map. It showed the
characteristics of the land I was on, where the rivers and streams
were, where the hills and mountains were, where the ocean was. I
recognized the details of the map from the route I had traveled thus
far. Yet there was nothing written on the map.

   I took the map, somehow knowing that the directions “on the map”
would come from within. At each point along the way, I walked and
listened. I followed the directions that came at each point along
the way, noting curiously, that there was no other life in this
forest, aside from the plants. There were no birds, there were no
animals of any kind, not another living being aside from me, the
trees, plants, and this voice.

  Eventually I came to the edge of the land, where it met the ocean.
I looked out over the vast greenish blue expanse before me and heard
the voice again, “Dive!” was all it said. Standing at the edge of
the land, I then dropped the map, diving through it and down into
the water. I kept diving downward, knowing full well I would be told
when to stop. As I kept going down deeper and deeper, the thought
crossed my mind. “I have done no preparation for this, I have no
scuba equipment, no way to breathe, nothing to protect me from the
massive weight of all the water above me. I will most surely die
here.” It was nothing more than a passing thought. It carried no
real significance to me. It was merely an observation. It was at
this point that the voice spoke again. “You may return to the
surface now.”

   I found myself ascending rapidly through the water, yet it seemed
to take quite a bit of time. As I did, the light from the surface
grew ever brighter along the way until I emerged from the water
suddenly aware it was alive. I was a living being, ascending through
a living being that supported me along the way. As the light touched
my face I was aware that everything was alive and all there is is
life.

  I found myself again in my bed, full of the most extraordinary
energy, I could not even think of sleeping at this point. I had to
tell someone about this. It had all been SO surreal! It felt more
real than every day waking “reality”.  I called my boyfriend. He
would understand. Somehow I knew that I had passed some test.

  I have heard the argument in support of fear made by those who are
so deeply entrenched in believing in the world of appearances. Fear
causes us to be cautious and not do something stupid that might
result in our death. Fear is a useful thing. It helps keep us alive.
The people who usually expound on the virtues of fear are generally
those who wake up in the morning, look in the mirror, and believe
they are what they see.

  Part of this perception necessarily includes the belief that by
virtue of the fact that we have bodies, we are separate from God. If
you read On Being Human and understand the holographic model, you
are already beginning to glimpse the truth of the matter. Our bodies
are nothing more than what we put on to experience life in a
physical environment, this Earth school that we create.

  Perhaps it is time to ask the question. What is real? Love is real.
Compassion is real. Fear is a stumbling block to experiencing these
things. Fear keeps us locked in the belief that we can be harmed.
Fear keeps us entrenched in our apparent individuality. Fear tells
us that there is us and there is them. They are what we are not.
Therefore they are out to get us. They are the enemy. We must get
them before they get us. Or the ever popular, I must hurt him before
he has the chance to hurt me. Does any of this sound familiar?

  Fear tells us “there is not enough to sustain us all”. Fear limits
us. It keeps us believing that we are islands unto ourselves,
separate, distinct, drifting further and further from the truth.
That truth is that we have bought and perpetuate a lie. The truth is
that nothing is separate from us, there is nothing we can see that
is not alive. Everything is sacred. And when the bodies we wear in
life apparently die, they continue to give life. They nurture the
Earth in the way they were meant to, as part of the divine process
of life eternally springing from life and even apparent death. Do we
mourn the shirt we cast off when it has become old and tattered?
Many of us tend to think of ourselves as human beings who may
occasionally have a spiritual experience, but I would argue that the
opposite is the truth. We are spiritual beings having a human
experience and what we learn from this when we look beyond the
apparent borders, when we have the courage to look beyond
appearances and look into the heart of truth is that we are
limitless beings. We are love. We are compassion. The degree to
which we cannot see this, the degree to which we continue to
participate in this illusion is the degree to which we see ourselves
as separate from God. This is the degree to which we can cause
suffering in the world.

  We were not banished from Heaven, we banished Heaven from us by
simply believing we are separate from it, from God, from life and
from each other. Heaven has always been here. It always will be. We
simply make the choice to see it and wake up to knowing who and what
we are. We are the eternal. We are love. We are light. We are life!
We are part of God, and we are limitless being.


<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com or visit your
SpiritWeb account.
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com or visit your
SpiritWeb account.
This letter was sent to over 1,800 recipients! Its copy can be found
at:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/misc.htm#Earlier

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 72 - April 19, 2002
__________________________________________
--Opening Words - Being Is Believing--
--Using The Law Of Vibration To Manifest Your Vision--
--In response to How To Check For Truth, issue # 70--
--Visitors From Tomorrow--
--The Esoteric School of Shamanism and Magic--
--Regeneration--
___________________________________________

--Opening Words - Being Is Believing--

BEING IS BELIEVING
Seeing Is Receiving
Saying Is Praying
Flowing Is Faith

( c ) 2002 Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

Being Is Believing

What do you believe? The word "believe" is another example of how
our English language has be subject to transpositions over the
centuries.
Perhaps you are familiar with the fact that "butterfly" was
originally "flutter-by". Similarly, to "be-live" is actually to
"live-by". What you believe is that by which you live. Believe is a
verb; a series of actions that we do impulsively (with little
fore-thought); our most natural actions and responses.
We believe from our will. Our actions are the inseparable
manifestations of our will / belief.

WE ACT OUR BELIEF WHEN WE BELIEVE IN OUR ACTIONS.

Seeing Is Receiving

Have you ever wished that you could spend a day in the "holo-deck"
of the Starship Enterprise? That is the 3-Dimensional, projected
"life-like" recreational area of the ship where energies take
physical form. Whatever you want to experience in the holo-deck is
yours for the programming.
Well, we actually LIVE in a Cosmic holo-deck where our thoughts and
mental imagery form around us to create our reality. The images that
we hold in our mind are projected outward into the Universe to
gather the needed energies to then take physical form. We program
our personal, experiential holo-deck through the empowered imagery
of our mind. It's part of the co-creational process that connects us
to God, The Creator.

WE FORM OUR REALITY THROUGH THE OUTWARD, IMAGINED PROJECTIONS OF THE
INNER-EYE.

Saying Is Praying

"And God said... and it was". The Scriptures tell of the creation of
our reality as having been accomplished through a process of Divine
words taking form; sent forth from the Will of God. Our words, too,
are empowered with the creative energies of God.
We will often create more of the experiences of our lives through
the words spoken to others than through those words (and thoughts)
that we offer up to God in prayer.
Those words that we speak with emotion have the fastest and most
powerful manifestations.

WE CAN SPEAK OUR DESIRED REALITY INTO BEING WITH CALM, JOYFUL WORDS
OF ASSURANCE AND CERTAINTY.

Flowing Is Faith

"The opposite of faith is fear." That is a quote that we often hear.
If, then, fear is "anti-faith", then faith must - reasonably - be
the absence of fear. We register fear as a warning that something is
contrary to the natural flowing of God / Nature in, through, and
around us.
The experience and process of Being is the cyclical flow of
creational energies as they form and reform through Divine Order
expressed as Nature.
We are one with The Creator / we are one with Nature.
We abide in faith when we "Let go and let God", and when we "Go with
the flow".

FAITH IS NOT "BLIND", BUT CLEARLY (AND EFFORTLESSLY) SEES, SPEAKS,
AND WILLS IN HARMONY WITH GOD AND WITH NATURE.

The more we are able to allow and embrace the flow of the Divine
Presence and creational energies in, through, and all around us; the
more we experience the joy of Being / THE PRESENCE OF GOD IN US.

We in God and God in us.
God in Nature and Nature in God.
We in Nature and Nature in us.

Go with the flow. Will and create. Will it / see it / say it /
receive it.
It will all happen any way; whether or not you direct it toward your
highest good.

So why not become the prime director of your personal reality's
"holo-deck"?

"Make it so!"


--Using The Law Of Vibration To Manifest Your Vision--

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D

Science and Metaphysics agree. The essence of all things is
vibration. Science reveals that everything in the manifest universe
is ultimately composed of packets of energy; quantized units
vibrating at specific frequencies. Esoteric wisdom reveals that in
the beginning, all things were created through sound (i.e.
vibration); whether it be the "OM" of Eastern mysticism or the
"Word"/Logos of Western spirituality.

Our thoughts, feelings and actions also have their own particular
rates of vibration. These vibrations will set up resonance with
whatever possesses identical frequency. In other words, your
thoughts are inseparably connected to the rest of the universe.

This is why it is so essential to be a close observer of yourself.
As you think, feel and act, so you create the primary vibration of
your being. This fundamental vibration then creates resonance with
identical vibration frequencies in the universe. The result is an
attraction of circumstances, people, challenges and opportunities in
exact vibrational resonance with your own dominant vibration
frequency.

This principle lies at the heart of visualization techniques,
affirmations and the whole personal development movement. When you
visualize and repeat affirmations, you are helping to tune your very
being to a specific vibrational frequency on the inner planes. Once
that task is achieved, your mind comes into vibrational resonance
with the object of your desires. Being now of the same frequency,
this object (or goal) is inevitably attracted into your life.

However, for such methods to work, it does imply that you have
changed your core vibration. This is very often the problem AND
explanation as to why such techniques seem to fail for so many
people. Over the course of many years, your inner conditioning is
created from the habitual thoughts, feelings and actions that you
engage in. This forms your self-image and creates the level of
self-esteem you feel. It shapes the way you conceptualize the world
you live in, as well as the way you respond to it. It is how you
interpret your life experiences.

If a person simply mouths affirmations or writes goals out, without
having touched the deep bedrock of their long-term conditioning,
such activities will not have much effect. This is because the
dominant vibration has not changed. You cannot go against what your
self-image, and your predominant conditioning, say you are.

Thought is where it all begins. As your conscious mind dwells
habitually on thoughts of a certain quality, these become firmly
imbedded within the subconscious mind. They become the dominant
vibration. This dominant vibration sets up a resonance with other
similar vibrations and draws them into your life. This is easier to
understand if you consider that from the metaphysical view, the
whole universe IS MIND.

Hence, to draw what you wish into your life, you should begin with
the mind, and make it your primary focus. Most people do things the
other way around, and come up with practical techniques to generate
their desires, and then go out and try them. However, when these
methods are not in tune with your dominant vibration, then you will
have great difficulty making the desired results come to pass. You
will also feel most uncomfortable if they do. You have trained your
mind in a certain way, you have set the thermostat at a certain
level, and now you are trying to exceed the limits you have set upon
yourself by sheer force.

The trap most people fall into is that they condition their future
with expectations from their past. It's like driving with your eyes
fixed on the rear view mirror the whole time. You cannot see where
you are going because you are too busy looking back on past history.
Is it any wonder that, for most people, the future DOES closely
resemble the past?!

The problem is that, by focusing continually on what you have become
as a result of past conditioning, you guarantee that you draw this
same dominant vibration into the future. This is also why your
desired future can seem so far away from you. It is vibrating at an
alien frequency and hence, in a real sense, it IS very far away.

Instead, you have to first change the dominant vibration within.
Once your dominant vibration is in harmony with what you seek, the
latter must literally be "attracted" to you without excessive
striving! It will seem easy in comparison to what came before. In a
very real sense, you have to become what you seek on the inside
before you can ever have it in physical reality.

There are several ways to gradually change the dominant vibration of
your inner being, and begin to resonantly attract what you seek. One
important thing to do is to have a clear vision of your life as you
want it to be; completely independent of the circumstances of your
present or past. Lack of absolute clarity about their desired future
could well be the number one reason why people fail in life.

You are creating something new from the universal intelligence, and
drawing it into your reality. You do NOT have to base this upon the
past, your perceived weaknesses, or anything else that derives from
your limited self-image.

A good way to gain clarity is to write down in detail the attainment
of what you seek. What would it look like? How would you feel if you
achieved it? What difference would it make to your life? It may take
you days, or even weeks, to create this vision, but it is time well
spent.

By creating a vision of your desired state and putting energy into
it regularly, you use mind power to shape the very stuff of
creation. You create this imagined "reality" in your mind to the
point where your subconscious actually believes it to be physical
reality and goes about making it so. It will attract the
circumstances, the people, and the opportunities you need to bring
about the vision you have created.

If you are doubtful about this, consider for a moment that you are
doing this anyway. The only difference is that you may be unaware
you are doing it. If so, your overall vibration is incoherent, and
hence your results fluctuate wildly. By becoming conscious, you take
conscious control of the creative process and can learn to manifest
at will.

Another way to change your vibration rate is to act "as if". If you
had already attained what you seek, how would you think and act?
Well, start thinking and acting that way right now. Again, this
helps to impress the dominant vibration you choose upon your
subconscious mind. Again, you have been doing this all your life
anyway. Simply take conscious deliberate control of the process from
now on. For instance, Cary Grant is known to have said:

"I acted like Cary Grant for so long, I became him."

Taking time to meditate regularly on the truth that all is
vibration, seeing this reality in all its myriad guises, will also
help reinforce it upon your mind - both conscious and subconscious.
You will begin to believe it, and what you believe is what you act
upon.

The reason most people achieve very little in comparison to what
they are capable of is because they have no vision for the future
whatsoever. Focused, single-minded concentration upon a vision you
seek to create is what will actually cause it to happen. You have to
read your description every day (preferably twice or more), and then
vividly imagine it. Begin to live that reality now in your mind's
eye, and you make its future manifestation all the more rapid. Do
not even worry about how it will happen. Just do your part and let
the universe, through the law of vibration, do the rest.

Copyright 2002, Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.
_______________________________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is an active author/researcher on personal
development and esoteric spirituality. Asoka's work helps people
achieve their full potential, deepen their understanding of mystical
truth, and find joy in their true soul's purpose. You can visit his
website at: http://www.aksworld.com/7gs.htm?PROX


--In response to How To Check For Truth, issue # 70--

Randolph Fabian Directo - freeenergy@...

Here is a simpler method of dowsing using principles of HaTha Yoga:

Alternating Nostrils

This technique is designed to open either hemisphere of the brain.
For example, If you desire to be right-brain activated, you must
breathe exclusively, through the left nostril. Remember, the right
brain controls the left half of the body and the left-brain controls
the right half of the body.

You will want to be right-brain activated when you attempt a
creative, emotional, or spiritual endeavor. You will need to be
left-brain activated when you attempt a logical, material,
earthbound project.

For the beginner, hold a finger over the nostril you wish to keep
closed. When you wish to breathe through the right nostril only hold
a finger over the side of the left nostril gently pressing until the
passageway is completely closed. (Do not perform this exercise if
you are ill with any type of respiratory illness.) After the
passageway is closed breathe slowly and deeply through the remaining
opened nostril. Hold the breath for several seconds then exhale
slowly through the mouth. After a lot of exercise you will learn to
mentally choose the nostril through which you want to breathe and
only breathe through it without having to physically close off the
other one. (Amazing what the body can do!)

Your state of mind also affects the way you breathe through your two
nostrils. Human beings normally only breathe through one nostril at
a time without realizing it. When you are conscious of this you can
determine at any time which side of the brain is active. With this
conscious knowledge you control your emotions and creativity. When
you enter a confrontational experience, for example, breathe through
the left nostril so that the right brain becomes active and will
diffuse the situation. If you are about to take a test breathe
through the right nostril so that the left brain takes over. With
practice you can balance your breathing through the day so life can
be more harmonious (without the complexity and while continuing your
everyday routines).

(Note: Yogis say that the left nostril is the passageway for the
Moon Breath, whereas the right nostril is the passageway. for the
Sun Breath. Thus we have the name of Hatha Yoga, Ha-Tha, which means
literally 'Sun-Moon'. The Sun Breath is supposed to be positive,
masculine, and warm, whereas the Moon Breath is negative, feminine,
and cool. The Sun Breath is said traditionally to be connected to
the right trunk of the sympathetic nervous system via a psychic
channel called a nadi, and the same is true of the Moon Breath. It,
too, is connected to the left trunk of the sympathetic nervous
system via another nadi. These two trunks, the right and the left,
are located physically on the right and left sides of the spinal
column and are known as Pingala and Ida respectively.)

Now this is important because at any given time either the Moon
Breath or the Sun Breath is dominant, which means that we breathe
much more strongly from the right nostril than the left, or vice
versa. The nostril through which most of your breath is passing any
given time is called your dominant nostril in yoga, and it changes
every two hours with certain tides on the subtler planes.

If it does not change every two hours, illness may be on the way. If
your dominant nostril remains the same for a day, illness is
certain. And if it remains the same for more than a day, the illness
will be serious. Also, if a man and a woman conceive a child, if
both are breathing through the right nostril at the moment of
conception, the child will surely be a boy. If through the left, it
will surely be a girl. (Discounting who has the orgasm first -
Remember the days of yore when man blamed woman if they had nothing
but girls? 'Tis surely a two way street m'lad!) But if the man is
breathing through one and the woman through the other, the child may
be of either sex.

In the ideal world, we would be able to latch onto our psychic
impressions immediately and consciously. Unfortunately, this is not
an ideal world. Most of our psychic knowledge remains buried in the
subconscious mind. By its nature, the subconscious mind is more in
tune with the etheric body (the superconscious mind networked to all
other etheric elements in this reality) where a lot of data lays and
withers. Through meditation and self hypnosis, we can get in touch
with the subconscious, but at the price of being unable to record
the data. Nostril breathing, being a form of radiesthesia or
'dowsing,' removes that problem. This form of psychic impression is
very different from 'dowsing' for ley lines. Perhaps, you have heard
of pendulums and ouija boards which have been surrounded by a cloud
of complete and utter mystic nonsense in contacting the spirit
world. Nostril breathing IS the most exact form of psychic 'dowsing'
in knowing the LIVING WORLD.

When a question is asked, the subconscious mind, which knows the
answer, will try to get into contact with the conscious mind (i.e.
gut feelings, intuition). The conscious mind, however, is too busy
or discursive to listen to the answer and gets lost in the noise.
There are nerves which do listen to the subconscious and respond.
Under normal circumstances, we do not notice this response because
the messages of these nerves, like that of the subconscious, cannot
get through. These nerves create minute muscular responses (which
Turtle Woman talked about in her article on "How to Check for
Truth") and create well defined patterns in the autonomic functions
of the body.

Try this experiment: The next time you visit a friend and you do not
know if he will be home, place your fingertips beneath your nostrils
and breathe normally. If your right nostril is dominant, your friend
will be home when you arrive. If your left nostril is dominant, he
will not. SIMPLE! The same thing is true of anything involving an
element of chance. Yogis say that if your right nostril is dominant,
the venture will be successful, but if the left is dominant, it will
not. (Does it work on the lottery? YES!.. Has my right nostril ever
worked on the lottery? NO!.. Good luck on that right nostril.)

To read the entire text please go to
http://www.777-health.com/mental_physical_health.html


--Visitors From Tomorrow--

Personal Encounters With Time Travelers
(non-fiction)

Part Five

( c ) 2002 Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

Spring of 1978

One night, following my meeting with the mysterious stranger at the
coffee shop. I was over-taken by a sudden urge (at 2 AM) for
blueberry donuts that were only available at The Big Donut shop at
the corner of Troy & Madison Aves. (Catty-corner from the Waffle
House restaurant where I had the encounter with the stranger.)
When I got back to my car after purchasing the donuts, I "heard" the
words, "Harding St.". I realized that it was a telepathic
communication, so I took the closest route to Harding by going west
on Troy.
When I got to Troy, I could see a large orange light, some distance
south of the intersection. I turned left and approached the light.
It became gradually more clear that the rather large orange light
was suspended over the intersection of Harding St. & I-465. When I
was within a couple of blocks from the freeway, I verbally asked of
the light, "Is that YOU?" (not certain just who I would be
addressing.) Just that quickly, a white light became visible at a 45
degree angle below the orange light. Then a candy apple red light
appeared at the same level as the white, at 45 degrees to the other
side of the orange. Finally, a row of syncopated (candy apple) red
lights began to cause a visual counter-clockwise rotation on the
under belly of what was (by now) clearly a saucer.
"Which way should I go?" , I asked, again out loud. The craft then
began to move slowly to the west, which I took as a signal that I
should take the west-bound entrance ramp on to I-465.
Two semi-trailers had pulled over just below the craft. Their
drivers were out of their cabs, and were staring up at the ship and
sharing their - obviously perplexed - observations.
I moved on to 465, and as I did, the ship began to increase its
speed and to make a very gradual descent, coming down to almost
pavement level.
By that time, I was ecstatic, and amused by the thought that I was
chasing a "flying saucer" at ground- level on I-465. The craft began
to accelerate its speed 40-45-50-55-
60-65-70-75-80-85,86,87,--88mph. It was just past the moment when my
speedometer read 88 mph that The ship then cut of all of its lights,
and veered off the freeway. I watched in astonishment as the craft
simply "vanished" over an empty field..
I was suddenly confronted with the fact that I was doing 88 mph on
I-465 at past 2 AM. (I'm not sure how I would have tried to explain
that one to a cop!)
I slowed and exited at the next ramp (Mann Rd.) just a couple of
blocks from where the ship "vanished".

Then.......... That was it!

I waited for a while - in the cold, damp air - at the Mann Rd. exit.
After about 20 minutes, I realized that the mysterious occupants of
the saucer were not going to rendezvous with me, so I headed east on
I-465, and back home.

Seven years later (in 1985) the movie, "Back To The Future" made its
debut. The sight of a craft "disappearing" at 88 mph didn't mean
anything to me in the Spring of 1978.

But then, of course, it suddenly did.

Whoever was aboard that ship had apparently gone "back to the
future".

(to be continued)

Mark Andrews
***********************


--The Esoteric School of Shamanism and Magic--

Explore the exciting and practical world of magic and shamanism by
visiting The Esoteric School of Shamanism and Magic. Practical
courses for all levels and walks of life, including online,
teleconference, self-paced programs and apprenticeship programs.
Resources for everyone from dabblers to longtime practitioners.
Visit us at http://www.shamanschool.com. Real magic does exist!


--Regeneration--

Elijah - zadtsal4BhajilE@... (written in meditation)

The regenerated mind as opposed to the unregenerated mind, the mind
of man.

We DO have the very mind of He through whom ALL things were created
and you know what I mean.

Fact - we do create our own reality primarily, individually, then in
mass. Most do see that as true. We were given that by the creator of
All That IS, or God if you prefer. The ultimate and unlimited power
of creativity in this world. It is called Free Will.

Fact - thought is EVERYTHING. Thought is the process we utilize to
create reality. Speech is the creative "force" that manifests that
reality inTO BEing. You ARE what you think you are. For as you
believe so shall it BE.

In the beginning was The WORD and The WORD was with God. and The
Word, WAS God. The WORD = the thought or the concept.

Fact - these are the days "before" the end of time. That is to say
the ending of time. When time will be NO MORE.

Fact... There has been a change in consciousness, the awakening has
indeed arrived, the human experience will never be the same again.
We are at the threshold of forEVER, as one has said the next level.
And It, IS, SO. Whether you believe that or not, doesn't matter. It
will not change now.
There will be a new heaven and a new earth wherein there should be
time no longer. A world without sickness, disease or the aggressive
nature man developed in the "beginning" of time.

Yes we DO indeed create our own reality. So how far can you take
that? I say, as far as you want! It IS your choice for ultimately it
is YOU who creates your tomorrows.

Look around you! What are the masses creating in these days? Can you
afford to allow this to be your world? But you are NOT of this world
nor AM I. Yes, we are in the world but we are not OF this world. You
ARE different and you know that. Truly you are a "new creation".
Behold! All things become new, old things are passed away. You see
things that are not, as though they WERE. Peace is what you see. Not
the peace this world speaks of but peace of mind. For that IS your
inheritance.

Therefor say I, be not conformed to this world but be ye translated,
"transformed" by the renewing of your MIND to know what that good
and acceptable perfect will of God IS.

YES, I say, there has been a change of consciousness, The mind is
renewed daily. Even on this physical plain. So how could you EVER go
back to those limiting thoughts?

A message to the world

Come near ye nations to hear, and harken ye people, let the earth
hear, and ALL that is therein the world, and all thing that come
fourth from it.
For the indignation of the Lord IS upon all nations, and His fury
upon all their armies. He has utterly destroyed them, He has
delivered them to the slaughter.

NOW will I rise, sayeth The Lord. NOW will I lift up myself. Should
He not lift us up also?

Behold: I come quickly and my reward is with me. To give every man
according as his works shall be.

Now these things say I, but not of myself. For there are some with
whom these words have meaning. They it is who have ears to hear.

Freely have I received, freely give I unto you.


<><><>
Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com or visit your
SpiritWeb account.
To unsubscribe: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com or visit your
SpiritWeb account.
This letter was sent to over 1,800 recipients! Its copy can be found
at:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/misc.htm#Earlier

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 71 - April 5, 2002
__________________________________________
Featuring in this edition:

--Opening Words - What do you think?--
--Astral Reflex--
--The Benefits & Dangers Of Spiritual Communities--
--Visitors From Tomorrow--
--A Poem, A Prayer, A Prophecy--
--Closing Words--
___________________________________________

--Opening Words - What do you think?--

Change your thoughts and change your life.
by Lady Isis - ladyisis@...

Do you think you have problems in your life? You don't. Do you think
your relationships are not up to what you want them to be? Change
them. Do you think you have financial problems? You don't. Do you
think your health is bad? It isn't. Do you think this world is going
to hell in a hand-basket? It isn't. Do you think???????

If you don't want something in your life... don't think about it. If
you do want something in your life think about it. Sounds too simple
to be true? It isn't! How many times have you heard?... "YOU create
your own reality." YOU have free-will choice. And whatever you
choose the universe will supply. You just have to change your
choices. Your way of "thinking."

Everything is made up of "energy." Energy is constantly in motion.
If you could take a very strong micro-scope and look at the ring on
your finger, or the watch on your arm, you would see the energy in
motion. Atoms, molecules all the small particles that make up the
universe. If you could see the world around you, you would see
energy in motion and not one thing is solid. Solidity is an
illusion. . . created by "thoughts of separation from the Source...
from God... from ALL THAT IS.

YOU are Divine!!!! The ground you walk on is Holy ground. You are
not separate from ALL THAT IS... Separation is an illusion.

Old ways of thinking are old 'programs' instilled deeply within your
psyche, deeply within your subconscious, as well as stored in your
'soul' from past-life experiences. You could think of it as
information stored on a hard drive that needs deleted so new
information can be added. For your mind/brain/body/organs are like a
computer, they collect and store information. And unless you are
open to new information that changes your way of thinking the 'old'
will just keep coming back into memory and recreating the same old
thing.

Being a walk-in I get a lot of 'practice' in this area. For those
who may not be familiar with what a walk-in is, they are Soul/Spirit
Transferences. They move-in to an unwanted body and do what they
came to do. And since memories are stored in the body cells and
organs of the 'borrowed' body, I have the majority of the memories
of the one who was the original owner of this body. There are times
when something will come into my mind and I say to myself, "Where in
the world did that come from? Delete from memory banks... it is no
longer needed." It never comes back again.

If you want a peaceful, loving world you have to stop thinking,
buying into and spreading the "thoughts" of doom and gloom... stop
giving it your energy. You have to start sending the energy of love
into the energy of hate. Just like darkness can't remain where there
is light, hate can't remain when love comes in.

If you want to have a loving relationship, stop seeing and thinking
about all the so-called "bad things" within that relationship...
within that "other person."

EGO has created separatism. EGO created individuality. EGO creates
that which appears or disappears, in your life.

"In the beginning God created..."
"And God saw every thing that he made, and behold, it was very
good."

So who created the forces of darkness, the devil and hell?

Uncreate it. It doesn't exist except in your mind.

YOU ARE

You are the grains of sand kissed by the ocean waves on the beach.
You are the stars, sparkling like diamonds upon the black velvet
sky.
You are the wind beneath the wings of the great eagle as it flies.
You are the rays of the sun as it warms the earth,
And kisses the face of the snow covered mountains.
You are the Gifted One.

You are the birds, the trees, the flowers,
the animals, and the fish in the sea.
You are the cotton candy clouds floating in the blue sky.
You are the lightning, the thunder, the rain, the snow.
You are your brothers keeper, because you are your brother.
You are ONE with all there is you see.
For you are the gifted One.
In this dream called "life."

With love,
IAMTHATIAM


--Astral Reflex--

by Alexander Aldarow - aldarow@...

Several nights ago, I had a multiple out-of-body experience.
Multiple, because I've left and re-entered my physical body about
three times.

I used the "SunEye" method, same technique that worked for me in the
past (if anyone recalls, I've posted about it a while ago).
Basically, in this method, you set the alarm clock to wake you up
after 6 hours of sleep. When falling asleep for the first time,
focus your eyes toward the center of the forehead (where the sixth
chakra - third eye - Sun Eye resides), and repeatedly tell yourself,
"Tonight, I will have an out-of-body experience." When you're
awakened six hours later, stay awake for about 1/2 - 1 hour, then go
back to sleep, telling yourself, for at least three minutes, while
still focusing on your Sun Eye, "NOW I will have an out-of-body
experience."

I've found out, that the less I understand the technique of
OBE/astral projection, and less conscious I am, the more I'm
successful at it. I don't understand the logic behind the "SunEye"
method, but it works as a charm. There are several possible
scenarios that happen when you fall asleep; in the past, for
example, I've realized that I'm dreaming (a lucid dream), so I've
decided to wake up, and as I did, I've realized that my body is
still paralyzed (as it is for all of us, when we sleep), so I simply
slid out of it. This time, I just woke up and WILLED myself, or,
rather, FORCED myself out of my body.

Here's one of the most interesting things: I required only a very
little of pre-read knowledge to perform the separation; I did not
have to visualize anything, or climb an invisible rope, etc. It's
like we have this astral reflex already built in, and it was as
natural as moving my arms - my physical ones, that is. Anyway, as I
pulled myself out, there was a flash of whitish light around me, and
a noise of a rushing wind, which I concluded to be the vibration or
energy. The noise was slightly sickening at my head's area, like a
sink sucking in the remains of water; I've concluded that there was
not enough energy there, more had to be directed to the head's
chakras. Eventually, I was out.

I was sluggishly floating above my bed. It was totally dark, I could
not see a thing; half-unwittingly, I've opened my physical eyes,
repeating a mistake of the past; thus, my consciousness transformed
back into the physical body, and I heard an "angry" noise, as my
astral or soul body pulled itself back into the physical (I left the
astral one hanging!); I helped it pulling back as well.

Again, I left my body. I must note here, that the sequence events
are not 100% precise; after all, my brain was still partially
asleep. Which, by the way, brings me to another interesting point -
I think that I was functioning on a different level of
consciousness. All the previous beliefs and expectations played
little-to-none role; I projected and floated naturally,
non-consciously, as I would in a dream. In fact, I think that I
projected myself into some sort of a dream world, because I started
to see the details of the room, but I doubt it was exactly my room.

Back to the body. A thought reaches me, that I should roll on my
back - I was lying on the side - for an easier projection. I follow
the advice, separate, and sit up on the bed. Realizing that my
experience is limited by my room, I silently ask the Masters (of
ATOM teachings) to take me somewhere. I'm momentarily startled, as I
sense a presence behind my right shoulder, but I think it's my
physical body, that lies behind me n the bed.

And then it happens. I'm transported to see about three worlds, or,
rather, areas in outer space, filled with bright blue color, birds
of paradise and flowers. I understand that I never dream about
flowers (or birds of paradise, for that matter!), hence it is
neither a dream, nor my imagination. This part of my experience was
brief.

This is the biggest part of my experience. I've omitted smaller
details, like the fact that, later, I was fully dreaming, but still
understood that, while I watch and participate in my dream, my body
is left in the room behind me. But I think I've delivered the main
idea of this message - it's all natural and universal, our ability
to separate and fly/float, as well as being taken to distant worlds.
The secret is not to think too much ;-)


--The Benefits & Dangers Of Spiritual Communities--

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D

Being involved with a spiritual group has many tremendous benefits
over going it alone, but it can also have many pitfalls. On the one
hand, you have the benefit of interacting with people of like mind
to your own. However, on the other hand, you have the many
frustrations and challenges that come with participating in a group
of diverse individuals, each with a separate opinion of what
constitutes a correct approach to the spiritual path.

One danger we can very easily fall prey to is that of comparing
ourselves to others. Of course, each of us has spent a large portion
of our lives making endless comparisons of just about everything.
However, when this is applied in a negative fashion to the spiritual
arena, it can have dire consequences.

Many people quietly ask themselves, "What's wrong with me?", and can
make themselves very depressed by doing so. It seems that other
people are making good progress in their spiritual growth, but when
you look at yourself in the mirror, not a lot has changed. This
problem is also magnified by the fact that many individuals in
spiritual circles like to parade their supposed achievements,
sometimes subtly but often quite blatantly, and let everybody know
just how advanced they are. Hence, sensitive souls, who insist on
comparing themselves to such people, can undermine whatever growth
they have achieved. Indeed, they can even cause themselves
psychological problems in the process; depression being the most
common of these.

This is why it is often best to keep your counsel. Spiritual work is
best kept secret and personal. It is not intended to be a beauty
competition. Otherwise, there is a tendency towards making negative
comparisons. At the other extreme, it is also possible to develop
spiritual pride and boastfulness through some imagined superiority
of your own.

Neither extreme is of any benefit to your spiritual life. Therefore,
if you give away some money to a worthy cause, keep it to yourself.
Should you one day see a vision of Christ or Krishna during your
meditation session, only you and your spiritual diary should know
anything about it. If you do share your insights with another
person, ensure that you only do so in order that the other may
benefit, or because you are genuinely uncertain about your
experience and need clarification from someone further along the
path than yourself.

Comparisons can be most valuable if used in the correct way. By
comparing yourself to those who have attained what you seek, you see
where you are lacking and are given a role model whom you can seek
to emulate, however imperfectly at first. Thus, Christ, Krishna,
Buddha, and others have been used as role models to the great
benefit of those who have done so. By studying the lives of such
people - by pondering on their thoughts, words and teachings - you
inspire yourself to want to be more like them, and actually
accelerate the process of doing so.

Actions do speak louder than words in the context of spiritual
society. Words are cheap and easily spoken. They are no measure
whatsoever as to the spiritual progress of the individual speaking.
Mere head knowledge of the esoteric is no guide either, since books
are plentiful these days and anyone who wants to can rapidly obtain
a "spiritual Ph.D" in esoteric chatter! Sadly, the spiritual arena
does attract many psychologically maladjusted individuals, whose
greatest pleasure is vaunting themselves up on the good opinions of
others. It is important that you are not easily fooled, and
especially that you are not depressed and discouraged, by their
antics and claims.

However, actions that are sincerely motivated speak clearly of what
lies deep within the heart. There is a lot of hypocrisy going on
within spiritual groups. You may find one person making all kinds of
spiritual pronouncements, and yet this same person will quite
thoughtlessly walk past a beggar in the street without even thinking
of helping in any way. Here is an actual example of this kind of
behavior. A yoga teacher was preparing to send cash donation
overseas to a worthwhile charitable course. She mentioned this to
her class and asked if anyone else would like to contribute too. The
silence was deafening!

As you observe spiritual people in such groups and communities, you
will see many such examples. However, the point is not to become
judgmental or regard yourself as superior. Rather, you should
observe and be aware. Guard against falling into the same trap
yourself.

It is also vital to respect your spiritual teacher, and listen
sincerely to the teachings, without crossing the line into
worshipping your teacher or regarding him/her as having descended
from heaven. This can lead to tremendous disappointment, and has
done so for many followers in many different places and times. It is
always wonderful to find a perfect teacher giving perfect teachings.
All too often though, the teacher you end up with is just as human
and fallible as the rest of us. Moreover, the greater the degree of
advance, the greater the distance there is to fall, should it
happen. Spiritual teachers have been known to "come off the rails"
and get involved in sexual affairs, or other such behaviors which
their disciples would regard as improper. Others engage in
ashram/temple politics, apparently for their own
self-aggrandizement.

Hence, it is always a good idea to use discernment at all times. If
the teachings are valuable and true, then heed them. However, if the
teacher should ever bitterly disappoint your expectations one day,
beware of throwing out the teachings with the teacher! This is what
many disappointed aspirants do. They give up their practice and
drift away disillusioned forever.

If you are a teacher in a spiritual community, it is quite common to
find people in the group who do not respect you, and who seek to
undermine your authority, or belittle you in subtle ways. In such
instances, it is wise to remember that in any spiritual group, there
will always be sheep, as well as wolves in sheep's clothing. It is
not your job to sort them out. Rather than become discouraged, or
get into a bickering contest, focus instead on always giving of your
very best, regardless of praise or appreciation. Your chief point of
comparison should be yourself, and how well you are holding to your
own values. Let the world's opinion come and go.

Spiritual groups can truly be a wonderful place to grow, and to meet
other people of like mind. If used in this way, they can be a
tremendous spur to your inner development. However, it is always
wise is to remember that no group is perfect. You are dealing with
real and fallible people, no matter how they might like to represent
themselves or be thought of. Therefore, rather than focus on the
imperfections and get distracted by them, approach the spiritual
group or teacher with realistic expectations. Since the whole point
of a spiritual community is to aid growth, it should never be a
cause of disillusionment and sorrow. By working within a group in
this manner, and by never neglecting your own vital individual
practice, you set yourself up for success and steady advancement
upon the spiritual path.

Copyright 2002, Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.
_______________________________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is an active author/researcher on personal
development and esoteric spirituality. Asoka's work helps people
achieve their full potential, deepen their understanding of mystical
truth, and find joy in their true soul's purpose. You can visit his
website at: http://www.aksworld.com/7gs.htm?PROX

You are also invited to Asoka Selvarajah's exciting new personal
development course, "Life Breakthrough", it's FREE, and it's sent
daily to subscribers by e-mail. Transform your life in 14 days -
click http://www.aksworld.com/LifeBreakthrough.htm for more details.



--Visitors From Tomorrow--

Personal Encounters With Time Travelers
(non-fiction)

Part Three

( c ) 2002 Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

The months of April and May of 1978 seemed to hold one surprise
after another, all intertwined with the UFO incidents that began
with the fishing trip that George Biro and I "attempted" to have on
the evening of Monday, April 17th.
In the midst of all of the inner turmoil and confusion of the
previously described encounters, came a "frantic" phone call to me
from Marge Grover. She was another long time friend (not to be
confused with Marge Biro).
Marge Grover and I had spent many hours together in
parapsychological research and investigations. Her voice was laden
with frustration (and mild irritation) as she asked me over the
phone,
"Were you, or were you NOT here last night?"
I knew that I had NOT been at her home the night before, but being
(by now) aware that my personal reality universe had suddenly
undergone a major revamping, rather than to answer her question with
a "No", I inquired, "Why? What happened?" (But I was thinking, "Now
what?!") MARGE: "Well, I distinctly recall transcribing notes from
you last night: Oh, I'd say around 3 or 4 o'clock in the morning.
But then I "woke up" and thought, "What an odd dream". But then,
there were the notes that I had apparently transcribed, sitting on
the chair where you usually sit. And they were the STRANGEST series
of one-liners. They're all very lyrical; almost poetic. But I have
absolutely no idea at all what they mean. Were you out of body, or
what?"
"I'll be right over", I replied. I arrived at Marge's house and took
a look at the notes. They were indeed strange. They contained
messages such as "Jack in the box" and "Georgetown Road".
None of them held any conscious meaning for me. I would later find
that once converted to their numerological values, they would
provide clues as to my future addresses, people who I would meet in
the coming years, and (to some extent) future national and world
events.
I was as befuddled as Marge, so I poured out my heart to her about
the UFO's - apparent abduction - my "clone" - the weird guy at the
Waffle House. I just laid it all out in front of her, to which she
replied, "Oh! Isn't that interesting!"
She mentioned that while I had been with her the night before, I had
been wearing a beautiful blue shirt of some kind and that it seemed
to her that I was just a teenager.
Once it was established that there would be no concise explanation
as to what had actually happened, we changed the subject and
discussed the usual paranormal topics.
I kept the notes for future reference.

The skies above me in those days were saturated with strange flying
objects. I invited my friend Bobby (now departed) to ride with me
one evening to share the experience. Between us that night, we
counted over 20 "unknowns". We weren't sure what they were or who
was behind the "big show" in the sky. We just tried to take it all
in and be grateful for the encounters.

Also around that time, my Dad told me that while I had been out one
evening, he took a phone call from someone claiming to be George
Biro, but that whoever it was sounded much older than George (then
14). Dad added that the caller had left a series of "weird" messages
for me but that he (Dad) had forgotten to write them down.
(It has haunted me ever since that - knowing George - he just might
have included a series of winning lotto numbers and the dates to
play them.)

Ah, parents! What's a son to do?!

(to be continued)

Part Four of this series was published in the past, in newsletter #
63, under the title "The 'Black Sheep' Hero"
(http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/PXN63.htm#Hero). Mark
Andrews says that the coffee shop spoken of in
the piece is the same "Waffle House" from the earlier installments,
and he believes that you will see the continuity between the parts.

Mark Andrews
***********************


--A Poem, A Prayer, A Prophecy--

by Elijah - zadtsal4BhajilE@...

      The Poem

    Long before the beginning of time we gave seed to you, that you
should be fruitfull, multiply, AND replenish the earth. To subdue
it, and have dominion over the foul of the air, and over every
living thing that moves upon the earth.
    We nurtured you and visited you from time to time. As you are
called the human race. So we too are a race. Being of some
differences from you, but not in Spirit. The name for our race is
gods, NOT God.
    We imparted much wisdom and knowledge to you and watched as you
grew into mighty men of old.
    We taught you through, and in the way of spirit. But in the
process of time you began to loose focus on spirit. Thus becoming
increasingly based in the world of mass. And in your ignorance you
called us Gods, and worshipped us. Though you WERE created in the
image of god. You took that knowledge and used according to your own
devices. Not having a true understanding but from the standpoint of
the physical plane. That is, from the lower spectrum of light which
is the spectrum of mass. A spectrum of molecules and atoms, as is
common to mass. You speak of things that are not as though they
were.

      A Prayer

    Return, O Lord, deliver my soul, oh save me for thy mercies sake.
For in death there is NO remembrance of thee in the grave who? Shall
give thee thanks?
    Hear me speedily oh Lord, my spirit failes, hide not thy face
from me, lest I be like unto them that go down into the pit.

      A Prophesy Of Sorts

    If they should turn there ears to Orion then he that hath an ear
shall hear of me. For NOW am I revealed to all. The TIME IS at hand.



--Closing Words--

Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
Open Forum: The Final Station:
http://members.boardhost.com/projectx/
Free Channel for Free People: StarChat, #RealmScape
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe, e-mail to: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com or
visit your SpiritWeb account.
To unsubscribe, e-mail to: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com or
visit your SpiritWeb account.
This letter was sent to over 1,800 recipients! Its copy can be found
at:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/misc.htm#Earlier

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 70 - March 25, 2002
__________________________________________
Featuring in this edition:

--Opening Words - The A-Bomb--
--Visitors From Tomorrow--
--How To Check For Truth--
--Mystical Inroads--
--On Creating Excellence No Matter What--
--First Challenge--
--Introduction to FindAMentor.org--
--Closing Words--
___________________________________________

--Opening Words - The A-Bomb--

I had a dream several nights ago. In that dream, I was ordered to
drive a tank and block the traffic on a bridge, as a part of some
military experiment. Afterwards, I joined the passers-by, who, in
anticipation for the continuation of the experiment, were gathering
around a catering table. And there were so many different people
here, it wasn't a faceless crowd, like in other dreams - for the
first time in my dreams, I could distinguish between every person,
and have even recognized a few. But as we were focused on the food,
soldiers rolled out a cannon, loaded... with an A-bomb! We, the
citizens, were given ten minutes, and I started running, running
away from the growing menace.

I've reached an entrance to a shelter; allegedly, it was already
full, and a general there ordered me to run to another shelter, but
not before I performed some obscure military saluting routine.
However, there was no time to run for another shelter, and I was
allowed into the current one. The funny thing is, the shelter was
actually above the ground, a one-storied, quasi-military type
building. I looked through the window to the outside, and saw it,
growing on the background of the clear sky, reaching toward us, the
black cloud of nuclear explosion (notice the anagram, nuclear -
unclear, as opposed to clear). I dropped to the floor, spreading
out, with my head, actually, in the direction of the explosion.
Nothing happened.

I lived in the shelter for days, making friends, sleeping on the
floor near a wall, in a ragged sleeping bag, trying to stay away
from the stench of the bathroom. A realization came to me - if the
explosion really took place, then the air we breathe should have
been contaminated with radiation - yet, we are alive. I went to the
outside, stepping into the deserted street of my childhood town;
though only days have passed since the experiment/supposed
explosion, the pavement was overgrown with a thick carpet of weeds;
somewhere, a radio was speaking about the recent events. I went to
our apartment, climbing up the stairs, hearing my parents and
feeling thankful that they are alive; but before I saw them, the
picture narrowed and closed in front of me, as if a television set
was suddenly unplugged. I woke up, screaming... in the shelter. It
was a dream inside a dream.

----------

I know and understand the spiritual reasoning. That people don't
actually die, only their physical shells do; that all the negative
things are here to teach us, as we grow through the many
incarnations. Nor am I trying to be a doomsayer, prophesying what
have already been over-prophesied. I am simply trying to describe
the horror that I felt in that dream.

----------

To hurt another being is wrong. Nonetheless, when it is done
"conventionally", by a bad thought, negative word, a punch, a stab,
a shot, a regular bomb, and we hear about it in the news, it is
still somehow, psychologically, less horrifying than... this. The
nuclear weapon. It is, like Lovecraft's Old Ones, a "Thing That
Should Not Be." It does not belong here, nor its grisly military
accessories, like the ones exhibited in Ed's "Black Hole". I am not
making neither political, nor humanitarian statement here. I'm
telling you what I've seen, in my dream, and the terror that became
my entire being. The A-Bomb.

----------

"And now I have become Death, the destroyer of the worlds."


--Visitors From Tomorrow--

Personal Encounters With Time Travelers
(non-fiction)

Part Two

( c ) 2002 Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

As I left the Biro's house that Wednesday night, my thoughts were
filled with dark imaginings. Taking into consideration their
insistence that "I" had been at their home the night before (when I
was certain that I had been very soundly asleep at the time) and
factoring-in the multiple reports that "I" had emerged from and
returned to a "flying saucer" - re-thinking the very strange UFO
encounters from Monday night: I could come to only one conclusion,
"Oh my god. They CLONED me! THAT'S what the injection mark on my
neck was all about. They took samples of my DNA and made a replicate
ME!"
As the next few days went by, my apprehensions grew as I - several
times - heard people who I knew say to me, "Didn't I just see
you....." (here and there).
It was the "spookiest" couple of weeks I have ever experienced. Not
knowing what the other "me" was up to.... What shenanigans he might
be getting into (for which I might be blamed), etc., etc.
Corresponding events never returned to haunt me, but my own thoughts
surrounding the ominous possibilities were indeed disconcerting.
It's at this point that my memory of the dates of the following
incidents becomes rather vague.
On a Wednesday night, within a few weeks of the "flying saucer over
the Biro's house" incident, I went for one of my regular "all-night
coffee and a good book" rituals at the near-by Waffle House at the
corner of Troy and Madison Aves.. on Indy's South Side.
It was right around 2 A.M.. I had brought with me a "how to"
metaphysical training book. I was seated at my regular spot at the
coffee counter.
A car pulled into the lot from Troy Ave.. As its headlights scanned
across my back through the facing window, I felt a jolt of
electrical energy so strong that I checked to make sure that my
stool hadn't somehow come into contact with a live wire.
Within a minute, in through the front door came a very "out of
place" but fairly normal looking guy.
His attention immediately went to me. At once, he sprouted a broad
smile of recognition (which was obviously restraining what would
otherwise have been a burst of uncontrolled laughter).
"What's with THIS guy?", I wondered at his rather intrusive facial
expressions.
He kept his eyes on me as he made his way to the coffee counter;
smile never dimming. (Possibly in response to the fact that at that
time I kept a "White Afro" hair style.)
It was clear that this guy thought that he knew me. But more clearly
yet, that he somehow DID know me. I felt a sudden "thud" in the pit
of my stomach.
"OK", I thought, "This guy is coming to talk to me.... Don't look
him in the eye - Not yet - Ready, 1 - 2 - 3; Look at him." As I
turned my head to allow eye contact, he was in the process of taking
a seat at the counter, 3 down from my seat. When my eyes locked-in
with his, it looked as if he experienced a momentary "freeze" in
action, like that of someone having a flash of second-thinking while
already executing a preconceived plan of action. (I suppose that my
returning glare was a little confrontatory.)
He regained his will and took the seat.
"How are you?", I asked with mild apprehension.
"OK", he answered. (smile returning) "How are you?"
Of course, I had no clue whatsoever who in the world this guy was. I
took a lot of mental notes as I ran through my memory's social files
to see if his face might pop-up somewhere along the way. Nothing
came back.
I noticed that he was wearing a very odd sort of light zip-up
jacked. Odd, that is, for 1978. (It was of the collar-less style
that came into fashion in the mid 90's.) Aside from that, his
clothes were quite contemporary.
He had a typical, medium length hair style. His brown hair seemed to
have some kind of a strange, very healthy looking vibrancy. He had a
moustache and sideburns that one might expect in those days of the
"Disco era".
The only thing about him that I found unresolvable were his eyes.
His eyes emitted a bright energy that was sometimes difficult to
absorb.
It was quickly apparent that this man was unique to the environment.
However, I was suspicious as to his "from where", assuming that he
was a human extraterrestrial associated with the UFO encounters from
a couple of weeks prior.
I remained completely oblivious to the real issue in this man's aura
of mystery. It wasn't really a matter of "from where" as from
"WHEN".
"Are you interested in metaphysics?" he asked; glancing at the book
I was reading. I responded favorably, so he invited me to try an
experiment with him. He challenged me to write down 10 numbers
between 1 and 100, and to see if he could then repeat them to me. I
accepted his challenge and began to jot down the most unlikely
series that I could think of. "97, 98, 99, 100, 2, 3, 4, 7, 9, 10."
He closed his eyes and rapidly repeated them back to me in perfect
sequence.
"You're really good!", I exclaimed; now (myself) smiling. I was
starting to warm-up to this guy. (Whoever in the heck he was!).
He ordered coffee and we talked; and we talked; and we talked. I
learned that his name was Fred; that he was a Capricorn; that he was
a "trouble shooting" auto mechanic; (even from where I sat I could
clearly detect the smells that one might encounter in an auto shop /
although his clothes showed no sign of having been worked in). I
also learned that that his birthday was January 18; that he was 44
years old.
"FORTY FOUR !!!", I was stunned. "That's my PARENTS' age!" The man
looked my age (26) or younger!
"Capricorns never show their real age." he mused; with even more of
that peculiar "I've got a secret" smile.
As our conversation continued, I could feel a static, enveloping
energy surrounding me. (I had the feeling that I was being scanned
from an unseen source). At the same time, I was repeatedly lulled
into a very placid, almost hypnotic state by the warm psychic
emanations coming from Fred's (golden-green) eyes.
Before 4 A.M., I felt secure enough with Fred that I invited him to
follow me to my basement apartment to continue our talk. (A very,
VERY unusual sort of invitation to offer to someone who you've just
met.)
But I "knew" that everything would be alright.
He was driving a '76 yellow Ford Maverick. Once we arrived at my
parents' house, he asked a rather peculiar but appropriate question,
"How are your brakes holding up?"
"Well, OK, I guess." I answered (hoping that his mechanic's
intuition hadn't detected a problem that I wasn't aware of).
"Maybe sometime in the future I can help you with any brake
problems.", he smiled.
We spent another couple of hours talking. Again and again came the
powerful waves of thought energy through his eyes into mine. Looking
back, it was as if my subconscious mind was being programmed by
means of thought-wave transmissions.
It was getting close to the time that my parents would be waking up,
so I apologized to Fred that I had to let him go for the time being.

I walked up the basement steps with him to let him out the door.
I asked, "Will I be seeing you again?"
For the first time, Fred spoke through laughter, "Oh, Don't worry.
YOU'LL see me again, alright."
I closed and locked the back door behind him and wondered,
"Now why was THAT so funny?"

(to be continued)

Mark Andrews
***********************


--How To Check For Truth--

from Turtle Woman (through Circle of Light Newsletter -
ladyisis@...)

Background:
This simple technique for determining Truth has been developed over
several decades with different aspects pulled from various sources.
It has nothing to do with religion, so it does not matter if you are
of any particular persuasion, lineage, or belief. It works with the
Christ Power (the right hand Golden Light of God) and Archangel
Michael. This has nothing to do with the religion of Christianity.
Nothing of darkness can penetrate or subvert the power of the Golden
Light of Christ and no falsehood can exist in the presence of It or
Archangel Michael and the Sword of Truth.

Basically, the premise is to "self" muscle test, such as
chiropractors use.  The problem with muscle testing is that many
things can affect it...  your personal beliefs, desire for a
particular outcome, whether or not you are really in your body or if
you're balanced. All of these things can interfere (belief/desires)
with or cause deception (dark side) with obtaining the Truth. As a
result, a specific affirmation is stated before the muscle test to
ensure that the results are accurate and correct.

How To Self Muscle Test:
The actual technique is a simple self muscle test using the index
finger on your right hand and pushing down on that finger with your
left hand after asking your question.  Questions must be asked in a
manner that they can be answered yes or no.  If the right index
finger is strong and does not release when pushed down on, then the
answer is yes. If the right index finger is weak and cannot resist
your pushing down on it, then the answer is no.   The process of
getting the correct answer involves a few steps at the beginning
with specific verbiage to prevent interference with or deception of
the Truth.

Balance:
First, you must know if you are balanced. If not, there is a simple
ancient Asia technique which takes only a few minutes to get you
into balance.  Anytime that you are out of balance in any way, you
can use this technique to balance all aspects of your Self. It is
good to use this Asian technique at least once a day to keep
yourself in balance at all times.  This works on all levels.

In Your Body:
Second, you must be sure you are "you" and are in your body. When
you feel light headed or dull/fuzzy in your thinking, mentally "not
with it", or mentally tired, you more than likely are not in your
body. Surprised? Have you ever done stupid things, all the while
knowing it was stupid, not wanting to do it, yet doing it anyway,
and in the process of it wondering why you were doing this? You are
not in your body.... someone else is in there at the controls. You
have slipped out and while you were out, an entity stepped in.

Getting Correct Answers:
At any time when testing for Truth, none of your answers will be
correct if:
1. You are not balanced.
2. You do not say the affirmation/verbalization first.
3. You are not "you" and/or are not in your body.

All this must be done and confirmed positive before you ask your
question(s).  If you are not in your body and have not been for a
while (some people for most of their lives), it is not unusual for
you to slip out of your body again right after affirmation and the
confirmation. It is good to do the entire process from A to Z for
each question you ask. Always check and double check to see if you
are balanced and in your body.  This is very important. You've more
than likely been out of your body a lot more than you ever realized.
If you find you are continually out of your body, gardening is a
good cure for this to get grounded.  Sticking your hands in the
dirt, wrapping your arms around trees, etc., will help to ground
you. Those who spend a lot of time in higher dimensions have
difficulty getting grounded. Spending some time sitting or lying on
the Mother Earth daily is also a good way to ground yourself daily.

When you start, face East or Southeast. (Exception: Directional
facing is not necessary for "the balancing"). Do not be in the same
room with a computer or any electronic device that is ON. It will
affect the process through energy interference and cause deception
in your answer. East is faced because it is the direction of
receiving, the direction of the Golden Light, and the direction that
Archangel Michael stands in of The Four Who Stand in The Four
Directions. South is the direction of manifestation. I find
Southeast to be the most powerful direction to ask questions and get
a correct answer... receiving and manifesting.

Checking For Truth

Step One:

Balancing Technique:

Bend your arms at the elbows, laying the inside of your forearms
together on top of each other, right on top of left. (Similar in
position to cradling a baby). Clasp the fingers of your hands around
your forearms (your right hand should be on top with your hands
facing in opposite directions of each other. Your fingers will be
pointing in the direction of the "other" elbow). Slide your clasped
hands back along the inside of your forearms until the fleshy bottom
part of your palms firmly touch and connect. The end of the palms of
your hands will be resting in the "dip" your wrists. Keep your hands
clasped onto your arms, your elbows will be sticking out. Keep your
hands closely snuggled together in this position and hold for
several minutes. If you have been out of balance in your body for a
long time, you will need to do this for at least 10 minutes. The
more you do it, the less time involved and the more you will stay in
balance.

Step Two:
(facing East or Southeast)

Starting Affirmation:

"As the Christ Master Self that I am, I (fill in your full name) am
in my full, conscious, rational, decision making, Christ
Enlightened, body/mind/and soul; here, now, and forever more and I
thank you God NOW".

Step Three:

Question who you are and if you are in your body and balanced.

1.  "As the Christ Master Self that I am, am I (state your full
name)"?
       Muscle test. If yes, continue. If no, go back to Step Two and
repeat all.

2.  "As the Christ Master Self that I am, am I (state your full
name) in my body"?
     Muscle test.  If yes, continue. If no, go back to Step Two and
repeat all.

3.  "As the Christ Master Self that I am, am I (state your full
name) in balance"?
      Muscle test. If yes, continue. If no, go back to Step One and
repeat all.

Step Four:

Checking for Truth on anything.

"As the Christ Master Self that I am, and in the Truth and Power of
the Golden Light of Christ and the Archangel Michael, without any
interference or deception, is (insert whatever you are asking about)
true and correct"?


Blessings to All My Relations in Love and Golden Light,
Turtle Woman


--Mystical Inroads--

*ANNOUNCING*
Mystical Inroads, a new live call in talk show on TV, local
community cable channel 3 LVTV in La Verne, California. Discussing
topics of spirituality and the paranormal. Join us for some
stimulating conversations, fascinating guests, and online
discussions as well. To contact Cassie Zievers, the host of Mystical
Inroads online, go to Mystical_Inroads, a Yahoo Group -
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/Mystical_Inroads. Watch for us coming
in April! Call your local cable station to request the show in your
area!


--On Creating Excellence No Matter What--

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D

If you hate your job, your relationship, or some other part of your
life, you are not exactly a rarity. Many people are caught up in
their own personal crisis. In such a situation, it becomes all too
easy to moan, grumble, and seek to undermine others. Essentially,
you do as little as possible to advance your own cause, or that of
anyone else for that matter. After all, why bother if you are not
going to be appreciated anyway?

The trouble with this type of thinking is that it does nothing to
improve your situation, but does everything to make it worse. By
creating this sort of apathy within yourself, and encouraging the
almost unbreakable circle of pessimistic thinking, it entangles you
ever further in the web of cynicism and misery.

The worse thing is that such cynicism acts like it is your best
friend and comforter, when it is actually the worst enemy you could
have in such a situation. Rather than showing you a way out of the
dilemma, it definitely lands you ever deeper in it. Even if an
opportunity for improvement were to be thrust upon you, you would no
longer recognize it; such are the levels to which the mind has sunk
in its own self-pitying wallow.

Nobody is immune from such behavior. The temptation hits us all at
some time or another. It seems so justified. After all, it was not
you who was falling down on the job. It was the other party. You did
all you were required to do, and what was your reward for it? You
failed to receive the credit you were due, the love you deserved,
the promotion you were expecting, or whatever. You are clearly being
taken advantage of and totally exploited, so surely having a little
grumble, and letting a few people in on your disgruntlement, cannot
be so very bad?

Sadly, it is. For a start, backbiting to others does little or no
good, apart from giving you some temporary respite from the tension
you may be feeling. However, if there is one true rule in human
relationships, it is that you can safely rely on your most
confidential utterances to infallibly reach the ears of the very
worst person you would wish them to - usually the person you were
gossiping about. If that were to happen, ask yourself this; does it
strengthen or destroy whatever good standing you have left?

In addition, you would do well to remember that you are training
your mind all the time, whether by action or inaction. The thoughts
you think make it easier to engage in more thoughts of the same
nature. Thus, by engaging in apathetic behavior, by doing the
absolute minimum required, you only train yourself to be blind and
unresponsive to opportunity when it does finally arise. Also, your
own attitude will be so hardened by negativity that it will be
impossible for you to "flip" into positive productive mode within a
heartbeat.

Worse still, you will acquire a reputation, and it will not be a
good one. People think that if they go on "mental strike" in a job
or relationship, the only ones who will know will be those in the
immediate vicinity. However, this is rarely the case. If you try to
move out of this situation carrying a highly negative mindset, you
will invariably find that your reputation, good or bad, precedes
you. For example, people have a habit of telephoning around to seek
information on prospective employees. Although you may think your
attitude is justified, the message being given by others in your
company on your behalf may be a lot less flattering and sympathetic
that you might like.

Thus, it can be concluded that maintaining a standard of excellence,
no matter what the outward circumstances, is the best strategy. It
is best for YOU, because you retain power over your own life and
give yourself the most resourceful options. It may seem
counter-intuitive, and certainly runs against the grain of what is
easiest to do. However, by taking the negative road, you actually
empower your perceived opponents.

Of course, it may seem to you that in doing your best in this
context, you are only giving away your excellence to those who do
not appreciate it, or will actually take credit for it. To some
extent, this may be true on the short-term. However, excellence
cannot be contained for long. Light shines by its very nature. It
cannot do otherwise. Although some people regularly take credit for
the work of others, everyone knows who is REALLY doing the work,
even if they will not admit it for political reasons.

By maintaining a standard of excellence, and growing your personal
skills, you are making it every easier for you to find a better
situation elsewhere. Indeed, since like attracts like, you cannot be
held down for longer than you actually choose to be. Hence, by
choosing excellence in all your efforts, you set into motion forces
in the universe that will draw excellence to you, and redeem you
from whatever you are currently suffering.

You grow to be larger than your present negative situation. Change
is the very essence of life. Thus, either the people who are causing
you problems will disappear in time, or someone else will come in
and effect positive changes. Either way, your demeanor, once change
does occur, will determine your future. If your reputation is that
of excellence, then you will be elevated. If your profile is
negative and bitter, no matter how justified, you will be passed
over and others will be "unfairly" favored over you. This is because
the mindset you choose to strengthen leads directly to the life you
get to live.

Earl Nightingale once wrote that:
"The things you learn in maturity seldom involve information and
skills. You learn to bear the things you can't change. You learn to
avoid self-pity. You learn not to burn up energy in anxiety. You
learn that most people are neither for you nor against you but
rather are thinking about themselves. You learn that no matter how
much you try to please, some people are never going to love you."

In all things, it is best to be self-referential. Judge yourself by
your own standards, and set those standards high; higher than anyone
else would set for you. Then, evaluate your performance by how well
you are doing with regards to yourself, and not to others, their
attitudes, their gossip or their enmity.

Challenges will enter into our lives, for that is the nature of life
itself. It is how we respond to them that reveals character and
helps to build it. You can decide to grumble, backbite, do as little
as possible, and take no serious action to improve your lot.
Alternatively, you can act excellently at all times, and outgrow
your challenge. Either way, the choice is always yours. For your own
sake, let your choice be the right one!

Copyright 2002, Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.
_______________________________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is an active author/researcher on personal
development and esoteric spirituality. Asoka's work helps people
achieve their full potential, deepen their understanding of mystical
truth, and find joy in their true soul's purpose. You can visit his
website at: http://www.aksworld.com/7gs.htm?PROX

You are also invited to Asoka Selvarajah's exciting new personal
development course, "Life Breakthrough", it's FREE, and it's sent
daily to subscribers by e-mail. Transform your life in 14 days -
click http://www.aksworld.com/LifeBreakthrough.htm for more details.

--First Challenge--

By Dru_id - dru_idsplace@...

Because you feel yourself connected to god, you feel connected to
everyone else and you can take that leap of imagination and feel
yourself AS that god in everyone and can feel that everyone else is
ALSO YOU and you can see that harm to one of THEM is harm to
YOURSELF.
So it hurts and you feel responsible for all the hurt that is going
on and I suppose in a way you have contributed to it every time you
think and talk negatively about things.

Guilty as charged I plea!!

I have done it too.

I have looked at the world through these far seeing eyes and
processed what I have seen through my logical mind and come up with
the same scenarios as you can, and most of them lead to those horrid
biblical disasters.

But that processing was based on the inability of the human race to
rise above itself and cast off its chains of hatred and
divisiveness.

In the past that paradigm was correct and for a great number of
people trapped in repressed and impoverished circumstances will be
difficult to change.
After all it's so much easier for the affluent to generate care and
regard for others than it is for someone who has to struggle just to
continue dying by increments.
So the changes have to start here among us who have the time and the
freedom to be able to do something about our own lives and the way
we live them.

We have to come up with a new paradigm.

We need to figure out the best way for all of us to live together
and sustainably utilize the finite resources that we haven't already
squandered or destroyed.

It has to be a worldwide way of doing things regardless of national
boundaries and religious beliefs.

We have to take the best and most nurturing bits from every religion
and from every creed and way of doing things and synthesize a planet
and people friendly way of dealing with each other on a worldwide
scale.

If your religion truly regards peace with and love for your fellow
man as desirable then it should be a positive and supportive
inclusion in the new paradigm but not the base on which it is built.

We need to figure out where we want our civilization to go and how
it is going to get there.

We have to transcend our religious and philosophical differences and
accept that every person alive has an equal right to the same
quality of life and opportunity as any other.

They have that right simply because they are here but also because
in a very intimate and mystical way they are all part of YOU.

Part of YOUR HIGHER SELF.


So here is Challenge No. 1 for the chosen.

To turn away from considering where the current road we are on leads
and to stop talking about (and bringing into being) our fears and
instead concentrate on discovering and creating a new way of dealing
with each other.

This is what we should be writing about and above all TALKING about.

How many different ways do you have to have it said to you before
you realize that what comes out of your mouth has a physical effect
on this world!

"Be careful what you wish for… you might get it!"

"You're the voice try to understand it, make a noise and make it
clear"

If we do create our reality with our thoughts then we manipulate
that reality with both our thoughts and our words.
You see; the things we talk about are coming true like some sort of
self-fulfilling prophecy.

Which it is.

Which is what it is being made to be
in what is "created" by the thoughts that we are having
about what is going on and how helpless we feel and how hopeless it
can seem.

This comes out in HOW we talk to other people and WHAT we talk to
them about and helps to bring about those very things.

We have to find something else to "talk" into being.
We have to find or come up with an idea that works equitably for all
humanity and then imagine, visualize and above all talk, yes that's
right out loud and incessantly about this new way of dealing with
each other.

This is how we manifest this thing into being and also how we
recognize and support each other.

My Love to all those other beautiful little bits of My Higher Self
incarnate here and now.

We are the ONE who is Many
WE are the many who are ONE

dru_id


--Introduction to FindAMentor.org--

www.FindAMentor.org is a classified ad website you can visit to join
and place an ad (profile) to find mentors or apprentices. If you
want to charge for your services as a coach instead of giving them
as a mentor, please say so in your ad and identify yourself as a
coach. We believe mentoring is free and requires minimal time
commitments (About an hour once to twelve times a year, more if the
mentor is available and willing). Coaching is a service experts
charge for.

We also believe the best place to find mentors are in your personal
networks and communities. When you have exhausted possibilities
there, please place an ad at www.FindAMentor.org . Membership is
inexpensive at under $1.00US a month. Use many mentors and
assimilate what you learn from all of them to fit your personal
spirit and evolve into the best you, you can be. Find mentors, and
many of them, for all aspects of life that are important to you.
Consider peer mentoring or masterminding and keep in mind we all use
silent mentoring techniques as we grow through life (Silent
mentoring is using someone as a mentor without the mentor
acknowledging or knowing about it). Mentoring and apprenticing is
something humans do naturally. When we focus our mentoring and
apprenticing with purpose, we evolve quicker and with peace. We
achieve our objectives and roll through the challenges with more
ease. Good luck and please visit our site.

We are looking for more mentors. If you are an expert in a field,
please give back to society by mentoring someone. There are over
1400 categories where you can register as a mentor or apprentice at
http://www.FindAMentor.org or e-mail novacom1@... for
more details.


--Closing Words--

Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
Open Forum: The Final Station:
http://members.boardhost.com/projectx/
Free Channel for Free People: StarChat, #RealmScape
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe, e-mail to: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com or
visit your SpiritWeb account.
To unsubscribe, e-mail to: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com or
visit your SpiritWeb account.
This letter was sent to over 1700 recipients! Its copy can be found
at:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/misc.htm#Earlier

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 69 - February 13, 2002
__________________________________________
Featuring in this edition:

--Opening Words--
--Visitors From Tomorrow--
--The Power of Visualization--
--The Seven Principles of Huna--
--The 7 Secrets To Knowing Your Higher Self--
--One only - Universal Law--
--Closing Words--
___________________________________________

--Opening Words--

Greetings, my dear friends.

I have a small confession to make. Yesterday, I thought about taking
a hiatus from Project X Newsletter, approximately until the
beginning of summer (mostly because of my academic studies - which,
by the way, I enjoy tremendously). I've estimated the number of
articles I'm receiving and saw that it is not enough to make a
regular, once in two-three weeks, newsletter.

That was yesterday. Today I sat down to review my incoming e-mail,
and - voila! - in two hours I had a brand new edition of the
newsletter, the same one you are about to read!

This is an interesting phenomenon I've noticed about me, and I hope
that, by becoming conscious to it, it won't go away. There is a
saying in "Fight Club" movie (highly recommended), that goes, "It's
only when you give up on everything, you are free to do anything you
want." Something similar happens to me, at least as it pertains to
the first part of the quoted phrase. Each time I, in my mind,
inadvertently give up on something, saying that it won't work,
experiencing the defeat, or the loss, or the end on the inner plane
- it actually manifests in the opposite fashion in the outside
world!

There is another reason I'm sharing this small thing with you. Most
of the articles of today's edition, somehow, despite being sent by
several unrelated authors, have a mutual topic, a common thread. How
is it possible? How is it, the moment I decide to give up on the
newsletter, I receive an influx of fresh articles, plus a renewed
inspiration to keep this initiative of mine still going?!

Could it be that there are connections, unseen by microscopes,
something more subtle that anything we can physically measure? Could
there be... a conscious Universe? Could each one of us have... a
Higher Self?

Today's issue hopes to answer such questions - or, at least, propose
some possible direction for the answers.

Before we begin - a word from Lady Isis:

Remember the A, B, C's of Life...

P = Your perception of any given situation which will equal
A = Your attitude towards that situation which will equal
B = Your behavior which will equal
C = The consequences for that behavior.

Change your perception and everything changes.

Lady Isis
Subscribe to The Circle Of Light, my daily newsletter, write to:
ladyisis@... and put subscribe in the subject line.


--Visitors From Tomorrow--

Personal Encounters With Time Travelers
(non-fiction)

Part One

( c ) 2002 Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

It was a cold and rainy Monday night: April 17, 1978. At just past 7
PM, I got a phone call from George Biro. He was the 14 years old son
of my friends, Bob and Marge Biro.
"Man, we've got to go fishing. We've GOT to go NOW!'
Having George call to ask me to perform favors for him that were
clearly "above and beyond" the call of friendship was not unusual.
My regular response would be to comply. But it was cold, it was
raining, it was a Monday evening. Driving the 45 miles from my home
to my parents' lake house near Bloomington, Indiana was definitely
NOT anything that I wanted to do.
I offered my best arguments as to why we should postpone the trip.
George came back with, "But, you're off work tomorrow, aren't you?"
(He shouldn't have known that.) Before I knew it, George and I were
on our way to Lake Lemon.
I was 26 at the time. I worked as a psychiatric attendant on the
Deaf Unit at Central State Hospital in Indianapolis. George had that
week off from high school because of Spring Break.
It has always been hard for me to say "no" to George. Even at 14, he
had a rare, contagious sense of humor that I've always found very
refreshing.
At just past 8 PM, we were headed South on SR 135, just North of the
town of Trafalgar. George noticed what looked like a glowing white,
illuminated "pin ball", keeping pace with us as it glided just above
the railroad tracks that parallel the highway about a thousand feet
to the West.
"Man, look!", George observed. "They're ALIENS!... Bring'em ON! I'll
knock'em out!" (George has always been a great one for machismo.)
The object was pacing us at about 200 feet above the tracks. I could
feel a "wash" of energy as it passed through the car, coming
obviously from the object. Very shortly after the energy wave had
covered us, the "pin ball" lifted upward and beyond sight. It was
then that we noticed that that the rain had stopped.
We arrived at the lake house just before 9 P.M.. We make our camp
fire along the shore and set about fishing. Some time around 10
o'clock, another object appeared from behind; floating silently over
our shoulders. This object was much closer to the ground and to us.
It appeared to be a transparent orb. As it floated from NW to SE,
you could see golden "energy" accumulate along it's outer hull (as
if it had been gathered from the air itself) and then "shoot" in a
straight line into a central point.
The magnificence of this sight against the black, starless sky was
beyond description. My reaction was a bit strange. "Send it
energy!", I encouraged George. I attempted to make a connection by
sending pranic energy through my outstretched arms. George, on the
other hand, began to throw up (somewhat unnerved). I guess he
figured that the "aliens" had decided to take him up on his offer to
take them on.
So much for fishing!
I guided George up the sloped yard to the lake house, and encouraged
him to make his bed on the bathroom floor, wrapped around the
toilet.
By this time in my life, I had heard enough about the process of
alien abductions that I realized that we were to (obviously) be that
night's catch.
I didn't say anything to George about my thoughts pertaining to the
abduction that I felt was inevitable. George was able to fall asleep
very quickly. I (on the other hand) kept a silent, nervous vigil on
the hallway floor in front of the bathroom door. I reasoned that
anyone attempting to get to George would first have to (at least)
step over me. As a defensive measure, it was clearly pointless. But
actually, I did it as a psychological comfort for George. Inwardly,
I quietly knew that we were headed for the Galactic exam tables.
I woke up at just after 8:30 the next morning. I looked into the
bathroom (No George!) "Oh shit!", I said out loud. I scrambled to
look out the kitchen window. There (thank God) was George, having
fun chasing the geese by the shore.
I walked back to the bathroom with the pondering, "I wonder how I
could have explained to Marge that George had been hauled off to
another solar system?" As soon as I entered the bathroom, my
attention was drawn to my reflection in the mirror, and to a raised
"injection" mark that I could clearly see on the right side of my
neck. Now I was freaked. "We've got to get the hell out of here!", I
thought. I made a couple of very VERY strong cups of instant coffee
- it was like my head was stuffed with cotton - and did my best to
interest George in the idea of heading back home. We finally did
leave about 1: 30 that afternoon.
The hour drive back to Indy was uneventful. I dropped George off as
their home on Kelly St. and just as suddenly found myself being
overtaken by a very strange "drowsiness". It was all I could do to
stay awake as I managed the 7 block drive to my bedroom in the
basement of my parents' house on Garfield Dr.. My focus narrowed as
I entered the front door. All that was on my mind was making it to
the bed and collapsing. That's exactly what happened.
I woke up from my 6+ hour "nap" at about 9:30. I had promised my
friend Jim that I would be at his house that evening by 9. I called
Jim and apologized for my tardiness. Before I left, I made a point
of changing the shirt that I had been wearing for almost 36 hours.
It was a white T-shirt with a frontal emblem of a setting sun, palm
tree, and hovering sea gull. After I returned from Jim's house, I
slept for another 7 hours and went to work the next morning.
That next evening (Wednesday) I decided that I should drop by at the
Biro's to see how George was doing following out "alien" experience
from Monday night.
As soon as I walked in the door, Marge "cornered" me. "Why were you
acting so strange last night?"
"What do you mean?", I responded.
"You know,", Marge continued, "You came walking in here, said "How's
it going?"; walked back to the kitchen - turned around - came back
to the living room, said, "See you later," and left.
For one of the truly rare moments in my life, I was "speechless".
"What time last night?" I asked. "About 7:30.", she answered.
"What was I wearing?" (I somehow had the presence of mind to
remember that I had not changed shirts until after 9:30 Tuesday
night. I was allowing for the possibility of sleep-waking.)
Marge answered, "You had on a powder blue, silky looking shirt."
At that point, Bob non-chalantly lowered his evening paper and very
methodically interjected.
"And what about the flying saucer?"
"WHAT flying saucer????", I was really starting to freak!
BOB: "The flying saucer that the neighbor kids saw you come out of
and go back up into."
"I don't HAVE a flying saucer!", I was nearly in tears. We all knew
each other well enough to know that nobody was lying so we (very
quickly) dropped the subject.
And THERE the whole incident remained, never again to be
resurrected.

But for me, this was only the beginning of a most bizarre odyssey.

(to be continued)

Mark Andrews
***********************


--The Power of Visualization--

Visualization is one of the oldest methods of healing. It was used
by the ancient Egyptians and later passed on to the ancient Greeks.
There were actual healing temples built where people would travel
for miles to come and be healed of all manner of illness. In the
ancient Temple of Epidaurus records of case histories were uncovered
by archaeologists.

Visualization can be used for creating anything you desire. All you
need to do is set aside a time for relaxation, or meditation, then
conjure up a mental image of a desired goal or result. Do this for
five minutes to half an hour at least once a day, more often if time
allows. Create whatever you envision as a consistent image, this can
be a literal or symbolic image, that represents the goal or result
you desire. To empower this visualization even further draw or paint
a picture of this goal or result.

Thoughts have a vibrational level, and energy level that can cause
changes not only in your outer world, but the inner and physical as
well, thereby changing and creating healthy cells where now there
may be diseased, unhealthy cells. The power of thought and
visualization is what causes the body to age. Think about that for a
minute. What is it you THINK about with each passing birthday? What
is it you see each time you look in the mirror? Now you may not even
realize this consciously, but your subconscious has been programmed
to think; as the years pass the body grows older and becomes as
grandma or grandpa - old, grey, wrinkled and decrepit. Those who go
through life never thinking about growing older are the ones you see
that can be ninety-years old and look sixty, or forty-years old and
look twenty-five, and so forth. "Whatever a man thinketh - so he
is," someone said something similar to that before, and so true it
is.

Mary Baker Eddy, founder of Christian Science, once wrote: "To
prevent disease or to cure it, the power of Truth, of Divine Spirit,
must break the dream of the material senses. To heal by argument,
find the type of the ailment, get its name, and array your mental
plea against the physical. Argue at first mentally, not audibly,
that the patient has no disease, and conform the argument so as to
destroy the evidence of the disease. Mentally insist that harmony is
the fact, and that sickness is a temporal dream. Realize the
presence of health and the fact of harmonious being, until the body
corresponds with the normal conditions of health and harmony."

Psychokinesis is another use of mind over matter. Mankind has only
touched the tip of the iceberg when it comes to the power of the
mind. Edgar Cayce, was one of the most famous clairvoyants who used
visualization; he would psychically SEE the patient and relate what
it was he was visualizing - then his diagnosis would be startlingly
accurate. ESP is significantly enhanced if you can free your mind of
all distractions and focus your entire attention on the mental
images that come spontaneously from the unconscious. The shaman uses
visualization in their role as seer to mediate between the spiritual
and material world, to soul travel to an other's soul in order to
heal their patient; when they return the patient suffering is
alleviated and a healing takes place.

Visualization is using a transference of consciousness, as all is
consciousness you transfer positive consciousness to where negative
consciousness resides to obtain a healing, to release a fear, to
create that which you desire as a positive outcome. Now this works
in reverse also, so you must always be aware of what it is you are
visualizing.

Think prosperity, visualize prosperity and you will prosper. Think
poor, visualize poor and you will be poor. It works just like prayer
and the saying; "Be careful what you pray for - you just might get
it!" Well, be careful what you mentally conjure up, because if you
focus on it long enough you darn well will get it. How do you think
some of the oldest religions in the world ever worked, and still
work today? I am speaking of such things as witchcraft and voodoo.
Those who practice it, visualizes the outcome of the spell, or
healing, or whatever. Of course when they use these powers of
visualization for ill towards another, then it can and will
reverberate right back on them. For what you sow you shall reap!

When you visualize seek harmony with the world, and with your Self.
Envision yourselves as benevolent, worthwhile beings who are Masters
in the making, who are Divine beings at One with God and your
fellowman, One with All That Is, who has a purpose and a place in
the Omniverse where all hopes and dreams can be fulfilled.

Creation by visualization follows the Universal Law of Magic which
states: "The Law of Magic is that law which creates change. Physical
change comes about through the change in consciousness.
Consciousness changes in response to anticipation. Anticipation
results from imagery and preparation, fears and desires, based on
fallacies or facts. Preparation for change, changes consciousness,
which results in physical change. The quality and quantity of
description and imagery, the intensity and consistency of attitudes
and actions, the collective and disruptive energies of others, all
work together to influence the direction and course of the change.
Everyone to some degree, for good or for ill, is both victim and
master of the Law of Magic. The Law of Magic is an extension of the
Law of Unity."

If you can see it in your mind's eye - you will have it!
The Circle of Light - ladyisis@...


--The Seven Principles of Huna--

From: Martha McKinney - marthadan@... - through Circle of
Light Newsletter
http://www.planetherbs.com/articles/seven_principles_of_huna.htm

EKE'
The world is what you think it is.

This life of ours is a dream... our dream. A dream we share with
other people, with the earth. A dream we also share with ourselves,
alone. This dream of our experiences, this reality as we call it,
comes from inside, comes from our thoughts, our ideas, our beliefs,
our fears, our desires, our angers, and our pleasures. All the ways
we think produce this experience of ours. From night comes day. From
thought comes reality. If we would change this reality, says this
knowledge, then we must change ourselves. It is wasted time, wasted
energy to change the outer world alone. To truly change the outer
world, we must first go within and find that place which is creating
the outer world, and change that... change that fear to hope, anger
to love, change that belief in a lack to a belief in abundance. This
is eke'... working within to create the outer. This is the most
important idea. All the following ideas come from this first one.

KALA
There are no limits.
Meaning we are all connected.
Separation is an illusion.

Each one of us is connected... mind and body, spirit and man, earth
and man, plants and animals, clouds and sky and ocean. We are all
connected together. Kala says that separation is an illusion, but
that because we create our own reality with our thoughts, we
sometimes create a sense, a belief, in our own separateness. As we
believe we are separate, we create sickness. When we create a sense
of separateness, in our thoughts and our feelings, to that degree
there is sickness in our relationships. Kala says that there is
really underneath this sense of separation, a real oneness, a
connection. If we can get rid of those thoughts, feelings, and acts
of separation then that oneness comes together. And as this
connection is made, we become healthy again, with ourselves, with
others around us, with the earth... this is kala. It is a way of
creating that connection, of freeing up.

There is a gesture here in the islands, which means "hang loose."
Which is to say when you get uptight, you create tension. When you
create tension, you create separation. So "hang loose." When you
relax and flow with them, you are healthier, relationships are
better and very interestingly, when you are relaxed and flowing with
things it is easier to change them. Kala is not saying that you must
accept things the way they are. It says that when you relax with
them you can change them easier.

MAKEA
Energy flows where attention goes.

Wherever there is a flow of energy and attention, events are
created. Wherever you direct your attention and keep it directed in
that way, to an object or to an idea, then the flow of energy
continues and according to the nature of your thoughts that is the
return flow you receive. So if you are putting out, thinking out
positive thoughts about the world around you, positive energy flows
back. When you are putting out and thinking out negative thoughts
about the world around you then negative energy flows back and
negative results come into your life. If you are thinking out
thoughts of abundance and keeping that consistently, not just once
in a while, but thinking that way, then abundance flows into your
life. If you are thinking thoughts of happiness and joy,
consistently, then to that degree happiness and joy come into your
life. When you focus on fear and anger, then you have fear and anger
in your life. You have the ability , the wonderful skill, says this
knowledge, to decide how you are going to focus your thoughts, your
energy, your attention and thereby change what is flowing back into
your life. So all of these ideas, starting from that first one, are
telling you how to make these changes from within that will create
the changes outside.

MANOUA
NOW IS THE TIME OF POWER

This moment, right here. There is no power in the past. There is no
power in the future. The past has no power over you. You are the one
who has power right in this moment to change what you think and the
effects of the past fail to hold you. You don't walk forward in life
with any burden of the past. You walk forward in life with thoughts
and ideas about yourself and about the past. It is those ideas in
every given moment that determine your reality. If you have beauty
in your life, the way we have beauty in these islands, then you are
creating this beauty now. Says, this idea that you are increasing
this beauty by appreciating it now. If you stop appreciating this
beauty, if you start loosing your sense of beauty, then so will the
world around you loose its beauty. As we have seen happens some
places on this earth of ours. The more you appreciate, take pleasure
in the moment, the more you strengthen that, the more you increase
that. So it is not what you have been but what you are that makes
what you have in any given moment. The future as well does not lie
waiting in front of you to move forward and bump into it. It is
created in every present moment by the the seeds of thought you
plant now. Sometimes we have weeds from the past, but we can pull
those up and plant new seeds, and create a new future. So says this
knowledge. As we go along, new seeds are planted, and if we do not
like what these seeds have produced then at any time we can pull
them up and plant new seeds. So it is every moment that we have our
power and there is power in everything else too.

ALOHA
means love,
pure and simple

Deeper in the word is the meaning of love, which is 'to be happy
with,' to be happy with something or someone. This is the great
discovery, this most marvelous secret of this knowledge which was
discovered by these people. That to love is to be happy with to the
degree that you are happy with yourself, with people, with the world
around you, you are in love and love is being expressed. But to the
degree that you are criticizing, to the degree that you are angered
, not pleased with, unhappy with things and people around you, you
diminish love. So love has nothing to do with pain. Love has nothing
to do with hurting people or being hurt. Love is the happiness, the
joy, the pleasure in any relationship, because to love is to be
happy with.

MANA
means power,
divine power,
creative power.

The concept of mana is that there is one source of power, and that
source flows through each one of us. Not only us as human beings but
through the earth, through every stone, through every tree, through
every cloud. Mana is the inner power that gives each thing it's own
creativity. Mana is the power of the waves of the sea to come up and
kiss the shore. Mana is the power of the wind to carry the clouds,
and blow across the lands and the oceans. Mana is the power of a
stone to be strong and stable. Mana is the power of human beings to
be creative, in their own unique way. Mana is that source of power
within each person within each thing in this universe and most
important comes the idea, the further idea, that true power comes
from within. That there is no power outside of you that has any
power over you. That all the power for your existence comes from
that source through you. That whenever we think anything has power
over us, whether it is nature, another person, whatever we believe
has more power over our lives than we do then all we are doing,
according to this knowledge, is diminishing our own power. Holding
it back, holding it down and in a very strange way pretending not to
have the power we really have. Mana, it is a power to do something,
not a power over... it is this power within each one of us, each
thing, to be itself to its utmost potential. Now, the more we allow
ourselves to experience this power, to feel it, to use it, to claim
it, then we have that power to make ourselves reach our highest
potential.

PONO
Effectiveness is the measure of truth.

There is always another way to do anything. That we are never really
stuck in one way... no one truth. There is no one method, technique,
one kind of medicine, one way to be happy, one person you can be
happy with. There are many ways to achieve your goals, to enjoy
life... to fulfill it. This is pono. There is always another way.
The idea continues. Plans are not sacred. Your purpose might be
sacred, but the way you achieve that purpose is not. If you want to
achieve a given purpose, however, you must use the means suitable to
that purpose. If you want to create peace, then you must use
peaceful means, or you will never get peace. From violence you will
only get more violence. Until people tire of violence, and get
together and use peaceful means to create peace. If you start out
with peace, with a love of peace in your heart, says this knowledge,
you will move toward peace in your life. A very, very practical
truth this one is. A practical way of living with yourself and with
other people...

These are the principles of this knowledge, practiced by the kapua
this knowledge called kahuna. This knowledge that comes from these
islands and others like it in the pacific. Here is wisdom. If you
would share this, if you would use this. Take any part of it you
like and apply and use it in your own life.


--The 7 Secrets To Knowing Your Higher Self--

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D

Each of us is connected with the Divine. The Higher Self within us
far transcends the understanding of our conscious minds. This is the
power that all the great geniuses and teachers of history have
accessed. It is also the place of magic and miracle in our lives.
Here are the seven key steps to contact it:

1. Belief & Expectation: Transform Your World View!

The first step is to BELIEVE that you have a Higher Self to
establish communication with! Then EXPECT every day that this
communication will improve as you focus diligently on inner growth.
Without these two essential pre-requisites, it is hard to achieve
anything at all in life, even on the physical level. For inner
growth, these two qualities are essential. So set a GOAL to achieve
contact with the Higher Self, review that goal daily, and maintain
your purpose with determination until success is yours.

We are brought up with a primarily materialistic world view that
neglects the role of Spirit. To establish close contact with
spiritual realms, we need to have our entire being - conscious and
subconscious - congruent with our goal. In any major activity/goal,
you have to establish the rules of the game and the way it is
played. Contacting your Higher Self is the same. Therefore, seek out
writings and teachers that expand your understanding of the universe
as fundamentally being a realm of Consciousness and Mind.

2. Solitude & Meditation

Make regular time for yourself where you can be totally alone. A
quiet place is preferable. Just sit quietly with no expectations. Do
NOTHING. This may feel very uncomfortable and strange in the
beginning. Persist. You give time and space for the inner voice to
make itself heard. It will do so either during that quiet time, or
else during the events of the day. A synchronistic event will occur;
someone will tell you exactly what you need to hear; you will get a
sudden flash of insight. All the great geniuses of history have
found times of regular solitude and silence for themselves. You
should too.

In meditation, you work to discipline your mind and silence the
internal chatter that constantly fill it. You create a pure vessel
for the Higher Self to fill. Following your breath is an excellent
meditation discipline, as is concentrating upon a candle flame. Or
visualize a golden ball of light in your Solar Plexus that fills
your whole body with energy and healing. There are many practices
that you can study and use.

3. Journal

Record your feelings, emotions, dreams and insights every day in a
journal. This will help you to come into closer contact with your
inner intuitive depths. You can ask the Higher Self questions here,
and then later on record whatever insights/answers you receive. If
you do this regularly with belief and expectation, you WILL receive
the answers you need.

4. Inner Dialogue

Conduct a regular inner dialogue with your Higher Self. For the next
40 days, decide to keep in contact throughout the day. Say to your
Higher Self, "I know you are there and I want to get to know you and
pay attention to you. Please begin to speak to me and guide my
life." Don't worry if this dialogue is entirely one-way to begin
with. Remember that you have been out of touch for decades. It takes
a while to clear the cobwebs! Persist with this inner dialogue as if
talking to a friend - chatting, asking questions, sharing your hopes
- and begin to listen for answers. They will come.

5. Life Lessons

Look upon life as a Mystery School. Believe that the whole of your
life - events, situations and people - has been structured PRECISELY
in order to teach you exactly what you need to know right now.
Approach life as if the whole of creation is conspiring to do you
good! Whenever something happens in your life, for good or ill, ask
yourself what the lesson is for you. Even unpleasant
people/situations have been deliberately placed there as a challenge
to help you grow. As you begin to view life as a drama in which you
are play the starring role, the role of the Higher Self will become
increasingly evident in your life. Record your findings in your
journal.

6. Dreams

Expect your Higher Self to speak to you in dreams. Before going to
sleep, do some stretching and bending to relax your body completely.
Ask your Higher Self a question and expect an answer. When you wake
up, recall whatever you can of your dream and write it down in your
journal. If you are not used to remembering dreams, this will take
time and persistence. However, with patience, you will begin to
recall your dreams AND receive answers from your Higher Self.

7. Mindfulness

Focus upon living more and more in the present, on the NOW. When you
are eating, be aware that you are eating. When you walk, know that
you are walking. The only real moment is now - the past is gone
forever and the future has yet to be. Therefore, work to clear your
mind of concerns, illusions and extrapolations. Clear the mental
clutter from the mind and create space for the Higher Self to fill.

Patience Is The Catalyst To Progress!

Remember, you may have spent your entire life out of touch with
Source. Therefore, it takes time to learn how to re-establish
contact. Anything worth doing takes time and practice. Be vigilant
and practice these seven steps every day, and you will receive the
answers you need. Remember: The Higher Self WANTS to be in contact.
In fact, to even speak of it as someone apart from you is
contradictory. The Higher Self IS you! The real you. So get in touch
with YOU!

Copyright 2002. Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved

___________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is an active author/researcher on personal
development and esoteric spirituality. Asoka's work helps people
achieve their full potential, deepen their understanding of mystical
truth, and find joy in their true soul's purpose.
You can visit his website at: http://www.aksworld.com/7gs.htm?PROX


--One only - Universal Law--

By Doug Lewis - doug_lewis@...

How often has this thought, (or one like it), crossed your mind,
"Why do certain things exist and persist, even if they are
undesirable and not much wanted by anyone?"

The other day, this very question crossed my mind again. After
gazing at my navel for a while, (my metaphor for cogitating), I
reached a conclusion.

"Everything that exists and persists does so because we acknowledge
existence of it. Ignored things fade and vanish."

I know this observation seems simplistic on the surface, but when
one considers the power and magic in being able to create and
sustain something or make it vanish, that is a powerful trick.

How many things today have simply vanished because they are no
longer acknowledged by the general population? Even enormous, (for
the times), things have simply vanished even though for a time they
represented the most important thing to humans at that time.
Bringing something into existence is just as easy, it simply
requires acknowledgement of its existence by someone somewhere and
agreement by others that it is so.

One of the ramifications of this simple observation is that being in
opposition to something undesirable... in fact, SUPPORTS its
existence! Exactly the opposite effect to what one intends or
desires. I think this example of irony may be the crux of the
concept. In any event the observation gave rise to a diary entry,
one I would like to share.

Reference "Brain Wave Diary" (02/02/02)

One only - Universal Law.

"Space allows ALL to exist... for ALL needs somewhere to be."

Change prevents certainty of anything else.

Other "facts" are snapshots of personal perspective and are true
only once... for that individual for there and then. Un-pursued or
ignored perspectives remain undiscovered or simply vanish. What we
pursue is what we manifest... into something we know as reality.
Things exist simply because we acknowledge them. Therefore without
life perceiving things, there is virtually nothing.

Creation is yours to perform within the miraculous gifted space.

This endless space is dedicated for your reality to manifest within,
a changing place for all possibility. Imagine a world where only
desirable things receive acknowledgement. Desirable IS all in the
mind. When sufficient minds agree on desirable, desirability is
granted.

This is the reality of our current state and our hope for changing
reality.

How difficult is it NOT to pursue the undesirable? Very! Our nature
is predisposed to oppose.

Once we resist this temptation we are able to move forward with
desirable earth changes and changes for ourselves.

~~~~

In appreciation for my many virtual friends, there is a fun
metaphysical story available for reading at my site, it may be fun
for some and help pass away some time with troubles left far behind.
It is a first draft so is... as is.

It is dedicated to the wonder of wondering and those that would
wonder so...

Why not join Wendy, Marcus, Mr. Dross and the intrepid Vig as they
unwittingly set about concluding the prophecy of the Mayan calendar.
Who would have guessed Luq Doe, with a mind of her own would become
the catalyst for the conclusion. Visit strange places, awe at
examples of nature and her unfathomable approaches, peek into little
known cultures... Yes, this adventure story it is simply for fun and
you may enjoy it.

The Story

Her life's memories were taken tragically in a most bizarre twist of
fate. Comatose for seven years she languished with undetermined
brain damage. No one of kin claimed this waif as theirs and she
languished alone in a strange and foreign land totally dependent on
strangers' benevolence and her finders good will.

She truly was in ONE'S hands.

How could someone of such miserable circumstance become earth's most
treasured link?

Meaning well, the children read to Luq while she lay in coma. Seven
solid years of fairy tales and ancient mystery replaced lost memory
as she slumbered - with fairy tale reality.

A mind like no other, no other mind would do. There is a yellow
brick road and an old woman in a shoe. To save a world takes way
more than we could ever know, for Luq it was so simple to sing and
save the show. Twenty twelve was coming fast and risk there was
aplenty, but Luq and crew held fast their way and whisked us all to
safety.

>From a nursery rhyme dated 2045 written by an unknown but grateful
Luq fan... It should be noted all written learning materials beyond
2012 took the form of nursery rhymes - by popular choice of the
world population...

Leave trouble behind and proceed to the ~(HOLO-SPHERE)~

Found at http://www.bigwave.ca/~doug_lewis


--Closing Words--

Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
Open Forum: The Final Station:
http://members.boardhost.com/projectx/
Free Channel for Free People: StarChat, #RealmScape
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe, e-mail to: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com or
visit your SpiritWeb account.
To unsubscribe, e-mail to: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com or
visit your SpiritWeb account.
This letter was sent to over 1700 recipients! Its copy can be found
at:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/misc.htm#Earlier

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 68 - January 20, 2002
__________________________________________
Featuring in this edition:

--Opening Words - Searching for the Self--
--The Brain Wave Diary--
--An Automatic Writing from Me to You--
--Chaos & Impermanence--
--Law of Attraction--
--Closing Words--
___________________________________________

--Opening Words - Searching for the Self--

by Alania

The search for self is something we all go through at some point or
other in our lives. It often comes at a time of major change, when
we reach a crossroads and need to find out who we are inside before
moving further along our chosen path.

For many of us, this search, and the accompanying change can be very
difficult - often leading to feelings of anxiety, sadness, anger,
futility and a loss of self worth. All of these things though are
commonplace with a struggle so large as defining who you are on the
inside, so it is not surprising that they must be gone through in
order to come out the other side of the dilemma.

Despite all of the negative side effects which accompany the search,
it is, in the end, a very positive experience. You come out of it a
much stronger person - a person who knows their whole self.

Admittedly, I am someone who is going through this transitional
period currently in my life. It is a very difficult period, and I am
finding that there are certain things which one needs to clarify
with ones self in order to succeed:

- What are your morals/ethics/philosopies in life
- What are your long and short term goals in life
- What are you happy with in your life
- What are your strenghts (spiritualy/physicaly/emotionaly/mentaly)
- What are your weaknesses and how can you improve upon them
- Who are you? Define for yourself who you are now
- Who will you be? Define for yourself who you see yourself as after
this challenge is overcome.
- What do you love about yourself, why
(spiritualy/physicaly/emotionaly/mentaly)
- What do you dislike about yourself, why

Once you have fully answered the above, you can begin to actually
work on changing yourself and moving towards your evolved persona.
This is, however, easier said than done, as the questions above are
not as easy to answer as they seem, and actually changing is a very
challenging process - remember, you are changing someone that you
have gotten comfortable with over a number of years, and chances
are, some of you are like me, and are very stubborn and impatient.
This does not help one bit ;).

At any rate, I hope you found this brief article somewhat
interesting. Should you have any questions or comments, feel free to
email me at erithan@...


--The Brain Wave Diary--

Reference: "The Brain Wave Diary" (12/25/01)

A matter of reincarnation

What are we? - Really!

"Oh! Doesn't s/he look just like so and so." (A reference to a
relative or relatives). "Look, I see Grandma's eyes, uncle Bo's
nose, great aunt Chloe's chin." This is a familiar conversation
around most families when discussing the latest addition. Many times
it can be clearly seen that physical attributes are passed along the
chain of life, from kin to kin, legacy attributes of the genome.

Sometimes I have wondered what else might be passed along besides
physical attributes.

Along my way I have met many, and many have talked about "memories".

Memories seem to come in two flavours, re-callable memories
experienced directly and memories which seem to have origin outside
of our direct experience. Often people will associate the indirect
memories with passed lives, lives lived within a cycle or process of
continuous "reincarnation". The feeling of being here before appears
quite prevalent for many. While I can relate exactly to these strong
feelings of being here before, as various manifestations of self
down through the ages, I have also wondered why.

It is not that I doubt the phenomena of reincarnation but there has
always been a nagging issue within me that could never quite accept
the literal "reincarnation" assumption. I can see clearly why a
person would associate their strong feelings of "past" life with
being here before but... perhaps there is another source. It is
always good to explore these supernatural phenomena and so this is
an alternate thought on the topic.

Scientifically, it is well established the parents of a baby pass
along genetic material that when combined make up the physical
attributes of the baby, but what if... more than physical components
are passed along. What if, "memories" and other non-physical
elements are also passed along. Memories are chemically stored
"bits" of information that are not much different than other "bits"
of genetic coding.

Even scientifically it has been shown through experiment, memory can
indeed be passed along.

In one experiment using the common flatworm, a British scientist
demonstrated that a trained "response" to slight electrical shock
current in combination with a flash of light was indeed passed along
to the next generation, whereby the new generation "reacted" to
light flashes by squirming as though reacting to a mild electrical
shock their predecessors experienced along with their light flashes.
Other flatworms used as non-participative control subjects did not
react to the flashes of light. Certainly the indication from this
experiment seems to show "memory" of being "shocked" was passed
along through genetic transfer.

What are the millions of "blank" DNA strand cells scientists are
struggling to associate physical characteristics to as they unravel
the human genome? Perhaps these copious blank spots do not associate
with physical characteristics at all. Perhaps they associate with
the other two thirds of our composition, mind and spirit. I know
science deals only with one third of our "absolute" manifestation,
the physical. Perhaps soon science will need to explore the other
aspects before they can be triumphant in cataloguing what we
"really" are.

No, I am not trying to cast doubt on the theory of reincarnation, I
am merely looking to keep open all possibility, it seems one of my
inherited memories is to do this.

My question to you is, "What else may be passed along the chain of
life besides physical attributes?"

As Albert Einstein once observed, "To understand everything, look
deep into nature."

Submitted respectfully,
Doug, (aka WaveWarrior).

"The mind thinks, the spirit considers and the body makes it so."
Simple - No?

To enquire about "Excerpts from the Brain Wave Diary", please
contact me, it is soon to be available if by the grace it is to be.
http://www.bigwave.ca/~doug_lewis


--An Automatic Writing from Me to You--

[In reply to Opening Words of PXN # 65]

Alex,

I had to reply to this, because I thought it was not accurate for me
at all, I don't forget myself or my beliefs in times of crisis, to
the contrary, I become stronger in my truth, and call upon the
spirit when I really need it.

It's easy to forget for a hour or two or even a day when something
traumatic happens, but that's normal behavior, we are our own
healers, and I need to think things through before I can really
concentrate on my soul or religion or have prayer for hours on end.
In fact, I couldn't think of anything worse. Though by engaging
awareness, I have learnt that detachment is also needed and it is a
MIRACULOUS way to achieve control of our painful and angry emotions.
Because violence and anger is so common these days, we are really
putting out invitations to the universe to give back what we put
out. I mean Collectively, not as one person receiving his karma, he
also when he put out some evil intent, joined the pool of the world
mind, thus putting the earth in to fairly unstable reactions. God
only knows, what's next?? It's almost funny if you can step out and
see earth in this way, we are like really stupid as a collective
consciousness. All that's missing is the teaching of metaphysics in
schools, I think that's the solution to peace.

Metaphysics should be a core subject like math or reading and not
something we can choose to dabble with in high school, it should be
compulsory at some point in a youth's education to learn
metaphysics. And collective consciousness is inclusive in this, so
if our young ones are taught properly the world WOULD hit critical
mass in not that long, 10 -15, or less, I'm not a fortune teller,
I'm a problem solver. Quite possibly less though if you consider as
each soul awakens, it will gain greater momentum of collective
consciousness, when each person, has that trigger of understanding.

Enlightenment. Not Illumination either, which is ALL society is, a
twisted version of truth and reality, from wrong thinking and all
the other negatives, like fear of death, and aging and blah blah
blah, that the power freaks covertly promote through really
underhanded manipulation, if you look at the bigger picture. And
Media, is the real head screwer....... no wonder some religions
banned TV, but I'm not that extreme, I like to know what's going on,
but then I detach and say, "If TV had never been invented, I would
never had known about the people in Afghanistan, and America's
egotistical domination and standard setting type structure, through
the most powerful tool, our eyes, our visions, the media, the TV.
Using stunning 'glamourising' of reality to trigger our
materialistic weaknesses, which are rooted in fear. In fact, it's
not us people (sons and daughters) that are materialistic, it's the
information we let ourselves be captivated by, what we see, what
looks beautiful and so on. Especially for our children. In my day,
I'm 31 now, but when I was a child, the special effects and
technological discoveries were somewhat poorer, which allowed us to
not be so stressed to be perfect materially, children never had that
experience, so they think this is real what they see on TV, because
the graphics and effects are so flawless, the visions then become
indecipherable from real life to young minds. My son even confirmed
this a few years ago when I told him the movie (Terminator) he was
watching wasn't real and all those people weren't really getting
blown away and that the bad guy couldn't really be made of Mercury.
All we have to do is realize our responsibility of having this
knowledge is to share it, so from now we should speak about his
openly to our youth and it will not be a problem for them to have to
sort out for themselves later on.

The country and culture of the Afghan nation has ruined its own
society by the way they handle their lives and in a karmic way has
created its own dramas. Not to say I don't feel compassion for the
innocent but hey, people must realize the only thing saving them is
their awareness, and by remaining as sheep, as most people the world
over regardless of culture do, I can't help but feel we almost
deserve the punishments handed out by the universe. I think we
should wonder if the casualties that came after the attacks on the
World Trade Center on Sep11, is Karma for Afghanistan which is also
a result of their ludicrous beliefs and the way they treated their
women and people.

At some point the universe will give back what energy that
collective consciousness had already put out.

So until we get real, which we are not, we are asleep (and we think
we are not) these tragic events will happen, there will be wars upon
wars, murders upon murders, like it isn't already our reality!!

Wake up lambs, wake up, we have the power of numbers, if only we
could all just wake up. It would be so easy, to change, if one by
one we each did the hard work, soul work, spirit work, and earth
work that we have been needing to do, all the moaning, depressive,
debating and arguing and powertrips would be balanced, and as we
gain inner peace, one person at a time.

Whenever possible speak about your truth and learn the art of
intelligent communication, because that key component is really
truly powerful, making clear before you do this that your intent is
positive, rather than preaching which is more like someone trying to
have their 15 minutes of fame.

If we learn the science of the metaphysical, in time we will relax
and love life in a fuller, balanced, more fulfilling way. It's not
about becoming a critic of what's wrong and what's right, it's a
deeper, more evolved understanding of our human-ness and we are
ready now to understand it, as Earth and its people are evolving
into a new future of technology, whether we like it or not. Don't be
sheep and follow the leader, want for a better security inside
ourselves, and make it happen each of us.

We all know inside ourselves the answer to the question that
silently plagues us all and has power over us subliminally, 'Will
Earth survive if we just go on blindly trying to keep all the
requirements of society happy?'

So will you dream on, or will you wake up from that ill fated
sleep???

Love and Clarity
Deborah Bower - debraB@...


--Chaos & Impermanence--

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D

Chaos Theory is a dramatic new science that has forever changed the
way we look at Nature, and indeed reality itself. Yet, it also bears
strong resemblance to ancient metaphysical views; particularly the
Buddhist doctrine of Impermanence.

Phrases like "The devil's in the details" or "What you don't know
can kill you" are good starting points for understanding Chaos
Theory. Simply put, throughout the history of Science, scientists
have traditionally used neat formulas to explain natural phenomena;
everything from steam boiling from your kettle to the movement of
planets. They were approximately correct. Until recently, the
computing power simply did not exist to solve more complex problems
with any degree of accuracy.

However, the world is not a simple neat formula. It is far more
complex. Indeed, it is precisely what you do NOT know about any
given natural system that can lead to your prediction about it
eventually being a million miles away from reality.

Scientists call this "sensitive dependence upon initial conditions".
In plain English, it means that unless you know EVERYTHING about a
system to the nth degree, your prediction of it will eventually go
astray as time elapses. The chaos/disorder in the system will
eventually overwhelm the order predicted by your equations.

This is why weather forecasts are frequently incorrect. It is also
why economists, no matter how expert they pretend to be, can never
predict the stock markets accurately, no matter how much information
they have at their disposal. The fact that the data available on
these, and other highly complex systems, is not INFINITE, is
precisely why they can never be predicted for long.

Nature is mostly 'non-linear', and Chaos Theory seeks to describe
this. An example of a linear system is a billiard ball. Give it a
light push and it moves slowly for a short distance. Give it a
stronger push, and it moves faster and further. In non-linear
systems, the feedback can far exceed the input.

An example of non-linear feedback is stock market activity. Markets
are not intrinsically dependent upon fundamental "real world"
factors. Opinions, rumor and overall market sentiment are frequently
bigger factors in moving the markets than the actual economics of
the nation. That is one reason why crashes happen. The negativity
leads to selling, which leads to more negativity, which leads to
even more selling. This is the non-linear feedback effect.

Metaphysical Implications of Chaos Theory
---------------------------------------------

This new science tells us that what we call "Chaos" or disorder, and
what we call "Order", are really two aspects of the same thing. They
resemble the classic Taoist symbol of the Yin interwoven with the
Yang; each possessing a portion of its opposite.

Thus, Chaos and Order flux back and forth. Order gives rise to
Chaos. This is readily understood by most people. However, the
opposite is also true, although much less well understood. Chaos
gives rise to Order!

The huge tidal waves, called Tsunamis in Japan, are a good example
of this. One strange feature of non-linear chaotic systems is that
they possess memories! They remember their previous energy states.
In the case of the oceans, much of the time the energy dispersed in
them is incoherent and chaotic. Thus, you see only random choppy
waves. However, there are times when a burst of highly ordered
behavior can emerge from Chaos - seemingly spontaneously. The burst
of coherence may give rise to a wave only a fraction of an inch high
(although very long) in deep ocean water, but it rapidly assumes
enormous heights as it moves into the shallows. This is the origin
of the Tsunami tidal wave.

In many ways, the ocean is a good analogy for all chaotic systems,
including human civilization. In the ocean, Order (tidal waves)
arising spontaneously from Chaos makes it clear that these are
essentially two aspects of the same thing. The only constant is
Change.

Yet, this is what the Buddhists have been teaching for thousands of
years. In the teaching on Impermanence, the Buddha taught that all
things change. Also, in their essential nature, all things dependent
upon other things for their origination. Nothing is a thing in
itself, and nothing lasts for ever. All things have within
themselves the seeds of their own decay. Anything that we regard as
"real" or "solid" or "true" rapidly breaks down under examination.
Moreover, these component parts also break down further until we end
up at the quantum level, about which little more can be said.

This teaching makes it clear that we should not cling to Order as if
it were a desirable thing. Order simply IS. Chaos simply IS. They
are two aspects of the same thing. At any specified time, a
non-linear system possesses Chaos and Order simultaneously, in
differing proportions. At times, Order seems to reign. At other
times, Chaos seems dominant.

We see this in our bodies when they succumb to disease and
subsequently recover. We also see it in the affairs of nations. They
rise from obscurity, overcome rival nations to become a power in the
region, impose Order on a wide scale, and call it an empire.
However, over time, the opposite also occurs. Chaos gradually builds
up, often from within as well as without, until the entire empire
collapses in upon itself.

If you have ever seen those colorful fractal computer patterns,
formed from plotting non-linear equations, you will see this
interweaving of Order and Chaos in a very visual way. As you zoom
into such a pattern, ordered symmetric structures give way to
chaotic swirls of color. Yet, after a while, you again begin to
discern tiny blobs of order appearing. These grow ever larger until
they fill the screen once more. Chaos gives rise to Order, which
gives rise to Chaos. They are, in fact, the same "stuff".

The implications are profound. We should not cling to Order, and
thereby equate it with happiness and security. Rather, we should
actually embrace change, the only certainty in life, and not express
undue dismay when it appears. This is the essential nature of the
flow of existence. Understanding Impermanence means understanding
that you cannot keep propping up the walls when the house is
collapsing from the inside. Yet, that is precisely what humanity
tries to do all the time. We try to preserve our jobs, our nice
homes, our aging bodies, our nation. The leaders of our countries
continually seek to preserve the status quo in an ever-changing and
chaotic world.

Yet, all of this bears the nature of illusion. It is not a case of
preserving Order against the Chaos that threatens from the outside.
It is actually a matter of realizing that Chaos is inherently part
of the system and works from within! Thus, the loss of a job and the
seeking of a new career is not bad news. It is simply the way things
are. The rise and inevitable fall in the fortunes of nations (even
YOUR nation!) is simply a fact. This cannot be changed. It will
happen. It is just a matter of time.

When you also realize the total interdependence of everything upon
everything else, the folly of grasping Order alone becomes even
clearer. It is like bailing out a leaky lifeboat in the midst of a
stormy ocean. You might do better to learn how to swim in the waters
of Impermanence, rather than continually fight against them.

What does all this mean practically? Examine your life. In which
areas are you bailing out the ocean with a teacup? Are you
frantically trying to preserve a career, and thereby neglecting
emerging opportunities? Are you vainly seeking to keep a dead
relationship afloat, harking back to how things used to be, and
refusing to accept that they have changed forever? Or does your
desire for security and the status quo prevent you from taking a big
leap into the unknown; a leap that may be unexpectedly forced upon
you some day when your whole world collapses around you?

All of us are guilty of refusing to flow with change in some areas
of our lives. Take a look and see where this applies to you. The
more you can understand Impermanence and give up grasping your
present or past conditions, and simply learn to be content whilst in
the flow of change, the happier your life will be. Paradoxically, in
a world of inevitable flux between Order and Chaos, the only thing
that has the potential to be constant, and under your complete
control, is your state of mind. It is there, and not in the external
conditions of life, that you have the only chance of developing the
harmony and peace you seek.

Copyright 2001, Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.
___________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is an active writer/researcher on personal
development and esoteric spirituality. Asoka's work helps people
achieve their full potential, deepen their understanding of mystical
truth, and find joy in their true soul's purpose.

His new book, "The 7 Golden Secrets To Knowing Your Higher Self" is
available at http://www.aksworld.com/7gs.htm?PROX
Visit the Mystic Visions website, and subscribe to his FREE ezine,
Aspire To Wisdom at: http://www.aksworld.com?PROX
___________________________________________


--Law of Attraction--

Oct-Nov-Dec 2001 Newsletter From Abraham-Hicks Publications

Good Feels Good And Bad Feels Bad

Because you do not understand the Law of Attraction, you have picked
up utterly illogical beliefs. And then you try to make those
illogical beliefs fit into the framework of where you stand, moment
by moment.

We are wanting to assist you in releasing those illogical beliefs by
looking to the logic of Law of Attraction and letting it prove out
in your own life experience. When you look out into the experiences
of others, and try to make sense of what they're living, from your
framework, you are extraordinarily handicapped, because you do not
have access to their vibrational meter. You can't feel whether they
are in alignment or not. As you try to figure out how it's working
for others, by the handful of flimsy beliefs that have been given to
you by parents or by churches or by government -- or by anyone who
seeks to control you in order to help their experience be better --
you come out of that confused about how it works.

We are here to tell you, simply and purely, how it works: Law of
Attraction is the order of this day. It always has been and it
always will be. What Law of Attraction says is, "This is a
vibrationally based Universe. Everything vibrates, and Law of
Attraction sorts it all out." In the same way that when you turn on
your radio, you're going to receive the signal that your radio is
tuned to, Law of Attraction sorts out matching vibrational
frequencies and gives everybody exactly what they're tuned to.

The thing that is confusing is that you are tuned into lots of
different things. And most of you are not aware of what you're tuned
in to until it manifests, and then you want to give somebody else
the credit for it coming to you, when it is only about your tuning.
It's only about where you've got your dial set. And the easiest way
to understand where you've got your dial set is by paying attention
to the way you feel -- because the way you feel lets you know
everything about your vibrational frequency. We are going to give it
to you in the most precise way that you will ever need to know: Good
means good. Bad means bad.

If it feels good to you, you're in alignment with something you
desire. If it feels bad to you, you are not. Don't let anybody
else's determination of what is good or bad, mess up your ability to
know what's good and bad.

If your house is on fire and the firemen come, and take their hoses
and spray the water into your house and extinguish the fire,
everyone says, "Good job, firemen. Let it be known that the firemen
who came and broke out your windows and sprayed the water into your
house are forevermore known as heroes." But if they come on a day
when there is no fire and break out your windows and spray water
into your house, you say, "It must still be good, because it is
written that that action is good."

Well, that one was easy, because it's easy for you to say, "Fire.
Firemen. Good. No fire. Firemen. Not good." And yet you dig up
histories of long ago, where major pieces of the information have
been left out, and you still come to the conclusion, "Firemen, good
under all conditions."

We are appealing to your logic. We're wanting you to use the
guidance that comes forth from within you to determine the
appropriateness or inappropriateness of any thought, word or deed --
in your now. Not because there is some outside arbitrator who's
getting his feelings hurt if you go astray, but because, in this
moment, you may be pinching yourself off from the Life Force that is
so natural unto you, so much what you want, and so much what you
deserve.

If you think in terms of your connection to Source, first, your life
will align. If you will let the thing that is most important to you
be your alignment to who you are -- your alignment to Source -- then
every desire that is born out of this magnificent contrasting
experience will flow easily unto you.

Many of you are standing in a place different than you really would
like. Sometimes you have physical conditions that you would like to
release. Sometimes there are things not in your life that you would
like to draw into your life. Sometimes your life is feeling very
good, but you are wanting more of that which feels very good. And
the Art of Allowing is your key to living happily ever after.

Now, when we say, "Happily ever after," we're only talking about
"Happily ever after," here in this physical body, because happily
really ever after is a sure thing. You cannot help but really live
really happily, really ever, really after, because you are Eternal
Beings. And you are destined to joyous experience.

Sometimes you are not living happily ever after, here and now. The
only reason that any of you is not living happily ever after, in the
here and now, is because you are holding incompatible vibrations
within you -- that have been given to you by others, and by your own
exposure to life conditions and experience, erroneous conclusions
that do not measure up to Law of Attraction as we know it to be.

You know you're in alignment with Source Energy when you feel good.
So let's say you're remembering something about your behavior from
past experience. Maybe it happened yesterday. Maybe it happened when
you were 16. And as you remember it, you feel uneasy. You feel
guilty. You feel uncomfortable as you think about this.

Now many would say to you, "Well, that means you are guilty. That
guilty feeling is because you did something really, really bad. And
that guilty feeling is what it feels like when you've done something
really, really bad." And we say, that guilty feeling doesn't mean
you've done something really, really bad. It may mean you think
you've done something that is really, really bad. But what it really
means is, right here and now, you are choosing an approach to a
thought that is not consistent with your Source Energy.

Your Source Energy adores you, and, in this moment, you are choosing
not to. You are choosing to remember something that someone else
said. You are concluding that you are inappropriate, while your
Inner Being concludes that you are appropriate.

Any individual or a society who is, in this moment, allowing Source
Energy to flow is not something that you need fear -- but something
that you would all revere.

Now, some feel uneasy as they hear us express this, because they
believe that the only way that the society can ever be contained, to
not be outrageous foolish victimizers, is by holding them down with
restraints or laws, or worrisome things like promises of punishment
after death. And we say, any individual or a society who is, in this
moment, allowing Source Energy to flow is not something that you
need fear -- but something that you would all revere.

You put yourselves in an impossible situation, because you live in
an environment where there are lots of different approaches to life.
And then you wrestle one another to the ground, eternally, as you
are warring over whose beliefs are really the right ones. As if
there could ever be one set of beliefs that is right in all cases.

Were the firemen right, or wrong, to put out that fire? Were the
firemen right, or wrong, to break out those windows? And if they
were right under that condition, then are they right under all
conditions? Of course not. The condition has a lot to do with it,
doesn't it? You must be allowed to make your determination, in the
moment. You must be allowed. And you are.

You are Eternal Beings, eternally moving forward. You cannot get it
done, and you cannot get it wrong because every place that you stand
is a new place of conclusion.

So let's say something happened when you were 16, or yesterday. And
you are uncomfortable about it having happened. Your work, today, is
to bring yourself to a place of comfort. So, we ask you, do you
think that place of comfort will come to you by further
condemnation? Do you think it would come to you by going back and
reliving the event? Or is it even possible to go back and relive the
fact over again? You can't go back and relive it. And it has nothing
to do with your now.

The only thing that has anything to do with your now, is, are you
letting it in? Are you letting in your Inner Being who adores you?
Are you allowing God Force or Creative Life Force, or whatever it is
you're wanting to call it, flow through you here and now? Or are you
using some flimsy excuse of something that happened when you were
16, or something that happened last week, as your excuse to not let
in who you really are?

Accept yourselves as the eternally evolving, blessed beings that you
are, who have only one question to ask, and that is, "Here and now,
am I lettin' it in? Never mind what happened back then. I can't go
back there and let it in. I can remember not letting it in, or I can
remember letting it in, but here and now, the question is, am I
letting it in or not?"

When you let in who you really are, you feel so very good. When you
look at yourself and say, "These are positive aspects of me," you
feel wonderful, (when you mean it). When you look at your mother or
your sister or your mate or a friend, or at an enemy, and you look
for positive aspects, you feel good. Because when you choose a
positive aspect, you choose a point of view consistent with the GOD
within you.

When you say, "He makes me so angry, I could kill him!" you are
choosing a point of view not consistent with who you really are. And
it's not ever going to serve you, no matter how much he deserves
your wrath. He might really be a rascal, and he might really have
disappointed you, and he might really have done something that by
most standards is considered to be wrong, really wrong. He might
have broken out the windows on a day that there was no fire, and
sprayed water all over the house. He might have done that. He might
be wrong by most standards. But our question to you is, why would
you use him as your reason to not let something so important in,
here and now?

You're not ever going to get them all lined up. That's the approach
that so many physical beings take. They think, "If I can just get
everybody behaving well, or being happy, then, once and for all, I
can be. But as long as they're not happy, or something's not going
well with them, then I cannot." And we say, you can't help them
unless you stay Connected. If you're not Connected, you don't feel
good and you have nothing to give them.

So who does it serve by joining the ranks of the condemning? It
serves nothing. All it does is spread the disconnection.
Disconnection and resistance are not letting it in; allowing, love,
appreciation, and looking for positive aspects does.

We've been talking about the power of bridging beliefs: Looking into
my experience and finding something that allows the Energy to flow,
now, relative to something that, maybe, I have not been allowing
Energy to flow about.

As you move through your day-to-day experience, you cannot help but
absorb philosophies and attitudes that surround you. And it's a very
confusing thing, because the greater your sphere of influence -- the
more contradictory information comes to you.

When you're little, if your parents are in absolute agreement, you
have a sort of sense of stability. And as long as you do what they
want, provided that they're consistent in what they ask of you, then
you have some measurement that you can measure your life against.
But if your parents were in disagreement, and one of them said one
thing, and another one said another, and one of them took you aside
and said, "Well, don't worry about that, we'll work it out between
us," then you began to get a little confused early on. And when you
went to school, and your teachers had different philosophies than
your parents, and then, when you got that boyfriend who really had a
different philosophy than your parents, you began to feel like you
did not know what to believe.

Most of you have bounced around like corks on a raging sea trying to
find your place. When all along, the place has been within you: good
feels good, bad feels bad.

"Good for who?" Good for you. "Bad for who?" Bad for you. In other
words, when you allow Source energy to flow through you, you thrive.
When you pinch it off, you thrive to lesser degrees.

>From Abraham-Hicks Workshop
Boca Raton, FL -- 1/27/01
http://www.abraham-hicks.com/welcome.html
Copyright 1997-1999 Abraham-Hicks Publications. You are loved. All
is well.

Received through Circle of Light / Lady Isis's Newsletter


--Closing Words--

Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
Open Forum: The Final Station:
http://members.boardhost.com/projectx/
Free Channel for Free People: StarChat, #RealmScape
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe, e-mail to: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com or
visit your SpiritWeb account.
To unsubscribe, e-mail to: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com or
visit your SpiritWeb account.
This letter was sent to over 1650 recipients! Its copy can be found
at:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/misc.htm#Earlier

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 67 - December 28, 2001
__________________________________________
Featuring in this edition:

--Opening Words--
--Global Prayer Activation--
--An Energy Exercise You Can Use Right Now--
--Fond Memories Of The Future--
--Not For The Faint Of Heart--
--Journey to the Divine--
--City of Dreams--
--Closing Words--
___________________________________________

--Opening Words--

2001. Another year has passed by, and my world is not the same
again, neither on personal, nor on global/cosmic level. It was "my"
year, as I was born 24 years ago, in the year of the Fiery Snake,
and it was another year of the Snake.

I've anticipated that the year will bring changes - but not the way
I expected. The Universe never ceases to surprise me. I've expected
love - and received a heartbreak. I've expected to continue my
studies in Computer Sciences, in order to, later, earn a hefty
mountain of money - and was "released", due to low grades. I've
expected an era of peace - and the destruction in the world rose to
another, unseen before, level.

NEVER BUILD ANY EXPECTATIONS.

But I do not see anything of the above as something negative or
"evil". With the heartbreak came the re-birth, as I started to see
the world with clearer sight, free of delusions and fantasies,
attachments and desires clouding the vision. My previous academical
studies were leading me nowhere - the original plan was to earn the
money and, in the future, establish Project X as a free global
spiritual organization (i.e., not only an on-line community).
However, I was neither successful in comp-sci, nor happy. So, I've
put my faith in God, the last and only partner on my side, and for
month focused on my wish to be fulfilled - and it was, as I was
admitted to Psychology, Sociology and Anthropology studies in the
same Tel-Aviv University. The current studies are highly
interesting, the people there are pleasant to interact with, and,
through my new course of life, I'm learning how to become of a
better service to the humanity. In many personal areas, I've made
such an incredible progress, letting go of so many things - and
inquiring newer ones.

There is no evil in your life. It's all good, a part of a learning
lesson, tests and obstacles you must overcome. Never build any
expectations, don't get too hooked up on attachments - instead,
become pro-active, become controllers of your own destiny, envision
a better life - and make it so.

Several days ago I woke up with a realization that settled on me -
it wasn't anything new neither for me, nor for you, but I finally
grasped the reality of it: we are souls, souls on endless journey,
and the pain we face on the earthly plane doesn't quite kill us. For
everything that happens in your life is for your benefit. That
morning it wasn't just a mental knowledge, or a common New Age
saying - I actually felt the Truth of it.

As for the entire world... :

"Dear Alex,
Just to let you know that it does seem very likely that in the
metaphysical sense much progress could be in the offing as far as I
am concerned, and what I sense around me. I am told by my inspirers,
this is a direct result of the information I am deriving from the
Project X newsletter. Issue # 66 has been passed on as have the
others, and I know that because of this, there has begun a new
'growth' within the Higher-self of those who have received it. As a
result 'life' is beginning to be very interesting.

If this was the original intention then it is certainly an overall
success, according to my inspirers and I thought you would like to
have some feedback on any consequences.

Love and light to all connected with Project X

Brenda"

Take your time reading today's edition of the newsletter - because
the next one will appear only in the next year ;-)


--Global Prayer Activation--

(Please forward and share across the world.)

Uniting the combined prayer energies of the earth to create world
peace.

Visualize / Release / Manifest

This is a world-wide activation of the Collective Consciousness that
unites the prayers of all who pray for peace and harmony on earth.

VISUALIZE

1. The top of Mt. Everest at high noon.
A Tibetan monastery and the monks as they sit peacefully in
meditation.
Hear the combined power of their transcendental chants.
See the prayer energies rise as a pillar of White Light and begin to
move Westward with the noon position of the Sun; covering the earth
from pole to pole with the IRRESISTIBLE LOVE OF GOD:

Growing stronger and stronger; brighter and brighter; moving
Westward with the noon-day Sun.

2. Visualize the same prayer energy even more empowered as it
connects with the prayers for peace offered by the Hindu Masters of
India.....

Growing stronger and stronger; brighter and brighter; the
IRRESISTIBLE LOVE OF GOD.

3. With the prayers for peace offered by all of Islam.....

Growing stronger and stronger; brighter and brighter; the
IRRESISTIBLE LOVE OF GOD.

4. With the prayers for peace offered by the Jewish faithful at the
Wailing Wall in Jerusalem.....

Growing stronger and stronger; brighter and brighter; the
IRRESISTIBLE LOVE OF GOD.

5. With all of the prayers for peace offered in all Greek, Russian,
Serbian, Croatian, Bulgarian and Rumanian Orthodox churches.....

Growing stronger and stronger; brighter and brighter; the
IRRESISTIBLE LOVE OF GOD.

6. With the prayers of the monks and sisters in the holy places of
Assisi, Italy, where St. Francis and St. Clare also prayed for
peace.....

Growing stronger and stronger; brighter and brighter; the
IRRESISTIBLE LOVE OF GOD.

7. With the prayers of the Wise Ones of the British Isles who pray
for peace in the shadow of Stonehenge.....

Growing stronger and stronger; brighter and brighter; the
IRRESISTIBLE LOVE OF GOD.

8. With the prayers for peace and prayer power of the Native shamans
and all of the people of and in the Americas.....

Growing stronger and stronger; brighter and brighter; the
IRRESISTIBLE LOVE OF GOD.

9. With all of the prayers for peace offered by the kahunas of the
Pacific islands and the Aboriginal Masters of Australia.....

Growing stronger and stronger; brighter and brighter; the
IRRESISTIBLE LOVE OF GOD.

10. With all of the prayers for peace that rise on the sweet smoke
of incense at altars in Japan, Korea, China, and throughout all of
the Far East.....

Growing stronger and stronger; brighter and brighter; the
IRRESISTIBLE LOVE OF GOD.

Returning now to the top of Mt. Everest and to the temples of Tibet,
empowered anew and sent on it's way to re-cover the earth with the
full manifestation of the combined prayer for peace offered by all
of humanity.

So be it accomplished.

And so it is done.

And so it is.

We give thanks.


--An Energy Exercise You Can Use Right Now--

EF&H - New Beginnings c. Richard Ross 2001
http://www.emotionalfreedom.com

Basic Directions: Mentally set the intention of letting go of the
past and moving now into a new, much more powerful you. As you
lightly rub or tap each point using two or three fingers, think
about your intention and read aloud what is in quotation marks. Wait
a few seconds and go on to the next point.
1) Find tender or sore spot above left breast area & below
collarbone, and gently rub in a small circle. Then while rubbing,
state out loud:
  "Even though I've had some challenges this past year, haven't
accomplished everything I've wanted, I deeply and completely love
and accept myself, and I forgive myself".
"I know I HAVE had SOME wonderful experiences this past year, and I
acknowledge all the gifts I have received from the Universe."
"I choose now to let go of the past and be in the present moment".
Stop rubbing, hold the spot and take one full breath in and out.
2) Tap on inside end of either eyebrow (end nearer bridge of nose):
"I acknowledge that I've felt some sadness." pause "I choose to
allow healing in my life now."
3) Tapping the side of the eye (on bone):
"I acknowledge that I've felt some anger." pause "I choose to allow
peace in my life now."
4) Tap under either eye (on bone):
"I acknowledge that I've felt some fear in the past." pause "I
choose to create safety in my life now.... & courage."
5) Tapping under the nose:
"I acknowledge that I've felt limitations in the past." pause "I
choose be expanded and unlimited now."
6) Tapping under the lower lip (Crease of chin):
"I acknowledge that I've felt some holding back." pause "I choose to
play much bigger now, in every area."
7) Return to tender or sore spot above left breast, below
collarbone, and gently rub in a circle. State out loud:
"It is safe for me to let go of old patterns which no longer serve
me" pause
"I choose to make this coming year, my best year yet." pause
"It is safe for me to show up fully in the world now."  pause

Stop rubbing, leave your fingers at the spot and take a full breath,
in and out.
Gently, as you are ready, come fully back into your body.
Please let me know your experience of doing this exercise:
richard@...


--Fond Memories Of The Future--

(11-21-01)

FOND MEMORIES OF THE FUTURE
(non-fiction)
(c) 2001
Mark Andrews

As I Prepare To Mark My 50th Birthday On 11-28-01, This Is My Gift
To You.

Our time-traveling Galactic friends brought "me" back to the year
1978 (from the year 2018) to leave and share messages of hope for
all of us in these seemingly uncertain times.

At the time, I did not directly encounter my future self. However,
"I" dropped in (literally) on some of my friends and left messages
with them. In the Spring of 1978, I was 26 years old. My future self
was described (by those who saw me) as looking younger than 26.
At the same time, the "me" of 1978 was encountering individuals who
I did not yet know (but have since met) who left similar messages
with me.

I'm going to ask you to verify the truth of what I am telling you by
seeking verification from God as to its reality.
If someone were to tell me this, that is what I would do before
believing anything I was told.

The process by which the information was conveyed was through a
series of coded / cryptic clues, designed to keep the meanings of
their content hidden until corresponding events would make the
meanings clear; only with the passing of time.
By the year 1978, I had given almost no thought whatsoever as to the
possibility of time travel, although nebulous encounters with more
advanced Galactic visitors had already become frequent events.
Needless to say, the experience of being visited by time- travelers
was something for which I had no preparation. It took several years
for me to accept this and to come to terms with the reality of it
all.

It would take hours for me to give a detailed description of each of
the cryptic messages. So, instead, I'm going to go right to the
content and try to relay it to you as simply and as easily as
possible.

As best as I am able to interpret and understand:

1. The year of my 50th birthday (2001) would be a time of major
transition. Events will be presented to be other than they really
are. (9-11)
The events of September 11 were "staged" to advance the
consolidation of global power on the part of those earthly financial
and governmental interests who fear that their power and control may
soon collapse following open contact with more advanced
extraterrestrial races.

2. What we are being told of a "war on terrorism" is a facade to
cover efforts by the earth's power structures to gain the
"unquestioning" submission of the people of earth, as well as to
gain their support for (covert) military actions against
extraterrestrials - both "good" and "bad" - who are accelerating
their inclusions of this planet within their own spheres of
influence.

3. Actual military confrontations between opposing ET groups (as
well as military clashes between earth forces and ETs) have already
occurred on and around earth, and will continue for several years.
(The "United Earth" military forces are now far more advanced than
anyone could imagine, due to technologies gleaned through secret
trade agreements with alien worlds. This was / is one of the primary
reasons for secrecy surrounding contact with alien races.)

4. More advanced humans from Sirius, Alcyone, and Taygeta are
assisting in the conflict and prepared to mount an evacuation
(rapture) of a large segment of the earth's population.
The evacuation spoken of will be a much more gradual process than
our conceived "rapture".

5. The one who we know as the Biblical Anti-Christ will come to
power in the year 2005.

6. The survivors of earth will form the "New World" that will be
mentored by extraterrestrials and brought into the "Federation Of
Light".

7. Through the applications of Galactic knowledge and technology,
our life spans will average around 1,200 years. All disease will be
eliminated. Our physical bodies can be re-oriented back to a
vibrational level of our choosing. (If you want to be 18 again - and
stay "18", it will be yours for the asking.)

8. With the assistance of our Galactic friends, we will be able to
access the knowledge of (and visit) more than 40,000,000 other
planets in our galaxy populated by intelligent civilizations.
The average trans-planetary journey is accomplished in less than 3
hours.
(We'll be able to have breakfast on earth - attend a lecture on
Alcyone Prime - and be back on earth for dinner the same day.)

9. Time travel will (obviously) also be accessible.

I was invited to watch as the time-ship made its passage "back to
the future".

Much of the coded information given to me was of a much more
personal nature; such as revealing locations and addresses where I
would be living in the coming years etc.
Again, it was all given in cryptic messages so that I would be able
to neither cause nor prevent anything spoken of along the way.

The over-all message is simply this:

"Life goes on / the planet earth continues. - Past the transition /
past the year 2012."

Since 1978, I have come to know - and begin direct dialogue with -
some of the extraterrestrials (both human and non-human) who were /
will be part of the time- travel experience.

When it comes to your ability to accept what I've just shared with
you, it would seem that both you and I are in the same boat, because
we're both just going to have to take "my" word for it.

I'd like to close with a Biblical quote that carries the power of
the experience that I hope to share with you.

REVELATIONS 21: 4
And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall
be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be
any more pain; for the former things are passed away.

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...


--Not For The Faint Of Heart--

By Glok - magej58@...

Crossing the veil. (the descent to hell)
You like to think you are god, do you? Enter the nexus, be one with
YOUR god, and be blinded by his light. You are not god, you are
nothing, a stain on the earth, a blight on humanity. Sink into the
ground and enter hell. Where are you? Do you have any conception of
how horrible a place hell can be? Is it burning forever? No. It is
the deconstruction of your mind. You begin to doubt the foundation
of your existence. You are nothing but a mess of matter, plopped
into this world, and you are a slave to all of your perceptions.

Rise up. (crossing the veil)

Where have you been? I hope you are ready for the light. We here are
the ones to follow. Everyone is your guide. We have all been there,
and we all have risen above. You cannot be confused, or lonely, or
depressed. The world to which you are going is a world MADE of
light. There is no way for anything of darkness to exist there. We
all rose through the dark barrier, and rose up into the Nexus. Here,
all your actions make sense to you, and all your thoughts are yours
to think. You are The One, and your life is The Life. Everything
makes sense, and all things have their place.

Multiplicity and Synchronicity. (the nexus)

How can it be that those places are one and the same? Haltodoran die
fet kalortak helan. Belast tel arkan turat. If you are you, how can
you be anything but? You are you. You are not the one, but you are
not suffering. You are learning, and experiencing, and adding to the
vast pool of knowledge of What Life Can Be. We all go through these
same things. We all have the day, the day that never was, the day
that is remembered for all time, in our life. That day, the day
things went wrong, or came together, it made sense. No matter how
hard you try, that day will be your defining moment. In a life that
is limited, and finite, there is always a shining moment.

Momentary (multiplicity and synchronicity)

So you will die. What of it? Are you so special that the world needs
you for all time, to the ends of the universe? No. You are not.
However, you can make your difference, the difference that matters
to you, the one that will make your life worthwhile, to you. You
will end, but the path you take to that end that will define you,
and become your memory in those that follow you.

Life (momentary)

We are all here together. The thoughts you think today will reach
their target tomorrow. That is the way it is. If you thought what
you think in your private mind will never be seen by any other, be
aware. Everything in this world matters. Even that which is hidden,
is yet a glowing beacon to those it concerns. We are interconnected,
one great organism, and every perception you have of any kind is a
Shared Perception. An individual life may indeed be momentary, but
it's path and meaning is not.

(life)


--Journey to the Divine--

by Stephen Graves - graves_stephen@...

    Oh Beloved Spirit That I Am
    Divine and Eternal Parent of my Being,
    How might I best serve upon this,
    my journey to the Divine?

“Little One,
Balance, harmony and joy is to strive for.
Unconditional Love, unconditional acceptance is to strive for.
Awareness, Soul Consciousness is to strive for.
A Being centered upon the Love of Spirit, is to strive for.
It is not so much as to how you react to your external environment,
Rather it is how you create your environment from within.”

    Father,
    How does one achieve balance, harmony and joy
    In such chaotic times.
    There is much turmoil around me, within me.

“Beloved of my Heart,
KNOW that you are loved, that you are a precious and majestic star
in the Universal ALL That Is. That you play an important part in
this drama
Called Life.
KNOW that you Are Love.”

    Divine Parent,
    Enlighten my mind, open my heart to the
    Awareness of the task at hand.

“Dear One,
Seek not external joy
Seek not validation
Seek not justification
Seek not self-gratification

Seek not to judge
For how can one truly say where another
Should be upon their journey.

Do not portend to be anything
Other than a student of the Divine.
Do not attempt to take credit for anything
That you may feel flows through you.

For truly it is Love
That Loves through you.

The little ego desires to participate, to achieve status.
Let go of the little ego.
Let me shine forth in all
The Magnificent Glory that We Are.”

    Divine Creator of my world,
    How might I become more of
    Thy Manifestation?

“Beloved Child of the Universe,
Allow!
Allow the Universe to unfold before you,
As it should.
Detach!
Detach yourself from external events
For they are but to mirror back to you
That which Both reflects the beauty of the inner child
And that which needs Enlightenment.
ALL events are opportunities to learn, to grow and to serve.

Achieve Inner Peace and
Soon the external illusion will mirror only Loving Service.

For in Light, with Light, Love and Truth
The Universe IS WITHIN.

It IS the Light of the Living Christ
That guides and sustains you.

ALLOW your true essence to take control
Of every atom and cell of your Being.

DETACH from the drama, you so enjoy.
CENTER in the SOURCE.

Live in the Moment, the Eternal NOW
For therein lies the
Only true existence.

Remember that the Universe
The Source of Love
The Source of Light
LIES WITHIN!
Remember
I Am Is the Way
I Am therefore your Are
You Are therefore I Am.

Not just that you are Dearly Loved,
YOU ARE LOVE!”

    Father,
    When I see the Light
    When I see the potential of beauty and joy
    Yet feel the cloud around me
    What do I do?

“Little One,
Discern your world from a Loving Heart
Trust the Will of Heaven”

    Divine and Eternal Parent of my Being,
    I Am eternally grateful,
    For the blessings of this moment.
    and
    That I Am


--City of Dreams--

By Jesse and Sumara Love

Imagine the fabled city of Atlantis rising from the ocean depths; a
beautiful futuristic wonder of curves and domes set upon the
sparkling sea where a diverse, multiracial, multicultural, highly
educated society prospers and enjoys radiant health while living
extraordinarily long lives.

Though Atlantis passed into history and mythology long ago, it still
lives in the hearts of many of us as a symbol of a time when an
advanced civilization lived prosperously and harmoniously upon the
Earth. With all the people on this planet, do we not have the
knowledge and tools to recreate such a shining light? You may ask,
"But where could we build such a place that isn't already inhabited
and/or controlled or ruled by some other entity?" Seventy percent of
the Earth's surface is water, so why not look to the sea?

The Celestopea Project is the planned ecological, colonization of
the earth's oceans through a series of self-sufficient,
semi-autonomous floating communities located in international waters
and incorporating innovative new technologies, industries and social
organization. The residents of these future cities throughout the
world will show by exemplary actions that people of different races
and divergent political, religious, cultural and social beliefs can
live and prosper together while also being good stewards of the
earth, respecting and thereby benefiting all inhabitants and
ecosystems of the planet.

If the Celestopea Project planned to build the floating city out of
any conventional material, it would be cost prohibitive to the tune
of billions of dollars. Fortunately, a new technology was pioneered
in the early 80's by a University of Texas professor, Wolf Hilbertz
that allows us to create buildings and even artificial islands from
the minerals dissolved in seawater. It is similar to the way
shellfish create their shells. This process is called by various
names, Seament, Seacrete and Sea Cement being chief among them.
Nancy Myers, a Celestopean and graduate student in Northern
California, is currently doing experiments to create Seament in
Humbolt Bay to perfect the technology.

Early Seadomes, slated to begin construction in 2002, will be made
of ferrocement, a tried and true media that has been used for over
100 years to build the most durable ships that float the seven seas.
Ships built of cement during the first decades of the twentieth
century are still floating while many later generations of
steel-hulled ships have rusted through and sunk to the bottom.

Celestopea Seadomes are designed like no other structures on earth.
Because they will be subject to the unforgiving marine environment,
they must not only be uniquely resistant to corrosive elements but
also inherently stronger than similar land-based structures. The
challenge becomes to create floating homes that meet high structural
engineering requirements while maintaining graceful, beautiful and
aesthetically pleasing designs.

Perhaps the most ambitious and world changing undertaking of the
Celestopea Project is the creation of a grid of Ocean Thermal Energy
Converters (OTECs) to power the world into the 21st century and
beyond. OTECs take advantage of the perpetual difference between the
temperature at the surface of the tropical oceans and the cooler
temperature 3,000 to 4,000 feet below the surface.
This temperature variation is used to generate totally pollution
free electricity from an inexhaustible renewable source. In fact,
each day the 23 million square miles of Tropical Ocean absorbs an
amount of solar energy equal in heat content to 250 billion barrels
of oil. By way of comparison, all the countries of the world
together consume about 65 million barrels of oil each day. If our
worldwide grid of OTECs are only able to extract 1/10th of 1% of the
daily solar radiation, they will produce 20 times the daily amount
of electricity currently consumed by the United States. See
http://celestopea.com/otecs1.jpg .
Only a small amount of energy is required to pump large volumes of
water 4,000 vertical feet up from the ocean depths because water is
basically neutral buoyant. Energy is only required for the pump to
overcome the difference between the density of the cold deep ocean
water and the less dense warmer surface water, plus the small amount
of friction created as the water passes through the pipe. Water
pumped up from 4,000 feet below would only require the energy needed
to pump the same volume of water up 24 feet on the surface. A 100
megawatt OTEC will consume 41 megawatts to pull up the water while
operating, leaving a net of 59 megawatts available for other uses.
Hydrogen and oxygen are additional fuel byproducts of OTEC
operation. Water, in its elemental form is H2O or two parts hydrogen
and one part oxygen. It is somewhat ironic to think that water is
used to put out fires, yet the two elements it is composed of,
hydrogen and oxygen, are both highly flammable. These two elements
can be separated from the liquid water by a process known as
electrolysis. Direct solar cell electricity can be used to
accomplish this. The resulting oxygen can be released into the
atmosphere to replenish the atmospheric oxygen content, which has
diminished over the millenniums. The hydrogen can be used directly
as fuel for virtually everything gasoline or oil are currently used
for. Hydrogen is such a pollution free fuel that the mayor of
Chicago recently drank from the tailpipe of a hydrogen-powered bus
to demonstrate the purity of its emissions.
Inexhaustibly renewable, pollution free energy is merely the
beginning of the benefits of Celestopean OTECs. Tropical oceans are
nearly empty of life even though the common conception is just the
opposite. In reality, because growing conditions are so ideal, the
algae, which are the base of the food chain, bloom in explosive
growths that rapidly consume all nutrients in the water such as
nitrogen. They quickly die and fall to the ocean bottom leaving the
surface fairly devoid of life. The nutrient rich water Celestopean
OTECs pull up from the ocean depths will instigate an explosion of
new life in the oceans. The resulting micro algae and phytoplankton
growth, continually fed by new nutrient rich water pulled up by the
OTECs will become the base of a tremendous increase in many types of
fish and higher forms of marine life. Celestopeans will also farm
the algae, both on the open sea and in large, shallow containment
ponds. The combination of tropical sun, perfect water temperature,
nitrogen, and nutrient laden water will produce copious amounts of
high quality protein each year. As additional Celestopean cities and
OTECs begin to be created in the world's oceans, the protein
produced from our sea farms will make a significant dent in the
worldwide problem of hunger and malnutrition.
According to the United Nations, an adult person should receive a
minimum of 35 grams of protein every day. Each 100-megawatt OTEC
will have the capacity to pump 6 billion gallons of deep ocean water
rich in nitrogen, the food of phytoplankton. A gallon of seawater
contains 1.7 to 1.8 milligrams of nitrogen. Phytoplankton are
extremely efficient. They can convert 78 - 80% of the nitrogen into
usable protein. The nitrogen in the daily pumped water of a single
OTEC can be converted by the phytoplankton into over 8 tons of
protein each day, of which 65% will be high quality protein. When
harvested and manufactured into a tasty, consumable form, enough
protein is produced to meet the needs of almost 150,000 people each
day, and that's the results of just one OTEC!
The 40-degree deep ocean water can be mixed with warm surface water
in any proportion to produce greenhouse and sea farm environments
with temperature ranges between 45 and 90 degrees. This allows mini
ecosystems to be created that can grow virtually all fruits and
vegetables from any continental climate. In addition to tropical
fish, the sea farms will also raise many types of cold-water fish
and shellfish such as salmon, trout, lobster, abalone, oysters and
clams that would not normally survive in warm tropical waters.
OTECs will also be used to desalinate seawater to produce 100
percent pure drinking water. OTECs set up off the coast of Africa,
Australia and the Middle East can provide a great abundance of fresh
water. Not only will this allow deserts to blossom as roses, but it
will also remove scarce water supplies as a thorn of contention
among nations. A 2-megawatt (net) OTEC will produce 4300 cubic
meters of desalinated water each day by condensing the spent steam
created in the electrical generation process on the cold seawater
intake pipes.
Many minerals and chemicals can also be derived as byproducts of
OTEC operation from the 57 elements dissolved in solution in
seawater. Besides the fuels hydrogen, oxygen and methanol, other
byproducts include ammonia, salt, and chlorine. Additionally, when
Celestopean Elemental Separators are utilized, gold, platinum and
other rare and precious elements can also be economically extracted.
Past corporate analysis has always shown such ventures to be
unprofitable because the cost of pumping the large volume of water
necessary to extract significant amounts of minerals exceeds the
profits. This main obstacle is overcome as the OTECs will already be
pumping vast quantities of water for other purposes.
Based upon the current cost of component parts and the operations of
existing OTECs at the University of Hawaii, the cost of building a
100-megawatt OTEC in 1999 US dollars with existing technology, will
range from $157 to $175 million dollars. The costs should rapidly
begin to fall as OTECs built by both the Celestopea Project and
other groups begin to proliferate around the world. It is such a
viable and environmentally friendly technology that we would expect
many other countries and companies to soon be employing and
duplicating it.
The oceans are a vast storehouse of energy, food and minerals. They
are inexhaustible when utilized through OTEC technology. For those
concerned about affecting the current ocean equilibrium, our small
pumping efforts, as enormous as they may seem to us, will have
absolutely no detrimental effects. As long as the sun shines, the
oceans are an eternally renewable resource when tapped through
OTECs. The oceans contain about 300 million cubic miles of seawater,
of which three quarters is nutrient rich at depths greater than 3000
feet. That's equal to 225 million cubic miles of water. About 1/10th
of 1% or 225,000 cubic miles of water is replaced each year by new
water down welling, particularly the cold oceans near the poles.
Each 100-megawatt OTEC will pull up 1.9 cubic miles of deep ocean
water annually. 10,000 OTECs would only consume 19,000 cubic miles
of the energy and food potential of deep ocean water. That's less
than 10% of the annual replacement supply, yet it would be enough to
produce 1,000,000 megawatts of electricity and meet the annual
protein requirements of 2 billion people!
"So where and when do we get started?" We have actually been laying
the groundwork for the past several years and are looking to begin
construction on the first floating ferrocement domes this next year.
The first City of Celestopea is scheduled to be completed by the
year 2011 but we plan on selling Sea Domes to the public as floating
homes within the next couple of years.

Currently, we are seeking visionary artists to create their vision
of Celestopea so the Architects and Engineers can craft the dream.
If you are of such talent and are interested in investing your time
and expertise, please email us at: artist@... .

Just as "the people" built the great pyramids of Egypt which
centuries later, are still one of the absolute wonders of the world,
let "the people" build Celestopea. Let us bring our knowledge,
talents and abilities together to build our "City of Dreams" and as
prophesy decrees, let us be the heralds of peace, prosperity and
unity of all the people upon the Earth.

For more information go to http://www.celestopea.com or if you would
like to participate, email: participate@... .


--Closing Words--

Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
Open Forum: The Final Station:
http://members.boardhost.com/projectx/
Free Channel for Free People: StarChat, #RealmScape
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe, e-mail to: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com or
visit your SpiritWeb account.
To unsubscribe, e-mail to: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com or
visit your SpiritWeb account.
This letter was sent to over 1650 recipients! Its copy can be found
at:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/misc.htm#Earlier

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 66 - December 7, 2001
__________________________________________
Featuring in this edition:

--Opening Words - In Response to issue #65--
--Another Response--
--Cryptic Writing "On The Wall" (?)--
--Dispelling Fear--
--Building Understanding--
--12 Steps to Spiritual Enlightenment--
--Closing Words--
___________________________________________

--Opening Words - In Response to issue #65--

Dear Alex,

I have been thinking about the writings expressed in the 11/16 issue
of Project X. The ideas expressed by yourself and Mark Andrews
correlate quite well with a few observations and theories of my own.

I have always observed the cathexis towards spiritual consciousness
by the average person. I am not afraid to admit that I too am
responsible when I have to deal with people who have a tendency
towards nonchalant behavior and carelessness AND I return it in
kind. ("As Ye Sow, so Shall Ye Reap" {Galatians 6:7-8}) I have
attended church with people who I thought were truly spiritual until
they leave the church behind on Sunday.

The philosophy is almost Rasputin like in that greater atonement for
a greater amount of rude, vile, egotistical behavior will, somehow,
get them into heaven quicker. Dr. Wilhelm Reich called these
careless people who live in fear and crave authority the soil of
fascism, the stuff of Nazi societies.

Yet, in consideration of my research thus far, I must consider that
human consciousness has been held back WITH technology for at least
50 years. In my mind and in my heart I know we SHOULD have far more
safe and efficient energy resources. We SHOULD have far more
efficient, non-polluting forms of transportation. We SHOULD be
healthier both in body and in economy,.. but we're not.

Instead, today, we live in fear.

The question is: What has been happening to us?

You want to talk about mind control? I'm sure there have been some
amazing developments since the Montauk Project. During the
experiments of 1943 and 1983 the implications of the correlating
data between the human mind and the spiritual realms would have
created a paradigm shift in human civilization towards a truly
Utopian Society. Instead, someone has secretly been operating those
controls for quite some time - to create a willing society.

Even our own U.S. Patent Office has been instructed to classify
truly important inventions, yet, it WILL allow insidious inventions
created for mind control such as the 'Silent Subliminal Presentation
System' (Patent #5,159,703) which employs a heterodyne oscillator
operating in the AM band and the 'Hearing System' (Patent
#4,877,027) which utilizes an FM capable pulse generator and a
microwave generator. Both devices have applications in the radio and
telecommunications industry. Although they are not as advanced as
the psychotronics from Montauk they have the necessary implications.
(See these patents at http://www.uspto.gov/patft/index.html)

Unfortunately, human civilization is kept in the dark. We are
focused on trivia, obsession, and atrocity by the media and our
political leaders. Academic history effectively eliminated
scientists such as Dr. Royal Rife and Nikola Tesla who were reveled
in their time for their humanitarian efforts and revolutionary
thinking, so our children are educated within the given model and
learn to accept it as gospel. Certain ideas such as "economic
conquest" have also been eliminated from the history books. In fact,
atrocities such as those of 9-11-01 are quite predictable when
leading to war. Given the concept of economic conquest the average
person would have seen this coming. (See http://way.to/reform)

Dr. Alexis Carrel, winner of the Nobel Prize in 1912 , said in his
book, "Man, The Unknown: Modern Civilization seems to be incapable
of producing people endowed with imagination, intelligence, and
courage. In practically every country there is a decrease in the
intellectual and moral caliber of those who carry the responsibility
of public affairs. The education dispensed by schools and
universities consists chiefly in a training of the memory and of the
muscles, in certain social manners, in a worship of athletics. Are
such disciplines really suitable for modern men who need, above all
other things, mental equilibrium, nervous stability, sound judgment,
moral courage, and endurance!"

But the cause of this mental weakness is not difficult to discern.
The pioneers who settle our country were many-sided men. We are not.
They were once hunters, trappers, explorers, fighters, teamsters,
ship or canoe builders, horsemen, wheelwrights, carpenters, cabinet
makers, well drillers, masons, farmers, blacksmiths, traders, cooks.
All these, and more, "specialized" trades and abilities combined in
single individuals. No wonder they were possessed of "mental
equilibrium, nervous stability", and the other attributes mention by
Dr. Carrel!
They were well balanced because their talents were well rounded.
They had nervous stability because they had serene self-confidence
based on a knowledge of their ability to cope with any problem that
might arise in their world. They had sound judgment, for the most
part, because their minds were expanded, embraced many branches of
lore and learning, were capable of thinking on many varied planes.

Instead, today, we crave authority and leave the solutions of
dealing with terrorism to the 'experts.' We accept allopathic drugs
for attitude adjustment. We accept 'health' authority as gospel when
they tell us to ingest industrial waste like sodium fluoride. We
criticize the same political system that we voted for when it
doesn't suit our needs. We will not take responsibility for our own
actions and prefer to leave it to the 'specialists.' Our attitudes
of fear and obsession are amplified. Our logic is diminished. If we
were not paranoid enough for our own children becoming homicidal on
school grounds, we are forced into an attitude of submission by
threat of devastating attack and bioterror.

If a switch was pushed on 9-11-01, it must have been part of an
active circuit that was already doing its work.

There is no amount of talking that's going to cure this. I agree
with Asoka Selvarajah that we as a society are a little too left
brained. We need more balance, but a dianetics a approach does not
stop mind control technology if it denies the existence. I agree
with Gail Evans that we should all find time to meditate; this
brings us closer to God, but no amount of meditation will stop
psychotronics if we deny its existence. A self-actualized, person
CAN fight mind control if he knows of its existence.

Unfortunately, an enlightened, life positive individual can ALSO
find himself trapped in a hell dimension once he or she realizes
what's happening on this planet; they are few and far between.

As long as we concentrate on trivial pursuit instead of becoming
self-actualized there is no hope of enlightenment; there IS hope of
regaining real control over our own lives, but if we always treat it
as "outside, like God" ...

***
Randolph Fabian Directo
Doctor of Divinity
http://www.777-health.com


--Another Response--

Dear Alex

Understanding that you brought up the point of spiritual action vs
simple "pretty" words as merely a topic for discussion, I'm sure you
already have your own realization as to the Nature of True spiritual
existence.

But you bring up an important point.

Many people who consider themselves Light Workers only understand
very superficially the True message that is intended for the raising
of the Human Consciousness. This is proven by the fact that many are
still hounded by negative ego and the false "reality" of this plane.
They believe that the sorrows of the world is real. They also
believe that the happiness and joy of the world is real. To the
degree that they cling on to this falseness, they are destined to
lose that part of themselves to that material transience. To put it
simply, if you were to invest your entire personality into transient
reality, that personality will be lost, when that illusion shatters.

Thus the point of spirituality is about physical, emotional, mental
and intuitive balance. Then how can we show that we have attained
this balance? Dealing with life challenges with equanimity IS the
very essence of spirituality. If it goes out the window at this
point then it ISN'T spirituality. It becomes vanity.

SPIRITUALITY. That is our origin. We are not physical beings
really... We are actually energy/spiritual entities. Yet to actually
say this, one must already be practicing renouncement of material
association, including happiness or unhappiness due to material
causes. If that is not attained, then to even say this would be
vanity, although at high levels it is Truth, but it has not been
realized. It is just like saying "I Am God". Truth... yet not many
can actually say it and mean it.

Take going to the movies for example. If your mood is even slightly
affected by whether you go or not then you are affected by a
material situation/thing. By allowing yourself to be thus affected
on HABITUAL basis, you effectively shut off an in-flow from the
Infinity (Bliss beyond mortal comprehension). This is a natural
phenomenon. And most people have material habits upon material
habits... countless other examples... it is no wonder BALANCE is so
difficult for many.

Thus for workers not yet working on Eternal Bliss, they have not yet
fully experienced the Infinity within. That means that the
Spirit/God source is not yet a reality to them. Not able to see this
True Reality, they must contend with the myriad distractions of the
false Ego.

The Master that we all should seek to be is in heavenly Bliss,
second to second, for the entirety of His existence. Crucified or
not.

All the Blessed
Infinity is Within you

Lee christmaitreya@...
for MAITREYA
elohim elohim elohim


--Cryptic Writing "On The Wall" (?)--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

(11-08-01)

PLEASE SHARE THIS MESSAGE AS WIDELY AS POSSIBLE

      Deep inside one of the pyramids in Egypt is a newly discovered
passage way.
      When the area was first discovered, within the past two years,
the archaeologists were stunned to see etchings in the stone wall
that depicted technologies from the 20th and 21st Centuries. Most
startling was a perfect stone carving of a NASA Saturn booster
rocked lifting off from its launch pad. The English letters
'N-A-S-A" were engraved along the side of the booster just as they
appear today.
      The Egyptian government has closed the sight, claiming that the
engravings are "in conflict with the traditional teachings of
Islam".

This photo has been available for viewing in the "archives" section
at http://www.artbell.com

      I read a report of a grade school boy ( I believe in Texas )
who approached his teacher on September 10th of this year and told
her, "World War III is going to start tomorrow, and the United
States is going to lose.".......
      An ominous statement (to say the least !). My personal belief
is that the boy was being precognitive, but that he was unable to
see beyond the events of 9-11, which would certainly look as if the
U. S. HAD lost.

      I've written three email messages in the past couple of weeks
dealing with precognitive dreams, visions, and messages from
departed friends and angelic beings (that have come to my psychic
reader friend and me) that spoke of possible future terrorist
activities.
      Both my friend and I have been given warnings about a terrorist
attack at Times Square in NYC on New Year's Eve at the moment of the
annual "ball drop".

      I worked today as a substitute teacher in a local high school.
I shared the story of the futuristic engravings on the wall of the
pyramid with the 2nd Period class. I attempted to make a chalk
drawing on the board of the NASA carving.
      I have never spoken to any of the students about any of the
precognitive warnings that my friend and I have received.
      I didn't bother to erase my "art work" after 2nd Period. At one
point, one of the Sophomore girls in the 3rd Period class looked at
the drawing I had made and said out loud,
      "New Year's attack against the United States."

      Of course, I was a little unnerved to hear her say that. When I
asked her why she had made such an odd statement "out of the blue",
she looked again at the drawing and said,
      "Oh, I thought that's what it said !"

      (She "saw" words that I had not drawn on the board.)

      In my personal experience, this was the 3rd warning regarding
terrorist activity in the U.S. on or around the New Year.
      (Certainly in New York City, and most likely also in Washington
D.C..)

      I have also had a dream warning that rather than the Sears
Tower, the John Hancock Building in Chicago might be a likely
terrorist target for another plane hit.

      I'm keeping all of these potential terrorist threats before God
in prayer, asking and trusting for Divine intervention so that none
of them will manifest.
      I hope that you will join with me in this effort.

Mark Andrews


--Dispelling Fear--

Reference" "Brain Wave Diary" (11/13/01)

Dispelling Fear!

The core motivation of Light Working is the elimination of fear in
our world, or more rightly, dispelling reasons to fear, to shine
light on dark, dank places, reducing fear of them.

PLEASE - Help dispel Fear.

Fear is a fundamental survival motivation intended for us to
recognize and react to threatening situations. In a world not
saturated by synthetic MAN-made causes to fear, natural occurrences
of situations to fear would be few and far apart so the basic
"afraid" mode for humans in a natural, well balanced situation would
be few and far between.

Our natural light biased perspective would remain intact.

It is doubtful our psyche was intended to remain in "afraid" mode
for extended periods and if we are given cause to remain in the
"afraid" mode for long periods, (like ALL the time), I have serious
concerns about the effect on our natural sentient disposition and
therefore relative perspectives of humanistic "sense" (sanity).

Recent events have accentuated the unnatural, unbalanced phenomena
of "steady-state" fearfulness, so I respectfully offer this
observation, perspective and conclusion.

("Understanding" is the greatest antidote for fearfulness and
"sharing" is one of our greatest sentient gifts.)

Some are saying, "The writing is on the wall."

My observation is, the writing on the wall spells FEAR and our
perception of Earth Changes are directly related. We have breached a
fundamental stability law...

"The Universe smiles kindly on balance and equilibrium".

Observation 1.

In the past decade or two we have speeded up the humanistic world a
thousand fold. We have wired as many people as possible to be able
to increase productivity and receive maximum input from all corners
of the world using as many means as possible.

Observation 2.

In the past decade or so we have made things BIG, products,
corporations and governments.

Observation 4.

Tantalizing the market has been replaced with fear motivation
designed to make us afraid of everything. Things to fear range from
bearing children, our look, each other, right through to microscopic
things. Of course, products have become cures, not cool things to
have.

Observation 5.

FAST paced and BIG governance do not equate well with each other and
may have had unintended result. BIG is relative to the age. If the
age is slow, it is somewhat tolerant of relative BIGness. IF... the
age is FAST, it does not tolerate BIG, and certainly will not abide
MEGA BIG -- IF positive result for humans matters!

In my view, This is a fundamental SENSE observation.

Observation 6. (What is wrong with this picture? :-)

Global premise for a "better" world.

"We will speed up the pace of living a thousand fold, introduce
constant fear motivation to sell cures, we will usurp inherent faith
in higher order with promise of a tangible reward, we will expand
operations through globalization creating few but enormously large
corporations to operate it all. The local, federal and global
government will likewise expand to meet delivery of the needed
infrastructure services and we expect to meet all economic
requirements."

Hmmm...

- Speed up the pace of living = Mass exhaustion.
- Introduce constant fear = Mass mental derangement.
- Replace faith focus = Reliance on others.
- Sell, Sell, Sell cures = Enormous financial debt at all Levels.
- Expand operations = Loss of short and long-term accountability.
- Expand governance = Unresponsive, inefficient core services and
infrastructure.
- Expectation met = Oooops :-)

I am not prophetic but this sure looks like, "outside my window",
right now.

How about your view?

If we recognize what is happening perhaps we can understand and take
steps not to individually get caught up in what may well be the
greatest mass hysteria the world population has ever manifested and
sustained for itself. The danger of such massive hysteria might be
reacting in extreme ways, ways that might not be best ways, given a
fresh perspective to consider. As balance and equilibrium are tipped
so perspectives become skewed and the root cause becomes nourished.

Exposure to "Fear" feelings brings out the best and worse in people,
maintaining personal balance and equilibrium seems the best way of
intervening, sharing your calm and considered position may help
someone else.

Fear is the market place for extreme solution peddlers, they may be
well meaning... but, reversing the root causes of the source of
fear, rather than tackling the symptoms of fear feelings may be the
way to go. If the "cures" offered contribute to the overall
fearfulness of the situation, then it is likely not a positive or
useful solution. Cures should not exacerbate the fully involved
nature of the errant situation.

Perhaps our "cure" lies is in re-examining our fundamental premise
for a "better" world against current prevailing premise?

Perhaps this enlightenment dispels fear? :-)

Offered in the best of intent with Love, Light, Laughter, Wonder and
AWE.

Doug.
http://bigwave.ca/~doug_lewis


--Building Understanding--

by Daniel Valliant - danielvlant@...

What is understanding? Does it mean that you know something? Or
perhaps that you comprehend some matter at hand? What do you
understand?

Webster's defines understand as: To perceive and comprehend the
nature and significance of; know.

Nature in turn is defined as the order, disposition, and behavior of
all entities in the Physical Universe. Significance is defined as
having meaning, and Perceive is awareness through senses or to
understand. Know is also to understand.

So, we have a partially circular definition here that seems to apply
our environment, and is quantified by an unassigned "meaning."

I don't know about you, but this doesn't seem to have gotten me
anywhere. (I did hunt down a dictionary, that I thought I had lost,
but that's beside the point.) Let's see if we can hunt down a
definition that is a little more objective.

Perceive. Hmmm. Perception is relative to the observer. For instance
if I am color-blind, and cannot see the color Orange, then to my
perception, it does not exist. In my mind I might decide (and
justifiably, according to my perception, and thus my 'understanding'
of the Physical universe) that anyone who asserted that Orange did
exist is in fact a blasphemous heretic, since I Know that Orange
does not exist. You might decide, and again quite justifiably, that
I am absolutely freakin' nuts, and choose adamantly or even
vehemently to disagree with me. Worse yet would be if one of us
tried to attempt to our belief (see LIE), and thus our will, upon
the other. "Any attempt to impose my will upon another is violence."
(Gandhi)

Wow. What a mess. Even beyond that we both would be wrong because
color is merely our perception of a very small spectrum of
wavelengths of light that can be seen by the naked eye.

Perception, is relative. In short the basis upon which we are
agreeing to define our Understanding, and the validity of what we
Know is such that we will always, let me repeat, ALWAYS disagree.

Pardon the irony of this next statement, but I think, I understand.

We have wars and hate and opposing religions because everyone Knows
that they Understand. Everyone bases this upon what they perceive,
and everyone's perception is different relative to the individual.

So the foundation; that which Stands Under our way of belief and
action is like sand, separate and disjoined. Inevitably, all that
which we build upon that sand will fall. Any building, of any shape,
size or strength.

The Foundation must be solid, so that whatever is built upon it,
will stand. It must Under-Stand.

We have, over time, developed a hit and miss civilization, sometimes
finding the right way to do things, and sometimes just getting them
done.

Perhaps it is no surprise that the most insightful definition is
contained not in a dictionary, but in the word itself, expressed
each time it is spoken. To have understanding is to have an
Objective not Subjective foundation upon which to place our
knowledge, and thus ourselves.

Also though there may indeed be a LIE in the center of every beLIEf,
there is truth in every lie, for the center of each lie, contains I.

Finally, try out the feel of knowledge as an action: To know the
ledge.

Of what?

Perhaps, our understanding.

Daniel Valliant
http://www.magelaw.com/


--12 Steps to Spiritual Enlightenment--

Excerpts from "A Twelve Step Program for Spiritual Enlightenment"
by Phil Bolsta

STEP ONE
RETHINK YOUR WORLDVIEW
The universe is full of magical things patiently waiting for our
wits to grow sharper - Eden Phillports
The real voyage of discovery consists not in seeking new lands, but
in seeing with new eyes. - Marcel Proust (1871-1922) French Novelist



STEP TWO
KNOW THAT YOU ARE NOT SEPARATED FROM GOD
You are literally a drop of God in a sea of God. - Donald Schnell
Every action of our lives touches on some chord that will vibrate in
eternity. - Edwin Hubbel Chapin

STEP THREE
KNOW THAT YOU ARE BEAUTIFUL AND YOU ARE LOVED
As we are liberated from our fear, our presence automatically
liberates others. - Marianne Williamson
A person desperately searching for love is like a fish desperately
searching for water. - Deepak Chopra

STEP FOUR
ALWAYS CHOOSE THE PATH OF MOST LOVE
Then, for the second time in the history of the world, man will have
discovered fire. - Pierre Teilhard de Chardin
You will find as you look back upon your life that the moments when
you have really lived are the moments when you have done things in
the spirit of love. - Henry Drummond

STEP FIVE
FOLLOW YOUR GUIDANCE
As soon as you trust yourself, you will know how to live. - Johann
Wolfgang von Goethe
Alas for those who never sing and die with all their music in them.
- Oliver Wendell Holmes

STEP SIX
CREATE YOUR OWN REALITY
The quality of one's life depends on the quality of attention.
Whatever you pay attention to will grow more important in your
life.  There is no limit to the kinds of changes that awareness can
produce. - Deepak Chopra
We don't see things as they are, we see them as we are. - Anais Nin

STEP SEVEN
ASK AND YOU SHALL RECEIVE
God gives every bird its food but He does not throw it into the
nest. - J.G. Holland
Being ungrateful for what you get never gets you more. - H. Glasow

STEP EIGHT
DETACH FROM OUTCOMES
Things turn out best for the people who make the best of the way
things turn out. - Art Linkletter
Leap and the net will appear. - Les Brown

STEP NINE
LEARN TO WANT WHAT YOU HAVE
We turn to God for help when our foundations are shaking, only to
learn that it is God who is shaking them. - Charles C. West
The mark of your ignorance is the depth of your belief in injustice
and tragedy.  What the caterpillar calls the end of the world, the
master calls a butterfly. - Richard Bach

STEP TEN
SEE EVERY MOMENT AS A GIFT
The greatest discovery of my generation is that a human being can
alter his life by altering his attitude. - William James
You may be the only Bible somebody ever reads. - Mark Twain

STEP ELEVEN
CONCENTRATE ON BEING, NOT DOING
Often, people attempt to live their life backward.  They try to have
more things or more money in order to do more of what they want so
that they will be happier.  The way it actually works is the
reverse.  You must first be who you really are, then do what you
need to do, in order to have what you want. - Shakti Gawain
What lies behind us and what lies before us are tiny matters
compared to what lies within us. - Oliver Wendell Holmes

STEP TWELVE
RECOGNIZE THAT EXTERNAL SECURITY IS AN ILLUSION
Self-knowledge is an anchor that makes unpredictability tolerable. -
Deepak Chopra
When you have come to the edge of all the light you know, and are
about to step off into the darkness of the unknown, Faith is knowing
that one of two things will happen:  There will either be something
solid to stand on or you will be taught how to fly. - Anonymous

For the full article, please go to
http://www.edgenews.com/issues/2001/11/soul/bolsta.html

Phil Bolsta can be emailed at PhilBosta@...
To learn more about The Edge log on to http://www.edgenews.com


--Closing Words--

Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
Open Forum: The Final Station:
http://members.boardhost.com/projectx/
Free Channel for Free People: StarChat, #RealmScape
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe, e-mail to: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com or
visit your SpiritWeb account.
To unsubscribe, e-mail to: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com or
visit your SpiritWeb account.
This letter was sent to over 1650 recipients! Its copy can be found
at:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/misc.htm#Earlier

Be well, dear friends!

Project X Newsletter, issue # 65 - November 16, 2001
__________________________________________
Featuring in this edition:

--Opening Words--
--Evidence Of "Mind Control" On 9-11?--
--The Story Of A Spiritual Medium--
--In Search Of The Feminine Archetype--
--Meditations In My Favourite Places In Southern Africa--
--Through The Veil--
--Closing Words--
___________________________________________

--Opening Words--

Hello, my dear friends.

It's Alex, the editor of Project X Newsletter. I haven't written
anything of mine in the opening words for a while; mostly because
our authors have expressed my own ideas in a much better way :) But
here is a random thought of mine, which is also an invitation for an
open discussion on this topic.

Have you noticed how, so many of us, who follow a wide range of
spiritual beliefs, from Christianity through Buddhism to Wicca (I'm
generalizing this scale, of course), including, naturally, our
personal belief systems, tend, in the times of test, forsake them in
favor of momentary/immediate reactions? I am not only talking about
the Sept. 11 events, but about every single "negative" event we go
through during our lives. We can toss around all the pretty phrases
about love, compassion, beauty, tolerance; but, the second that we
don't receive that love from a girl we're so hot after, the second
that someone yells at us or cuts us on the highway, or breaks into
our house, or disagrees with our opinion, or we're simply in a bad
mood today - FORGET ABOUT IT! Love and Light are thrown outside the
window; the caring for other people is expressed through us only by
caring that they will DIE for whatever they did to us!!! Etc., etc.;
the examples are endless. (Don't forget the depression as another
common real-life reaction!)

Apparently, our "beliefs" are merely mental structures, to which we
hold dearly, sometimes fanatically, saying to ourselves that this is
how we will behave and act, ideally, theoretically... until the
moment of the true test arrives. Which brings me to the point that
spiritual thoughts, opinions and catchphrases are not enough...
there also must be real spiritual actions, spiritual behavior... Not
just speaking about love, compassion, self-control, but showing them
as well.

Not belief(s)... FAITH.

So, like Mark Andrews told me:

"There will always be a lie in the middle of anything that you
beLIEve.

But, no matter what you believe to be real, life will always have U
in the middle of the trUth."


--Evidence Of "Mind Control" On 9-11?--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

Was Earth's Global Consciousness Manipulated For 18 Hours On
September 11, 2001?

Princeton University operates an extensive experiment designed to
detect variations in the collective consciousness on earth by means
of monitoring the randomness of numbers displayed by 38 "random
number generators" placed around the world.
The "Global Consciousness Project" gathers number displays into a
central computer bank from the 38 generators and correlates periods
of "non-randomness" with events to see if changes in global
consciousness are reflected by changes in the numbers shown.
The idea is that a sufficient number of minds focused on the same
"target" will change the number generators to give more repetitive
readings.
This has proven to be the case on many occasions where peoples'
minds were joined by media coverage to a singular event. The G.C.P.
analyzes its data within a normal range of readings.
On September 11, 2001, (with the attacks on the U.S.) the number
generators "spiked" with non-random numbers that sent the graph -
literally - off the scale.
Those who analyze the data would normally attribute such dramatic
changes to the effects of shared collective consciousness (as might
be expected as millions of people around the world tuned their
televisions to the live, unfolding events in New York City).
However, the spike began a full four hours BEFORE the first plane
struck the World Trade Center. That would have been at about 4:45 AM
EST - the first plane hit at 8:47 AM.
(The GCP graph shows the 9-11 shift as occurring from around 4:45 AM
EST until about 11 PM EST.)
Thousands of individuals have reported sensing precognitive thoughts
and emotions of dread in the days and weeks prior to the 9-11
attack. The random number generators showed a sharp, collective
shift four hours before the attack that cannot be fully explained by
group precognition.
Whatever it may (actually) be that the number generators are
responding to is a question for debate.
The generators obviously respond to changes in collective
consciousness by means of a commonly shared energy. If the energy
that empowers collective consciousness can be transmitted between
individual consciousnesses, then might it not also be transmittable
from a central point to alter the wave lengths of mental processes
to achieve a desired vulnerability?
Was human consciousness manipulated beginning four hours prior to
the 9-11 attack?
Did someone "flip the switch" on a device capable of transmitting
pre-patterned thought frequencies to our individual and mass-
consciousness?
As we view the GCP graph for September 11 (see attached page) we are
left with few options to explain this clear and profound anomaly.
Once we factor out the variables of coincidence and collective
precognition, we are left with little else to account for the
bizarre shift in thought wave energies four hours before the 9-11
attack.
But who would have the capability of working such a massive "mind
control"?
Osama bin-Laden, the Taliban, Saddam Hussein???
Think what you will. But those three are certainly NOT on my list of
the most likely suspects.

********************

In order to view the Princeton GCP graph, you will have to scroll
down about 20 pages on the ENTERPRISE MISSION display -
http://www.enterprisemission.com/tower2.htm .


--The Story Of A Spiritual Medium--

Hello, my name is Johan Lindaman and I am a spiritual medium. To
give you insight in how the Paranormal came into my life you can
read my story.

I was born on Monday the 16th of February in 1981 at 23:30. My
mother always felt strongly connected with the American Indians. One
day, when I was a baby, she held me in her arms went outside in the
middle of the night on her bare feet and together with her sister
she devoted me to the higher powers. She put me in the palms of her
hands, lifted her arms in the air and asked the spirits to protect
me during my life. Her mother had already passed over to the spirit
world before I was born, so she also asked my late grandmother to
give me protection by showing her the grandchild. I was the second
child in this family, and I have an older brother named Willem.

When I was five years old my parents' marriage was not a very happy
one. My father treated my mother as his personal possession and she
felt very isolated. We owned a pub and were financially well off,
but my father started to drink heavily, became an alcoholic and
addicted to gambling. He took money from the till, disappeared for
weeks and visited prostitutes. He became an aggressive man and I saw
him throwing knives at my mother. Sometimes in the middle of the
night we all had to run away. We stayed at my aunt's house and used
it as a hideaway because my father kept threatening to kill my
mother. There were lots of arguments and I felt my father favoured
my brother more, so I became very close to my mother.

Despite all this I didn't feel alone, I had a friend, Karim. No one
could see him and whenever I was crying in bed, he was there to
comfort me. My parents eventually divorced, my mother got a
restraining order and my father could not hurt us anymore. It was a
difficult time and my mother had to choose between the business and
her children.

The three of us moved to a little house in a village called
Stroobos. I went to a new school and all the tensions started to
disappear, at that time I was seven years old. It was hard to run a
family with only the money from benefits, and to earn some extra
money my mother helped her sister in her shop, selling minerals and
vitamins. There were days I would come home from school and my
mother was working, I felt alone and I cried a lot. I was afraid I
would lose my mother as well, although deep inside I knew this would
not happen.

One day I was crying and my friend Karim came. Suddenly I heard him
speak, "Ask your mother for a picture of her that will give you
strength". At first I thought it was strange, but I felt happy at
the same time. I started to talk to him, and when my mother came
home that night I told her everything, and she gave me her picture.
My mother and family explained to me that hearing those things was
because I was special; I had psychic abilities, a gift. I did not
feel lonely anymore and every time I did felt sad because I had to
wait for my mother I just looked at her picture.

Life was much better and I was happier and had many friends. I did
not forget about Karim, but until I was 13 years old I was not so
consciously aware of him. I became interested in the I-Ching and I
felt it was good for me. I soon discovered that I started to see
things and I remembered those experiences from my early childhood.
Although I was still very young, lots of people came to me for help.
They asked for healing or just wanted to talk to me. I then knew
this would become my life's purpose. I was very busy and helped lots
of people nationally and internationally, doctors and housewives,
they all came to me.

When I was 14 I started to give public healing in front of an
audience. I had success and lots of invitations to different
meetings. I organized healing meetings in a church I rented 4 times
a week and had regular interviews by local papers, national
magazines and TV.

I am very down to earth, just a normal person and my psychic
abilities do not mean that I am on cloud nine. This is how the
paranormal came into my life from the day I was born. It might sound
strange but I am grateful for the many challenges I had in my life,
they made me stronger and it taught me that nothing happens without
a reason. The greatest gift we receive in our life is our spiritual
wisdom.

Free readings are available on my website. If you want to know why
and how I do my readings you will find information on
http://www.lenv.net/~healing

To know how 'Snow', a wonderful woman whom I did a reading for,
experienced her encounter, read the story below. This is what she
wrote on the Dutch Forum:

"After reflecting back on everything that happened last night I
would like to share how I experienced this reading.

Let me tell you first why and how I came to this site.

My life until now has been one of many obstacles, falling down and
getting up again, and sometimes the confusion resulted in losing my
direction. Like a couple of weeks ago were I had all sort of
emotions that are hard to explain but most of all they made me feel
very lonely. I feel I am on a personal spiritual journey, searching
for myself, mostly driven by my inner feelings but slowed down by my
rational side. A friend advised me to open myself towards the
spiritual and maybe start reading books about it.

Ever since my grandma died, 2 years ago, I had the feeling that she
was still around me and that it is her who is encouraging me to go
on this spiritual journey. A bird, flying and screeching during her
funeral intrigued me, and after we moved house I can, in certain
moments, still hear this bird, even in the middle of the night. Like
many other people, I would like to know the meaning of those
coincidences but after a while I thought that it was only my
imagination and tried to forget. This is only one example of things
happening to me that I cannot explain. Well, meanwhile I am reading
lots of books about spiritual subjects, things I never thought were
possible. Some subjects I feel connected to others not and my
opinion is usually driven by my feelings. This site had my attention
as well, and yesterday I decided to attend a meeting.

There I was, a bundle of nerves, sitting behind my computer waiting
and wondering what would happen. I had no idea and was a bit skeptic
at first and was wondering why I felt so nerves. You can imagine how
shocked I was when Johan said he wanted to start with me! I had only
planned to read what he would say about others, not even dreamed
that he would do that for me.

My heart was pounding fast...  I was reading what Johan had to tell,
and was so shocked that I forgot to answer and give my feedback. I
was convinced he had contact with my mother's mother because I was
so close to her during her earthly life. I completely forgot about
my other Grandma, who died many years ago, with whom I had not such
a close contact and I never had the opportunity to say good-bye to
her. You can imagine I was surprised that she wanted to contact me.

While I was writing down what Johan had to say it suddenly became so
clear that it was she and I recognized so much, only the G I could
not place (although my husband's name starts with a G) and C that
both grandmas have in their names. When he said she never knew my
children but knows them now in spirit, I almost fell off my chair.
Bingo! How could he have known without knowing me. So I knew that
this could only be the case if he had really contact with my
Grandma. With tears in my eyes I continued reading.

...about my miscarriage (bingo again!) although he could have been
talking about her as well, she herself had 3 children, one of them
died just after birth..

..about my stomach, I have a tumour in my stomach, the last few days
my stomach was very sensitive, swollen..

..about lots of other things that Johan could not have known about
but were absolutely clear to me..

I feel I got to know my Grandma much better now, I never knew she
liked biking just as much as I and many of my family do, so it must
be running in the family! Her son (my father) bikes long distances.

Skeptic?? Maybe still a little bit but thinking of Johan I get a
warm feeling inside. Thank you, Johan, for making it possible for me
to finally get to know my Grandma much better and for having contact
with her through you. You are a special person!

It is a real comfort to know that both Grandmas are watching over me
and that both are so close to me during my spiritual journey.

I am lonely but not alone!

Lots of love,
Snow

You will certainly see me again on your "wonderful and warm" site!"

As you can see, there is more between heaven and earth. And this can
be a real comfort for many. I am still learning as a medium and I am
not pretending that I am right every time. I am human as well and we
all can make mistakes.

Inspirational thought:

"Your soul is filled with love and tenderness and you can learn to
feel it. Soon you will notice that the biggest challenges in life
become the most valuable lessons for which we should be grateful."

I hope that love, harmony and peace will be part of your life.

With love and light,
Johan Lindeman
E-mail: J.lindeman1@...
Website: http://www.lenv.net/~healing/indexengels.html


--In Search Of The Feminine Archetype--

by Asoka Selvarajah, Ph.D

I often wonder what the world would be like if women were in charge
of it instead of men. It would definitely be an altogether different
place. Moreover, it's hard to escape the sneaking suspicion that it
would probably be a far better place too.

In watching the attack on New York, and the resulting military
response, this masculine aspect to events is most striking. Men
planned and carried out the attack on the USA. Government men around
the world speak words of aggression in response, and rapidly commit
masculine military strikes, depriving many innocent people of their
lives and homes; all in the name of peace and the sanctity of human
life. Nowhere in any of this do we see the feminine archetype
present - only the masculine. Indeed, such is the domination of the
masculine archetype, the feminine does not seem even slightly
relevant.

In his excellent book, "The Alphabet Versus The Goddess", Leonard
Shlain provides compelling evidence for an astonishing phenomenon
present in human history. His essential contention is that the rise
of literacy in the form of alphabetic writing has led to an
over-emphasis upon masculine left-brain thinking at the expense of
the feminine right-brain. This has resulted in a decline of the
feminine archetype within the cultures where literacy has been
introduced. Not only has the Goddess herself declined as the primary
deity, in favour of her masculine competitor, but women themselves
rapidly become subjected to extreme debasement.

Shlain is not alone in this contention. In fact, he is in good
company. Neither Socrates, Buddha or Christ wanted their teachings
committed to writing, but instead subscribed to the oral tradition.
Their teachings were only preserved in written form decades or (in
the case of the Buddha) centuries after their deaths. More recently,
anthropologist Claude Levi-Strauss stated:

"There is one fact that can be established: the only phenomenon
which, always and in all parts of the world, seems to be linked with
the appearance of writing... is the establishment of hierarchical
societies, consisting of masters and slaves, and where one part of
the population is made to work for the other".

In essence, the conflict is between Word and Image, and the way our
brains accept and integrate information from both. The masculine
left-brain function is primarily associated with logic, numeracy,
abstraction, analysis, reduction, writing and speech. The feminine
right-brain is non-verbal and its language is that of image. It
controls non-logical states, views things in concrete fashion rather
than abstract, and is connected to intuition. It is both creative
and nurturing, and is holistic in viewing things in an "all-at-once"
fashion.

Thus, the two are very different and both have valid contributions
to make. Ideally, a balance of both is required. Yet, throughout
history, it has been the masculine left-brain that has dominated,
and this can be traced back to the profound change that writing has
had upon us.

The earliest written work that continues to influence the modern
world is the Old Testament. Moreover, the Jews, the first race to
derive their entire religious effort from the written word, soon
came to display this split between masculine and feminine functions.
Immediately, we see the battle between Word and Image displayed. Of
the Ten Commandments, the first is that there should be no other
gods besides Jehovah. The second is that there should be no graven
images or likeness of ANYTHING in heaven, on earth, on in the
oceans!

Thus, in the first two commandments alone, we see the function of
the right-brain/feminine function completely banned. Moreover, the
previous rich diversity of gods and goddesses, representing all the
aspects of creation's mysteries in which we are immersed, are
replaced by an abstract, single, "male" God who is "out there"
somewhere, and definitely NOT part of Creation itself. We can only
learn about this abstraction through the written and spoken word
(left-brain & masculine), and NOT through image and creativity
(right-brain & feminine).

In addition, and in contrast to the all-inclusive nature of other
religions of the time, Judaism was peculiar in being the only
religion in which God had seemingly created a "Chosen People" with
whom he would share himself in exclusion to all other nations upon
the earth. This divisiveness is a distinctively masculine function,
and contrasts sharply with the more holistic all-inclusive universal
character of the feminine archetype.

Indeed, this "chosen people" characteristic was later adopted from
the religions that took Judaism as their root; namely Christianity
and Islam. Here too, the abstract monotheistic male god, separate
from and often condemning his creation, and who gives his revelation
only through the written and spoken word, was adopted in preference
to the accepting embracing Mother Goddess, who speaks through the
vast diversity of Creation, as well as through image and inner
intuitive seeking.

These religions, in their most extreme forms, adopted intensely
repressive attitudes towards women. There is plenty of evidence to
suggest that the founders did not necessarily display antipathy
towards women themselves. However, their later male adherents
definitely did display such tendencies, which has led to the
repression, and even persecution, of women throughout the centuries.
The most extreme example of this is the Witch Trials in both Europe
and America.

It was only in the 20th century that women's rights began to truly
recover from the negative bombardment that has been inflicted upon
them for millennia. Interestingly, this was also the era that
brought us Television, Cinema, a huge surge in interest in Art, and
more recently, Computer Graphics. This may be no coincidence, since
all of these communication media are IMAGE-oriented. They stimulate
the right-brain feminine side. As a consequence of these new
technologies, traditional literacy has been under attack in the
Western world, and has even started to decline.

The act of writing itself is now, for the first time in history,
being carried out by both hands at once, through the use of computer
keyboards. Thus, the left-brain/right-hand dominance is breaking
down, and giving way to a more brain-balanced mode of putting words
into print.

This is not so much an issue of Feminism, and of women having the
right to be jet pilots. The more important issue is the welfare of
the feminine principle itself. When this was debased with the
decline of the Goddess and right-brain activity, women themselves
were "literally" denigrated. When the feminine archetype is restored
to its rightful place in our civilization, as is beginning to take
place, the fortunes of women themselves must necessarily rise too.

At present, the trap women find themselves in is that they can
certainly succeed in a man's world. However, to do so, they often
end up behaving more like a man than most men do! In other words, a
woman in today's world may eventually get the top position she
seeks, but somewhere along the line, she has lost some, or even
most, of her femininity. Conversely, a man who seeks a top job must
always over-emphasize his masculine traits, and rarely reveal his
feminine ones.

This demonstrates that the male left-brain archetype still dominates
our culture. It does not matter what physical body you happen to
have been born with, success in our culture requires the adoption of
the left-brain mindset. A woman has to adopt it in order to compete
equally with men. She cannot easily do so on her own terms, as a
fully feminine women.

The most desperately needed place for the feminine archetype at
present is the arena of international politics. Here, the absurd
polarization of left-brain dominated men threatens the whole human
race with potential annihilation. Absurdly simplistic analyses of
extremely complex issues are trotted out, and acted upon violently,
without any effort to seek to understand or empathize with the
deeper issues involved. This situation is the masculine tendency for
analysis and reduction carried to ridiculous extremes.

So what can we do? Decide that in your personal life, you will work
to develop your right-brain qualities to their fullest extent. This
can be a difficult challenge for both sexes, such is the dominance
of the male archetype and the power of alphabetic literacy upon our
brains. Seek to promote these qualities in your life to the fullest
extent possible, and encourage others who are trying to do the same.
At the same time, it should be said that people who are overly
biased towards the right-brain function should develop their
LEFT-brain skills. Remember that it is balance that is sought and
true brain integration. Both sides have their vital parts to play.
One is not better or worse than the other. They are just different.

Let us hope that this new millennium, and the raising of
consciousness that all metaphysical people are hoping for, will
herald the permanent reinstatement of the feminine principle in
society. If this can be progressively achieved, the world must
surely change beyond description. And for the better!

Copyright 2001, Asoka Selvarajah. All Rights Reserved.
________________________________________________________
Dr. Asoka Selvarajah is an active writer/researcher on personal
development and esoteric spirituality. Asoka's work helps people
achieve their full potential, deepen their understanding of mystical
truth, and find joy in their true soul's purpose.

Subscribe to his FREE ezine, Aspire To Wisdom, and receive his brand
new E-Book "Inner Light Outer Wealth" for FREE at:
http://www.aksworld.com/AspireToWisdom.htm?PROX
You can visit his website at http://www.aksworld.com?PROX


--Meditations In My Favourite Places In Southern Africa--

There are many travel books on the market that tell you how to get
there, where to stay, what to see and what to do. And yet, they very
often seem to miss out on the essence of a place somehow.

There are also many books on the market describing meditation
techniques that focus on how to give up smoking; drinking; binging;
how to have a more successful career; how to loose weight; how to
create wealth and abundance. And yet, they very often seem to miss
out on the essence of the meditation practice somehow.

I have come to the conclusion that we are so busy chasing our tails
that we have forgotten where we are. This beautiful, blue planet has
so much to offer, so much diversity and yet we seem to forget this
jewel that we live on whilst in frantic pursuit to get things done.
Achieving the goal in both travel and meditation, as opposed to
living the experience, has often become the all important focal
point.

Tick off the places on your list that you have visited and file the
photographs away in some forgotten drawer. Achieve self-empowerment
through meditation practice and in the process gain material wealth.
Our materialistic attitudes apply to both travel and the outcome of
meditation practice.

We often forget that we are in fact part of the planet, part and
parcel of its diverse ecosystem. So, how about just being for a
change? How about fully experiencing our surroundings from both an
external point of view through the five senses and an internal point
of view by realizing that our inner spirit, the sixth sense, is part
and parcel of this great and wonderful world that we live in, not
something separate or divided from it.

There have been moments in my life when it has all seemed
worthwhile, when the plan so to speak, has completely and totally
come together. When rather than remembering my spirit, my spirit
remembers me and comes home again, if for only brief periods of
time.

So, what is the inner spirit looking for? I have come to realize
that it appears when I wet its appetite with something creative,
beautiful, magnificent. It has been known to turn up at the Musee
Dorsay on occasion when the vibrant colours of a Van Gogh catch its
eye, or in Cairo whilst I am lying like a silly clot in the crypt in
the Great Pyramid of Giza. You know, all the big ones ......... But
on the whole, it is the wondrous diversity of this planet that lures
the inner spirit down from its splendid heights.

This book is not only about traveling through my favourite places in
Southern Africa, but it is also an attempt to see the world through
the eyes of the inner spirit, to retain the memory, and to include a
meditation at the end of each chapter. I have attempted to find the
perfect place, to me anyway, that resounds with a certain chakra and
best portrays it in earthly terms. I have also related each chakra
to our historical evolution as well as our development through what
Shakespeare aptly called the seven stages of man. I admit, I am a
glutton for diversity and multidimensional thinking, so this book
functions on many levels.

And yes, at the very end I have included all that other stuff. How
to get there and places to stay with a list of web addresses for you
to explore.

So, for a moment, forget the latest war in the news; earthquake;
flood; famine and disaster. Leave your bond; your bank balance; your
mother-in-law; ungrateful children; demanding boss; unpaid leave and
those medical bills all behind. Let it go, let it be and come and
join me here in Africa ...........

>From the Introduction to: Meditations In My Favourite Places In
Southern Africa. Gail Evans. Copyright 2001

More on this book, including the ordering information -
http://gailevans.tripod.com/gailevans/id14.html


--Through The Veil--

Mark Andrews - ufo1128@...

Messages From A Trusted (Departed) Friend In Spirit Who Shares Our
Concerns Since 9-11.

This is the time of the year when the barrier that separates the
physical and spirit worlds is the most penetrable.
That is why Halloween, All Saints Day, and Mexico's Day Of The Dead
all fall so close together within the space of little more than a
week.

>From some time in 1976 until September 8, 1994, I regarded Jim
Fortmeyer as my best friend. Jim crossed into spirit on 9-8-94.
He and I had enough time before his passing to make an agreement
that he would give a sign (to all of us who cared so much for him)
that he had made a safe and pleasant transition.
Jim's cat, Sam, died in 1990. I was renting a room from Jim when Sam
died. We would often see Sam's energy body darting around the house
after his death.
On the day of our remembrance service in honor of Jim, I went in to
the pantry of my new (freshly painted) house to find a cat's paw
prints walking down the pantry wall. Obviously, Jim had found Sam
and was well enough to provide such a humorous sign. All of us who
had gathered that evening saw the prints and were relieved - and
tickled - to have received such a "typically Jim" message from our
departed (?) friend.
I offered myself to receive and share telepathic messages to the
others (all friends of Jim). We had the expected assurances and
expressions of caring that might be expected at such a gathering.
Jim and I - as well as the rest of those assembled - had always
maintained a focus on the prophetic Earth changes and global events
that have been predicted to precede the New (Aquarian) Age.
One of the guests asked Jim if (from his vantage point) he was able
to foresee anything of prophetic significance in our near future. He
replied that he could, but that it was yet some time ahead in our
future...

The date of this memorial service was 9-11-94, seven years to the
day before the 9-11 attack.

Seeing as how we are now in the season of transcendence, I thought
it would be a good idea to reconnect with Jim and see if he would
care to expound on his (9-11) 9-11 prediction.

I will now be connected with Jim as I type the questions as well as
Jim's responses.

Q. Who was behind the 9-11 attack on the World Trade Center?
A. The men in the blue suits, and the king who smokes a pipe.

Q. Who is behind the anthrax scare?
A. The men in the green uniforms. Basically, it's a non- event. It's
an attention getter; a distraction. There's a domestic agenda behind
it all. Call it a "cold" civil war.

Q. What do you foresee in our near future in terms of more terrorist
acts in the U.S.?
A. I'm going to leave that alone for now. There are things in the
planning stages that can be thwarted. You should keep your thoughts
and energies on denying the essential negative cosmic energies that
are needed to bring those things about. Imagine dark clouds changing
to white and colorful, sunrise clouds.

Q. Have you suggested that there are elements of the U.S. government
that are engaged in a power struggle?
A. Yes. That pretty well sums it up.

Q. What can we expect in terms of earth changes; earthquakes,
volcanoes, etc.?

There's - now - a fissure opening between L.A. and Death Valley. The
big break will happen in March. It will cause a 7. quake in the L.A.
basin.

Sink holes will begin to become a problem in the Southeastern
states. This is a response to the San Andreas' shifting in
California.

Another quake is "stewing" in the Mississippi Valley. This will be
north of the New Madrid fault. There will be two pre-shocks and one
main jolt, within 30 to 45 day after the L.A. quake. The magnitude
of the major quake will be 6.+.

Mexico City will need to be evacuated beginning this winter. Two
volcanoes will erupt near the city around Easter, 2002. There will
be so many moderate quakes in the region before the eruptions that
the ground will be described as being like rolling waves in a
turbulent sea.

Mt. Hood in Oregon and Mt. Rainier and Mt. Baker in Washington are
coming to life. There will be high pitched sounds and deep rumblings
reported in Portland. Seattle will experience many pre-eruption
quakes and landslides. (Full eruptions in late Winter / early Spring
2003.)

Three volcanoes in Northern and Central California will become much
more active beginning in January 2003. Sacramento will be "cut off"
from points East for a period of about 4 days.

San Francisco will be crippled by a 7.5 quake in April or May of
2003.

Buffalo, New York will be shaken by a 5 - 6 point quake in the
Spring of 2003.

It will be interesting to see how Jim's predictions come to pass.


--Closing Words--

Thank you for reading Project X Newsletter. We hope you have enjoyed
and learnt from it, and will share it with your friends and beloved
ones.
Project X - The Search for The Chosen Ones:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/
Open Forum: The Final Station:
http://members.boardhost.com/projectx/
Free Channel for Free People: StarChat, #RealmScape
For comments, suggestions, latest news, your experiences, or
anything else you wish to appear in the newsletter, write to
Alexander Aldarow: mailto:aldarow@...
To subscribe, e-mail to: mailto:pxn-subscribe@yahoogroups.com or
visit your SpiritWeb account.
To unsubscribe, e-mail to: mailto:pxn-unsubscribe@yahoogroups.com or
visit your SpiritWeb account.
This letter was sent to over 1650 recipients! Its copy can be found
at:
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Dungeon/3636/misc.htm#Earlier

Be well, dear friends!